Register your project Core Framework

Copyright

Copyright © 2024 Philippine Green Building Council.

The BERDE Program was established and administered by the Philippine Green Building Council (PHILGBC). The BERDE Green Building Rating System is the product of the BERDE Program. The BERDE Green Building Rating Schemes (GBRS), BERDE User Guides (User Guide) are documents developed under the system.

This User Guide is available online for use by project teams, building owners, professionals, contractors, and other interested parties as a reference voluntary standard for the measurement of environmental performance of projects.

You may make copies of any information reasonably incidental to your viewing of the document, and may retain a copy for your personal reference. You are not allowed to sell, modify, reproduce, display or distribute the User Guide for any public or commercial purposes, except with the expressed written permission from the PHILGBC. You are not allowed to transmit, distribute or store a copy of this document in any other website or in a networked environment.

This document is protected by Republic Act No. 8293 — Intellectual Property Code of the Philippines and international copyright laws. Any unlawful use of this document shall be subject to sanction and legal action of the PHILGBC.

The PHILGBC accepts no responsibility for any unauthorized use or distribution by others of this document and may take legal action to prevent such unauthorized use or distribution.

Published by the Philippine Green Building Council
Unit 2-4 One/NEO, 26^th Street corner 3^rd Avenue
Bonifacio Global City
Taguig City 1634 Philippines
+632 7728 0686
BERDE@philgbc.org

The latest release of this User Guide may be accessed through http://docs.berdeonline.org/userguide/latest.

Navigating the User Guide

This User Guide is a guidance document to support the implementation of BERDE.

Who should use this User Guide?

This User Guide is developed for project owners, developers, architects, engineers, designers, and other members of the project teams of registered projects.

How do you use the User Guide?

The information in this User Guide is presented in a clear and easily understandable manner using plain language. You may navigate through the guide by:

• Scrolling the page;
• Using the Navigation Panel; or
• Using the search box at the top-right corner of the page.

Navigation Panel

If you are viewing the User Guide on your laptop or computer, use the Navigation Panel at the left side of this website. The Navigation Panel includes all major sections of the User Guide.

As you scroll through the page, the panel displays your current location in the User Guide. You can also select any of the section headings on the panel to jump to that section.

If you are viewing the User Guide on your mobile phone or tablet, select Menu at the top-left corner of the User Guide to view the Navigation Panel.

Search Box

The Search Box is located above the Navigation Panel that allows you to swiftly search through the whole User Guide.

Type keywords related to the information you are searching for. All sections with your keywords will be displayed below the search bar for easier navigation through the guide.

Printing the User Guide

The User Guide is distributed online to promote the use of less paper. However, you may print the User Guide if you need a copy of the document. Printing the User Guide will result in the type-formatted version of the guide. Please be mindful that the guide is updated from time to time. Visit the online User Guide regularly to ensure you have the latest version of the document.

1. Open the User Guide in your preferred browser.
2. Print the User Guide.
   • For Windows, Control + P, or
   • For macOS, Command + P.

Guidance Notes

Guidance Notes are included to provide additional information and assist you in implementing BERDE in your project.

Requirement levels

The requirements under BERDE use the following to ensure clarity and consistency in writing and interpreting the requirements:

Provisions using:	Refers to:
Must	Absolute requirements. Must and shall are equivalent in the use of these documents.
Must not	Absolute prohibitions. Must not and shall not are equivalent in the use of these documents.
Should	Highly recommended provisions. Highly recommended provisions were identified as the most appropriate requirements for a credit. If you will not be implementing these provisions, you must have a clear explanation why it is not applicable for your project, and a reasonable alternative to address these requirements.
Should not	Discouraged provisions. These provisions are not recommended, however, it may be acceptable or valid within certain conditions. You must ensure that you have understood the full implication of these provisions before implementing these requirements.
May	Optional provisions or information.

About BERDE

What is BERDE?

BERDE is a tool to assess, measure, monitor and certify the performance of projects above and beyond existing national and local building and environmental laws, regulations and mandatory standards.

BERDE is the National Voluntary Green Building Rating System by the Philippine government, through the Department of Energy (DOE).

Who developed BERDE?

BERDE was developed by the Philippine Green Building Council (PHILGBC) under its BERDE Program. The DOE also provided development and promotional support for the development of BERDE.

BERDE was developed in line with the Quality Assurance for Green Building Rating Tools (WorldGBC, 2013), the International Framework for Socio-Economic Factors for Green Building Rating Tools in Developing Countries (WorldGBC & GBCSA, 2013), and other best practices from international standards for standards development.

As part of BERDE Development, rating schemes, tools and documents under BERDE are drafted by the BERDE Committee, with support from the BERDE Program Secretariat, input from the PHILGBC General Membership, and final approval by the PHILGBC Board of Trustees. Interested external parties are provided opportunities to comment and provide their insight on BERDE as part of its development process.

BERDE Development, Certification and Education activities are administered by the PHILGBC under the BERDE Program.

Why should you use BERDE?

As a guidance tool

BERDE specifies current best practice. If you are a building professional, various BERDE Green Building Rating Schemes are made freely available for your use in designing, constructing and operating your projects in a resource-efficient, economically viable, and socially responsible manner.

As a credible marketing tool

Getting your projects BERDE-certified provides you with a positive marketing advantage.

Achieving a BERDE certification for your green building project lets your clients and the public know that your project is a better building in the market. The third-party assessment ensures that your project are assessed, rated, and certified in a credible and unbiased process.

BERDE also highlights your company's sustainability initiatives. Achieving BERDE Certification provides a positive brand recognition for both your project and your company.

The PHILGBC provides additional marketing support by publishing your BERDE-certified project online, and providing opportunities for developing project case studies, hosting site tours and certificate presentation, and speaking opportunities in PHILGBC events.

As a transparency tool

BERDE enables you to exhibit the performance of your project to other parties in a credible manner. Your certified BERDE project allows you to showcase your leadership in sustainability through unbiased, balanced, and impartial assessment and certification of your building performance. Certification under BERDE builds trust and confidence among your project stakeholders.

As a compliance and policy support tool

BERDE supports the sustainable development plans and programs of government. Increasing priority for green building and sustainable development by government requires you to be knowledgeable with current laws and regulations at the national and local levels.

At the national level, as the recognized as the National Voluntary Green Building Rating System by the Philippine government, several national agencies have been using BERDE as a guide in developing policies and programs for green building and sustainability for the building sector. At the local level, several local governments within the Philippines have incorporated BERDE as part of their policy to ensure the environmental performance of projects within their jurisdictions.

BERDE recognizes performance beyond existing environmental and building laws, regulations and standards. As a compliance tool, it supports you in complying with building and environmental laws and regulations.

How can you contribute to BERDE?

Provide your comments

We welcome your comments and insight to improve BERDE. Provide your comments via e-mail by following the commenting procedure:

1. Download the Form – Comment.
2. Provide your full name, position or designation, and the organization you are representing.
3. Clearly state your issue on a specific section or credit. You must:
   • Provide a clear statement summarizing your issue; and
   • Provide a brief discussion on the issue.
4. Clearly state the rule or applicable laws, regulations or standards related to your issue.
5. Clearly state your recommendation to improve the section or credit. You must:
   • Provide the draft text for the revision of the section or credit;
   • Use plain language principles; and
   • Provide a brief discussion on the recommendation.
6. Submit your issue and recommendation using the form.

Your comments will be received and logged by the BERDE Program Secretariat for the review and improvement of BERDE.

Host our meetings

You can become a sponsor of the development of BERDE by providing support for meetings, workshops, and conferences. You can support the development activities of BERDE by sponsoring a regular BERDE Committee meeting, or the workshops or conference during the development cycle of BERDE.

Share your data sets and case studies

You can support the research and development of BERDE by sharing datasets and case studies of your green building projects. One of the challenges in the development of BERDE is in identifying baselines and performance targets, and ensuring the tool is in line with current best practices in the industry.

We understand that there may be limitations when you share your proprietary information to the PHILGBC. This is why we commit to the proper handling, use, and storage of confidential information you share with the PHILGBC.

Become a member

Members of the PHILGBC have early access to tools under development or receive invitations to member-only events and activities that contribute to the development of BERDE. For more information on the membership, visit the membership page or contact the PHILGBC National Secretariat at membership@philgbc.org.

As a member of the PHILGBC, you may apply to become a member of the BERDE Committee. The BERDE Committee is the standing committee of the PHILGBC that focuses on the BERDE Program. Become a member by submitting a Letter of Expression of Interest through e-mail:

1. Write in the subject line, EXPRESSION OF INTEREST: BERDE Committee Membership.
2. Attach your signed Letter of Expression of Interest in portable document format (PDF):
   • Include your profile or curriculum vitae for your work experience and expertise; and
   • State your commitment in dedicating time and attending all BERDE Committee meetings.
3. Send your letter to BERDE@philgbc.org.

Your application will be reviewed for the approval of the Board of Trustees. The applicants are vetted to ensure that the committee is well-represented and balanced among the different sectors of the building industry.

Certification

What is BERDE Certification?

BERDE Certification is the formal assessment, rating, and certification process for projects of the BERDE Program. It is conducted in a third-party assessment process to ensure a credible, independent, impartial, and objective assessment, rating, and certification of projects under BERDE.

Only projects that complete the formal process, comply with all minimum system requirements, and achieve at least the minimum rating for certification may claim as a BERDE-certified green building project.

Who will certify your project?

The PHILGBC will certify the project based on the outcomes of the assessments during the BERDE Certification process.

The PHILGBC or its authorized assessment body will facilitate and conduct the assessment, rating, and certification process. The PHILGBC builds trust and confidence in the system by managing and addressing conflicts of interests between the project, the project team, and the assessment team assigned for the project.

How can you get BERDE Certified?

The project must complete the BERDE Certification process, comply with all minimum system requirements, and achieve the minimum rating for certification.

What is the BERDE Certification process?

Projects may undergo certification process under each of the assessment Stage depending on the project's life cycle.

If your project is:	then use:
A new construction or a fit-out project	Stage 1 — Design and Stage 2 — Construction The project must undergo assessment and certification under both Stage 1 — Design and Stage 2 — Construction, and demonstrate compliance with the requirements of BERDE in the design and construction of the project. In addition, the project must successfully complete Stage 1 — Design before undergoing Stage 2 — Construction assessment and certification.
Undergoing renovations	Stage 1 — Design and Stage 2 — Construction. The project must undergo assessment and certification under both Stage 1 — Design and Stage 2 — Construction, and demonstrate compliance with the requirements of BERDE in the design and construction of the project. In addition, the project must successfully complete Stage 1 — Design before undergoing Stage 2 — Construction assessment and certification.
An existing project improving only its operations	Stage 3 — Operations. The project must undergo assessment and certification, and demonstrate compliance with the requirements of BERDE in the operations of the project through the planning and implementation of policies and procedures for operations.

Registration

The project owner must review the eligibility of the project for the applicable BERDE GBRS, and compliance with the Minimum System Requirements.

How do you register for BERDE?

To register a project for BERDE Certification, the project owner must:

1. Download the Form – BERDE Registration.
2. Accomplish the form and prepare the documents for the Minimum System Requirements.
3. Submit the accomplished form and requirements through e-mail at BERDE@philgbc.org.

The PHILGBC will prepare and submit a BERDE Certification Proposal within seven (7) working days from the receipt of your accomplished form, and the complete documentary requirements.

Once the project owner receives the proposal, the project owner must:

• Sign the proposal and return a copy to the PHILGBC; and
• Pay the registration and initial assessment fees.

The Registration process is complete once the project owner accepted and signed the proposal, and paid the registration and initial assessment fees for the project.

Management Representative

The project owner must assign a Management Representative (MR), who will serve as the official representative of the project owner. The MR must:

• Be employed by the project owner and be part of the senior management;
• Coordinate and communicate with the Certification Manager (CM) for the BERDE Certification process of the project; and
• Provide timely decision-making for the efficient implementation of the process.

Stage 1 — Design

Stage 1 — Design focuses on the design and planning of new, renovation, or fit-out projects. Projects may register for certification directly under Stage 1 — Design.

During Stage 1, the assessment team will review and assess the documentation submitted by the project team, whether it satisfies the intent, requirements, and performance requirements of the project team's target credits.

The assessment team will issue an Assessment Report reflecting the outcomes from the assessment, which may include the recommendation for the rating and certification of the project for Stage 1 — Design.

Stage 1 Certification is valid for five (5) years from the date of certification.

Stage 2 — Construction

Stage 2 — Construction focuses on verifying the construction, renovation, or implementation of the awarded Stage 1 credits. Only projects that have successfully completed Stage 1 are qualified to undergo Stage 2 Certification.

During Stage 2, the assessment team will review and assess the documentation submitted by the project team, and conduct an on-site assessment to verify the project team's compliance with the requirements and implementation of the awarded Stage 1 credits. The assessment will be based on the project team's target credits.

The assessment team will issue an Assessment Report reflecting the outcomes from the assessment, which may include the recommendation for the rating and certification of the project for Stage 2 — Construction.

Stage 2 Certification is valid for five (5) years from the date of certification.

Stage 3 — Operations

Stage 3 — Operations focuses on assessing and verifying the planning and implementation of the policies and procedures for operations. Projects may register for certification directly under Stage 3 — Operations.

During Stage 3, the assessment team will review and assess the documentation submitted by the project team, whether it satisfies the intent, requirements, and performance requirements of the project team's target credits.

The assessment team will issue an Assessment Report reflecting the outcomes from the assessment, which may include the recommendation for the rating and certification of the project for Stage 3 — Operations.

Stage 3 Certification is valid for three (3) years from the date of certification.

Scope and Applicability

The Scope and Applicability define the life cycle stages and project types to which the rating scheme applies.

For projects interested in undergoing certification, but are not included in this Scope and Applicability, please contact the BERDE Program Secretariat at BERDE@philgbc.org to confirm whether the tool is applicable for your project.

Life Cycle Stages

This rating scheme applies to projects that are at the design, construction and operation stages.

Tag	Name	Description
S1Stage 1 — Design	Stage 1 — Design	The design stage includes the conception and strategic planning of the project goals, expected outcomes, and requirements. It also involves preparing the detailed design and initiating the procurement process for products and services specified in the project. Projects at this stage focus on the integrated process of planning the project, addressing the client's requirements, and meeting sustainability targets.
S2Stage 2 — Construction	Stage 2 — Construction	The construction stage includes site preparation and construction activities in implementing the project's design. It also involves monitoring and inspecting construction progress and quality, culminating in the successful completion of the commissioning process for the building. Projects at this stage focus on implementing and delivering the project until its practical completion before the official handover.
S3Stage 3 — Operations	Stage 3 — Operations	The operations stage includes activities for the building's use by project users, maintenance of building systems and spaces, and continuous management and improvement of project operations. Projects at this stage focus on planning and implementing operational policies and procedures for the project.

Project Type

This rating scheme applies to the whole building design, construction, and operations, or to tenant projects within a building.

Tag	Name	Description
Buildings	Buildings	Building projects refer to the entire building's design and construction, or operations. The scope of the project includes areas designed, constructed, or managed by the project owner and its project team.
Tenants	Tenants	Tenant projects refer to project areas owned or leased and managed by the project owner within a building.

Occupancy Type

This rating scheme may be used for the following occupancy types.

Tag	Name	Description
Office	Office spaces and buildings	Office spaces and building may include private or government offices.
Retail	Retail spaces and buildings	Retail spaces and buildings may include: shops, indoor or outdoor malls, supermarkets, groceries, department stores, sales rooms or showrooms, restaurants, cafes, bars, and fast-food restaurants.
Vertical residential	Vertical residential buildings	Vertical residential buildings are buildings with six (6) floors and above. Vertical residential buildings may include: apartment buildings, condominiums, hotels, dormitories, boarding houses, and motels.
Clustered residential	Clustered residential buildings	Clustered residential buildings are buildings with five (5) floors and below with multiple buildings and shared utilities. Clustered residential buildings may include: apartment buildings, townhouses, hotels, dormitories, boarding houses, and motels.
Educational	Educational spaces and buildings	Educational spaces and buildings may include: primary, secondary and tertiary education buildings, classrooms, training centers, auditoriums, gymnasiums, playing fields, stadium, and libraries.
Industrial	Industrial buildings	Industrial buildings may include buildings for industrial processes, which may include: assembling, disassembling, fabricating, finishing, manufacturing, packaging, repair, and processing operations. It may also include warehouses and storage.
Healthcare	Healthcare spaces and buildings	Healthcare spaces and buildings may include: hospitals, clinics, and nursing homes.

Scoring and Rating

What is the rating for BERDE?

The minimum rating for certification is a BERDE 1-Star rating. The assessment team will be providing the recommendation for the rating of the project based on the outcomes of the assessment at each Stage.

The project may be awarded with:		if the project achieves a weighting of:
★	1 Star	51% to 60%	Good practice
★★	2 Stars	61% to 70%	Ideal performance
★★★	3 Stars	71% to 80%	Exemplar performance
★★★★	4 Stars	81% to 90%	Country leader
★★★★★	5 Stars	91% to 100%	World class

What are the applicable credits and available scores for your project?

The available credits and available scores for certification are based on the life cycle stages, project types and occupancy types applicable to the project.

The core framework has more than twenty (20) points available on top of the maximum score to provide project teams flexibility in pursuing credits for their projects based on their sustainability targets.

Applicable credits

No.	Credit name	Certification stage	Project type	Occupancy type
MN-01	Green Building Professional	All Stages	All Project Types	All Occupancy Types
MN-02	Stakeholder Consultation	All Stages	All Project Types	All Occupancy Types
MN-03	Project Management	All Stages	All Project Types	All Occupancy Types
MN-04	Certified Green Building	All Stages	All Project Types	All Occupancy Types
MN-05	Staff Training	All Stages	All Project Types	All Occupancy Types
MN-06	Green Building Education	All Stages	All Project Types	All Occupancy Types
MN-07	Tenant Design and Construction Management	All Stages	Buildings	All Occupancy Types
SC-01	Land Reuse	S1 S2	Buildings	All Occupancy Types
SC-02	Environmentally Critical Areas Protection	S1 S2	Buildings	All Occupancy Types
SC-03	High Priority Site	S1 S2	Buildings	All Occupancy Types
SC-04	Certified Green District	All Stages	All Project Types	All Occupancy Types
SC-05	Ecological Features Improvement	All Stages	Buildings	All Occupancy Types
SC-06	Vegetated Open Spaces Promotion	S1 S2	Buildings	All Occupancy Types
SC-07	Heat Island Reduction	S1 S2	Buildings	All Occupancy Types
SC-08	Landscape Management	S3	All Project Types	All Occupancy Types
SC-09	Light Pollution Reduction	All Stages	Buildings	All Occupancy Types
SC-10	Key Establishments Proximity	All Stages	All Project Types	All Occupancy Types
SC-11	Mass Transportation Access	All Stages	All Project Types	All Occupancy Types
SC-12	Preferred Parking — Fuel-efficient and Low-emitting Vehicles	All Stages	Buildings	All Occupancy Types
SC-13	Preferred Parking — Electric Vehicles	All Stages	Buildings	All Occupancy Types
SC-14	Preferred Parking — Additional Accessible Parking Spaces	All Stages	Buildings	All Occupancy Types
SC-15	Cyclist Facilities	All Stages	All Project Types	All Occupancy Types
SC-16	Pedestrian Mobility	All Stages	Buildings	All Occupancy Types
EN-01	Energy Consumption Reduction	All Stages	All Project Types	All Occupancy Types
EN-02	Renewable Energy	All Stages	Buildings	All Occupancy Types
EN-03	Fuel Consumption Reduction	S3	All Project Types	All Occupancy Types
WT-01	Water Consumption Reduction	All Stages	All Project Types	All Occupancy Types
WT-02	Graywater Reuse	All Stages	Buildings	All Occupancy Types
WT-03	Rainwater Harvesting	All Stages	Buildings	All Occupancy Types
MC-01	Green Procurement	All Stages	All Project Types	All Occupancy Types
MC-02	Local Procurement	All Stages	All Project Types	All Occupancy Types
MC-03	Community-based Procurement	All Stages	All Project Types	All Occupancy Types
MC-04	Waste Management	All Stages	All Project Types	All Occupancy Types
HW-01	Visual Comfort	All Stages	All Project Types	All Occupancy Types
HW-02	Daylight Access	All Stages	All Project Types	All Occupancy Types
HW-03	Outdoor Views	All Stages	All Project Types	All Occupancy Types
HW-04	Thermal Comfort	All Stages	All Project Types	All Occupancy Types
HW-05	Acoustic Comfort	All Stages	All Project Types	All Occupancy Types
HW-06	Indoor Air Quality	All Stages	All Project Types	All Occupancy Types
HW-07	Microbial Control	All Stages	All Project Types	All Occupancy Types
HW-08	Low VOC Environment	All Stages	All Project Types	All Occupancy Types
HW-09	Active Design	All Stages	All Project Types	All Occupancy Types
HW-10	Urban Agriculture	All Stages	All Project Types	All Occupancy Types
HW-11	Place of Respite	All Stages	All Project Types	Healthcare
HW-12	Enhanced Occupational Safety and Health	All Stages	All Project Types	All Occupancy Types
EM-01	Greenhouse Gas Inventory	All Stages	All Project Types	All Occupancy Types
EM-02	Refrigerant Use	All Stages	All Project Types	All Occupancy Types
RE-01	Disaster Prevention and Mitigation	All Stages	All Project Types	All Occupancy Types
RE-02	Disaster Preparedness	All Stages	All Project Types	All Occupancy Types
RE-03	Disaster Response and Recovery	All Stages	All Project Types	All Occupancy Types
SE-01	Filipino Art	All Stages	All Project Types	All Occupancy Types
SE-02	Green Jobs	All Stages	All Project Types	All Occupancy Types
SE-03	Local Labor	All Stages	All Project Types	All Occupancy Types
SE-04	Women Empowerment	All Stages	All Project Types	All Occupancy Types
SE-05	Community Facility	All Stages	All Project Types	All Occupancy Types

Maximum score

The maximum score for BERDE Certification will be based on the applicable credits based on the life cycle stage, project type and occupancy type of the project. The weighting and the equivalent rating of the project will be calculated based on the applicable maximum score.

Certification stage	Project type	Occupancy type	Maximum score
S1 S2	Buildings	Office Retail Vertical residential Clustered residential Educational Industrial	128
S1 S2	Buildings	Healthcare	131
S3	Buildings	Office Retail Vertical residential Clustered residential Educational Industrial	119
S3	Buildings	Healthcare	122
S1 S2	Tenants	Office Retail Vertical residential Clustered residential Educational Industrial	89
S1 S2	Tenants	Healthcare	92
S3	Tenants	Office Retail Vertical residential Clustered residential Educational Industrial	95
S3	Tenants	Healthcare	98

How do you compute for the weighting?

The weighting for the equivalent rating of the project is calculated by the total awarded score in the Core Framework over the maximum score applicable for the project.

The maximum weighting for the project is 100%.

Weighting (%) =	Awarded score	× 100
	Maximum score

The recommended rating will be equivalent to the weighting of the project. See What is the rating for BERDE?

How do you use the BERDE Scoresheet?

Download and accomplish the Template — BERDE Scoresheet.

• Under the Project Information tab,
  • Indicate the Project Name and Project Owner;
  • Select the Project Type applicable for the project;
  • Select the Certification Stage and Assessment Round for your submission;
  • Indicate who prepared the scoresheet under Prepared By, Designation, and Email Address; and
  • Enter the date when the scoresheet was accomplished under Date Prepared.
• Under the Scoresheet tab, for each credit,
  • Select Yes or No whether you are pursuing the credit; and
  • If you selected Yes to the credits you are pursuing, indicate your target score for each pursued credit.

Compliance Requirements

Project teams must prepare and submit project documentation to demonstrate how the project complies with their target credits. The documentation prepared and submitted by the project team allows the assessment team to assess and verify the project's performance based on valid, credible, and verifiable information.

It is the responsibility of the project team to prepare and submit documentation that contain valid, credible, and verifiable information about the project. The documentation submitted by the project team will be reviewed by the assessment team and will be referenced in the Assessment Report, which is the basis for the rating and certification of the project.

The documentation prepared and submitted for the assessment must be:

• Complete. The documentation should contain appropriate and relevant information about the project that demonstrates compliance with the requirements of the target credit.
• Independent. The documentation should allow for third-party review and verification, and it is reliable and traceable.
• Robust. The documentation should strongly support the compliance of the project team with the requirements of the target credit. The Compliance Notes provide guidance to project teams on what information are necessary to demonstrate compliance with the requirements and satisfy the intent of the target credit.

The Compliance Notes reflect information that are:

• Necessary to demonstrate compliance with the requirements and satisfy the intent of the credit; and
• Appropriate and relevant to each Stage of the assessment.

Use existing project files. The project team should use existing project files when submitting documentation for the BERDE Certification of the project. The project team is not required to create or prepare documentation exclusively for BERDE. This will reduce the time and effort in preparing for the certification of the project.

Base case	Base case refers to a computer simulation, calculation, or set of data established before the implementation of strategies for the project. The data used for establishing the base case must be supported by generally accepted standards or references. It is used as a basis for measuring the project's performance, particularly in terms of energy consumption, water consumption, and waste generation.	Base cases must be prepared by the relevant professional and duly approved and signed by the project owner.
Bill of materials	Bill of materials contains the products or materials that were specified, procured, and used for the project, including the estimated or actual cost per product or material.	Bill of materials must include the following information: Type and name of each material, product, and equipment specified or procured, Quantity of each material, product, and equipment specified or procured, and Estimated or actual cost of each material, product, and equipment specified or procured. Bill of materials must be: Duly signed by the relevant professional, and Duly approved and signed by the project owner.
Certificate of compliance	Certificates of compliance reflect the conformance of a product or process to generally accepted standards, credible certification programs, or labeling schemes. These certificates should be awarded by a third-party certifying body.	Certificates of compliance must include the following information: Generally accepted standard used for the certification of the product or process, Name of the third-party certifying body, Scope of the certification, Certification date, Validity date of the certification, and Authorized representative of the third-party certifying body and their signature.
Commissioning report	Commissioning report (Cx) must reflect the outcomes of the testing and commissioning for a project performed by a third-party commissioning agent. The Cx report presents the commissioning requirements, process, documentation, findings, process results, compliance with the acceptance criteria, and actions taken to address any findings.	Cx report must reflect the following information: Scope of the testing and commissioning, Generally accepted standards or references used for each scope of testing and commissioning, Third-party Cx agent that performed the testing and commissioning and prepared the Cx report, and Results of testing and commissioning. Cx report must be: Prepared and duly signed by the third-party commissioning agent, and Duly accepted and signed by the project owner.
Communication record	Communication records effectively demonstrate the interactions between the project team and relevant stakeholders and end-users for the delivery of the project's design and construction, as well as the planning and implementation of the project's operations. Communication records may include: Formal letters, Memorandum, or Email correspondences from official corporate email addresses.	Communication records must include the following information: Author's name and role in the project, Date of communication, Recipient's name and role in the project.
Delivery receipt	Delivery receipts serve as proof that the materials, products, and equipment specified and procured were successfully delivered to the project.	Delivery receipts must include the same material, product, or equipment information as the purchase records, such as official receipts or sales invoices.
Installation record	Installation records serve as supporting documents to verify the receipt and installation of materials, products, or equipment specified and procured for the project.	Installation records must include the following information: Details of the installed materials, products, or equipment, Installation date, and Name of the service provider who installed the materials, products, or equipment.
Official receipt and sales invoice	Official receipts (ORs) or sales invoices serve as proof that the specified materials, products, or equipment were purchased for the project. ORs and sales invoices are typically required during the construction and operation stages.	ORs and sales invoices must include the following information: Name of each material, product, and equipment purchased, Quantity of each material, product, and equipment purchased, Cost of each material, product, and equipment purchased, Date of purchase, and Supplier's name and their signature.
Plans and as-built plans	Plans are written and graphical representations of the design and construction of different elements of a project. Plans and as-built plans must reflect the dimensions, locations, and technical descriptions of the different strategies and systems designed or implemented in the project.	Plans and as-built plans must include the following information: Project name, Project owner's name Approval date, and Document version. Plans and as-built plans must be: Duly signed by the relevant professional, Duly approved and signed by the project owner, and Duly approved and signed by the local building official. For projects within jurisdictions that mandate a BERDE Certificate as a prerequisite for building permit and occupancy permit applications, the plans and as-built plans must be: Duly signed by the relevant professional, and Submitted along with a letter of undertaking or an affidavit confirming that the plans and as-built plans submitted by the project team for BERDE Certification are the same documents to be submitted to the local building official.
Policy	Policy refers to a general statement of the project owner reflecting their commitment to the quality and performance required for the project's design, construction, or operations.	Policies must be duly approved and signed by the top management of the project owner.
Procedure	Procedures are written documentation reflecting the specific activities necessary to operationalize a policy and complete a process for the project's design, construction, or operations.	Procedures must be prepared by the project team and duly approved and signed by the top management of the project owner.
Purchase order	Purchase orders (POs) serve as proof of intent to purchase the specified materials, products, or equipment for the project. POs are typically required during the design stage.	POs must include the following information: Type and name of each material, product, and equipment specified, Quantity of each material, product, and equipment specified, Cost of each material, product, and equipment specified, Date of request, Project owner's name and signature, and Supplier's name and signature.
Specifications	Specifications are written documentation describing the materials, products, and processes for the construction of a project. Specifications prepared during design phase typically describe the performance requirements for a material or product and the work required to deliver the project, which may include: General requirements aligned with regulations or standards identified for a particular project element; Type of materials, products, or equipment required for the project's design; and Installation methodologies for each project element. On the other hand, as-built specifications reflect information on the completed project and are prescriptive in nature. As-built specifications present the materials, products, and equipment installed, and the processes implemented for the project. These may also include performance requirements based on the brand and type of materials, products, or equipment used.	Specifications must include the following information: Project name, Project owner's name, Revision date, Approval date, Document version, Materials, products, or equipment specified for the project, and Installation methodologies for each project element. Specifications must be: Duly signed by the relevant professional, and Duly approved and signed by the project owner.
Service contract	Service contract serves as proof of engagement for an individual (professional) or organization (service provider) to provide a service for the project's design, construction, or operations.	Service contracts must include the following information: Roles and responsibilities of the individual (professional) or organization (service provider) for the project's design, construction, or operations, and Period of engagement with the individual (professional) or organization (service provider). Service contracts must be: Duly signed by the project owner, and Duly accepted and signed by the individual (professional) or the authorized representative of the organization (service provider).

Minimum System Requirements

The Minimum System Requirements aim to:

• Establish the basic requirements for projects undergoing BERDE Certification;
• Ensure that projects comply with relevant building and environmental laws, regulations and mandatory standards prior to BERDE Certification; and
• Ensure that project teams have clear commitments and targets in designing, constructing and operating their green building projects.

Projects that are applying for BERDE Certification must comply with all Minimum System Requirements to be awarded a rating for BERDE Certification.

Requirements

No.	Minimum System Requirement
MSR-01	Regulatory Compliance
MSR-02	Distinct and Clear Boundaries
MSR-03	Disclosure of Resource Performance Data
MSR-04	Initial Site Assessment
MSR-05	Deconstruction Waste Management
MSR-06	Construction Activity Pollution Prevention and Control

MSR-01 Regulatory Compliance

Content

• Purpose and Intent
• Requirements
• Compliance Notes
  • S1 S2 S3
• Additional Information

Purpose and Intent

This requirement aims to ensure the project’s compliance with all building and environmental laws, regulations, and mandatory standards applicable to the project.

Back to requirement

Requirements

All Stages

The project team must conduct a regulatory compliance review to map and assess the project's compliance with:

• The relevant laws, regulations, and mandatory standards concerning:
  • Building design, construction, and operations; and
  • Environmental requirements affecting the project's sustainability goals and performance targets.
• The local ordinances applicable to the project.

Back to requirement

Compliance Notes

Registration

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements, the project team must submit a report on the project's regulatory compliance review. The report must include the following information:

• The building and environmental laws, regulations, and mandatory standards applicable to the project;
• The requirements outlined in the applicable laws, regulations, and mandatory standards that the project must comply with; and
• The project's compliance with the applicable laws, regulations, and mandatory standards at the point of registration.

Back to requirement

Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements, the project team must submit:

1. A report on the project's regulatory compliance review. The report must include the following information:
   • The building and environmental laws, regulations, and mandatory standards applicable to the project;
   • The requirements outlined in the applicable laws, regulations, and mandatory standards that the project must comply with; and
   • The project's compliance with the applicable laws, regulations, and mandatory standards at the point of design.
2. Copies of the permits and certificates issued by relevant national and local government entities regarding the project's design. The permits and certificates must demonstrate the project's compliance with the applicable laws, regulations, mandatory standards, or local ordinances.

At a minimum, the project team must submit copies of the following permits and certificates, as well as the list of national and local issuances:

• Building Permit issued by the Local Building Official.
• Building plans and specifications approved by the Local Building Official related to the assessment.
• Locational Clearance issued by the Local Zoning Office.
• Barangay Clearance for construction issued by the Barangay where the project is located.
• Fire Safety Evaluation Clearance (FSEC) issued by the Bureau of Fire Protection (BFP) together with the following:
  • BFP-accepted and approved Fire Safety Compliance Report (FSCR), and
  • Fire Safety Checklist (FSC).
• Construction Safety and Health Program, approved by the Department of Labor and Employment (DOLE).
• For projects covered by the Philippine Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) System, submit the Environmental Compliance Certificate (ECC) issued by the Department of Environment and Natural Resources (DENR) together with the following:
  • Environmental Impact Statement (EIS),
  • Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) Report, and
  • Environmental Performance Report and Management Plan (EPRMP).
• For projects not covered by the Philippine IES System, submit the Certificate of Non-Coverage (CNC) issued by the DENR.
• For applicable projects that are located within the vicinity of or in proximity to CAAP critical areas, submit the Certificate of Height Clearance issued by the Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines (CAAP).
• For applicable residential projects, submit the Development Permit issued by the Department of Human Settlements and Urban Development (DHSUD).
• Other copies of the permits and certificates issued by the relevant national and local government entities regarding the project's design.

Back to requirement

Stage 2 — Construction

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements, the project team must submit:

1. A report on the project's regulatory compliance review. The report must include the following information:
   • The building and environmental laws, regulations, and mandatory standards applicable to the project;
   • The requirements outlined in the applicable laws, regulations, and mandatory standards that the project must comply with; and
   • The project's compliance with the applicable laws, regulations, and mandatory standards at the point of construction.
2. Copies of the permits and certificates issued by the relevant national and local government entities regarding the project's construction. The permits and certificates must demonstrate the project's compliance with the applicable laws, regulations, mandatory standards, or local ordinances.

At a minimum, the project team must submit copies of the following permits and certificates, as well as the list of national and local issuances:

• Occupancy Permit issued by the Local Building Official.
• As-built building plans and specifications approved by the Local Building Official related to the assessment.
• Certificate of Completion issued by the general contractor of the project.
• Fire Safety Inspection Certificate issued by the BFP together with the BFP-accepted and approved Fire Safety Compliance and Commissioning Report (FSCCR).
• Certificate of Final Electrical Inspection (CFEI) issued by the Local Building Official.
• Permit to Operate (PTO) Air Pollution Source and Control Installation issued by the DENR.
• Wastewater Discharge Permit issued by the Laguna Lake Development Authority (LLDA) or DENR.
• Other copies of permits and certificates issued by the relevant national and local government entities regarding the project's construction.

Back to requirement

Stage 3 — Operations

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements, the project team must submit:

1. A report on the project's regulatory compliance review. The report must include the following information:
   • The building and environmental laws, regulations, and mandatory standards applicable to the project;
   • The requirements outlined in the applicable laws, regulations, and mandatory standards that the project must comply with; and
   • The project's compliance with the applicable laws, regulations, and mandatory standards at the point of operation.
2. Copies of the permits and certificates issued by the relevant national and local government entities regarding the project operations. The permits and certificates must demonstrate the project's compliance with the applicable laws, regulations, mandatory standards, or local ordinances.

At a minimum, the project team must submit copies of the following permits and certificates, as well as the list of national and local issuances:

• Occupancy Permit issued by the Local Building Official.
• Business Permit issued by the Business Permit and Licensing Office of the local government.
• Certificate of Annual Inspection issued by the Local Building Official.
• Sanitary Permit to Operate issued by the Local Health Office of the local government.
• Fire Safety Inspection Certificate issued by the BFP together with the BFP-accepted and approved Fire Safety Maintenance Report (FSMR).
• Permit to Operate (PTO) Air Pollution Source and Control Installation issued by the DENR.
• Certificate of Sewer Interconnection issued by the local water utility serving the project.
• Wastewater Discharge Permit issued by the Laguna Lake Development Authority (LLDA) or DENR.
• ECC Self-Monitoring Reports and ECC Compliance Monitoring Reports regularly submitted to the DENR.
• Other copies of permits and certificates issued by the relevant national and local government entities regarding the project operations.

Back to requirement

Additional Information

Terms and Definitions

In the context of this requirement, the following terms and definitions apply:

Regulatory compliance review

refers to the project teams' adherence or compliance with existing national and local building laws, environmental laws, regulations, and mandatory standards.

Back to requirement

Additional Readings

See Annex 1: Building and Environmental Laws, Regulations, and Mandatory Standards for additional readings that may guide the project team in complying with the requirements.

Back to requirement

MSR-02 Distinct and Clear Boundaries

Content

• Purpose and Intent
• Requirements
• Compliance Notes
• Additional Information

Purpose and Intent

This requirement aims to establish the scope for BERDE Certification by clearly defining the physical boundaries of the project.

Back to requirement

Requirements

All Stages

The project team must establish the scope for BERDE Certification by clearly defining:

• The physical boundaries of the project and the project site; and
• The location and capacity of shared on-site building systems and utilities.

Back to requirement

Compliance Notes

Registration

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements, the project team must submit plans clearly defining the scope for BERDE Certification, including:

• The site development plan with marked boundaries of the project site and the buildings and facilities within the project site; and
• The architectural plans clearly detailing the scope for BERDE Certification, and the number and location of the shared on-site building systems and utilities.

Back to requirement

All Stages

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements, the project team must submit proof of capacity for the shared on-site building systems and utilities. The documentation must clearly demonstrate the following:

• The capacity of these shared on-site building systems and utilities is sufficient for the project undergoing BERDE Certification and for other projects that are part of the whole development; and
• There is a dedicated capacity for the project undergoing BERDE Certification.

Back to requirement

Additional Information

Terms and Definitions

In the context of this requirement, the following terms and definitions apply:

Shared on-site building systems and utilities

refer to building systems that are shared by the tenants and occupants of a building project. These building systems may be HVAC (heating ventilation, and air conditioning), electrical, plumbing and sanitary, and other related building systems.

Back to requirement

MSR-03 Disclosure of Resource Performance Data

Content

• Purpose and Intent
• Requirements
• Compliance Notes
  • S1 S2 S3
• Additional Information

Purpose and Intent

This requirement aims to:

• Demonstrate the resource performance of the project on energy, water and waste in a transparent and credible manner leading to proper benchmarking; and
• Validate the resource performance data of the project on energy, water and waste properly and objectively.

Back to requirement

Requirements

All Stages

The project team must:

1. Submit the performance data of the project for:
   • Energy consumption,
   • Potable water consumption, and
   • Solid waste generation.
2. Ensure consistency by using the metric system for all performance data submissions.

Back to requirement

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements, the project team must submit:

1. The projected occupancy profile for the project, reflecting the following:
   • Description of the project's intended use;
   • Number of shifts within a 24-hour period, which can be up to a maximum of three (3) shifts;
   • Number of hours per shift, which should be a minimum of eight (8) hours per shift; and
   • The maximum number of users per shift.
2. The energy base case reflecting the projected annual total operational energy consumption of the project in kilowatt-hours (kWh) based on design.
3. The water base case reflecting the projected annual total operational potable water consumption of the project in cubic meters (m³) based on design.
4. The waste base case reflecting the projected total construction waste generation of the project in kilograms (kg).

Back to requirement

Stage 2 — Construction

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements, the project team must submit:

1. The projected occupancy profile for the project, reflecting the following:
   • Description of the project's intended use;
   • Number of shifts within a 24-hour period, which can be up to a maximum of three (3) shifts;
   • Number of hours per shift, which should be a minimum of eight (8) hours per shift; and
   • The maximum number of users per shift.
2. The energy base case reflecting the projected annual total operational energy consumption of the project in kWh based on implemented design.
3. The water base case reflecting the projected annual total operational potable water consumption of the project in m³ based on implemented design.
4. The waste base case reflecting the actual total construction waste generation of the project in kg.

Back to requirement

Stage 3 — Operations

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements, the project team must submit:

1. The actual occupancy profile for the project during the performance period, reflecting the following:
   • Description of the project's use;
   • Number of shifts within a 24-hour period, which can be up to a maximum of three (3) shifts;
   • Number of hours per shift, which should be a minimum of eight (8) hours per shift; and
   • The maximum number of users per shift.
2. The energy base case reflecting the actual total operational energy consumption of the project in kWh for at least twelve (12) months before the performance period and at least twelve (12) months during the performance period.
3. The water base case reflecting the actual total operational potable water consumption of the project in m³ for at least twelve (12) months before the performance period and at least twelve (12) months during the performance period.
4. The waste base case reflecting the actual total operational waste generation of the project in kg for at least twelve (12) months before the performance period and at least twelve (12) months during the performance period.

Back to requirement

Additional Information

Terms and Definitions

In the context of this requirement, the following terms and definitions apply:

Energy base case

refers to the base case for energy consumption where the potential energy consumption reduction of a project is measured from. The energy base case must reflect the projected or actual annual operational energy consumption in kilowatt-hour (kWh) per end-use, and the energy use intensity in kilowatt-hours per square meter (kWh/m²).

Waste base case

refers to the base case for potential waste generation where the potential waste diversion of a project is measured from. The waste base case must reflect the potential sources and amount of waste generation in the project during construction or operations in kilograms (kg), and waste generation intensity in kilograms per square meter (kg/m²).

Water base case

refers to the base case for potable water consumption where the potential potable water consumption reduction of a project is measured from. The water base case must reflect the projected or actual annual operational potable water consumption in cubic meters (m³) per end-use, and the water use intensity in cubic meters per square meter (m³/m²).

Back to requirement

MSR-04 Initial Site Assessment

Content

• Purpose and Intent
• Requirements
  • S1
• Compliance Notes
  • S1
• Additional Information

Purpose and Intent

This requirement aims to:

• Assess the impacts of the project on the project site and nearby communities;
• Identify existing ecological features within the project site and its immediate surroundings;
• Evaluate potential risks and hazards prior to construction; and
• Preserve, protect, and improve the environmental and social aspects of the project site and nearby communities.

Back to requirement

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

Prior to any demolition, deconstruction, and construction activities within the project site, the project team must:

1. Identify and engage a professional qualified and competent in conducting a site assessment for the project.
2. Conduct an initial site assessment for the project. The project team must identify and assess the following:
   • The existing ecological features within the project site and its immediate surroundings, including:
     • Flora and fauna, such as:
       • Trees of significant ecological value,
       • Native and adapted plant species,
       • Existing land, air and marine animal species.
     • Natural watercourses and wetlands, and
     • Nearby protected areas covered by the National Integrated Protected Areas System (NIPAS).
   • The potential disasters and hazards the project is at risk of, including:
     • Natural disasters, such as:
       • Wind downbursts,
       • Typhoons,
       • Heavy rainfall and floods,
       • Storm surges,
       • Tsunamis,
       • Earthquake,
       • Landslides, and
       • Volcanic activities.
     • Man-made hazards, such as:
       • Fires and explosions,
       • Accidents, and
       • Site contamination.
     • Other potential risks and hazards, such as:
       • Dust generation,
       • Noise pollution, and
       • Traffic congestion.
   • The social and cultural value of the project site and its immediate surroundings, including:
     • Built heritage within the project site and its immediate surroundings,
     • Cultural features that are present in nearby local communities, and
     • Social conditions of nearby local communities.

If there were previous developments within the project site, the project team must also identify the following:

• Building footprint of the previous development,
• Previous use and occupancy type of the previous development,
• Period when the land was previously used, and
• Site contaminations, if any.

Back to requirement

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements, the project team must submit:

1. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional. The documentation must include the following information:
   • The relevant qualifications and competencies of the professional in conducting site assessments for projects;
   • The responsibilities of the professional in the design of the project and the expected output; and
   • The period of engagement with the professional to deliver the expected output.
2. The initial site assessment report prepared by the engaged professional. The report must include the following information:
   • The existing ecological features within the project site and its immediate surroundings, including:
     • Location of the existing ecological features;
     • Brief description of the existing ecological features; and
     • Recommendations to preserve, protect, and improve the existing ecological features.
   • The potential disasters and hazards that the project is at risk of, including:
     • Potential impacts of the identified risks to the project; and
     • Recommendations to mitigate or reduce the potential impacts of the identified risks and hazards to the project.
   • The cultural value of the project site and its immediate surroundings, including:
     • Historic information about the project site;
     • Location of the built heritage within the project site and its immediate surroundings;
     • Brief description of the cultural features that are present in nearby local communities;
     • Social conditions of nearby local communities; and
     • Recommendations to preserve, protect, and improve the social and cultural value of the project site and its immediate surroundings.
   • If there are previous developments within the project site, the report must also include information on the following:
     • The building footprint of the previous development;
     • The previous use and occupancy type of the previous development;
     • The period when the land was previously used;
     • The site contaminations caused by the previous development, if any; and
     • The recommendations to utilize the previous developments for the benefit of the project.

Back to requirement

Additional Information

Additional Readings

The following readings may guide the project team in complying with the requirements:

• ASTM International. (2019). Standard practice for environmental site assessments: Phase II environmental site assessment process [ASTM Standard E1903-19]. https://doi.org/10.1520/E1903-19.
• ASTM International. (2021). Standard practice for environmental site assessments: Phase I environmental site assessment process [ASTM Standard E1527-21]. https://doi.org/10.1520/E1527-21.
• Department of Environment and Natural Resources. (2003). Implementing Rules and Regulations (IRR) for the Philippine Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) System [DENR Administrative Order No. 2003-30]. https://emb.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/DAO-2003-30.pdf.
• Environmental Management Bureau. (2017). Site characterization guidelines [EMB Memorandum Circular No. 2017-003]. https://emb.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/MC-2017-003_Site-Characterization-Guidelines.pdf.
• Environmental Management Bureau. (2017). Guidelines for site remediation [EMB Memorandum Circular No. 2017-004]. https://emb.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/MC-2017-004_Site-Remediation-Guidelines.pdf.
• Republic of the Philippines. (1978). Establishing an Environmental Impact System, including Other Environmental Management Related Measures and for Other Purposes [Presidential Decree No. 1586]. https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/1978/06/11/presidential-decree-no-1586-s-1978/.
• Republic of the Philippines. (1992). An Act Providing for the Establishment and Management of National Integrated Protected Areas System, Defining its Scope and Coverage, and for Other Purposes [Republic Act No. 7586]. https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/1992/06/01/republic-act-no-7586/.
• Republic of the Philippines. (2010). An Act Providing for the Protection and Conservation of the National Cultural Heritage, Strengthening the National Commission for Culture and the Arts (NCCA) and its Affiliated Cultural Agencies, and for Other Purposes [Republic Act No. 10066]. https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/2010/03/26/republic-act-no-10066/.
• Republic of the Philippines. (2018). An Act Declaring Protected Areas and Providing for their Management, Amending for this Purpose Republic Act No. 7586, Otherwise Known as the "National Integrated Protected Areas System (NIPAS) Act of 1992", and for Other Purposes [Republic Act No. 11038]. https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/downloads/2018/06jun/20180622-RA-11038-RRD.pdf.

Back to requirement

MSR-05 Deconstruction Waste Management

Content

• Purpose and Intent
• Requirements
• Compliance Notes
• Additional Information

Purpose and Intent

This requirement aims to:

• Evaluate the potential waste generated by deconstructing existing buildings and structures within the project site; and
• Reduce the waste generated from deconstructing existing buildings and structures within the project site.

Back to requirement

Requirements

All Stages

For present and future deconstruction activities within the project site, the project team must:

1. Establish a deconstruction waste base case for the project. The waste base case must include the following:
   • The projected types of waste generated during deconstruction;
   • The projected amount of deconstruction waste for each type in kilograms (kg); and
   • The projected total deconstruction waste generation in kilograms per square meter (kg/m²).
2. Establish a deconstruction waste management plan. The project team must:
   • Set the waste diversion target for deconstructing the existing buildings and structures within the project site;
   • Identify waste diversion strategies for deconstructed building materials;
   • Define the roles and responsibilities necessary for implementing the strategies;
   • Establish the methodology for monitoring and recording the waste generated during deconstruction; and
   • Communicate the deconstruction waste management plan to project stakeholders.

For present deconstruction activities within the project site, the project team must also:

1. Implement the deconstruction waste management plan. The project team must:
   • Assign roles and responsibilities to personnel responsible for implementing the strategies;
   • Implement waste diversion strategies for deconstructed building materials;
   • Monitor and record the waste generated during deconstruction; and
   • Regularly communicate the implementation of strategies to project stakeholders.
2. Present the waste generated and diverted during deconstruction. The project team must:
   • Present the actual total deconstruction waste generation in kg/m²; and
   • Calculate the percentage of deconstruction waste diverted from landfills compared to the deconstruction waste base case.

Back to requirement

Compliance Notes

All Stages

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements, the project team must submit:

1. The deconstruction waste base case for the project. The base case must include the following information:
   • The projected types of waste generated during deconstruction;
   • The projected amount of deconstruction waste for each type in kg; and
   • The projected total deconstruction waste generation in kg/m².
2. The deconstruction waste management plan for the project. The plan must include the following information:
   • The waste diversion target for deconstructing the existing buildings and structures within the project site; and
   • The description of identified waste diversion strategies for deconstructed building materials, including:
     • The type of waste that each strategy will divert;
     • The methodology for diverting each type of waste; and
     • The projected amount of deconstruction waste diverted by each strategy in kg.
3. The list of operators, suppliers, and service providers identified to implement the waste diversion strategies for deconstructed building materials. The list must include the following information:
   • The name of the identified operator, supplier, and service provider;
   • The address of the waste diversion facility;
   • The name, designation, and contact information of the representative from the operator, supplier, and service provider; and
   • The description of services offered and the types of waste handled by the operator, supplier, and service provider.
4. The documented policies and procedures for implementing the deconstruction waste management plan. The documentation must include the following information:
   • The defined roles and responsibilities for implementing the strategies;
   • The procedures for handling different types of waste during deconstruction, including:
     • Segregating waste at the source;
     • Providing on-site waste storage;
     • Proper and safe handling for each type of waste; and
     • Collecting waste from the on-site waste storage to the waste diversion facility.
   • The methodology for monitoring and recording waste generated during deconstruction.
5. The communication records as proof that the deconstruction waste management plan was communicated to the project stakeholders.

For present deconstruction activities within the project site, the project team must also submit:

1. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the plan. The list must include the following information:
   • The name, designation, and contact information of each personnel; and
   • The assigned roles and responsibilities for implementing the strategies.
2. The documentation on segregation, handling, and storage of deconstruction waste. The documentation must consist of:
   • As-built plans and specifications of on-site waste storage, reflecting its location and size;
   • Monitoring reports on waste generated during deconstruction; and
   • Procurement and implementation records for the segregation, handling, and storage of deconstruction waste, including:
     • Purchase records, such as purchase orders, official receipts or sales invoices,
     • Delivery receipts,
     • Installation records, and
     • Photographs of segregation, handling, and storage of deconstruction waste.
3. The documentation on collection, diversion, and disposal of deconstruction waste. The documentation must consist of:
   • Service contracts with engaged operators, suppliers, and service providers for implementing waste diversion strategies for deconstructed building materials. The documentation must include the following information:
     • The description of services offered and types of waste handled by the operator, supplier, and service provider; and
     • The period of engagement with operators, suppliers, and service providers for the implementation of strategies.
   • Waste tickets or logs for deconstruction waste collected by the operators, suppliers, and service providers;
   • Monitoring reports on waste diverted and disposed during deconstruction; and
   • Procurement and implementation records for the collection, diversion, and disposal of deconstruction waste, including:
     • Purchase records, such as purchase orders, official receipts or sales invoices, and
     • Photographs of collection, diversion, and disposal of deconstruction waste.
4. The communication records as proof that the implementation of the deconstruction waste management plan was regularly communicated to project stakeholders.
5. The calculation for waste generated and diverted during deconstruction. The calculation must include the following information:
   • The actual total deconstruction waste generation in kg/m²; and
   • The percentage of deconstruction waste diverted from landfills compared to the deconstruction waste base case.

Back to requirement

Additional Information

Terms and Definitions

In the context of this requirement, the following terms and definitions apply:

Deconstruction

refers to the process of systematically dismantling buildings and structures to maximize the reuse and recycling potential of their components. Deconstruction significantly reduces the amount of construction waste that goes into landfills by salvaging materials for future use.

Demolition

refers to the systematic dismantling or destruction of a building, in whole or in part. (Philippine Green Building Code, 2015)

Back to requirement

MSR-06 Construction Activity Pollution Prevention and Control

Content

• Purpose and Intent
• Requirements
• Compliance Notes

Purpose and Intent

This requirement aims to:

• Ensure proper waste management and pollution control are established and implemented during the construction of the project; and
• Reduce the waste and pollution generated during the construction of the project.

Back to requirement

Requirements

All Stages

The project team must:

1. Conduct a site assessment for the project before any demolition, deconstruction, or construction activities. The project team must identify and assess the following:
   • The expected sources of pollution during construction; and
   • The potential impacts of construction activities on the project site and its immediate surroundings.
2. Establish a construction activity pollution prevention and control plan. The project team must:
   • Identify strategies to prevent and control the expected pollution during construction;
   • Define the roles and responsibilities necessary for implementing the strategies;
   • Establish the methodology for monitoring and recording the pollution levels during construction; and
   • Communicate the construction activity pollution prevention and control plan to project stakeholders.
3. Implement the construction activity pollution prevention and control plan. The project team must:
   • Assign roles and responsibilities to personnel responsible for implementing the strategies;
   • Implement strategies to prevent and control the expected pollution during construction;
   • Monitor and record the pollution levels during construction; and
   • Regularly communicate the implementation of strategies to project stakeholders.
4. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implemented construction activity pollution prevention and control plan. The project team must:
   • Present the outcomes and review the effectiveness of the plan's implementation;
   • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve them; and
   • Recommend actions to further improve waste management and pollution control during construction.

Back to requirement

Compliance Notes

All Stages

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements, the project team must submit:

1. The site assessment report for the project. The report must include the following information:
   • The expected sources of pollution during construction; and
   • The potential impacts of the activities on the project site and its immediate surroundings.
2. The construction activity pollution prevention and control plan for the project. The plan must include the following information:
   • The strategies to prevent and control the expected pollution during construction;
   • A description of the identified strategies;
   • The expected impact of the strategies once implemented;
   • The roles and responsibilities defined for implementing the strategies; and
   • The methodology for monitoring and recording pollution levels during construction.
3. The plans and specifications for the pollution prevention or control strategies during construction.
4. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the plan. The list must include the following information:
   • The name, designation, and contact information of each personnel; and
   • The assigned roles and responsibilities for implementing the strategies.
5. The as-built plans and specifications for the pollution prevention or control strategies during construction.
6. The monitoring reports on pollution levels during construction.
7. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies, including:
   • Purchase records, such as purchase orders, official receipts or sales invoices,
   • Delivery receipts,
   • Installation records, and
   • Photographs of the implementation of pollution prevention or control strategies during construction.
8. The communication records as proof that the planning and implementation of the construction activity pollution prevention and control plan were regularly communicated to the project stakeholders.
9. The evaluation report on the effectiveness of the implemented construction activity pollution prevention and control plan. The report must include the following information:
   • The outcomes of the implementation of the construction activity pollution prevention and control plan;
   • An assessment of the effective implementation of the plan;
   • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve them; and
   • The recommended actions to further improve waste management and pollution control during construction.

Back to requirement

Core Framework

The Core Framework defines the credits and requirements that are essential in developing a green building project under BERDE. The Core Framework includes:

Management

Management category focuses on the sustainable processes and practices for effectively managing the design, construction and operations of the project. Management encourages a collaborative and integrated approach to determine the most sustainable and cost-effective strategies for the project.

No.	Credit Name	Certification Stage	Project Type	Occupancy Type	SDGs
MN-01	Green Building Professional	All Stages	All Project Types	All Occupancy Types	SDG 8 SDG 13
MN-02	Stakeholder Consultation	All Stages	All Project Types	All Occupancy Types	SDG 11
MN-03	Project Management	All Stages	All Project Types	All Occupancy Types	SDG 8 SDG 11
MN-04	Certified Green Building	All Stages	All Project Types	All Occupancy Types	SDG 11
MN-05	Staff Training	All Stages	All Project Types	All Occupancy Types	SDG 4 SDG 8
MN-06	Green Building Education	All Stages	All Project Types	All Occupancy Types	SDG 11 SDG 13
MN-07	Tenant Design and Construction Management	All Stages	Buildings	All Occupancy Types	SDG 8 SDG 11 SDG 13

MN-01 Green Building Professional

All Stages
All Project Types
All Occupancy Types
SDG 8Decent Work and Economic Growth SDG 13Climate Action

Content

• Purpose and Intent
• Requirements
• Score Distribution
• Compliance Notes
• Additional Information

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to facilitate the efficient delivery of the BERDE Certification process with the support of a qualified and competent green building professional (GBP) for the project.

Back to credit

Requirements

All Stages

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project owner must identify and engage a qualified and competent GBP for the project. When engaging a GBP, the project owner must:

1. Identify the necessary qualifications of the professional. The professional must either be:
   • A Certified BERDE Professional (CBP) in good standing; or
   • A GBP in good standing that is certified under a green building certification program for professionals. The certification program must be one of the following:
     • Duly recognized by a member National Green Building Council (NGBC) of the World Green Building Council (WorldGBC);
     • Duly recognized by the WorldGBC; or
     • Administered by a body that complies with Conformity Assessment — General Requirements for Bodies Operating Certification of Persons [ISO/IEC Standard 17024].
2. Define the roles and responsibilities of the professional during the BERDE Certification process of the project, which must include the following:
   • Guiding the project owner and the project team on the BERDE Certification process;
   • Providing sound recommendations on satisfying the intent of each credit pursued for the BERDE Certification for the project; and
   • Reviewing the documentation prepared by the project team before it is submitted for the assessment.
3. Engage the professional as the authorized GBP for the project from at least the start until the completion of the BERDE Certification process.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

All Stages

The project may be awarded:	if the project owner:
3 points	Engaged a qualified and competent GBP to facilitate the efficient delivery of the BERDE Certification process for the project.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

All Stages

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit the proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional. The documentation must include the following information:

• The relevant qualifications and competencies of the professional in facilitating the efficient delivery of the BERDE Certification process for the project;
• The responsibilities of the professional in the design, construction, and operations of the project, and the expected output; and
• The period of engagement with the professional to deliver the expected output, which must be from at least the start until the completion of the BERDE Certification process.

Back to credit

Additional Information

Additional Readings

The following readings may guide the project team in complying with the requirements:

• Green Building Procurement Hub. (n.d.). https://greenbuildingph.org/.

Back to credit

MN-02 Stakeholder Consultation

All Stages
All Project Types
All Occupancy Types
SDG 11Sustainable Cities and Communities

Content

• Purpose and Intent
• Requirements
  • S1 S2 S3
• Score Distribution
  • S1 S2 S3
• Compliance Notes
  • S1 S2 S3
• Additional Information

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

• Consult with the materially affected stakeholders of the project to identify their needs and requirements; and
• Incorporate the social, economic, and environmental recommendations of the materially affected stakeholders into the design, construction, and operations of the project to ensure that it is inclusive.

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Identify the materially affected stakeholders for the project.
2. Consult the materially affected stakeholders before finalizing the design of the project. During the consultation, the project team must discuss the following:
   • The project's background and its sustainability features;
   • The social, environmental, and economic strategies of the project related to the materially affected stakeholders;
   • The building and environmental laws, regulations, and mandatory standards applicable to the project that are related to the materially affected stakeholders; and
   • The design requirements related to the potential users of the project, which should include the following:
     • The accessibility features of the project;
     • The facilities and spaces provided for public use;
     • The social, environmental, and economic impacts of the project on its immediate surroundings; and
     • The technical design requirements for the potential users.
3. Incorporate the stakeholders' recommendations into the final design of the project.

Tenants

For Tenant projects, the project team should also discuss the social, environmental, and economic impacts of the project to its surrounding tenant spaces.

Educational

For Educational spaces and buildings, the project team must also discuss the following during the consultations:

• The experiential learning opportunities for users and the public on the sustainability features of the project;
• The social spaces that are provided for students, teachers, staff, and visitors; and
• The technical requirements for related courses or studies in the project, including efficient use of building systems and equipment.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Implement the final design of the project, reflecting the stakeholders' recommendations.
2. Establish policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies during operations.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Identify the materially affected stakeholders for the project.
2. Consult the materially affected stakeholders to improve the project operations. During the consultation, the project team must discuss the following:
   • The project's background and its sustainability features;
   • The social, environmental, and economic strategies of the project related to the materially affected stakeholders;
   • The building and environmental laws, regulations, and mandatory standard applicable to the project that are related to the materially affected stakeholders; and
   • The user feedbacks related to project operations, which should include the following:
     • The management and operational practices for the project;
     • The preventive and corrective maintenance measures for building systems; and
     • The process requirements for the users.
3. Incorporate the stakeholders' recommendations into the project operations.
4. Implement the stakeholders’ recommendations to improve project operations during the performance period. The project team must:
   • Assign roles and responsibilities to personnel responsible for implementing the strategies;
   • Implement stakeholders' recommendations to improve project operations;
   • Monitor and record the strategies’ implementation during the performance period; and
   • Regularly communicate the implementation of strategies to project stakeholders.
5. Evaluate the effectiveness of the improved project operations. The project team must:
   • Present the outcomes and review the effectiveness of the implemented stakeholder recommendations;
   • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve them; and
   • Recommend actions to further improve project operations through stakeholder consultations.

Tenants

For Tenant projects, the project team should also discuss the social, environmental, and economic impacts of the project to its surrounding tenant spaces.

Educational

For Educational spaces and buildings, the project team must also discuss the following during the consultations:

• The experiential learning opportunities for the users and the public on the sustainability features of the project;
• The social spaces that are provided for students, teachers, staff, and visitors; and
• The technical requirements for the related courses or studies in the project, including the actions to use the building systems and equipment efficiently.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Design

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Consulted the materially affected stakeholders before finalizing the design of the project, Incorporated three (3) or more recommendations from the materially affected stakeholders into the final design of the project, and Incorporated specific end-user requirements into the final design of the project.
2 points	Consulted the materially affected stakeholders before finalizing the design of the project, and Incorporated two (2) recommendations from the materially affected stakeholders into the final design of the project.
1 point	Consulted the materially affected stakeholders before finalizing the design of the project, and Incorporated one (1) recommendation from the materially affected stakeholders into the final design of the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Implemented the final design of the project, reflecting three (3) or more recommendations from the materially affected stakeholders, and Implemented specific end-user requirements in the project.
2 points	Implemented the final design of the project, reflecting two (2) recommendations from the materially affected stakeholders.
1 point	Implemented the final design of the project, reflecting one (1) recommendation from the materially affected stakeholders.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Consulted the materially affected stakeholders to improve the project operations, Implemented the improved project operations, reflecting three (3) or more recommendations from the materially affected stakeholders, and Implemented specific end-user requirements in the project.
2 points	Consulted the materially affected stakeholders to improve the project operations, and Implemented the improved project operations, reflecting two (2) recommendations from the materially affected stakeholders.
1 point	Consulted the materially affected stakeholders to improve the project operations, and Implemented the improved project operations, reflecting one (1) recommendation from the materially affected stakeholders.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The list of materially affected stakeholders consulted before finalizing the design of the project. The list must include the following information:
   • The name of the materially affected stakeholder;
   • The name, designation, and contact information of each stakeholder's representative; and
   • The relationship of the materially affected stakeholder to the project owner.
2. The documentation on the stakeholder consultations conducted before finalizing the design of the project. The documentation must consist of:
   • The attendance list for each consultation;
   • The agenda and proceedings of each consultation;
   • The list of stakeholders' recommendations during each consultation, clearly highlighted and described; and
   • Photographs from each conducted stakeholder consultation.
3. The plans and specifications for the stakeholders' recommendations, supported by a narrative on how the recommendations were incorporated into the final design of the project.
4. The purchase orders as proof of intent to purchase products, technologies, and equipment for the implementation of the recommendations.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The as-built plans and specifications for the stakeholders' recommendations, supported by a narrative on how the recommendations were implemented in the project.
2. The documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies during operations.
3. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the recommendations, including:
   • Purchase records, such as purchase orders, official receipts or sales invoices,
   • Delivery receipts,
   • Installation records, and
   • Photographs of the implementation of stakeholders' recommendations in the project.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The list of materially affected stakeholders consulted to improve project operations. The list must include the following information:
   • The name of the materially affected stakeholder;
   • The name, designation, and contact information of each stakeholder's representative; and
   • The relationship of the materially affected stakeholder to the project owner.
2. The documentation on the stakeholder consultations conducted to improve project operations. The documentation must consist of:
   • The attendance list for each consultation;
   • The agenda and proceedings of each consultation;
   • The list of stakeholders' recommendations during each consultation, clearly highlighted and described; and
   • Photographs from each conducted stakeholder consultation.
3. The plans and specifications for the stakeholders' recommendations, supported by a narrative on how the recommendations were incorporated into the project operations.
4. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the recommendations. The list must include the following information:
   • The name, designation, and contact information of each personnel; and
   • The assigned roles and responsibilities for implementing the recommendations.
5. The as-built plans and specifications for the stakeholders' recommendations, supported by a narrative on how the recommendations were implemented into the project operations.
6. The monitoring reports reflecting the implementation of the recommendations during the performance period.
7. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the recommendations, including:
   • Purchase records, such as purchase orders, official receipts or sales invoices,
   • Delivery receipts,
   • Installation records, and
   • Photographs of the implementation of stakeholders' recommendations in the project.
8. The communication records as proof that the planning and implementation of the recommendations were regularly communicated to the project stakeholders.
9. The evaluation report on the effectiveness of the implemented recommendations. The report must include the following information:
   • The outcomes of the implementation of the stakeholders' recommendations;
   • An assessment of the effective implementation of the recommendations;
   • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve them; and
   • The recommended actions to further improve project operations through stakeholder consultations.

Back to credit

Additional Information

List of materially affected stakeholders

Buildings

For Building projects, the project team should at least consult the following:

• Local community surrounding the project,
• Project team members,
• Clients and investors of the project owner for the project, and
• Potential and current end-users.

Tenants

For Tenant projects, the project team should at least consult the following:

• Building owner and manager of the building where the project is located,
• Project team members,
• Clients and investors of the project owner for the project,
• Tenants surrounding the project, and
• Current end-users.

Back to credit

Terms and Definitions

In the context of this credit, the following terms and definitions apply.

Materially-affected stakeholders

refer to individuals or organizations that have a significant impact on or are significantly impacted by the project. These stakeholders may influence the project's sustainability performance and may be influenced by the project team's actions and the outcomes of the strategies implemented for the green building project. Understanding and managing stakeholders' interests and expectations is often crucial for the successful delivery and effective operations of the green building project.

Back to credit

Additional Readings

The following readings may guide the project team in complying with the requirements:

• Department of Environment and Natural Resources. (2017). Guidelines on Public Participation under the Philippine Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) System [DENR Administrative Order No. 2017-15]. https://eia.emb.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/2-May-2017-DAO-2017-15.pdf.
• International Organization for Standardization. (2020). Project, Programme and Portfolio Management — Guidance on Project Management [ISO Standard 21502]. ISO.
• Project Management Institute. (2021) A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge (7th Ed.). PMI.

Back to credit

MN-03 Project Management

All Stages
All Project Types
All Occupancy Types
SDG 8Decent Work and Economic Growth SDG 11Sustainable Cities and Communities

Content

• Purpose and Intent
• Requirements
  • S1 S2 S3
• Score Distribution
  • S1 S2 S3
• Compliance Notes
  • S1 S2 S3
• Additional Information

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

• Establish an integrated project delivery process for the design, construction and operations of the project; and
• Identify the most sustainable and cost-effective strategies for the design, construction and operations of the project by conducting kick-off meetings and regular charettes.

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project owner must:

1. Establish the sustainability goals and performance targets for the project. The targets must include:
   • The environmental, social, and economic priorities of the project owner for the project; and
   • The credits pursued by the project owner for BERDE Certification.
2. Engage an interdisciplinary project team early in the project development. When engaging members of the project team, the project owner must:
   • Identify the necessary qualifications and competencies of each member of the project team;
   • Define the roles and responsibilities of each member of the project team during the design and construction of the project; and
   • Engage each member of the project team as early as the project's conceptualization.

In addition, the project team must:

1. Conduct a kick-off meeting to discuss the collaborative process for the project delivery. The project team should discuss the following during the kick-off meeting:
   • The scope of the project for BERDE Certification;
   • The credits pursued by the project owner for BERDE Certification, including the performance targets for each pursued credit; and
   • The schedule of activities for BERDE Certification.
2. Conduct regular charettes during the design and planning of the project. All members of the project team, including the project owner, must participate in the charettes to optimize the design and decision-making process for the project. The project team should discuss the following during the regular charettes:
   • The project's compliance with applicable laws, regulations, and mandatory standards at the point of design;
   • The target credits for BERDE Certification, including the performance targets for each credit;
   • The design requirements and strategies, as well as the policies and procedures to achieve the performance targets for the project;
   • The communication strategies to communicate the design strategies, as well as the policies and procedures to the project team and project stakeholders;
   • The roles and responsibilities of project team in preparing the necessary documentation for BERDE Certification; and
   • The construction methodologies and schedules for project development.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must conduct regular charettes during the construction of the project. All members of the project team, including the project owner, must participate in the charettes to optimize the decision-making process for the project. The project team should discuss the following during the regular charettes:

• The project's compliance with applicable laws, regulations, and mandatory standards at the point of construction;
• The progress of the implementation of the design strategies during construction;
• An assessment of the implementation of the design strategies in achieving the performance targets for the project;
• The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve them; and
• The roles and responsibilities of project team in preparing the necessary documentation for BERDE Certification.

Back to credit

Stage 3 – Operations

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project owner must:

1. Establish the sustainability goals and performance targets for the project. The targets must include:
   • The environmental, social, and economic priorities of the project owner for the project; and
   • The credits pursued by the project owner for BERDE Certification.
2. Engage an interdisciplinary project team for the project operations. When engaging members of the project team, the project owner must:
   • Identify the necessary qualifications and competencies of each member of the project team;
   • Define the roles and responsibilities of each member of the project team during the operations of the project; and
   • Engage each member of the project team before the performance period.

In addition, the project team must:

1. Conduct a kick-off meeting to discuss the collaborative process for the project delivery. The project team should discuss the following during the kick-off meeting:
   • The scope of the project for BERDE Certification;
   • The credits pursued by the project owner for BERDE Certification, including the performance targets for each pursued credit; and
   • The schedule of activities for BERDE Certification.
2. Conduct regular charettes during the performance period of the project. All members of the project team, including the project owner, must participate in the charettes to optimize the decision-making process for the project. The project team should discuss the following during the regular charettes:
   • The project's compliance with applicable laws, regulations, and mandatory standards at the point of operations;
   • The target credits for BERDE Certification, including the performance targets for each credit;
   • The operational requirements and strategies, as well as the policies and procedures to achieve the performance targets for the project;
   • The communication strategies to communicate the operational strategies, as well as the policies and procedures to the project team and project stakeholders;
   • The roles and responsibilities of project team in preparing the necessary documentation for BERDE Certification;
   • The progress of the implementation of the strategies, policies and procedures during the performance period;
   • An assessment of the implementation of the strategies, policies and procedures in achieving the performance targets for the project;
   • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve them; and
   • The recommended actions to further improve project operations through conducting kick-off meetings and regular charettes.
3. Develop and implement a project user guide for the users of the project. The project user guide must be readily available and easily understood by the project team and the users of the project.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Design

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Implemented an integrated project delivery process through conducting kick-off meetings and regular charettes during design.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Implemented an integrated project delivery process through conducting regular charettes during construction.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Implemented an integrated project delivery process through conducting kick-off meetings and regular charettes during operations, and Developed and implemented a project user guide for the users of the project.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The documented policy reflecting the sustainability goals and performance targets for the project. The policy must include the following information:
   • The environmental, social, and economic priorities of the project owner for the project; and
   • The credits pursued by the project owner for BERDE Certification.
2. The project organizational chart for the design of the project. The documentation must include the following information:
   • The name of the project team member;
   • The name, designation, and contact information of each project team member's representative;
   • The roles and responsibilities of the project team member for the design of the project; and
   • The period of engagement with the project team member to deliver the expected output.
3. The documentation on the kick-off meeting conducted to discuss the collaborative process for the project delivery. The documentation must consist of:
   • The attendance list for the kick-off meeting;
   • The agenda and proceedings of the kick-off meeting;
   • The list of recommendations from project team members for the efficient project delivery, clearly highlighted and described; and
   • Photographs from the conducted kick-off meeting.
4. The documentation on the regular charettes conducted during the design and planning of the project. The documentation must consist of:
   • The attendance list for each charette;
   • The agenda and proceedings of each charette, which should include discussions on the following:
     • The project's compliance with applicable laws, regulations, and mandatory standards at the point of design;
     • The target credits for BERDE Certification, including the performance targets for each credit;
     • The design requirements and strategies, as well as the policies and procedures to achieve the performance targets for the project;
     • The communication strategies to communicate the design strategies, as well as the policies and procedures to the project team and project stakeholders;
     • The roles and responsibilities of project team in preparing the necessary documentation for BERDE Certification; and
     • The construction methodologies and schedules for project development.
   • Photographs from each conducted charette.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The project organizational chart for the construction of the project. The documentation must include the following information:
   • The name of the project team member;
   • The name, designation, and contact information of each project team member's representative;
   • The roles and responsibilities of the project team member for the construction of the project; and
   • The period of engagement with the project team member to deliver the expected output.
2. The documentation on the regular charettes conducted during the construction of the project. The documentation must consist of:
   • The attendance list for each charette;
   • The agenda and proceedings of each charette, which should include discussions on the following:
     • The project's compliance with applicable laws, regulations, and mandatory standards at the point of construction;
     • The progress of the implementation of the design strategies during construction;
     • An assessment of the implementation of the design strategies in achieving the performance targets for the project;
     • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve them; and
     • The roles and responsibilities of project team in preparing the necessary documentation for BERDE Certification.
   • Photographs from each conducted charette.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The documented policy reflecting the sustainability goals and performance targets for the project. The policy must include the following information:
   • The environmental, social, and economic priorities of the project owner for the project; and
   • The credits pursued by the project owner for BERDE Certification.
2. The project organizational chart for the operations of the project. The documentation must include the following information:
   • The name of the project team member;
   • The name, designation, and contact information of each project team member's representative;
   • The roles and responsibilities of the project team member for the design of the project; and
   • The period of engagement with the project team member to deliver the expected output.
3. The documentation on the kick-off meeting conducted to discuss the collaborative process for the project delivery. The documentation must consist of:
   • The attendance list for the kick-off meeting;
   • The agenda and proceedings of the kick-off meeting;
   • The list of recommendations from the project team members for the efficient project delivery, clearly highlighted and described; and
   • Photographs from the conducted kick-off meeting.
4. The documentation on the regular charettes conducted during the performance period of the project. The documentation must consist of:
   • The attendance list for each charette;
   • The agenda and proceedings of each charette, which should include discussions on the following:
     • The project's compliance with applicable laws, regulations, and mandatory standards at the point of operations;
     • The target credits for BERDE Certification, including the performance targets for each credit;
     • The operational requirements and strategies, as well as the policies and procedures to achieve the performance targets for the project;
     • The communication strategies to communicate the operational strategies, as well as the policies and procedures to the project team and project stakeholders;
     • The roles and responsibilities of project team in preparing the necessary documentation for BERDE Certification;
     • The progress of the implementation of the strategies, policies and procedures during the performance period;
     • An assessment of the implementation of the strategies, policies and procedures in achieving the performance targets for the project;
     • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve them; and
     • The recommended actions to further improve project operations through conducting kick-off meetings and regular charettes.
   • Photographs from each conducted charette.
5. The project user guide for the users of the project. The project user guide must include the following information:
   • The general description of the project, including its key green building features;
   • The brief history of the project, including the changes made to the project;
   • The key roles and responsibilities of the project team for the operations of the project;
   • The project's compliance with the applicable laws, regulations, and mandatory standards at the point of operations;
   • The sustainability goals and performance targets for the project, including the target credits and rating for BERDE Certification;
   • The implemented strategies, and established policies and procedures during operations to achieve the performance targets for the project; and
   • The procedures for issue reporting and user feedback.

Back to credit

Additional Information

Terms and Definitions

In the context of this credit, the following terms and definitions apply.

Charette

refers to meetings or workshops with members of the project team to collaboratively contribute to the project's design, construction and operations in line with the project's sustainability goals and performance targets.

Back to credit

Additional Readings

The following readings may guide the project team in complying with the requirements:

• International Organization for Standardization. (2017). Project, Programme and Portfolio Management — Guidance on Governance [ISO Standard 21505]. ISO.
• International Organization for Standardization. (2020). Project, Programme and Portfolio Management — Guidance on Project Management [ISO Standard 21502]. ISO.
• International Organization for Standardization. (2021). Project, Programme and Portfolio Management — Context and Concepts [ISO Standard 21500]. ISO.
• International Organization for Standardization. (2022). Project, Programme and Portfolio Management — Guidance on Programme Management [ISO Standard 21503]. ISO.
• International Organization for Standardization. (2022). Project, Programme and Portfolio Management — Guidance on Portfolio Management [ISO Standard 21504]. ISO.
• Project Management Institute. (2021) A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge (7th Ed.). PMI.

Back to credit

MN-04 Certified Green Building

All Stages
All Project Types
All Occupancy Types
SDG 11Sustainable Cities and Communities

Content

• Purpose and Intent
• Requirements
• Score Distribution
• Compliance Notes
• Additional Information

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to continue the commitment of the project owner to sustainability through green building certification.

Back to credit

Requirements

All Stages

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project owner must continue its commitment to sustainability through green building certification.

Buildings

For Building projects, the project must be a green building project that is certified under one of the following:

• The BERDE Green Building Rating System; or
• A green building rating system developed or duly recognized by a member National Green Building Council (NGBC) of the World Green Building Council (WorldGBC).

Tenants

For Tenant projects, the project must be located in a green building project that is certified under one of the following:

• The BERDE Green Building Rating System; or
• A green building rating system developed or duly recognized by a member NGBC of the WorldGBC.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

All Stages

The project may be awarded:	if the project owner:
3 points	Continued its commitment to sustainability through green building certification.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

All Stages

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit a copy of the green building certificate of the project. The certificate must include the following information:

• The project's name,
• The project's registered scope and address,
• The project owner's name,
• The green building rating system used for the project's certification,
• The version of green building rating system,
• The certification body, and
• The certification date and validity.

Tenants

For Tenant projects, the project team should submit a copy of the green building certificate of the building where the project is located.

Back to credit

Additional Information

Additional Readings

The following readings may guide the project team in complying with the requirements:

• World Green Building Council. (n.d.). Sustainable Building Certifications. https://worldgbc.org/sustainable-building-certifications/.

Credit Alignment to PHILGBC Certification Programs

This credit is aligned with the requirements of the ENV-01 Certified Green Building under the PHILGBC Health and Well-being for Buildings — Version 1.0.0.

Back to credit

MN-05 Staff Training

All Stages
All Project Types
All Occupancy Types
SDG 4Quality Education SDG 8Decent Work and Economic Growth

Content

• Purpose and Intent
• Requirements
• Score Distribution
• Compliance Notes
• Additional Information

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to increase the knowledge and skills of the staff employed throughout the project's life cycle in green building and sustainability.

Back to credit

Requirements

All Stages

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Establish a policy for providing regular educational activities for the supervisory, technical, and professional staff throughout the project's life cycle.
2. Identify regular educational activities on green building and sustainability topics for the staff, which must be delivered by a qualified and competent instructor. The educational activities should cover topics such as:
   • Green building features of the project, including their benefits and impacts,
   • Environmental sustainability, such as:
     • Resource management, efficiency, and conservation for energy, water, and waste, and
     • Biodiversity conservation and improvement.
   • Social sustainability, such as:
     • Culture, heritage, and nationalism, and
     • Gender diversity and sensitivity.
   • Economic sustainability, such as:
     • Green job opportunities, and
     • Sustainable consumption and production.
3. Implement regular educational activities to increase the knowledge and skills of at least twenty-five percent (25%) of all staff involved in the project. The educational activities must be implemented throughout the project's life cycle:
   • If the project is in Stage 1 — Design, the educational activities must be conducted during the project's design development up to the planning period;
   • If the project is in Stage 2 — Construction, the educational activities must be conducted during the project's site development up to the construction period; and
   • If the project is in Stage 3 — Operations, the educational activities must be conducted during the project's performance period.
4. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implemented educational activities. The project team must:
   • Present the outcomes and review the effectiveness of the implemented educational activities for the staff;
   • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve them; and
   • Recommend actions to further improve the knowledge and skills of staff in green building and sustainability.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

All Stages

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Implemented eighty (80) hours or more of regular educational activities to increase the knowledge and skills of seventy-five percent (75%) or more of the project's staff in green buildings and sustainability.
2 points	Implemented sixty (60) hours to less than eighty (<80) hours of regular educational activities to increase the knowledge and skills of fifty percent (50%) to less than seventy-five percent (<75%) of the project's staff in green buildings and sustainability.
1 point	Implemented forty (40) hours to less than sixty (<60) hours of regular educational activities to increase the knowledge and skills of twenty-five percent (25%) to less than fifty percent (<50%) of the project's staff in green buildings and sustainability.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

All Stages

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The documented policy reflecting the commitment of the project owner to provide regular educational activities for the supervisory, technical, and professional staff of the project throughout its life cycle. The policy must also define the timeframe for the implementation of the regular educational activities:
   • If the project is in Stage 1 — Design, the educational activities must be conducted during the project's design development up to the planning period;
   • If the project is in Stage 2 — Construction, the educational activities must be conducted during the project's site development up to the construction period; and
   • If the project is in Stage 3 — Operations, the educational activities must be conducted during the project's performance period.
2. The list of educational activities regularly implemented for the project's staff. The list must include the following information:
   • The name of each activity;
   • The objectives of each activity;
   • The schedule of each activity, which must highlight the dates when each activity was conducted within the defined timeframe;
   • The number of hours for each activity; and
   • The names and qualifications of the instructors invited for each activity.
3. The documentation on the regular educational activities conducted for the project's staff. The documentation must consist of:
   • The program and theme of each activity;
   • The attendance list for each activity;
   • The brief profile of each instructor reflecting their qualifications and competencies to deliver the topic;
   • The photographs for each activity conducted for the project's staff; and
   • The complete presentation materials or training modules used for each activity.
4. The list of all staff for the project during the defined timeframe. The list must include the following information:
   • The name and designation of each staff member;
   • The educational activities successfully attended and completed by each staff member; and
   • The total number of hours each staff member has attended the activities.
5. The calculation of the percentage of staff that successfully attended and completed the educational activities.

Back to credit

Additional Information

Terms and Definitions

In the context of this credit, the following terms and definitions apply.

Qualified and competent instructors

refer to instructors that have:

• Recognized degree, certification, or professional registration and license related to the subject matter; and
• Training and experience indicating extensive knowledge related to the subject matter.

Staff

refers to the personnel employed by a particular organization. This may be the staff directly employed by the project owner or the staff employed by the members of the project team who are directly involved in the design, construction, or operations of the project.

Back to credit

MN-06 Green Building Education

All Stages
All Project Types
All Occupancy Types
SDG 11Sustainable Cities and Communities SDG 13Climate Action

Content

• Purpose and Intent
• Requirements
  • S1 S2 S3
• Score Distribution
  • S1 S2 S3
• Compliance Notes
  • S1 S2 S3
• Additional Information

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

• Promote the green building strategies and solutions featured in the project, including their benefits and impacts, to users and the public; and
• Educate the users and the public on green building and sustainability through experiential learning.

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Establish a policy for educating users and the public on sustainability and providing them access to visit the green building features of the project.
2. Identify strategies to promote the green building features of the project, including their benefits and impacts, to users and the public. The strategies should include the following:
   • Setting up green building tours for users and the public to showcase the key green building features of the project;
   • Providing information facilities throughout the project, such as markers, signage, kiosks, and bulletins, that explain the green building features of the project, including their performance, benefits, and impacts; and
   • Organizing information, education, and communication (IEC) campaigns for users and the public on the design, construction, and operations of the key green building features of the project.
3. Prepare a case study on the design of the project. The project owner must provide consent to the Philippine Green Building Council (PHILGBC) for the publication and use of the case study for educational purposes. The case study must include the following:
   • A general description of the project, including its key green building features;
   • The potential environmental, social, and economic impacts of the project on its immediate surroundings;
   • The best practices on sustainability incorporated during the project's design that enable it to advance towards its sustainability goals and performance targets;
   • The projected performance achieved by the project for energy, water, and waste; and
   • The experiences of the project team in incorporating sustainability in the design of the project, including the challenges encountered and the actions taken to resolve them.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Implement the strategies to promote the green building features of the project. The project team must:
   • Organize green building tours regularly for users and public to showcase the key green building features of the project;
   • Install information facilities throughout the project, such as markers, signage, kiosks, and bulletins, that explains the green building features of the project, including their performance, benefits, and impacts; and
   • Conduct IEC campaigns for users and the public on the design, construction, and operations of the key green building features of the project.
2. Establish policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies during operations.
3. Prepare a case study on the construction of the project. The project owner must provide consent to the PHILGBC for the publication and use of the case study for educational purposes. The case study must include the following:
   • A general description of the project, including its key green building features;
   • The potential environmental, social, and economic impacts of the project on its immediate surroundings after implementing the green building strategies and solutions;
   • The best practices on sustainability incorporated during the project's construction that enable it to achieve its sustainability goals and performance targets;
   • The projected performance achieved by the project for energy, water, and waste after implementing the green building strategies and solutions; and
   • The experiences of the project team in incorporating sustainability in the construction of the project, including the challenges encountered and the actions taken to resolve them.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Establish a policy for educating users and the public on sustainability and providing them access to visit the green building features of the project.
2. Identify strategies to promote the green building features of the project, including their benefits and impacts, to users and the public. The strategies should include the following:
   • Organizing green building tours for users and public to showcase the key green building features of the project;
   • Providing information facilities throughout the project, such as markers, signage, kiosks, and bulletins, that explain the green building features of the project, including their performance, benefits, and impacts; and
   • Organizing IEC campaigns for users and the public on the design, construction, and operations of the key green building features of the project.
3. Implement the strategies to promote the green building features of the project. The project team must:
   • Assign roles and responsibilities to personnel responsible for implementing the strategies;
   • Implement strategies to promote the green building features of the project during operations;
   • Monitor and record the strategies' implementation during the performance period; and
   • Regularly communicate the implementation of strategies to project stakeholders.
4. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implemented strategies to promote the green building features of the project. The project team must:
   • Present the outcomes and review the effectiveness of the implemented strategies for green building features promotion;
   • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve them; and
   • Recommend actions to further educate users and the public on green building and sustainability through experiential learning.
5. Prepare a case study on the operations of the project. The project owner must provide consent to the PHILGBC for the publication and use of the case study for educational purposes. The case study must include the following:
   • A general description of the project, including its key green building features;
   • The actual environmental, social, and economic impacts of the project on its immediate surroundings after implementing the green building strategies and solutions;
   • The best practices on sustainability incorporated during the project's operations that enable it to achieve its sustainability goals and performance targets;
   • The actual performance achieved by the project for energy, water, and waste after implementing the green building strategies and solutions; and
   • The experiences of the project team in incorporating sustainability in the operations of the project, including the challenges encountered and the actions taken to resolve them.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Design

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Provided access for users and the public to tour the key green building features of the project, Provided information facilities throughout the project and organized IEC campaigns to promote the green building features of the project, and Prepared a case study on the design of the project and provided consent to the PHILGBC for the use of the case study for educational purposes.
2 points	Provided access for users and the public to tour the key green building features of the project, and Provided information facilities throughout the project and organized IEC campaigns to promote the green building features of the project.
1 point	Provided access for users and the public to tour the key green building features of the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Implemented the design to provide access for users and the public to tour the key green building features of the project, Installed information facilities throughout the project and organized IEC campaigns to promote the green building features of the project, and Prepared a case study on the construction of the project and provided consent to the PHILGBC for the use of the case study for educational purposes.
2 points	Implemented the design to provide access for users and the public to tour the key green building features of the project, and Installed information facilities throughout the project and organized IEC campaigns to promote the green building features of the project.
1 point	Implemented the design to provide access for users and the public to tour the key green building features of the project.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Provided access for users and the public to tour the key green building features of the project, Installed information facilities throughout the project and organized IEC campaigns to promote the green building features of the project, and Prepared a case study on the operations of the project and provided consent to the PHILGBC for the use of the case study for educational purposes.
2 points	Provided access for users and the public to tour the key green building features of the project, and Installed information facilities throughout the project and organized IEC campaigns to promote the green building features of the project.
1 point	Provided access for users and the public to tour the key green building features of the project.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The documented policy reflecting the commitment of the project owner to educate users and the public on sustainability and provide them access to visit the green building features of the project.
2. The plans and specifications for the strategies to promote the green building features of the project. The plans must include the following information:
   • The location of all green building features in the project;
   • The access routes for users and the public to tour the green building features of the project, clearly marked and highlighted;
   • The location of the information facilities within the premises of the project, which may include:
     • Markers,
     • Signage,
     • Kiosks, or
     • Bulletins.
   • The design of the information facilities to promote the green building features of the project; and
   • The design of the collaterals that will be used to promote the green building features of the project, supported by the information and media that will be shown to promote these features.
3. The list of regular activities that will be implemented for users and the public once the project starts its operations. The list must include the following information:
   • The name of each activity;
   • The objectives of each activity;
   • The indicative regular schedule of each activity for at least five (5) years from the start of the project's operations;
   • The tentative program or agenda of each activity; and
   • A narrative on how each activity will promote the green building features of the project.
4. The purchase orders as proof of intent to purchase products, technologies, and equipment for the implementation of the strategies.
5. The case study on the design of the project. The case study must include the following information:
   • A general description of the project, including its key green building features;
   • The potential environmental, social, and economic impacts of the project on its immediate surroundings;
   • The best practices on sustainability incorporated during the project's design that enable it to advance towards its sustainability goals and performance targets;
   • The projected performance achieved by the project for energy, water, and waste; and
   • The experiences of the project team in incorporating sustainability in the design of the project, including the challenges encountered and the actions taken to resolve them.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The as-built plans and specifications for the strategies to promote the green building features of the project. The plans must include the following information:
   • The location of all green building features in the project;
   • The access routes of users and the public to tour the green building features of the project, clearly marked and highlighted;
   • The location of the information facilities within the premises of the project, which may include:
     • Markers,
     • Signage,
     • Kiosks, or
     • Bulletins.
   • The implemented design of the information facilities to promote the green building features of the project; and
   • The implemented design of the collaterals that will be used to promote the green building features of the project, supported by the information and media that will be shown to promote these features.
2. The list of regular activities that will be implemented for users and the public once the project starts its operations. The list must include the following information:
   • The name of each activity;
   • The objectives of each activity;
   • The indicative regular schedule of each activity for at least five (5) years from the start of the project's operations;
   • The tentative program or agenda of each activity; and
   • A narrative on how each activity will promote the green building features of the project.
3. The documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies during operations.
4. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies, including:
   • Purchase records, such as purchase orders, official receipts or sales invoices,
   • Delivery receipts,
   • Installation records, and
   • Photographs of the implementation of strategies in the project.
5. The case study on the construction of the project. The case study must include the following information:
   • A general description of the project, including its key green building features;
   • The potential environmental, social, and economic impacts of the project on its immediate surroundings after implementing the green building strategies and solutions;
   • The best practices on sustainability incorporated during the project's construction that enable it to achieve its sustainability goals and performance targets;
   • The projected performance achieved by the project for energy, water, and waste after implementing the green building strategies and solutions; and
   • The experiences of the project team in incorporating sustainability in the construction of the project, including the challenges encountered and the actions taken to resolve them.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The documented policy reflecting the commitment of the project owner to educate users and the public on sustainability and provide them access to visit the green building features of the project.
2. The as-built plans and specifications for the strategies to promote the green building features of the project. The plans must include the following information:
   • The location of all green building features in the project;
   • The access routes of users and the public to tour the green building features of the project, clearly marked and highlighted;
   • The location of the information facilities within the premises of the project, which may include:
     • Markers,
     • Signage,
     • Kiosks, or
     • Bulletins.
   • The implemented design of the information facilities to promote the green building features of the project; and
   • The implemented design of the collaterals used to promote the green building features of the project, supported by the information and media shown to promote these features.
3. The documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies during operations.
4. The list of regular activities implemented for users and the public during the performance period. The list must include the following information:
   • The name of each activity;
   • The objectives of each activity;
   • The regular schedule of each activity for at least three (3) years from the start of the performance period; and
   • A narrative on how each activity promoted the green building features of the project.
5. The documentation on the regular activities implemented for users and the public during the performance period. The documentation must consist of:
   • The program of each activity;
   • The attendance list for each activity;
   • The brief profile of each instructor reflecting their qualifications and competencies to deliver the topic;
   • The photographs for each activity conducted for users and the public; and
   • The complete presentation materials or training modules used for each activity.
6. The monitoring reports reflecting the implementation of the strategies and activities during the performance period.
7. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies, including:
   • Purchase records, such as purchase orders, official receipts or sales invoices,
   • Delivery receipts,
   • Installation records, and
   • Photographs of the implementation of strategies in the project.
8. The communication records as proof that the planning and implementation of the strategies and activities to promote the green building features of the project were regularly communicated to the project stakeholders.
9. The evaluation report on the effectiveness of the implemented strategies to promote the green building features of the project. The report must include the following information:
   • The outcomes of the implementation of the strategies and activities to promote the green building features of the project;
   • An assessment of the effective implementation of the strategies and activities;
   • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve them; and
   • The recommended actions to further educate users and the public on green building and sustainability through experiential learning.
10. The case study on the operations of the project. The case study must include the following information:
    • A general description of the project, including its key green building features;
    • The actual environmental, social, and economic impacts of the project on its immediate surroundings after implementing the green building strategies and solutions;
    • The best practices on sustainability incorporated during the project's operations that enable it to achieve its sustainability goals and performance targets;
    • The actual performance achieved by the project for energy, water, and waste after implementing the green building strategies and solutions; and
    • The experiences of the project team in incorporating sustainability in the operations of the project, including the challenges encountered and the actions taken to resolve them.

Back to credit

Additional Information

Terms and Definitions

In the context of this credit, the following terms and definitions apply.

Experiential learning

refers to a method of learning involving first-hand experiences for a specific subject.

Back to credit

MN-07 Tenant Design and Construction Management

All Stages
Buildings
All Occupancy Types
SDG 8Decent Work and Economic Growth SDG 11Sustainable Cities and Communities SDG 13Climate Action

Content

• Purpose and Intent
• Requirements
  • S1 S2 S3
• Score Distribution
  • S1 S2 S3
• Compliance Notes
  • S1 S2 S3
• Additional Information

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

• Ensure tenant design and construction contributes to achieving the sustainability goals and performance targets of the project; and
• Adopt green building strategies and solutions for the fit-outs and refurbishments of tenant spaces in the project.

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Establish a policy requiring tenants to comply with the tenant design and construction guidelines prepared by the project team for the project.
2. Establish the tenant design and construction guidelines. The guidelines must include the following:
   • A general description of the project, including its key green building features;
   • The credits pursued for BERDE Certification, including the expected impacts on the tenants;
   • The design and construction requirements for tenants aligned with the pursued credits;
   • The documentation for tenants to demonstrate compliance with the design and construction requirements; and
   • The resources to support fit-outs or refurbishments in tenant spaces, which may include sample strategies, recommended product specifications, or services for fit-outs and refurbishments.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must confirm the tenant design and construction guidelines for the potential tenants of the project. The guidelines must be communicated to the tenants before the start of any fit-out or refurbishment activities.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Establish a policy requiring tenants to comply with the tenant design and construction guidelines prepared by the project team for the project.
2. Evaluate the implementation of the existing tenant design and construction guidelines. The project team must:
   • Review existing policies, procedures, strategies, and practices for the design and construction of tenant spaces;
   • Review the effectiveness of the existing tenant design and construction guidelines;
   • Identify challenges encountered by tenants in implementing the existing tenant design and construction guidelines; and
   • Recommend improvements to the existing tenant design and construction guidelines.
3. Establish or update the tenant design and construction guidelines to guide new and existing tenants during fit-outs or refurbishments of tenant spaces. The guidelines must include the following:
   • A general description of the project, including its key green building features;
   • The credits pursued for BERDE Certification, including the expected impacts on the tenants;
   • The design and construction requirements for tenants aligned with the pursued credits;
   • The documentation for tenants to demonstrate compliance with the design and construction requirements; and
   • The resources to support fit-outs or refurbishments in tenant spaces, which may include sample strategies, recommended product specifications, or services for fit-outs and refurbishments.
4. Implement the tenant design and construction guidelines for the project. The project team must:
   • Assign roles and responsibilities to personnel responsible for the implementing the tenant design and construction guidelines;
   • Monitor and record the guidelines' implementation during the performance period; and
   • Regularly communicate the implementation of the tenant design and construction guidelines to project stakeholders.
5. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implemented tenant design and construction guidelines. The project team must:
   • Present the outcomes and review the effectiveness of the implemented tenant design and construction guidelines;
   • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve them; and
   • Recommend actions to further improve the tenant design and construction guidelines.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Design

The project may be awarded:	If the project team:
3 points	Established the tenant design and construction guidelines for the fit-outs or refurbishments of tenant spaces.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

The project may be awarded:	If the project team:
3 points	Established the tenant design and construction guidelines for the fit-outs or refurbishments of tenant spaces, and Communicated the tenant design and construction guidelines to the tenants before any fit-out or refurbishment activities.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

The project may be awarded:	If the project team:
3 points	Established and implemented the tenant design and construction guidelines for the fit-outs or refurbishments of tenant spaces.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The documented policy requiring tenants to comply with the tenant design and construction guidelines prepared by the project team for the project.
2. The tenant design and construction guidelines for the project. The guidelines must include the following information:
   • A general description of the project, including its key green building features;
   • The credits pursued for BERDE Certification, including the expected impacts on the tenants;
   • The design and construction requirements for tenants aligned with the pursued credits;
   • The documentation for tenants to demonstrate compliance with the design and construction requirements; and
   • The resources to support fit-outs or refurbishments in tenant spaces, which may include sample strategies, recommended product specifications, or services for fit-outs and refurbishments.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The tenant design and construction guidelines for the project. The guidelines must include the following information:
   • A general description of the project, including its key green building features;
   • The credits pursued for BERDE Certification, including the expected impacts on the tenants;
   • The design and construction requirements for tenants aligned with the pursued credits;
   • The documentation for tenants to demonstrate compliance with the design and construction requirements; and
   • The resources to support fit-outs or refurbishments in tenant spaces, which may include sample strategies, recommended product specifications, or services for fit-outs and refurbishments.
2. The communication records as proof that the tenant design and construction guidelines were communicated to tenants before the start of any fit-out or refurbishment activities.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The documented policy requiring tenants to comply with the tenant design and construction guidelines prepared by the project team for the project.
2. The evaluation report on the implementation of the existing tenant design and construction guidelines. The report must include the following information:
   • The review of existing policies, procedures, strategies, and practices for the design and construction of tenant spaces;
   • An assessment of the effective implementation of the existing guidelines;
   • The challenges encountered by tenants in implementing the existing tenant design and construction guidelines; and
   • The recommendations to improve the existing tenant design and construction guidelines.
3. The tenant design and construction guidelines for the project. The guidelines must include the following information:
   • A general description of the project, including its key green building features;
   • The credits pursued for BERDE Certification, including the expected impacts on the tenants;
   • The design and construction requirements for tenants aligned with the pursued credits;
   • The documentation for tenants to demonstrate compliance with the design and construction requirements; and
   • The resources to support fit-outs or refurbishments in tenant spaces, which may include sample strategies, recommended product specifications, or services for fit-outs and refurbishments.
4. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the tenant design and construction guidelines. The list must include the following information:
   • The name, designation, and contact information of each personnel; and
   • The assigned roles and responsibilities for implementing the tenant design and construction guidelines.
5. The monitoring reports reflecting the implementation of the tenant design and construction guidelines during the performance period.
6. The communication records as proof that the planning and implementation of the tenant design and construction guidelines were regularly communicated to the project stakeholders.
7. The evaluation report on the effectiveness of the implemented tenant design and construction guidelines. The project team must:
   • The outcomes of the implementation of the tenant design and construction guidelines;
   • An assessment of the effective implementation of the guidelines;
   • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve them; and
   • The recommended actions to further improve the tenant design and construction guidelines.

Back to credit

Additional Information

Terms and Definitions

In the context of this requirement, the following terms and definitions apply:

Fit-out

refers to the process of providing the tenants within a building with building services, including heating, lighting, water supply, drainage services, gas supply, electrical supply, fire protection, garbage disposal services, waste disposal services, air conditioning, and security protection. (Dictionary of Architecture and Construction (4th Ed.), 2006)

Refurbishment

refers to the process of improvement by cleaning, decorating and re-equipping. It may also include elements of retrofitting with the aim of making a building more sustainable.

Back to credit

Sites and Community

Sites and Community category promotes the effective site selection and mindful use of land, reduces the negative impacts of projects to the natural environment and local ecology, and encourages sustainable transportation strategies to mitigate the negative impacts attributed to vehicle travel.

No.	Credit Name	Certification Stage	Project Type	Occupancy Type	SDGs
SC-01	Land Reuse	S1 S2	Buildings	All Occupancy Types	SDG 13 SDG 15
SC-02	Environmentally Critical Areas Protection	S1 S2	Buildings	All Occupancy Types	SDG 14 SDG 15
SC-03	High Priority Site	S1 S2	Buildings	All Occupancy Types	SDG 11
SC-04	Certified Green District	All Stages	All Project Types	All Occupancy Types	SDG 11
SC-05	Ecological Features Improvement	All Stages	Buildings	All Occupancy Types	SDG 13 SDG 14 SDG 15
SC-06	Vegetated Open Spaces Promotion	S1 S2	Buildings	All Occupancy Types	SDG 11 SDG 13 SDG 15
SC-07	Heat Island Reduction	S1 S2	Buildings	All Occupancy Types	SDG 11 SDG 13
SC-08	Landscape Management	S3	All Project Types	All Occupancy Types	SDG 11 SDG 13 SDG 15
SC-09	Light Pollution Reduction	All Stages	Buildings	All Occupancy Types	SDG 3 SDG 11 SDG 15
SC-10	Key Establishments Proximity	All Stages	All Project Types	All Occupancy Types	SDG 11
SC-11	Mass Transportation Access	All Stages	All Project Types	All Occupancy Types	SDG 11
SC-12	Preferred Parking — Fuel-efficient and Low-emitting Vehicles	All Stages	Buildings	All Occupancy Types	SDG 7 SDG 11 SDG 13
SC-13	Preferred Parking — Electric Vehicles	All Stages	Buildings	All Occupancy Types	SDG 7 SDG 11 SDG 13
SC-14	Preferred Parking — Additional Accessible Parking Spaces	All Stages	Buildings	All Occupancy Types	SDG 10 SDG 11
SC-15	Cyclist Facilities	All Stages	All Project Types	All Occupancy Types	SDG 3 SDG 11
SC-16	Pedestrian Mobility	All Stages	Buildings	All Occupancy Types	SDG 3 SDG 11

SC-01 Land Reuse

S1 S2
Buildings
All Occupancy Types
SDG 13Climate Action SDG 15Life on Land

Content

• Purpose and Intent
• Requirements
• S1 S2
• Score Distribution
• S1 S2
• Compliance Notes
• S1 S2
• Additional Information

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

• Discourage the use of greenfield sites and encourage the use of previously developed lands for the project; and
• Remediate brownfields to remove site pollutants prior to project development.

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project owner must select a previously developed land for the project. The previously developed land must be:

• Previously used for residential, commercial, industrial, or institutional applications; and
• Used for at least the past twenty (20) years.

In addition, the project team must:

1. Identify and engage a professional qualified and competent in conducting a site assessment for the project.
2. Conduct an initial site assessment to determine the project site conditions prior to project development.

If the site is contaminated based on the outcomes of the initial site assessment, the project team must also:

1. Identify and implement the necessary site remediation measures prior to project development.
2. Conduct a final site assessment to determine the project site conditions after implementing the necessary site remediation measures.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project owner must construct the project on previously developed land.

If further site remediation during construction is recommended based on the outcomes of the final site assessment, the project team must identify and implement the necessary site remediation measures during construction.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Design

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Implemented the necessary site remediation measures for the contaminated site prior to project development, and Selected a previously developed land for the project.
2 points	Selected a previously developed land for the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Implemented the necessary site remediation measures for the contaminated site during construction, and Constructed the project on previously developed land.
2 points	Constructed the project on previously developed land.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional. The documentation must include the following information:
   • The relevant qualifications and competencies of the professional in conducting site assessments for projects;
   • The responsibilities of the professional in the design of the project and the expected output; and
   • The period of engagement with the professional to deliver the expected output.
2. The initial site assessment report prepared by the engaged professional. The report must include the following information:
   • The building footprint of the previous development;
   • The previous use and occupancy type of the previous development;
   • The period when the land was previously used;
   • The site contaminations caused by the previous development, if any; and
   • The recommendations to utilize the previous developments for the benefit of the project.
3. The documentation on the historical information of the project site as proof that the land was previously used, supported by robust evidence of its previous use, ownership, and period it was previously developed. The documentation may consist of:
   • Property tax and tax declaration records of the project site;
   • Building and occupancy permits of the previous development;
   • Utility records of the previous development;
   • Zoning and land use records of the project site; or
   • Photographs of the whole project site showing that it was previously used for at least the past twenty (20) years.

If the site is contaminated based on the outcomes of the initial site assessment, the project team should also submit:

1. The report on the site remediation measures implemented at the project site. The report must include the following information:
   • The scope and objectives of the site remediation;
   • The site remediation measures implemented at the project site, including the methodology for each site remediation measure;
   • The methodology for monitoring, recording, and validating the outcomes of the site remediation; and
   • The methodology for testing the project site after implementing the site remediation measures.
2. The final site assessment report prepared by the engaged professional. The report must include the following information:
   • The outcomes of implementing the site remediation measures;
   • The results of testing after implementing the site remediation measures; and
   • If applicable, the recommendations for further site remediation during construction.
3. Photographs of the project site showing its current conditions.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

If further site remediation during construction was recommended based on the outcomes of the final site assessment, the project team should submit:

1. The report on the site remediation measures implemented at the project site during construction. The report must include the following information:
   • The scope and objectives of the site remediation;
   • The site remediation measures implemented at the project site, including the methodology for each site remediation measure;
   • The methodology for monitoring, recording, and validating the outcomes of the site remediation; and
   • The methodology for testing the project site after implementing the site remediation measures.
2. The monitoring reports reflecting the implementation of the site remediation measures during construction.
3. The site assessment report prepared by the engaged professional. The report must include the following information:
   • The outcomes of implementing the site remediation measures during construction;
   • The results of testing after implementing the site remediation measures during construction; and
   • If applicable, the recommendations for continuous site management and monitoring during operations.
4. Photographs of the project site showing its current conditions.

Back to credit

Additional Information

Terms and Definitions

In the context of this credit, the following terms and definitions apply.

Brownfield

refers to areas that have site contamination, and must be remediated prior to its use.

Additional Readings

The following readings may guide the project team in complying with the requirements:

• ASTM International. (2019). Standard Practice for Environmental Site Assessments: Phase II Environmental Site Assessment Process [ASTM Standard E1903-19]. https://doi.org/10.1520/E1903-19.
• ASTM International. (2021). Standard Practice for Environmental Site Assessments: Phase I Environmental Site Assessment Process [ASTM Standard E1527-21]. https://doi.org/10.1520/E1527-21.
• Department of Environment and Natural Resources. (2003). Implementing Rules and Regulations (IRR) for the Philippine Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) System [DENR Administrative Order No. 2003-30]. https://emb.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/DAO-2003-30.pdf.
• Environmental Management Bureau. (2017). Site characterization guidelines [EMB Memorandum Circular No. 2017-003]. https://emb.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/MC-2017-003_Site-Characterization-Guidelines.pdf.
• Environmental Management Bureau. (2017). Guidelines for site remediation [EMB Memorandum Circular No. 2017-004]. https://emb.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/MC-2017-004_Site-Remediation-Guidelines.pdf.
• Republic of the Philippines. (1978). Establishing an Environmental Impact System, including Other Environmental Management Related Measures and for Other Purposes [Presidential Decree No. 1586]. https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/1978/06/11/presidential-decree-no-1586-s-1978/.

Back to credit

SC-02 Environmentally Critical Areas Protection

S1 S2
Buildings
All Occupancy Types
SDG 14Life Below Water SDG 15Life on Land

Content

• Purpose and Intent
• Requirements
• S1 S2
• Score Distribution
• S1 S2
• Compliance Notes
• Additional Information

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to avoid the use of areas located in environmentally critical areas (ECAs) for project development.

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project owner must select a project site that is not located in an ECA.

In addition, the project team must:

1. Identify and engage a professional qualified and competent in:
   • Conducting a site assessment for the project; and
   • Recommending a site that is not located in an environmentally critical area, as declared by law.
2. Coordinate with relevant national and local government entities to confirm that the project site is not located in an ECA.
3. Conduct an initial site assessment to determine the project site conditions prior to site selection.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project owner must construct the project on a site that is not located in an ECA, as declared by law.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Design

The project may be awarded:	if the project owner:
3 points	Selected a project site that is not located in an environmentally critical area for the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

The project may be awarded:	if the project owner:
3 points	Constructed the project on a site that is not located in an environmentally critical area.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional. The documentation must include the following information:
   • The relevant qualifications and competencies of the professional in:
     • Conducting site assessments for projects; and
     • Recommending sites that are not located in an ECA, as declared by law.
   • The responsibilities of the professional in the design of the project and the expected output; and
   • The period of engagement with the professional to deliver the expected output.
2. The communication records or documentation from relevant national and local government entities as proof that the project team confirmed that the project site is not located in an ECA.
3. The initial site assessment report prepared by the engaged professional. The report must include the following information:
   • The building footprint of the previous development;
   • The previous use and occupancy type of the previous development;
   • The period when the land was previously used;
   • The site contaminations caused by the previous development, if any; and
   • The recommendations to utilize the previous developments for the benefit of the project.
4. The documentation on the historical information of the project site as proof that the site is not located in an ECA. These information may be based on the following documents:
   • Environmental Compliance Certificate (ECC) supported by an Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) report duly certified by a qualified and competent environmental planner and accepted by the Department of Environment and Natural Resources (DENR);
   • Certificate of Non-Coverage (CNC) issued by the DENR;
   • Locational clearance of the project issued by the local government; and
   • Latest tax declaration of the project.

Back to credit

Additional Information

Terms and Definitions

In the context of this credit, the following terms and definitions apply.

Environmentally critical areas (ECAs)

refer to areas delineated as environmentally sensitive, such that significant environmental impacts are expected if certain types of proposed projects or programs are located, developed, or implement in them. (IRR for Presidential Decree No. 1586, 2003)

ECAs declared by law include the following:

• Natural habitats, which include:
• Natural parks, watershed reserves, wildlife preserves, and sanctuaries; and
• Habitats for any endangered or threatened species of indigenous Philippine flora and fauna.
• Water bodies, such as wetlands, foreshore lands, rivers and riverbanks, swamp forests, and marshlands, that:
• are tapped for domestic purposes;
• are within the controlled or protected areas declared by appropriate authorities; and
• support wildlife and fishery activities;
• Mangrove areas that:
• have primary, pristine and dense young growth;
• adjoin the mouth of major river systems;
• are near or adjacent to traditional productive fry or fishing grounds;
• act as natural buffers against shore erosion, strong winds, and storm floods; and
• on which people are dependent for their livelihood.
• Coral reefs that:
• have fifty percent (50%) and above live coral line cover;
• are spawning and nursery grounds for fish; and
• act as natural breakwaters of coastlines.
• Areas designated as aesthetic potential tourist spots;
• Areas with unique historic, archeological, or scientific interests;
• Areas traditionally occupied by cultural communities or tribes (indigenous cultural communities);
• Hazard-prone areas, which include:
• Areas frequently visited or hard-hit by natural calamities, such as geological hazards, floods, typhoons, or volcanic activities; and
• Areas with critical slopes.
• Areas classified as prime agricultural lands; and
• Recharge areas of aquifers.

Back to credit

Additional Readings

The following readings may guide the project team in complying with the requirements:

• ASTM International. (2019). Standard Practice for Environmental Site Assessments: Phase II Environmental Site Assessment Process [ASTM Standard E1903-19]. https://doi.org/10.1520/E1903-19.
• ASTM International. (2021). Standard Practice for Environmental Site Assessments: Phase I Environmental Site Assessment Process [ASTM Standard E1527-21]. https://doi.org/10.1520/E1527-21.
• Department of Environment and Natural Resources. (2003). Implementing Rules and Regulations (IRR) for the Philippine Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) System [DENR Administrative Order No. 2003-30]. https://emb.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/DAO-2003-30.pdf.
• Environmental Management Bureau. (2017). Site characterization guidelines [EMB Memorandum Circular No. 2017-003]. https://emb.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/MC-2017-003_Site-Characterization-Guidelines.pdf.
• Environmental Management Bureau. (2017). Guidelines for site remediation [EMB Memorandum Circular No. 2017-004]. https://emb.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/MC-2017-004_Site-Remediation-Guidelines.pdf.
• Republic of the Philippines. (1978). Establishing an Environmental Impact System, including Other Environmental Management Related Measures and for Other Purposes [Presidential Decree No. 1586]. https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/1978/06/11/presidential-decree-no-1586-s-1978/.
• Republic of the Philippines. (1992). An Act Providing for the Establishment and Management of National Integrated Protected Areas System, Defining its Scope and Coverage, and for Other Purposes [Republic Act No. 7586]. https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/1992/06/01/republic-act-no-7586/.
• Republic of the Philippines. (2018). An Act Declaring Protected Areas and Providing for their Management, Amending for this Purpose Republic Act No. 7586, Otherwise Known as the "National Integrated Protected Areas System (NIPAS) Act of 1992", and for Other Purposes [Republic Act No. 11038]. https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/downloads/2018/06jun/20180622-RA-11038-RRD.pdf.

Back to credit

SC-03 High Priority Site

S1 S2
Buildings
All Occupancy Types
SDG 11Sustainable Cities and Communities

Content

• Purpose and Intent
• Requirements
• S1 S2
• Score Distribution
• S1 S2
• Compliance Notes
• S1 S2
• Additional Information

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

• Prioritize the use of areas that will gain social and economic benefits from the project development; and
• Encourage the use of areas for priority development to revitalize the social and economic health of the surrounding community.

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project owner must select a project site that is located in an area designated for priority development. The project must be located in one of the following:

• Urban land reform zones,
• Heritage zones, or
• Areas with critical development constraints.

In addition, the project team must:

1. Identify and engage a professional qualified and competent in:
   • Conducting a site assessment for the project; and
   • Recommending a site that is located in an area designated for priority development.
2. Coordinate with relevant national and local government entities to confirm that the project site is located in an area designated for priority development.
3. Conduct an initial site assessment to determine the project site conditions prior to site selection.

If there are design and construction criteria appropriate for the development constraints of the project site, as required by the relevant national or local government entity, the project team must also identify strategies to meet the design and construction criteria.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project owner must construct the project on a site that is located in an area designated for priority development.

If there are design and construction criteria appropriate for the development constraints of the project site, as required by the relevant national or local government entity, the project team must also implement strategies to meet the design and construction criteria.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Design

The project may be awarded:	if the project owner:
3 points	Selected a project site that is located in an area designated for priority development for the project, and Identified strategies to meet the design and construction criteria appropriate for the development constraints of the project site.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

The project may be awarded:	if the project owner:
3 points	Constructed the project on a site that is located in an area designated for priority development, and Implemented strategies to meet the design and construction criteria appropriate for the development constraints of the project site.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional. The documentation must include the following information:
   • The relevant qualifications and competencies of the professional in conducting site assessments for projects;
   • The responsibilities of the professional in the design of the project and the expected output; and
   • The period of engagement with the professional to deliver the expected output.
2. The communication records or documentation from relevant national and local government entities as proof that the project team confirmed that the project site is located in an area designated for priority development. The documentation may include:
   • Official documents from the relevant national government agency designating the area for priority development; or
   • Zoning and land use policies from the local government unit designating the area for priority development.
3. The initial site assessment report prepared by the engaged professional. The report must include the following information:
   • The historical information about the project site;
   • The designation of the area for priority development, which may be one of the following:
     • Urban land reform zones,
     • Heritage zones, or
     • Areas with critical development constraints.
   • The location of the project site within the area designated for priority development; and
   • If applicable, the design and construction criteria appropriate for the development constraints of the project site.

If there are design and construction criteria appropriate for the development constraints of the project site, as required by the relevant national or local government entity, the project team should also submit the plans and specifications reflecting the strategies to meet these criteria. These documentations must be supported by a narrative detailing how the project team intends to meet the design and construction criteria for the project site.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

If there are design and construction criteria appropriate for the development constraints of the project site, as required by the relevant national or local government entity, the project team should submit:

1. The as-built plans and specifications reflecting the implemented strategies to meet the design and construction criteria. These documentations must be supported by a narrative detailing how the project team met the design and construction criteria for the project site.
2. Photographs of the project site showing its current conditions.

Back to credit

Additional Information

Terms and Definitions

In the context of this credit, the following terms and definitions apply.

Urban land reform zones

refer to areas declared as priority for development under existing laws and relevant regulations.

Heritage zones

refers to the historical, anthropological, archaeological, artistic geographical areas and settings that are culturally significant to the country, as declared by the National Museum and by the National Historical Institute. (Republic Act No. 10066, 2010)

Back to credit

Additional Readings

The following readings may guide the project team in complying with the requirements:

• Republic of the Philippines. (1978). Proclaiming Urban Land Reform in the Philippines and Providing for the Implementing Machinery Thereof [Presidential Decree No. 1517]. https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/1978/06/11/presidential-decree-no-1517-s-1978/.
• Republic of the Philippines. (2010). An Act Providing for the Protection and Conservation of the National Cultural Heritage, Strengthening the National Commission for Culture and the Arts (NCCA) and its Affiliated Cultural Agencies, and for Other Purposes [Republic Act No. 10066]. https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/2010/03/26/republic-act-no-10066/.

Back to credit

SC-04 Certified Green District

All Stages
All Project Types
All Occupancy Types
SDG 11Sustainable Cities and Communities

Content

• Purpose and Intent
• Requirements
• Score Distribution
• Compliance Notes
• Additional Information

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to contribute to the sustainability of communities and campuses through the design, construction and operation of projects within a certified green district.

Back to credit

Requirements

All Stages

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project owner must select a project site that is located in a certified green district and construct the project on the selected site.

Buildings

For Building projects, the project must be located in a green district project that is certified under one of the following:

• The BERDE Green Building Rating System — Districts; or
• A green building rating system for communities and campuses developed or duly recognized by a member National Green Building Council (NGBC) of the World Green Building Council (WorldGBC).

Tenants

For Tenant projects, the project must be located in a building within a green district project that is certified under one of the following:

• The BERDE Green Building Rating System — Districts; or
• A green building rating system for communities and campuses developed or duly recognized by a member NGBC of the WorldGBC.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

All Stages

The project may be awarded:	if the project owner:
3 points	Selected a project site that is located in a certified green district, and constructed the project on the selected site.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

All Stages

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. A copy of the green building certificate of the district where the project is located. The certificate must include the following information:
   • The project's name,
   • The project's registered scope and address,
   • The project owner's name,
   • The green building rating system used for the project's certification,
   • The version of green building rating system,
   • The certification body, and
   • The certification date and validity.
2. The site map reflecting the location of the project, which must be within a certified green district.

Back to credit

Additional Information

Additional Readings

The following readings may guide the project team in complying with the requirements:

• Philippine Green Building Council. (2022). BERDE GBRS — Districts — Version 1.0.0 — User Guide. https://docs.berdeonline.org/userguide/districts/latest/.
• World Green Building Council. (n.d.). Sustainable Building Certifications. https://worldgbc.org/sustainable-building-certifications/.

Back to credit

SC-05 Ecological Features Improvement

All Stages
Buildings
All Occupancy Types
SDG 13Climate Action SDG 14Life Below Water SDG 15Life on Land

Content

• Purpose and Intent
• Requirements
  • S1 S2 S3
• Score Distribution
  • S1 S2 S3
• Compliance Notes
  • S1 S2 S3
• Additional Information

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

• Protect and restore existing ecological features on the project site during project development; and
• Improve ecological features on the project site and its immediate surroundings.

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Establish a policy for protecting, restoring, and improving the ecological features in the project.
2. Identify and engage a professional qualified and competent in:
   • Conducting a site assessment for the project; and
   • Identifying and implementing strategies to protect, restore, and improve the ecological features in the project.
3. Conduct an initial site assessment to determine the condition of the existing ecological features in the project. The project team must:
   • Identify and assess the existing ecological features within the project site and its immediate surroundings, which should include the following:
     • Flora and fauna, such as:
       • Trees of significant ecological value,
       • Native and adapted plant species, and
       • Existing land, air and marine animal species.
     • Natural watercourses and wetlands, and
     • Nearby protected areas covered by the National Integrated Protected Areas System (NIPAS).
   • Recommend actions to protect, restore, and improve the ecological features in the project.
4. Design the project incorporating strategies to restore and improve the ecological features in the project. The strategies may include the following:
   • Rehabilitating nearby natural watercourses and wetlands,
   • Using native or indigenous plant species,
   • Providing green roofs and green walls in the project, and
   • Adopting horticultural best practices, such as using non-toxic or less toxic pesticides and practicing preventive pest management measures.

If there are existing ecological features within the project site and its immediate surroundings based on the outcomes of the initial site assessment, the project team must also:

1. Identify appropriate strategies to protect the existing ecological features in the project prior to any construction activities, including site clearing and the erection of temporary site facilities.
2. Continuously protect the existing ecological features in the project during and after construction.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Implement the design strategies to restore and improve the ecological features in the project.
2. Establish policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of these strategies during operations.

If there are existing ecological features within the project site and its immediate surroundings based on the outcomes of the initial site assessment, the project team must also:

1. Implement the strategies to protect the existing ecological features in the project prior to any construction activities, including site clearing and the erection of temporary site facilities.
2. Conduct a final site assessment to determine the condition of the ecological features in the project site after construction.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Establish a policy for protecting, restoring, and improving the ecological features in the project.
2. Identify and engage a professional qualified and competent in:
   • Conducting a site assessment for the project; and
   • Identifying and implementing strategies to protect, restore, and improve the ecological features in the project.
3. Conduct a site assessment to determine the condition of the existing ecological features in the project. The project team must
   • Identify and assess the existing ecological features within the project site and its immediate surroundings, which should include the following:
     • Flora and fauna, such as:
       • Trees of significant ecological value,
       • Native and adapted plant species, and
       • Existing land, air and marine animal species.
     • Natural watercourses and wetlands, and
     • Nearby protected areas covered by the NIPAS.
   • Recommend actions to protect, restore, and improve the ecological features in the project.
4. Establish a program to protect, restore, and improve the ecological features in the project. The project team must:
   • Identify strategies to protect, restore, and improve the ecological features in the project. The strategies may include the following:
     • Rehabilitating nearby natural watercourses and wetlands,
     • Using native or indigenous plant species,
     • Providing green roofs and green walls in the project, and
     • Adopting horticultural best practices, such as using non-toxic or less toxic pesticides or practicing preventive pest management measures.
   • Organize education, information, and communication (IEC) campaigns for users and the public on the protection, restoration, and improvement of ecological features; and
   • Establish policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies.
5. Implement the program to protect, restore, and improve the ecological features in the project. The project team must:
   • Assign roles and responsibilities to personnel responsible for implementing the strategies;
   • Implement strategies to protect, restore, and improve the ecological features in the project during operations;
   • Conduct IEC campaigns for users and the public on the protection, restoration, and improvement of ecological features;
   • Monitor and record the strategies' implementation during the performance period; and
   • Regularly communicate the implementation of strategies to project stakeholders.
6. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implemented program to protect, restore, and improve the ecological features in the project. The project team must:
   • Present the outcomes and review the effectiveness of the implemented strategies to protect, restore, and improve the ecological features in the project;
   • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve them; and
   • Recommend actions to further protect, restore, and improve the ecological features in the project.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Design

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Designed three (3) or more strategies to protect, restore, and improve the ecological features in the project.
2 points	Designed two (2) strategies to protect, restore, and improve the ecological features in the project.
1 point	Designed one (1) strategy to protect, restore, and improve the ecological features in the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Implemented the design of three (3) or more strategies to protect, restore, and improve the ecological features in the project, and Highlighted the protected, restored, and improved ecological features in the project.
2 points	Implemented the design of two (2) strategies to protect, restore, and improve the ecological features in the project, and Highlighted the protected, restored, and improved ecological features in the project.
1 point	Implemented the design of one (1) strategy to protect, restore, and improve the ecological features in the project, and Highlighted the protected, restored, and improved ecological features in the project.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Established and implemented a program reflecting three (3) or more strategies to protect, restore, and improve the ecological features in the project, and Highlighted the protected, restored, and improved ecological features in the project.
2 points	Established and implemented a program reflecting two (2) strategies to protect, restore, and improve the ecological features in the project, and Highlighted the protected, restored, and improved ecological features in the project.
1 point	Established and implemented a program reflecting one (1) strategy to protect, restore, and improve the ecological features in the project, and Highlighted the protected, restored, and improved ecological features in the project.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The documented policy reflecting the commitment of the project owner to protect, restore, and improve the ecological features in the project.
2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional. The documentation must include the following information:
   • The relevant qualifications and competencies of the professional in:
     • Conducting site assessments for projects; and
     • Identifying and implementing strategies to protect, restore, and improve the ecological features in the project.
   • The responsibilities of the professional in the design of the project and the expected output; and
   • The period of engagement with the professional to deliver the expected output.
3. The initial site assessment report prepared by the engaged professional. The report must include the following information:
   • The location of the existing ecological features within the project site and its immediate surroundings, which should include the following:
     • Flora and fauna,
     • Natural watercourses and wetlands, and
     • Nearby protected areas covered by the NIPAS.
   • The condition of the existing ecological features before construction; and
   • The recommendations to protect, restore, and improve the ecological features in the project.
4. The plans and specifications for the strategies to restore and improve the ecological features in the project. The plans must include the following information:
   • The design and location of the strategies to restore and improve the ecological features; and
   • The quality and performance details of the strategies, including their impacts on the overall performance of the project.
5. The purchase orders as proof of intent to purchase products, technologies, and equipment for the implementation of the strategies.

If there are existing ecological features within the project site and its immediate surroundings based on the outcomes of the initial site assessment, the project team should also submit:

1. The plans and specifications for the strategies to protect the existing ecological features in the project prior to any construction activities. The plans must include the following information:
   • The design and location of the strategies to protect the existing ecological features; and
   • The quality and performance details of the strategies, including their impacts on overall performance of the project.
2. The documented policies and procedures to continuously protect the existing ecological features in the project during and after construction.

If there are no existing ecological features within the project site and its immediate surroundings based on the outcomes of the initial site assessment, the project team should also submit a duly signed certification from the engaged professional reflecting the professional's technical opinion that confirms the absence of existing ecological features within the project site and its immediate surroundings.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The as-built plans and specifications for the strategies to restore and improve the ecological features in the project. The plans must include the following information:
   • The implemented design and location of the strategies to restore and improve the ecological features; and
   • The quality and performance details of the strategies, including their impacts on the overall performance of the project.
2. The documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies during operations.
3. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies, including:
   • Purchase records, such as purchase orders, official receipts or sales invoices,
   • Delivery receipts,
   • Installation records, and
   • Photographs of the implementation of strategies in the project.

If there are existing ecological features within the project site and its immediate surroundings based on the outcomes of the initial site assessment, the project team should also submit:

1. The as-built plans and specifications for the strategies to protect the existing ecological features in the project prior to any construction activities. The plans must include the following information:
   • The implemented design and location of the strategies to protect the existing ecological features; and
   • The quality and performance details of the strategies, including their impacts on the overall performance of the project.
2. The documented policies and procedures to continuously protect the existing ecological features in the project during operations.
3. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies, including:
   • Purchase records, such as purchase orders, official receipts or sales invoices,
   • Delivery receipts,
   • Installation records, and
   • Photographs of the implementation of strategies in the project.
4. The final assessment report prepared by the engaged professional. The report must include the following information:
   • The location of the existing ecological features within the project site and its immediate surroundings, which should include the following:
     • Flora and fauna,
     • Natural watercourses and wetlands, and
     • Nearby protected areas covered by the NIPAS.
   • The condition of the existing ecological features after construction; and
   • A narrative on how the project team protected the existing ecological features during construction.

If there are no existing ecological features within the project site and its immediate surroundings based on the outcomes of the initial site assessment, the project team should also submit a duly signed certification from the engaged professional reflecting the professional's technical opinion that confirms the absence of existing ecological features within the project site and its immediate surroundings.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The documented policy reflecting the commitment of the project owner to protect, restore, and improve the ecological features in the project.
2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional. The documentation must include the following information:
   • The relevant qualifications and competencies of the professional in:
     • Conducting site assessments for projects; and
     • Identifying and implementing strategies to protect, restore, and improve the ecological features in the project.
   • The responsibilities of the professional in the operations of the project and the expected output; and
   • The period of engagement with the professional to deliver the expected output.
3. The site assessment report prepared by the engaged professional. The report must include the following information:
   • The location of the existing ecological features within the project site and its immediate surroundings, which should include the following:
     • Flora and fauna,
     • Natural watercourses and wetlands, and
     • Nearby protected areas covered by the NIPAS.
   • The condition of the existing ecological features before the performance period; and
   • The recommendations to protect, restore, and improve the ecological features in the project.
4. The program to protect, restore, and improve the ecological features in the project. The program must include the following information:
   • The strategies to protect, restore, and improve the ecological features in the project;
   • The activities for IEC campaigns for users and the public on the protection, restoration, and improvement of ecological features;
   • A description of the identified strategies and activities;
   • The expected impact of the strategies once implemented;
   • The roles and responsibilities defined for implementing the strategies; and
   • The methodology for monitoring and recording the implementation of strategies during the performance period.
5. The documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies during operations.
6. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the program. The list must include the following information:
   • The name, designation, and contact information of each personnel; and
   • The assigned roles and responsibilities for implementing the strategies.
7. The as-built plans and specifications for the strategies to protect, restore, and improve the ecological features in the project. The plans must include the following information:
   • The implemented strategies to protect, restore, and improve the ecological features;
   • The location of the implemented strategies; and
   • The quality and performance details of the strategies, including their impacts on the overall performance of the project.
8. The list of regular activities implemented for users and the public during the performance period. The list must include the following information:
   • The name of each activity;
   • The objectives of each activity;
   • The regular schedule of each activity for at least three (3) years from the start of the performance period; and
   • A narrative on how each activity informed and educated users and the public on the protection, restoration, and improvement of the ecological features in the project.
9. The documentation on the regular activities implemented for users and the public during the performance period. The documentation must consist of:
   • The program of each activity;
   • The attendance list for each activity;
   • The brief profile of each instructor reflecting their qualifications and competencies to deliver the topic;
   • The photographs for each activity conducted for users and the public; and
   • The complete presentation materials or training modules used for each activity.
10. The monitoring reports reflecting the implementation of the strategies and activities during the performance period.
11. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies, including:
    • Purchase records, such as purchase orders, official receipts or sales invoices,
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs of the implementation of strategies in the project.
12. The communication records as proof that the planning and implementation of the program to protect, restore, and improve the ecological features in the project were regularly communicated to the project stakeholders.
13. The evaluation report on the effectiveness of the implemented program to protect, restore, and improve the ecological features in the project. The report must include the following information:
    • The outcomes of the implementation of the strategies and activities to protect, restore, and improve the ecological features in the project;
    • An assessment of the effective implementation of the strategies and activities;
    • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve them; and
    • The recommended actions to further protect, restore, and improve the ecological features in the project.

Back to credit

Additional Information

Terms and Definitions

In the context of this credit, the following terms and definitions apply.

Ecological features

refer to features with significant ecological value and contributes to the biodiversity of the area, and are essential for providing ecosystem services to the area.

Ecological features may include:

• Key biodiversity areas;
• Protected areas;
• Vegetation;
• Forests;
• Inland water or wetlands; and
• Floras and faunas.

Protected area

refers to identified portions of land and water set aside by reason of their unique physical and biological significance, managed to enhance biological diversity and protected against destructive human exploration. (Republic Act No. 7586, 1992)

Back to credit

Additional Readings

The following readings may guide the project team in complying with the requirements:

• ASTM International. (2019). Standard practice for environmental site assessments: Phase II environmental site assessment process [ASTM Standard E1903-19]. https://doi.org/10.1520/E1903-19.
• ASTM International. (2021). Standard practice for environmental site assessments: Phase I environmental site assessment process [ASTM Standard E1527-21]. https://doi.org/10.1520/E1527-21.
• Chan, L., Hillel, O., Werner, P., Holman, N., Coetzee, I., Galt, R., and Elmqvist, T. (2021). Handbook on the Singapore Index on Cities’ Biodiversity (also known as the City Biodiversity Index). Secretariat of the Convention on Biological Diversity, Montreal and National Parks Board, Singapore. https://www.cbd.int/doc/publications/cbd-ts-98-en.pdf.
• Department of Environment and Natural Resources. (2003). Implementing Rules and Regulations (IRR) for the Philippine Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) System [DENR Administrative Order No. 2003-30]. https://emb.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/DAO-2003-30.pdf.
• Environmental Management Bureau. (2017). Site characterization guidelines [EMB Memorandum Circular No. 2017-003]. https://emb.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/MC-2017-003_Site-Characterization-Guidelines.pdf.
• Environmental Management Bureau. (2017). Guidelines for site remediation [EMB Memorandum Circular No. 2017-004]. https://emb.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/MC-2017-004_Site-Remediation-Guidelines.pdf.
• Republic of the Philippines. (1978). Establishing an Environmental Impact System, including Other Environmental Management Related Measures and for Other Purposes [Presidential Decree No. 1586]. https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/1978/06/11/presidential-decree-no-1586-s-1978/.
• Republic of the Philippines. (1992). An Act Providing for the Establishment and Management of National Integrated Protected Areas System, Defining its Scope and Coverage, and for Other Purposes [Republic Act No. 7586]. https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/1992/06/01/republic-act-no-7586/.
• Republic of the Philippines. (2018). An Act Declaring Protected Areas and Providing for their Management, Amending for this Purpose Republic Act No. 7586, Otherwise Known as the "National Integrated Protected Areas System (NIPAS) Act of 1992", and for Other Purposes [Republic Act No. 11038]. https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/downloads/2018/06jun/20180622-RA-11038-RRD.pdf.

Back to credit

Credit Alignment to PHILGBC Certification Programs

This credit is aligned with the requirements of the ENV-02 Access to Nature under the PHILGBC Health and Well-being for Buildings — Version 1.0.0.

Back to credit

SC-06 Vegetated Open Spaces Promotion

S1 S2
Buildings
All Occupancy Types
SDG 11Sustainable Cities and Communities SDG 13Climate Action SDG 15Life on Land

Content

• Purpose and Intent
• Requirements
• S1 S2
• Score Distribution
• S1 S2
• Compliance Notes
• S1 S2
• Additional Information

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

• Maximize the positive environmental and social benefits of vegetated open spaces in the project; and
• Provide a high ratio of vegetated open spaces in the project to improve the project's ecological value.

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must design at least twenty-five percent (25%) of the total lot area as vegetated open spaces. Vegetated open spaces must:

• Be on the natural grade of the project;
• Be easily accessible to users and the public; and
• Have at least three (3) native plant species as vegetation. Plant species may include trees, shrubs, and ground covers. Turf grass is not considered as vegetation for the open space.

Healthcare

For healthcare spaces and buildings, the project team must also provide patients with direct access to the outdoor vegetated open spaces. These outdoor spaces should be accessible directly from individual patient rooms, treatment areas, or through shared exterior connections or common areas.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Implement the design of at least twenty-five percent (25%) of the total lot area as vegetated open spaces.
2. Establish the policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the vegetated open spaces during operations.

Healthcare

For healthcare spaces and buildings, the project team must also implement the direct access of the patients to the outdoor vegetated open spaces.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Design

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Designed fifty-five percent (55%) or more of the total lot area as vegetated open spaces.
2 points	Designed forty percent (40%) to less than fifty-five percent (<55%) of the total lot area as vegetated open spaces.
1 point	Designed twenty-five (25%) to less than forty percent (<40%) of the total lot area as vegetated open spaces.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Implemented fifty-five percent (55%) or more of the total lot area as vegetated open spaces.
2 points	Implemented forty percent (40%) to less than fifty-five percent (<55%) of the total lot area as vegetated open spaces.
1 point	Implemented twenty-five (25%) to less than forty percent (<40%) of the total lot area as vegetated open spaces.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements, the project team should submit:

1. The site plan for the vegetated open spaces in the project. The plans must include the following information:
   • The total lot area of the project in m²;
   • The total area designed as vegetated open spaces in the project in m²;
   • The location of the vegetated open spaces; and
   • Access of users and the public to the vegetated open spaces.
2. The landscape plan for the vegetated open spaces in the project. The plans must include the following information:
   • The design of the vegetated open spaces;
   • The names and types of native plant species that will be planted in the vegetated open spaces, including the quantity for each type; and
   • The location of the native plant species in the vegetated open spaces.
3. The calculation of the percentage of total lot area designed as vegetated open space.
4. The purchase orders as proof of intent to purchase products, technologies, and equipment for the implementation of the strategies.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements, the project team should submit:

1. The as-built site plan for the vegetated open spaces in the project. The plans must include the following information:
   • The total lot area of the project in m²;
   • The total area designed as vegetated open spaces in the project in m²;
   • The location of the vegetated open spaces; and
   • Access of users and the public to the vegetated open spaces.
2. The as-built landscape plan for the vegetated open spaces in the project. The plans must include the following information:
   • The implemented design of the vegetated open spaces;
   • The names and types of native plant species planted in the vegetated open spaces, including the quantity for each type; and
   • The location of the native plant species in the vegetated open spaces.
3. The documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies during operations.
4. The calculation of the percentage of total lot area implemented as vegetated open space.
5. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies, including:
   • Purchase records, such as purchase orders, official receipts or sales invoices,
   • Delivery receipts,
   • Installation records, and
   • Photographs of the implementation of strategies in the project.

Back to credit

Additional Information

Terms and Definitions

In the context of this credit, the following terms and definitions apply.

Natural grade

refers to the elevation of the original or undisturbed natural surface of the ground. (Dictionary of Architecture and Construction (4th Ed.), 2006)

Back to credit

Additional Readings

The following readings may guide the project team in complying with the requirements:

• Agricultural Training Institute – Region IV-A, and MoCa Family RLearning Center. (2019). SaRiLing ATIn: 25 Promising Native Plants of the Philippines. https://ati2.da.gov.ph/ati-4a/content/sites/default/files/2022-09/SaRiLing%20ATIn.pdf.
• Alliance for Safe, Sustainable, and Resilient Environments, Philippine Association of Landscape Architects, Philippine Institute of Environmental Planners, Consultants of Comprehensive Environmental Planning, Biodiversity Management Bureau, and Forest Foundation Philippines. (2019). Public Parks, Open and Green Spaces: A Planning & Development Guide. http://www.assure.ph/downloadables/PPOGS%20Guidebook_06May-compressed.pdf.

Back to credit

Credit Alignment to PHILGBC Certification Programs

This credit is aligned with the requirements of the ENV-02 Access to Nature under the PHILGBC Health and Well-being for Buildings — Version 1.0.0.

Back to credit

SC-07 Heat Island Reduction

S1 S2
Buildings
All Occupancy Types
SDG 11Sustainable Cities and Communities SDG 13Climate Action

Content

• Purpose and Intent
• Requirements
• S1 S2
• Score Distribution
• S1 S2
• Compliance Notes
• S1 S2
• Additional Information

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

• Minimize the increasing temperature in the immediate microclimate of the project through heat island reduction; and
• Reduce the heat island effect on the paved and roof areas of the project.

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Establish a policy for reducing the heat island effect of the project.
2. Engage a professional qualified and competent in:
   • Conducting an assessment on the immediate microclimate in projects; and
   • Identifying and implementing strategies to reduce heat absorption and retention in the project.
3. Conduct an assessment on the immediate microclimate of the project. The project team must:
   • Determine the ambient temperature in the project site during daytime;
   • Identify natural features present in the project that provide shade and cooling from daylight; and
   • Recommend actions to reduce heat absorption and retention in the project.
4. Design the project to incorporate heat island reduction strategies on horizontal surfaces that represent at least fifty percent (50%) of the total lot area. The strategies should include the following:
   • Heat island reduction strategies for hardscapes, which may include:
     • Using plants and tree canopies to provide shade for the outdoor paved areas,
     • Providing vegetated open spaces and green walls,
     • Using open-grid pavement systems with vegetation, or
     • Using paving materials with an initial solar reflectance (SR) of more than 0.33 or a three-year SR of more than 0.28.
   • Heat island reduction strategies for roof areas, which may include:
     • Installing roof structures with high solar reflectance index (SRI). Roofs with a pitch:
       • Less than 15° must have:
         • An initial SRI of more than 82, or
         • A three-year SRI of more than 64;
       • More than 15° must have:
         • An initial SRI of more than 39, or
         • A three-year SRI of more than 34;
     • Providing green roofs.

Only horizontal surfaces are included in the calculation. Functional and usable spaces, such as helipads, recreational courts, and areas covered by equipment and solar panels, are excluded from the calculation.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Implement the design of heat island reduction strategies on horizontal surfaces that represent at least fifty percent (50%) of the total lot area.
2. Establish policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of these strategies during operations.

Only horizontal surfaces are included in the calculation. Functional and usable spaces, such as helipads, recreational courts, and areas covered by equipment and solar panels, are excluded from the calculation.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Design

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Designed heat island reduction strategies on horizontal surfaces that represent seventy percent (70%) or more of the total lot area.
2 points	Designed heat island reduction strategies on horizontal surfaces that represent sixty percent (60%) to less than seventy percent (<70%) of the total lot area.
1 point	Designed heat island reduction strategies on horizontal surfaces that represent fifty percent (50%) to less than sixty percent (<60%) of the total lot area.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Implemented heat island reduction strategies on horizontal surfaces that represent seventy percent (70%) or more of the total lot area.
2 points	Implemented heat island reduction strategies on horizontal surfaces that represent sixty percent (60%) to less than seventy percent (<70%) of the total lot area.
1 point	Implemented heat island reduction strategies on horizontal surfaces that represent fifty percent (50%) to less than sixty percent (<60%) of the total lot area.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The documented policy reflecting the commitment of the project owner to reduce the heat island effect in the project.
2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional. The documentation must include the following information:
   • The relevant qualifications and competencies of the professional in:
     • Conducting an assessment of the immediate microclimate in the project; and
     • Identifying and implementing strategies to reduce heat absorption and retention in the project.
   • The responsibilities of the professional in the design of the project and the expected output; and
   • The period of engagement with the professional to deliver the expected output.
3. The assessment report on the microclimate in the project prepared by the engaged professional. The report must include the following information:
   • The ambient temperature at the project site during daytime in degrees Celsius (°C);
   • The natural features in the project that provide shade and cooling from daylight, such as:
     • Tree canopies and land covers,
     • Natural watercourses and wetlands, and
     • Vegetated open spaces;
   • The location of the identified natural features in the project site;
   • The total horizontal surfaces covered by the identified natural features in square meters (m²); and
   • The recommendations to reduce heat absorption and retention in the project.
4. The plans for the heat island reduction strategies. The plans must include the following information:
   • The design of the heat island reduction strategies;
   • The location of the heat island reduction strategies;
   • The total area of the horizontal surfaces covered by heat island reduction strategies in m²; and
   • The total lot area of the project in m².
5. The specifications for the heat island reduction strategies. The specifications must include the following information:
   • The quality and performance details of the heat island reduction strategies;
   • For paving materials, the specifications must include information on its SR values;
   • For roof materials, the specifications must include information on its SRI values;
   • For vegetated open spaces, the specifications must include information on:
     • The names and types of native plant species that will be planted in the vegetated open spaces, including the quantity for each type; and
     • The location of the native plant species in the vegetated open spaces.
6. The calculation of the percentage of horizontal surfaces covered by heat island reduction strategies compared to the total lot area.
7. The purchase orders as proof of intent to purchase products, technologies, and equipment for the implementation of the strategies.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The as-built plans for the heat island reduction strategies. The plans must include the following information:
   • The implemented design of the heat island reduction strategies;
   • The location of the heat island reduction strategies;
   • The total area of the horizontal surfaces covered by heat island reduction strategies in m²; and
   • The total lot area of the project in m².
2. The as-built specifications for the heat island reduction strategies. The specifications must include the following information:
   • The quality and performance details of the heat island reduction strategies;
   • For paving materials, the specifications must include information on its SR values;
   • For roof materials, the specifications must include information on its SRI values;
   • For vegetated open spaces, the specifications must include information on:
     • The names and types of native plant species planted in the vegetated open spaces, including the quantity for each type; and
     • The location of the native plant species in the vegetated open spaces.
3. The documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies during operations.
4. The calculation of the percentage of horizontal surfaces covered by heat island reduction strategies compared to the total lot area.
5. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies, including:
   • Purchase records, such as purchase orders, official receipts or sales invoices,
   • Delivery receipts,
   • Installation records, and
   • Photographs of the implementation of strategies in the project.

Back to credit

Additional Information

Terms and Definitions

In the context of this credit, the following terms and definitions apply.

Hardscapes

refers to site paved areas, including roads, driveways, parking lots, walkways, courtyards, and plazas. (ASHRAE Standard 189.1, 2023)

Hot spots

refer to specific areas within the site that has a temperature higher than the ambient temperature.

Solar Reflectance (SR)

refers to the ratio of the light reflected by a surface to the light incident upon it. (ASHRAE Standard 90.1, 2022)

Solar Reflectance Index (SRI)

refers to a measure of a constructed surface's ability to reflect solar heat, as shown by a small temperature rise. A standard black surface (reflectance 0.05, emittance 0.90) is 0, and a standard white surface (reflectance 0.80, emittance 0.90) is 100. (ASHRAE Standard 189.1, 2023)

Back to credit

Additional Readings

The following readings may guide the project team in complying with the requirements:

• American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers. (2023). Standard for the Design of High-Performance Green Buildings Except Low-Rise Residential Buildings [ASHRAE Standard 189.1]. ASHRAE.
• ASTM International. (2019). Standard Practice for Calculating Solar Reflectance Index of Horizontal and Low-Sloped Opaque Surfaces [ASTM Standard E1980]. https://doi.org/10.1520/E1980-11R19.
• ASTM International. (2021). Standard Test Method for Measuring Solar Reflectance of Horizontal and Low-Sloped Surfaces in the Field [ASTM Standard E1918]. https://doi.org/10.1520/E1918-21.

Back to credit

SC-08 Landscape Management

S3
All Project Types
All Occupancy Types
SDG 11Sustainable Cities and Communities SDG 13Climate Action SDG 15Life on Land

Content

• Purpose and Intent
• Requirements
• Score Distribution
• Compliance Notes
• Additional Information

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

• Reduce the energy consumption, potable water consumption, and solid waste generation in landscaping; and
• Minimize the negative environmental impact of the project through sustainable and effective landscape management.

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 3 — Operations

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Establish a policy for incorporating sustainable landscape management in the operations of the project.
2. Identify and engage a professional qualified and competent in:
   • Evaluating the existing landscape management practices in the project; and
   • Identifying and implementing strategies for the sustainable and effective landscape management in the project.
3. Evaluate the existing landscape management practices in the project.
4. Establish a sustainable landscape management program for the project. The project team must:
   • Identify the strategies for sustainable landscape management. The strategies may include the following:
     • Using water-efficient plant species in vegetated open spaces,
     • Using water-efficient irrigation system for landscaping,
     • Adopting green cleaning and pest management measures, and
     • Adopting horticultural best practices.
   • Organize education, information, and communication (IEC) campaigns for users and the public on sustainable landscaping; and
   • Establish policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies.
5. Implement the sustainable landscape management program for the project. The project team must:
   • Assign roles and responsibilities to personnel responsible for implementing the strategies;
   • Implement strategies for sustainable landscape management during operations;
   • Conduct IEC campaigns for users and the public on sustainable landscaping;
   • Monitor and record the strategies' implementation during the performance period; and
   • Regularly communicate the implementation of strategies to project stakeholders.
6. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implemented sustainable landscape management program for the project. The project team must:
   • Present the outcomes and review the effectiveness of the implemented strategies for sustainable landscape management;
   • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve them; and
   • Recommend actions to further improve the sustainable landscape management program for the project.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 3 — Operations

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Established a sustainable landscape management program to reduce the resource consumption for landscaping; and Implemented the program and evaluated its effectiveness for continual improvement.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 3 — Operations

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The documented policy reflecting the commitment of the project owner to incorporate sustainable landscape management in the operations of the project.
2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional. The documentation must include the following information:
   • The relevant qualifications and competencies of the professional in:
     • Evaluating the existing landscape management practices in the project; and
     • Identifying and implementing strategies for the sustainable and effective landscape management in the project.
   • The responsibilities of the professional in the operations of the project and the expected output; and
   • The period of engagement with the professional to deliver the expected output.
3. The evaluation report on the existing landscape management practices in the project. The report must include the following information:
   • The review of existing policies, procedures, strategies, and practices on landscape management; and
   • The recommendations to incorporate sustainable landscape management in the operations of the project.
4. The sustainable landscape management program for the project. The program must include the following information:
   • The strategies for sustainable landscape management;
   • The activities for IEC campaigns for users and the public on sustainable landscaping;
   • A description of the identified strategies and activities;
   • The expected impact of the strategies once implemented;
   • The roles and responsibilities define for implementing the strategies; and
   • The methodology for monitoring and recording the implementation of strategies during the performance period.
5. The documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies during operations.
6. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the program. The list must include the following information:
   • The name, designation, and contact information of each personnel; and
   • The assigned roles and responsibilities for implementing the strategies.
7. The as-built plans and specifications for the strategies for sustainable landscape management. The plans must include the following information:
   • The implemented strategies for sustainable landscape management;
   • The location of the implemented strategies; and
   • The quality and performance details of the strategies, including their impacts on the overall performance of the project.
8. The list of regular activities implemented for users and the public during the performance period. The list must include the following information:
   • The name of each activity;
   • The objectives of each activity;
   • The regular schedule of each activity for at least three (3) years from the start of the performance period; and
   • A narrative on how each activity informed and educated users and the public on sustainable landscaping.
9. The documentation on the regular activities implemented for users and the public during the performance period. The documentation must consist of:
   • The program of each activity;
   • The attendance list for each activity;
   • The brief profile of each instructor reflecting their qualifications and competencies to deliver the topic;
   • The photographs for each activity conducted for users and the public; and
   • The complete presentation materials or training modules used for each activity.
10. The monitoring reports reflecting the implementation of the strategies and activities during the performance period.
11. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies, including:
    • Purchase records, such as purchase orders, official receipts or sales invoices,
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs of the implementation of strategies in the project.
12. The communication records as proof that the planning and implementation of the sustainable landscape management program were regularly communicated to the project stakeholders.
13. The evaluation report on the effectiveness of the implemented sustainable landscape management program for the project. The report must include the following information:
    • The outcomes of the implementation of strategies and activities for sustainable landscape management;
    • An assessment of the effective implementation of the strategies and activities, including the impacts of the program in:
      • Reducing the energy consumption for landscaping presented in kWh,
      • Reducing the potable water consumption for landscaping presented in m³,
      • Reducing the solid waste generation in landscaping presented in kg, and
      • Improving the biodiversity in the project.
    • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve them; and
    • The recommended actions to further improve sustainable landscape management in the project.

Back to credit

Additional Information

Terms and Definitions

In the context of this credit, the following terms and definitions apply.

Green cleaning

refers to the use of cleaning methods and products which are designed to preserve human health and well-being, and to lessen, if not eliminate, negative environmental impact.

Back to credit

SC-09 Light Pollution Reduction

All Stages
Buildings
All Occupancy Types
SDG 3Good Health and Well-being SDG 11Sustainable Cities and Communities SDG 15Life on Land

Content

• Purpose and Intent
• Requirements
  • S1 S2 S3
• Score Distribution
  • S1 S2 S3
• Compliance Notes
  • S1 S2 S3
• Additional Information

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

• Reduce sky glow, light trespass, and clutter during nighttime to improve nighttime visibility on the project site; and
• Minimize the exposure to glare caused by surrounding buildings during daytime.

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Establish a policy for reducing light pollution in the project.
2. Identify and engage a professional qualified and competent in:
   • Conducting an assessment on the sky conditions of the project during daytime and nighttime; and
   • Identifying and implementing strategies to reduce light pollution in the project.
3. Conduct an assessment on the sky conditions of the project during daytime and nighttime. The project team must:
   • Identify the potential sources of light pollution during daytime and nighttime;
   • Identify the areas in the project that are affected by light pollution;
   • Determine the lighting zone of each affected area in accordance with generally accepted standards; and
   • Recommend actions to reduce light pollution in the project.
4. Design the project incorporating strategies to reduce light pollution during daytime and nighttime. The strategies should include the following:
   • Using outdoor luminaires that meet the allowable backlight, uplight, and glare (BUG) ratings for each lighting zone in accordance with generally accepted standards; and
   • Providing technologies that minimize exposure to glare caused by surrounding buildings and ensure that glare and heat caused by any activities within the project are not radiated, seen, or felt from any point beyond its boundaries.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Implement the design of strategies to reduce light pollution during daytime and nighttime.
2. Establish policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of these strategies during operations.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Establish a policy for reducing the light pollution in the project.
2. Identify and engage a professional qualified and competent in:
   • Conducting an assessment on the sky conditions of the project during daytime and nighttime; and
   • Identifying and implementing strategies to reduce light pollution in the project.
3. Conduct an assessment on the sky conditions of the project during daytime and nighttime. The project team must:
   • Identify the sources of light pollution during daytime and nighttime;
   • Identify the areas in the project that are affected by light pollution;
   • Determine the lighting zone of each affected area in accordance with generally accepted standards; and
   • Recommend actions to reduce light pollution in the project.
4. Establish a light pollution reduction program for the project. The project team must:
   • Identify strategies to reduce light pollution in the project. The strategies should include the following:
     • Using outdoor luminaires that meet the allowable backlight, uplight, and glare (BUG) ratings for each lighting zone in accordance with generally accepted standards; and
     • Providing technologies that minimize exposure to glare caused by surrounding buildings and ensure that glare and heat caused by any activities within the project are not radiated, seen, or felt from any point beyond its boundaries.
   • Organize education, information, and communication (IEC) campaigns for users and the public on light pollution reduction; and
   • Establish policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies.
5. Implement the light pollution reduction program for the project. The project team must:
   • Assign roles and responsibilities to personnel responsible for implementing the strategies;
   • Implement strategies to reduce light pollution in the project;
   • Conduct IEC campaigns for users and the public on light pollution reduction;
   • Monitor and record the strategies' implementation during the performance period; and
   • Regularly communicate the implementation of strategies to project stakeholders.
6. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implemented light pollution reduction program for the project. The project team must:
   • Present the outcomes and review the effectiveness of the implemented strategies to reduce light pollution in the project;
   • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve them; and
   • Recommend actions to further reduce light pollution in the project.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Design

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Designed the project to use outdoor luminaires that meet the allowable BUG rating for each lighting zone in the project, and to minimize exposure to glare caused by surrounding buildings.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Implemented the design of the project to use outdoor luminaires that meet the allowable BUG rating for each lighting zone in the project, and to minimize exposure to glare caused by surrounding buildings.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Established a light pollution reduction program to reduce light pollution in the project, and Implemented the program and evaluated its effectiveness for continual improvement.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The documented policy reflecting the commitment of the project owner to reduce light pollution in the project.
2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional. The documentation must include the following information:
   • The relevant qualifications and competencies of the professional in:
     • Conducting an assessment on the sky conditions of the project during daytime and nighttime; and
     • Identifying and implementing strategies to reduce light pollution in the project.
   • The responsibilities of the professional in the design of the project and the expected output; and
   • The period of engagement with the professional to deliver the expected output.
3. The assessment report on the sky conditions of the project during daytime and nighttime prepared by the engaged professional. The report must include the following information:
   • The potential sources of light pollution in the project during daytime and nighttime;
   • The location of the areas in the project that are affected by light pollution;
   • The lighting zone category of each affected area in accordance with generally accepted standards; and
   • The recommendations to reduce light pollution in the project.
4. The plans for the strategies to reduce light pollution in the project. The plans must include the following information:
   • The design and location of outdoor lighting in the project; and
   • The design of the building envelope that minimizes exposure to glare caused by surrounding buildings during daytime.
5. The specifications for the strategies to reduce light pollution in the project. The specifications must include the following information:
   • The allowable BUG rating for each lighting zone in accordance with generally-accepted standards;
   • The type and number of the outdoor luminaires specified for the project;
   • The BUG rating of the outdoor luminaires for outdoor lighting, which meets the allowable BUG rating for each lighting zone in accordance with generally accepted standards; and
   • The quality and performance details of the building envelope that minimizes exposure to glare caused by surrounding buildings.
6. The purchase orders as proof of intent to purchase products, technologies and equipment for the implementation of the strategies.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The as-built plans for the strategies to reduce light pollution in the project. The plans must include the following information:
   • The implemented design and location of outdoor lighting in the project; and
   • The implemented design of the building envelope that minimizes exposure to glare caused by surrounding buildings during daytime.
2. The as-built specifications for the strategies to reduce light pollution in the project. The specifications must include the following information:
   • The allowable BUG rating for each lighting zone in accordance with generally-accepted standards;
   • The type and number of the outdoor luminaires installed in the project;
   • The BUG rating of the outdoor luminaires for outdoor lighting, which meets the allowable BUG rating for each lighting zone in accordance with generally accepted standards; and
   • The quality and performance details of the building envelope that minimizes exposure to glare caused by surrounding buildings.
3. The documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies during operations.
4. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies, including:
   • Purchase records, such as purchase orders, official receipts or sales invoices,
   • Delivery receipts,
   • Installation records, and
   • Photographs of the implementation of strategies in the project.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The documented policy reflecting the commitment of the project owner to reduce light pollution in the project.
2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional. The documentation must include the following information:
   • The relevant qualifications and competencies of the professional in:
     • Conducting an assessment on the sky conditions of the project during daytime and nighttime; and
     • Identifying and implementing strategies to reduce light pollution in the project.
   • The responsibilities of the professional in the operations of the project and the expected output; and
   • The period of engagement with the professional to deliver the expected output.
3. The assessment report on the sky conditions of the project during daytime and nighttime prepared by the engaged professional. The report must include the following information:
   • The sources of light pollution in the project during daytime and nighttime;
   • The location of the areas in the project that are affected by light pollution;
   • The lighting zone category of each affected area in accordance with generally accepted standards; and
   • The recommendations to reduce light pollution in the project.
4. The light pollution reduction program for the project. The program must include the following information:
   • The strategies to reduce light pollution in the project;
   • The activities for IEC campaigns for users and the public on light pollution reduction;
   • A description of the identified strategies and activities;
   • The expected impact of the strategies once implemented;
   • The roles and responsibilities defined for implementing the strategies; and
   • The methodology for monitoring and recording the implementation of strategies during the performance period.
5. The documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies during operations.
6. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the program. The list must include the following information:
   • The name, designation, and contact information of each personnel; and
   • The assigned roles and responsibilities for implementing the strategies.
7. The as-built plans for the strategies to reduce light pollution in the project. The plans must include the following information:
   • The implemented design and location of outdoor lighting in the project; and
   • The implemented design of the building envelope that minimizes exposure to glare caused by surrounding buildings during daytime.
8. The as-built specifications for the strategies to reduce light pollution in the project. The specifications must include the following information:
   • The allowable BUG rating for each lighting zone in accordance with generally-accepted standards;
   • The type and number of the outdoor luminaires installed in the project;
   • The BUG rating of the outdoor luminaires for outdoor lighting, which meets the allowable BUG rating for each lighting zone in accordance with generally accepted standards; and
   • The quality and performance details of the building envelope that minimizes exposure to glare caused by surrounding buildings.
9. The list of regular activities implemented for users and the public during the performance period. The list must include the following information:
   • The name of each activity;
   • The objectives of each activity;
   • The regular schedule of each activity for at least three (3) years from the start of the performance period; and
   • A narrative on how each activity informed and educated users and the public on light pollution reduction.
10. The documentation on the regular activities implemented for users and the public during the performance period. The documentation must consist of:
    • The program of each activity;
    • The attendance list for each activity;
    • The brief profile of each instructor reflecting their qualifications and competencies to deliver the topic;
    • The photographs for each activity conducted for users and the public; and
    • The complete presentation materials or training modules used for each activity.
11. The monitoring reports reflecting the implementation of the strategies and activities during the performance period.
12. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies, including:
    • Purchase records, such as purchase orders, official receipts or sales invoices,
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs of the implementation of strategies in the project.
13. The communication records as proof that the planning and implementation of the light pollution reduction program were regularly communicated to the project stakeholders.
14. The evaluation report on the effectiveness of the implemented light pollution reduction program for the project. The report must include the following information:
    • The outcomes of the implementation of the strategies and activities to reduce light pollution in the project;
    • An assessment of the effective implementation of the strategies and activities, including the impacts of the program in improving the sky conditions of the project;
    • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve them; and
    • The recommended actions to further reduce light pollution in the project.

Back to credit

Additional Information

Terms and Definitions

In the context of this credit, the following terms and definitions apply.

Backlight, uplight, and glare (BUG) rating

refers to the measurement used to evaluate luminaire optical performance related to light trespass, sky glow, and high angle brightness control. (IES TM-15-20, 2020)

• Backlight (B) refers to the light directed behind the luminaire;
• Uplight (U) refers to any light directed upward above the horizontal plane; and
• Glare (G) refers to the amount of light emitted from the luminaire at high angles.

Lighting zone (Outdoor lighting)

refers to one of the categories (descriptive or prescriptive) that designate outdoor ambient levels. (IES-LS-1-22, 2022)

Lighting zones are categorized as follows:

• LZ0: No ambient lighting are areas where the natural environment will be seriously and adversely affected by lighting. When not needed, lighting should be extinguished.
• LZ1: Low ambient lighting are areas where lighting might adversely affect flora and fauna or disturb the character of the area. Lighting may be used for safety and convenience but it is not necessarily uniform or continuous.
• LZ2: Moderate ambient lighting are areas of human activity where the vision of human residents and users is adapted to moderate light levels. Lighting may typically be used for safety and convenience but it is not necessarily uniform or continuous.
• LZ3: Moderately high ambient lightingare areas of human activity where the vision of human residents and users is adapt to moderately high light levels. Lighting is generally desired for safety, security, and convenience and it is often uniform or continuous.
• LZ4: High ambient lightingare areas of human activity where the vision og human residents and users is adapted to high light levels. Lighting is generally considered necessary for safety, security, and convenience and it is mostly uniform or continuous.

Luminaire

refers to complete lighting unit consisting of a light source(s) and ballast(s) or driver(s) (when applicable), together with the parts designed to distribute the light, to position and protect the light source(s), and to connect the light source(s) to the power supply. (IES-LS-1-22, 2022)

Additional Readings

The following readings may guide the project team in complying with the requirements:

• American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers. (2023). Standard for the Design of High-Performance Green Buildings Except Low-Rise Residential Buildings [ASHRAE Standard 189.1]. ASHRAE.
• Illuminating Engineering Society. (2020). Luminaire Classification System for Outdoor Luminaires [ANSI/IES Standard TM-15-20]. IES.
• International Dark Sky Association, and Illuminating Engineering Society. (2011). Model Lighting Ordinance (MLO) with User's Guide. IES.

Back to credit

SC-10 Key Establishments Proximity

All Stages
All Project Types
All Occupancy Types
SDG 11Sustainable Cities and Communities

Content

• Purpose and Intent
• Requirements
  • S1 S2 S3
• Score Distribution
  • S1 S2 S3
• Compliance Notes
  • S1 S2 S3
• Additional Information

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to promote pedestrian mobility in the project by reducing the need for transportation through the design, construction, and operation of projects within proximity to diverse key establishments.

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project owner must select a project site that is within proximity to different types of existing key establishments. The key establishments near the project must be:

• Located within 680-meter walking distance (pathway) from the project's main entrance, and
• Accessed through safe and easily accessible pedestrian routes.

In addition, the project must establish communication strategies to promote the patronage and use of the identified key establishments. The strategies may include the following:

• Providing information facilities, such as markers, signages, kiosks, and bulletins, that explain the products or services offered by the key establishments and provide directions going to these establishments;
• Conducting activities in partnership with the establishment owners to promote the key establishments; or
• Communicating with users to provide information on the key establishments.

Tenants

For Tenant projects, the project owner must select a building that is within proximity to different types of existing key establishments.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project owner must construct the project on a site that is within proximity to different types of existing key establishments.

In addition, the project team must implement the communication strategies to promote the patronage and use of the identified key establishments.

Tenants

For Tenant projects, the project owner must construct the project in a building that is within proximity to different types of existing key establishments.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Establish a policy for promoting pedestrian mobility in the project through the patronage and use of different types of existing key establishments that are within proximity to the project.
2. Establish a pedestrian mobility program for the patronage and use of key establishments. The project team must:
   • Identify different types of existing key establishments that are within proximity to the project. The key establishments near the project must be:
     • Located within 680-meter walking distance (pathway) from the project's main entrance, and
     • Accessed through safe and accessible pedestrian routes.
   • Establish communication strategies to promote the patronage and use of the identified key establishments. The strategies may include the following:
     • Providing information facilities, such as markers, signages, kiosks, and bulletins, that explain the products or services offered by the key establishments and provide directions going to these establishments;
     • Conducting activities in partnership with the establishment owners for the promotion of the key establishments; or
     • Communicating with users to provide information on the key establishments.
   • Establish the policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies.
3. Implement the pedestrian mobility program for the patronage and use of key establishments. The project team must:
   • Assign roles and responsibilities to personnel responsible for implementing the strategies;
   • Implement communication strategies to promote the patronage and use of the identified key establishments during operations;
   • Monitor and record the strategies' implementation during the performance period; and
   • Regularly communicate the implementation of strategies to project stakeholders.
4. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implemented pedestrian mobility program for the patronage and use of key establishments. The project team must:
   • Present the outcomes and review the effectiveness of the implemented strategies for the patronage and use of the key establishments;
   • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve them; and
   • Recommend actions to further promote the patronage and use of the identified key establishments.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Design

The project may be awarded:	if the project owner:
3 points	Selected a project site that is located within proximity to ten (10) or more different types of key establishments.
2 points	Selected a project site that is located within proximity to seven (7) to nine (9) different types of key establishments.
1 point	Selected a project site that is located within proximity to four (4) to six (6) different types of key establishments.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

The project may be awarded:	if the project owner:
3 points	Constructed the project on a site that is located within proximity to ten (10) or more different types of key establishments.
2 points	Constructed the project on a site that is located within proximity to seven (7) to nine (9) different types of key establishments.
1 point	Constructed the project on a site that is located within proximity to four (4) to six (6) different types of key establishments.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Established a pedestrian mobility program reflecting ten (10) or more different types of key establishments are within proximity to the project, and Implemented the program and evaluated its effectiveness for continual improvement.
2 points	Established a pedestrian mobility program reflecting seven (7) to nine (9) different types of key establishments are within proximity to the project, and Implemented the program and evaluated its effectiveness for continual improvement.
1 point	Established a pedestrian mobility program reflecting four (4) to six (6) different types of key establishments are within proximity to the project, and Implemented the program and evaluated its effectiveness for continual improvement.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The site map for the project and the identified key establishments. The map must include the following information:
   • The location of the main entrance of the project;
   • The location of the identified key establishments within a 680-meter walking distance (pathway);
   • The pedestrian routes from the main entrance of the project to the identified key establishments, which must be marked; and
   • The distances of the identified key establishments from the project, which must include the following:
     • The walking distance of each key establishment from the main entrance of the project, which must be within 680 meters; and
     • The travel time of the users from the main entrance of the project to each key establishment.
2. The list of key establishments within proximity to the project. The list must include the following information:
   • The name of each establishment;
   • The type of each establishment;
   • The contact information of each establishment; and
   • Photographs of each establishment's façade.
3. The documentation on the communication strategy for the patronage and use of the identified key establishments. The documentation may consist of:
   • The plans and specifications for the communication strategies for the patronage and use of the identified key establishments;
   • The documented agreement between the project owner and the establishment owners as proof of their partnership for the promotion of the key establishments once the project starts its operations; or
   • The documented policies and procedures for informing the potential users on the products and services offered by the key establishments.
4. The purchase orders as proof of intent to purchase products, technologies, and equipment for the implementation of the strategies.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The site map for the project and the identified key establishments. The map must include the following information:
   • The location of the main entrance of the project;
   • The location of the identified key establishments within a 680-meter walking distance (pathway);
   • The pedestrian routes from the main entrance of the project to the identified key establishments, which must be marked; and
   • The distances of the identified key establishments from the project, which must include the following:
     • The walking distance of each key establishment from the main entrance of the project, which must be within 680 meters; and
     • The travel time of the users from the main entrance of the project to each key establishment.
2. The list of key establishments within proximity to the project. The list must include the following information:
   • The name of each establishment;
   • The type of each establishment;
   • The contact information of each establishment; and
   • The photographs of each establishment's façade.
3. The documentation on the implementation of the communication strategy for the patronage and use of the identified key establishments. The documentation may consist of:
   • The as-built plans and specifications for the implemented communication strategies for the patronage and use of the identified key establishments;
   • The documented agreement between the project owner and the establishment owners as proof of their partnership for the promotion of the key establishments once the project starts its operations; or
   • The documented policies and procedures for informing the potential users on the products and services offered by the key establishments.
4. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies, including:
   • Purchase records, such as purchase orders, official receipts or sales invoices,
   • Delivery receipts,
   • Installation records, and
   • Photographs of the implementation of strategies in the project.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The documented policy reflecting the commitment of the project owner to promote pedestrian mobility through the patronage and use of different types of existing key establishments that are within proximity to the project.
2. The pedestrian mobility program for the patronage and use of key establishments. The program must include the following information:
   • The identified types of key establishments that are within proximity to the project;
   • The communication strategies to promote the patronage and use of the identified key establishments;
   • A description of the identified strategies and activities;
   • The expected impact of the strategies once implemented;
   • The roles and responsibilities defined for implementing the strategies; and
   • The methodology for monitoring and recording the implementation of the strategies during the performance period.
3. The documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies during operations.
4. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the program. The list must include the following information:
   • The name, designation, and contact information of each personnel; and
   • The assigned roles and responsibilities for the implementing the strategies.
5. The site map for the project and the identified key establishments. The map must include the following information:
   • The location of the main entrance of the project;
   • The location of the identified key establishments within a 680-meter walking distance (pathway);
   • The pedestrian routes from the main entrance of the project to the identified key establishments, which must be marked; and
   • The distances of the identified key establishments from the project, which must include the following:
     • The walking distance of each key establishment from the main entrance of the project, which must be within 680 meters; and
     • The travel time of the users from the main entrance of the project to each key establishment.
6. The list of key establishments within proximity to the project. The list must include the following information:
   • The name of each establishment;
   • The type of each establishment;
   • The contact information of each establishment; and
   • The photographs of each establishment's façade.
7. The documentation on the implementation of the communication strategy for the patronage and use of the identified key establishments. The documentation may consist of:
   • The as-built plans and specifications for the implemented communication strategies for the patronage and use of the identified key establishments;
   • The documented agreement between the project owner and the establishment owners as proof of their partnership for the promotion of the key establishments once the project starts its operations; or
   • The documented policies and procedures for informing the potential users on the products and services offered by the key establishments.
8. The monitoring reports reflecting the implementation of the strategies during the performance period.
9. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies, including:
   • Purchase records, such as purchase orders, official receipts or sales invoices,
   • Delivery receipts,
   • Installation records, and
   • Photographs of the implementation of strategies in the project.
10. The communication records as proof that the planning and implementation of the pedestrian mobility program were regularly communicated to the project stakeholders.
11. The evaluation report on the effectiveness of the implemented pedestrian mobility program. The report must include the following information:
    • The outcomes of the implementation of the communication strategies for the patronage and use of the identified key establishments;
    • An assessment on the effective implementation of the strategies;
    • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve them; and
    • The recommended actions to further improve pedestrian mobility in the project through the patronage and use of key establishments.

Back to credit

Additional Information

Types of Key Establishments

The types of key establishments that should be within proximity to the project are the following:

• Banks
• Child care and educational facilities, such as:
  • Day care centers,
  • Libraries, and
  • Primary, secondary, and tertiary schools.
• Commercial facilities, such as:
  • Dry cleaning and laundry shops,
  • Beauty salons or parlors, and
  • Barber shops.
• Community facilities and barangay halls
• Healthcare facilities, such as:
  • Hospitals,
  • Health centers, and
  • Medical or dental clinics, but not exclusively aesthetic services.
• Stores and markets, such as:
  • Convenience stores, sari-sari stores or groceries,
  • Hardware stores, and
  • Supermarkets or wet markets.
• Places of worship
• Public parks and open spaces
• Public service facilities, such as:
  • Fire stations,
  • Police stations, and
  • Post offices.
• Recreation and fitness facilities, such as:
  • Fitness centers and gyms,
  • Sports facilities, and
  • Theaters or movie houses.
• Residential areas
• Restaurants, karinderya, or turo-turo.

Back to credit

Credit Alignment to PHILGBC Certification Programs

This credit is aligned with the requirements of the LIF-01 Pedestrian Mobility under the PHILGBC Health and Well-being for Buildings — Version 1.0.0.

Back to credit

SC-11 Mass Transportation Access

All Stages
All Project Types
All Occupancy Types
SDG 11Sustainable Cities and Communities

Content

• Purpose and Intent
• Requirements
  • S1 S2 S3
• Score Distribution
  • S1 S2 S3
• Compliance Notes
  • S1 S2 S3
• Additional Information

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

• Reduce the project's contribution to air pollution attributed to vehicle travel by promoting the use of mass transportation; and
• Reduce traffic congestion in the surrounding areas of the project by reducing the need to use private vehicles for daily commutes.

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project owner must select a project site that is within proximity to mass transportation stations, terminals, or stops. The mass transportation modes available to the project must be any of the following:

If the mass transportation mode available is:	The project must have access to:	With a maximum walking distance of:
Commuter rail or light rail	An existing or currently planned and funded rail station	500 meters from the project
Public, campus, or private bus	A terminal or stop for at least two (2) bus lines	500 meters from the project
Asian utility vehicle (AUV) or a public utility vehicle (PUV)	A terminal or stop for at least two (2) vehicle routes	250 meters from the project

In addition, the project team must:

1. Identify and engage a professional qualified and competent in identifying and implementing sustainable transportation strategies to promote the use of mass transportation to the potential users of the project.
2. Identify sustainable transportation strategies to promote the use of mass transportation to the potential users. The strategies may include the following:
   • Providing information facilities, such as markers, signages, kiosks, and bulletins, that display trip schedules and directions to nearby mass transportation stations, terminals, or stops;
   • Providing mass transportation amenities, such as covered walkways and waiting sheds with benches, for users;
   • Establishing partnerships with local government and mass transportation operators to include the project as a stop on mass transportation routes; or
   • Providing shuttle services for the users with routes to and from the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project owner must construct the project on a site that is within proximity to mass transportation stations, terminals, or stops.

In addition, the project team must:

1. Implement the sustainable transportation strategies to promote the use of mass transportation to the potential users.
2. Establish policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of these strategies during operations.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

The project team must:

1. Establish a policy for promoting the use of mass transportation to the users of the project.
2. Identify and engage a professional qualified and competent in:
   • Evaluating the transportation patterns of the users; and
   • Identifying and implementing sustainable transportation strategies to promote the use of mass transportation to the users.
3. Evaluate the transportation patterns of the users. The project team must:
   • Review the existing policies, procedures, strategies, and practices for promoting the use of mass transportation;
   • Determine the current transportation demand of the users;
   • Identify the existing transportation facilities within the project; and
   • Recommend actions to promote the use of mass transportation to the users.

4. Establish a sustainable transportation program to promote the use of mass transportation. The project team must:

   • Identify the mass transportation stations, terminals, or stops that is within proximity to the project. The mass transportation modes available to the project must be any of the following:

     If the mass transportation mode available is:	The project must have access to:	With a maximum walking distance of:
     Commuter rail or light rail	An existing or currently planned and funded rail station	500 meters from the project
     Public, campus, or private bus	A terminal or stop for at least two (2) bus lines	500 meters from the project
     Asian utility vehicle (AUV) or a public utility vehicle (PUV)	A terminal or stop for at least two (2) vehicle routes	250 meters from the project

   • Identify sustainable transportation strategies to promote the use of mass transportation to the users. The strategies may include the following:

     • Providing information facilities, such as markers, signages, kiosks, and bulletins, that display trip schedules and directions to nearby mass transportation stations, terminals, or stops;
     • Providing mass transportation amenities, such as covered walkways and waiting sheds with benches, for users;
     • Establishing partnerships with local government and mass transportation operators to include the project as a stop on mass transportation routes; or
     • Providing shuttle services for the users with routes to and from the project.

   • Establish policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies.

5. Implement the sustainable transportation program to promote the use of mass transportation. The project team must:

   • Assign roles and responsibilities to personnel responsible for implementing the strategies;
   • Implement the sustainable transportation strategies to promote the use of mass transportation to the users;
   • Monitor and record the strategies' implementation during the performance period; and
   • Regularly communicate the implementation of strategies to project stakeholders.

6. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implemented sustainable transportation program to promote the use of mass transportation. The project team must:

   • Present the outcomes and review the effectiveness of the implemented strategies to promote the use of mass transportation to the users;
   • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve them; and
   • Recommend actions to further promote the use of mass transportation to the users.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Design

The project may be awarded:	if the project owner:
3 points	Selected a project site that is located within proximity to three (3) or more mass transportation modes.
2 points	Selected a project site that is located within proximity to two (2) mass transportation modes.
1 point	Selected a project site that is located within proximity to one (1) mass transportation mode.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

The project may be awarded:	if the project owner:
3 points	Constructed the project on a site that is located within proximity to three (3) or more mass transportation modes.
2 points	Constructed the project on a site that is located within proximity to two (2) mass transportation modes.
1 point	Constructed the project on a site that is located within proximity to one (1) mass transportation mode.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Established a sustainable transportation program for the project reflecting three (3) or more mass transportation modes are within proximity to the project, and Implemented the program and evaluated its effectiveness for continual improvement.
2 points	Established a sustainable transportation program for the project reflecting two (2) mass transportation modes are within proximity to the project, and Implemented the program and evaluated its effectiveness for continual improvement.
1 point	Established a sustainable transportation program for the project reflecting one (1) mass transportation mode is within proximity to the project, and Implemented the program and evaluated its effectiveness for continual improvement.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The list of mass transportation modes available to the project. The list must include the following information:
   • The types of mass transportation mode available to the project;
   • The routes for each mass transportation mode; and
   • The trip schedule for each mass transportation mode.
2. The site map for the project and the identified mass transportation stations, terminals, or stops. The map must include the following information:
   • The location of the main entrance of the project;
   • The location of the identified mass transportation stations, terminals, or stops within walking distance from the project;
   • The pedestrian routes from the main entrance of the project to the identified mass transportation stations, terminals, or stops, which must be marked;
   • The walking distance of each mass transportation station, terminal, or stop from the main entrance of the project; and
   • Photographs of each identified mass transportation station, terminal, or stop.
3. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional. The documentation must include the following information:
   • The relevant qualifications and competencies of the professional in identifying and implementing sustainable transportation strategies to promote the use of mass transportation to the potential users of the project;
   • The responsibilities of the professional in the design of the project and the expected output; and
   • The period of engagement with the professional to deliver the expected output.
4. The plans and specifications for the sustainable transportation strategies to promote the use of mass transportation to the potential users. The plans must include the following information:
   • The design and location of the sustainable transportation strategies to promote the use of mass transportation; and
   • The quality and performance details of the strategies, including their impacts on the overall performance of the project.
5. The purchase orders as proof of intent to purchase products, technologies, and equipment for the implementation of the strategies.

If the project is within proximity to a planned and funded commuter rail or light rail, the project team should also submit:

1. Documented information on the developer and funding organization of the rail project.
2. The copy of the masterplan of the rail project reflecting the locations of the planned stations for the rail project. The project team must ensure that at least one (1) planned rail station is within proximity to the project.

Tenants

For Tenant projects, the project team should also submit the communication records with the building owner and manager, coordinating sustainable transportation strategies to promote the use of mass transportation for their users.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The list of mass transportation modes available to the project. The list must include the following information:
   • The types of mass transportation mode available to the project;
   • The routes for each mass transportation mode; and
   • The trip schedule for each mass transportation mode.
2. The site map for the project and the identified mass transportation stations, terminals, or stops. The map must include the following information:
   • The location of the main entrance of the project;
   • The location of the identified mass transportation stations, terminals, or stops within walking distance from the project;
   • The pedestrian routes from the main entrance of the project to the identified mass transportation stations, terminals, or stops, which must be marked;
   • The walking distance of each mass transportation station, terminal, or stop from the main entrance of the project; and
   • Photographs of each identified mass transportation station, terminal, or stop.
3. The as-built plans and specifications for the sustainable transportation strategies to promote the use of mass transportation to the potential users. The plans must include the following information:
   • The implemented design and location of the sustainable transportation strategies to promote the use of mass transportation; and
   • The quality and performance details of the strategies, including their impacts on the overall performance of the project.
4. The documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies during operations.
5. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies, including:
   • Purchase records, such as purchase orders, official receipts or sales invoices,
   • Delivery receipts,
   • Installation records, and
   • Photographs of the implementation of strategies in the project.

If the project is within proximity to a planned and funded commuter rail or light rail, the project team should also submit:

1. Documented information on the developer and funding organization of the rail project.
2. The copy of the masterplan of the rail project reflecting the locations of the planned stations for the rail project. The project team must ensure that at least one (1) planned rail station is within proximity to the project.

Tenants

For Tenant projects, the project team should also submit the communication records with the building owner and manager, coordinating sustainable transportation strategies to promote the use of mass transportation for their users.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The documented policy reflecting the commitment of the project owner to promote the use of mass transportation to the users of the project.
2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional. The documentation must include the following information:
   • The relevant qualifications and competencies of the professional in:
     • Evaluating the transportation patterns of the users; and
     • Identifying and implementing sustainable transportation strategies to promote the use of mass transportation to the users.
   • The responsibilities of the professional in the operations of the project and the expected output; and
   • The period of engagement with the professional to deliver the expected output.
3. The evaluation report on the transportation patterns of the users of the project. The report must include the following information:
   • The review of existing policies, procedures, strategies, and practices for promoting the use of mass transportation;
   • The current transportation demand of the users, which should include the following:
     • The trip origin and destination of the users; and
     • The transportation habits of users during a typical work week.
   • The existing transportation facilities within the project, which should include the following:
     • The facilities available for private vehicles;
     • The mass transportation stations, terminals, or stops near the project;
     • The pathways to the mass transportation stations, terminals, or stops near the project; and
     • The mass transportation amenities for the users.
   • The recommendations to promote the use of mass transportation to the users of the project.
4. The sustainable transportation program to promote the use of mass transportation. The program must include the following information:
   • The mass transportation modes available to the project;
   • The sustainable transportation strategies to promote the use of mass transportation to the users;
   • A description of the identified strategies and activities;
   • The expected impact of the strategies once implemented;
   • The roles and responsibilities defined for implementing the strategies; and
   • The methodology for monitoring and recording the implementation of the strategies during the performance period.
5. The documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies during operations.
6. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the program. The list must include the following information:
   • The name, designation, and contact information of each personnel; and
   • The assigned roles and responsibilities for the implementing the strategies.
7. The list of mass transportation modes available to the project. The list must include the following information:
   • The types of mass transportation mode available to the project;
   • The routes for each mass transportation mode; and
   • The trip schedule for each mass transportation mode.
8. The site map for the project and the identified mass transportation stations, terminals, or stops. The map must include the following information:
   • The location of the main entrance of the project;
   • The location of the identified mass transportation stations, terminals, or stops within walking distance from the project;
   • The pedestrian routes from the main entrance of the project to the identified mass transportation stations, terminals, or stops, which must be marked;
   • The walking distance of each mass transportation station, terminal, or stop from the main entrance of the project; and
   • Photographs of each identified mass transportation station, terminal, or stop.
9. The as-built plans and specifications for the sustainable transportation strategies to promote the use of mass transportation to the users. The plans must include the following information:
   • The implemented design and location of the sustainable transportation strategies to promote the use of mass transportation; and
   • The quality and performance details of the strategies, including their impacts on the overall performance of the project.
10. The monitoring reports reflecting the implementation of the strategies during the performance period.
11. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies, including:
    • Purchase records, such as purchase orders, official receipts or sales invoices,
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs of the implementation of strategies in the project.
12. The communication records as proof that the planning and implementation of the sustainable transportation program were regularly communicated to the project stakeholders.
13. The evaluation report on the effectiveness of the implemented sustainable transportation program. The report must include the following information:
    • The outcomes of the implementation of the sustainable transportation strategies to promote the use of mass transportation;
    • An assessment on the effective implementation of the strategies;
    • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve them; and
    • The recommended actions to further promote the use of mass transportation to the users of the project.

Tenants

For Tenant projects, the project team should also submit the communication records with the building owner and manager, coordinating sustainable transportation strategies to promote the use of mass transportation for their users.

Back to credit

Additional Information

Credit Alignment to PHILGBC Certification Programs

This credit is aligned with the requirements of the LIF-02 Mass Transportation Access under the PHILGBC Health and Well-being for Buildings — Version 1.0.0.

Back to credit

SC-12 Preferred Parking — Fuel-efficient and Low-Emitting Vehicles

All Stages
Buildings
All Occupancy Types
SDG 7Affordable and Clean Energy SDG 11Sustainable Cities and Communities SDG 13Climate Action

Content

• Purpose and Intent
• Requirements
  • S1 S2 S3
• Score Distribution
  • S1 S2 S3
• Compliance Notes
  • S1 S2 S3
• Additional Information

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

• Reduce the project's contribution to air pollution attributed to vehicle travel by promoting the use of fuel-efficient and low-emitting vehicles; and
• Reduce fossil fuel consumption by promoting the use of alternative fuel vehicles in the project.

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Limit the number of parking spaces for vehicles to the minimum regulatory requirement of the project.
2. Designate preferred parking spaces for fuel-efficient and low-emitting vehicles (FELEVs). The project team must ensure that these preferred parking spaces do not contribute to exceeding the project's minimum regulatory parking requirement. The preferred parking spaces must be:
   • Clearly designated with highly visible markings and signage; and
   • Easily accessible to the users traveling to and from the building entrance or parking lobby.
3. Establish policies and procedures for the use and promotion of the preferred parking spaces for FELEVs.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Implement the preferred parking spaces for FELEVs within the project.
2. Establish policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the preferred parking spaces during operations.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Establish a policy for promoting the use of FELEVs to the users of the project.
2. Identify and engage a professional qualified and competent in:
   • Evaluating the transportation patterns of the users; and
   • Identifying and implementing sustainable transportation strategies to promote the use of FELEVs to the users.
3. Evaluate the transportation patterns of the users. The project team must:
   • Review the existing policies, procedures, strategies, and practices for promoting the use of FELEVs;
   • Review the existing parking schemes implemented for the users of the project;
   • Determine the current transportation demand of the users;
   • Identify the existing transportation facilities within the project; and
   • Recommend actions to promote the use of FELEVs to the users.
4. Establish a sustainable transportation program to promote the use of FELEVs. The project team must:
   • Designate preferred parking spaces for fuel-efficient and low-emitting vehicles. The project team must ensure that these preferred parking spaces do not contribute to exceeding the project's minimum regulatory parking requirement. The preferred parking spaces must be:
     • Clearly designated with highly visible markings and signage; and
     • Easily accessible to the users traveling to and from the building entrance or parking lobby.
   • Identify sustainable transportation strategies to promote the use of FELEVs to the users. The strategies may include the following:
     • Providing information facilities, such as markers, signage, kiosks, and bulletins, that provide information on the benefits and impacts of using FELEVs; or
     • Establishing a preferred parking scheme for the use of FELEVs.
   • Establish policies and procedures for the use of the preferred parking spaces for FELEVs; and
   • Establish policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the preferred parking spaces.
5. Implement the sustainable transportation program to promote the use of FELEVs. The project team must:
   • Assign roles and responsibilities to personnel responsible for implementing the strategies;
   • Implement the sustainable transportation strategies to promote the use of FELEVs to the users;
   • Monitor and record the strategies' implementation during the performance period; and
   • Regularly communicate the implementation of strategies to project stakeholders.
6. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implemented sustainable transportation program to promote the use of FELEVs. The project team must:
   • Present the outcomes and review the effectiveness of the implemented strategies to promote the use of FELEVs to the users;
   • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve them; and
   • Recommend actions to further promote the use of FELEVs to the users.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Design

The project may be awarded:	if the project owner:
1 point	Designated three percent (3%) or more preferred parking spaces for FELEVs from the total parking spaces designed for the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

The project may be awarded:	if the project owner:
1 point	Designated three percent (3%) or more preferred parking spaces for FELEVs from the total parking spaces implemented for the project.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

The project may be awarded:	if the project owner:
1 point	Established a sustainable transportation program for the project reflecting the designation of three percent (3%) or more preferred parking spaces for FELEVs from the total parking spaces in the project, and Implemented the program and evaluated its effectiveness for continual improvement.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The plans and specifications for the preferred parking spaces for FELEVs. The plans must include the following information:
   • The minimum number of parking spaces required for the project;
   • The total number of parking spaces in the project, which must not exceed the project's minimum regulatory parking requirement;
   • The total number and location of the preferred parking spaces designated for FELEVs; and
   • The design of the markings and signage for the preferred parking spaces designated for FELEVs.
2. The calculation for the percentage of preferred parking spaces designated for FELEVs. The calculation must include the following information:
   • The minimum number of parking spaces required for the project;
   • The total number of parking spaces in the project, which must not exceed the project's minimum regulatory parking requirement;
   • The total number of the preferred parking spaces designated for FELEVs; and
   • The percentage of preferred parking spaces designated for FELEVs. To calculate the percentage, the project team should use this formula:

     Percentage of preferred parking spaces for FELEVs

     =

     Total no. of preferred parking spaces designated for FELEVs

     ×

     Total no. of parking spaces in the project

3. The documented policies and procedures for the use and promotion of preferred parking spaces for FELEVs. The documentation must include policies and procedures for:
   • Identifying the FELEVs allowed to use the preferred parking spaces;
   • Establishing a preferred parking scheme for the use of FELEVs;
   • Defining the roles and responsibilities for implementing the policies and procedures during operations;
   • Communicating the policies and procedures to the project stakeholders and potential users; and
   • Monitoring and recording the implementation of the policies and procedures during operations.
4. The purchase orders as proof of intent to purchase products, technologies, and equipment for the implementation of the strategies.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The as-built plans and specifications for the preferred parking spaces for FELEVs. The plans must include the following information:
   • The minimum number of parking spaces required for the project;
   • The total number of parking spaces in the project, which must not exceed the project's minimum regulatory parking requirement;
   • The total number and location of the preferred parking spaces designated for FELEVs; and
   • The implemented design of the markings and signage for the preferred parking spaces designated for FELEVs.
2. The calculation for the percentage of preferred parking spaces designated for FELEVs. The calculation must include the following information:
   • The minimum number of parking spaces required for the project;
   • The total number of parking spaces in the project, which must not exceed the project's minimum regulatory parking requirement;
   • The total number of the preferred parking spaces designated for FELEVs; and
   • The percentage of preferred parking spaces designated for FELEVs. To calculate the percentage, the project team should use this formula:

     Percentage of preferred parking spaces for FELEVs

     =

     Total no. of preferred parking spaces designated for FELEVs

     ×

     Total no. of parking spaces in the project

3. The documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the preferred parking spaces during operations.
4. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies, including:
   • Purchase records, such as purchase orders, official receipts or sales invoices,
   • Delivery receipts,
   • Installation records, and
   • Photographs of the implementation of strategies in the project.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The documented policy reflecting the commitment of the project owner to promote the use of FELEVs to the users of the project.
2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional. The documentation must include the following information:
   • The relevant qualifications and competencies of the professional in:
     • Evaluating the transportation patterns of the users; and
     • Identifying and implementing sustainable transportation strategies to promote the use of FELEVs to the users.
   • The responsibilities of the professional in the operations of the project and the expected output; and
   • The period of engagement with the professional to deliver the expected output.
3. The evaluation report on the transportation patterns of the users of the project. The report must include the following information:
   • The review of existing policies, procedures, strategies, and practices for promoting the use of FELEVs;
   • The review of existing parking schemes implemented for the users of the project;
   • The current transportation demand of the users, which should include the following:
     • The trip origin and destination of the users; and
     • The transportation habits of users during a typical work week.
   • The existing transportation facilities within the project, which should include the following:
     • The facilities available for private vehicles;
     • The current parking demand of the users; and
     • The location of the parking spaces in the project.
   • The recommendations to promote the use of FELEVs to the users of the project.
4. The sustainable transportation program to promote the use of FELEVs. The program must include the following information:
   • The total number of the preferred parking spaces designated for FELEVs;
   • The sustainable transportation strategies to promote the use of FELEVs to the users;
   • A description of the identified strategies and activities;
   • The expected impact of the strategies once implemented;
   • The roles and responsibilities defined for implementing the strategies; and
   • The methodology for monitoring and recording the implementation of the strategies during the performance period.
5. The documented policies and procedures for:
   • The use of preferred parking spaces for FELEVs; and
   • The proper management and regular maintenance of the preferred parking spaces during operations.
6. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the program. The list must include the following information:
   • The name, designation, and contact information of each personnel; and
   • The assigned roles and responsibilities for the implementing the strategies.
7. The as-built plans and specifications for the sustainable transportation strategies to promote the use of FELEVs to the users. The plans must include the following information:
   • The implemented design and location of the sustainable transportation strategies to promote the use of FELEVs; and
   • The quality and performance details of the strategies, including their impacts on the overall performance of the project.
8. The monitoring reports reflecting the implementation of the strategies during the performance period.
9. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies, including:
   • Purchase records, such as purchase orders, official receipts or sales invoices,
   • Delivery receipts,
   • Installation records, and
   • Photographs of the implementation of strategies in the project.
10. The communication records as proof that the planning and implementation of the sustainable transportation program were regularly communicated to the project stakeholders.
11. The evaluation report on the effectiveness of the implemented sustainable transportation program. The report must include the following information:
    • The outcomes of the implementation of the sustainable transportation strategies to promote the use of FELEVs;
    • An assessment on the effective implementation of the strategies;
    • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve them; and
    • The recommended actions to further promote the use of FELEVs to the users of the project.

If there are no existing preferred parking spaces for FELEVs, the project team should also submit:

1. The as-built plans and specifications for the preferred parking spaces for FELEVs. The plans must include the following information:
   • The minimum number of parking spaces required for the project;
   • The total number of parking spaces in the project, which must not exceed the project's minimum regulatory parking requirement;
   • The total number and location of the preferred parking spaces designated for FELEVs; and
   • The implemented design of the markings and signage for the preferred parking spaces designated for FELEVs.
2. The calculation for the percentage of preferred parking spaces designated for FELEVs. The calculation must include the following information:
   • The minimum number of parking spaces required for the project;
   • The total number of parking spaces in the project, which must not exceed the project's minimum regulatory parking requirement;
   • The total number of the preferred parking spaces designated for FELEVs; and
   • The percentage of preferred parking spaces designated for FELEVs. To calculate the percentage, the project team should use this formula:

     Percentage of preferred parking spaces for FELEVs

     =

     Total no. of preferred parking spaces designated for FELEVs

     ×

     Total no. of parking spaces in the project

3. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies, including:
   • Purchase records, such as purchase orders, official receipts or sales invoices,
   • Delivery receipts,
   • Installation records, and
   • Photographs of the implementation of strategies in the project.

Back to credit

Additional Information

Types of Fuel-efficient and Low-emitting Vehicles

The types of vehicles that qualify as FELEV are the following:

• Hybrid-electric vehicles (HEV);
• Vehicles that are powered by compressed natural gas (CNG);
• Vehicles that are used for carpooling services; and
• Top ten (10) vehicles with the highest fuel economic rating in kilometers per liter (km/L) per fuel type based on the latest Fuel Economy Run by the Department of Energy (DOE).

Back to credit

Additional Readings

The following readings may guide the project team in complying with the requirements:

• Department of Energy, and Department of Transportation. (2022). Implementing Rules and Regulations of Republic Act No. 11697 or the Electric Vehicle Industry Development Act. https://www.doe.gov.ph/sites/default/files/pdf/issuances/irr-ra-11697.PDF.
• Department of Energy. (2023). Prescribing the Fuel Economy Performance Rating (FEPR) Guidelines on Road Transport Vehicles under the Philippine Transport Vehicles Fuel Economy Labeling Program (VFELP) for Compliance of Vehicle Manufacturers, Importers, Distributors, Dealers and Rebuilders [DOE Department Circular No. DC2023-05-0016]. https://www.doe.gov.ph/sites/default/files/pdf/issuances/dc2023-05-0016.pdf.
• Department of Energy. (2023). Prescribing the Guidelines on the Philippine Transport Vehicles Fuel Economy Labeling Program (VFELP) for Compliance of Vehicle Manufacturers, Importers, Distributors, Dealers and Rebuilders [DOE Department Circular No. DC2023-05-0017]. https://www.doe.gov.ph/sites/default/files/pdf/issuances/dc2023-05-0017.pdf.
• Republic of the Philippines. An Act Providing for the Development of the Electric Vehicle Industry [Republic Act No. 11697]. https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/downloads/2022/04apr/20220415-RA-11697-RRD.pdf.

Back to credit

SC-13 Preferred Parking — Electric Vehicles

All Stages
Buildings
All Occupancy Types
SDG 7Affordable and Clean Energy SDG 11Sustainable Cities and Communities SDG 13Climate Action

Content

• Purpose and Intent
• Requirements
  • S1 S2 S3
• Score Distribution
  • S1 S2 S3
• Compliance Notes
  • S1 S2 S3
• Additional Information

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

• Reduce the project's contribution to air pollution attributed to vehicle travel by promoting the use of electric vehicles; and
• Reduce fossil fuel consumption by promoting the use of electric vehicles in the project.

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Limit the number of parking spaces for vehicles to the minimum regulatory requirement of the project.
2. Designate preferred parking spaces for electric vehicles (EVs). The project team must ensure that these preferred parking spaces do not contribute to exceeding the project's minimum regulatory parking requirement. The preferred parking spaces must be:
   • Clearly designated with highly visible markings and signage; and
   • Easily accessible to the users traveling to and from the building entrance or parking lobby.
3. Identify and engage an accredited electric vehicle charging station (EVCS) service provider to supply, construct, and install EVCS within the project.
4. Provide EVCS within the project for commercial use, which must be near the preferred parking spaces for EVs.
5. Establish policies and procedures for the use and promotion of the preferred parking spaces for EVs.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Implement the preferred parking spaces for EVs within the project.
2. Implement the EVCS within the project for commercial use, which must be near the preferred parking spaces for EVs.
3. Establish policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the preferred parking spaces and EVCS during operations.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Establish a policy for promoting the use of EVs to the users of the project.
2. Identify and engage a professional qualified and competent in:
   • Evaluating the transportation patterns of the users; and
   • Identifying and implementing sustainable transportation strategies to promote the use of EVs to the users.
3. Evaluate the transportation patterns of the users. The project team must:
   • Review the existing policies, procedures, strategies, and practices for promoting the use of EVs;
   • Review the existing parking schemes implemented for the users of the project;
   • Determine the current transportation demand of the users;
   • Identify the existing transportation facilities within the project; and
   • Recommend actions to promote the use of EVs to the users.
4. Establish a sustainable transportation program to promote the use of EVs. The project team must:
   • Designate preferred parking spaces for EVs. The project team must ensure that these preferred parking spaces do not contribute to exceeding the project's minimum regulatory parking requirement. The preferred parking spaces must be:
     • Clearly designated with highly visible markings and signage; and
     • Easily accessible to the users traveling to and from the building entrance or parking lobby.
   • Provide EVCS in the project for commercial use, which must be near the preferred parking spaces for EVs;
   • Identify sustainable transportation strategies to promote the use of EVs to the users. The strategies may include:
     • Providing information facilities, such as markers, signage, kiosks, and bulletins, that provide information on the benefits and impacts of using EVs; or
     • Establishing a preferred parking scheme for the use of EVs.
   • Establish policies and procedures for the use of the preferred parking spaces for EVs; and
   • Establish policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the preferred parking spaces and EVCS.
5. Implement the sustainable transportation program to promote the use of EVs. The project team must:
   • Assign roles and responsibilities to personnel responsible for implementing the strategies;
   • Implement the sustainable transportation strategies to promote the use of EVs to the users;
   • Monitor and record the strategies' implementation during the performance period; and
   • Regularly communicate the implementation of strategies to project stakeholders.
6. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implemented sustainable transportation program to promote the use of EVs. The project team must:
   • Present the outcomes and review the effectiveness of the implemented sustainable transportation strategies to promote the use of EVs to the users;
   • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve them; and
   • Recommend actions to further promote the use of EVs to the users.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Design

The project may be awarded:	if the project owner:
1 point	Designated five percent (5%) or more preferred parking spaces for EVs from the total parking spaces designed for the project, and Provided EVCS in the project for commercial use near the preferred parking spaces.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

The project may be awarded:	if the project owner:
1 point	Designated five percent (5%) or more preferred parking spaces for EVs from the total parking spaces implemented for the project, and Implemented EVCS in the project for commercial use near the preferred parking spaces.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

The project may be awarded:	if the project owner:
1 point	Established a sustainable transportation program for the project reflecting: The designation of five percent (5%) or more preferred parking spaces for EVs from the total parking spaces in the project, and The provision of EVCS in the project for commercial use near the preferred parking spaces Implemented the program and evaluated its effectiveness for its continual improvement.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The plans and specifications for the preferred parking spaces for EVs. The plans must include the following information:
   • The minimum number of parking spaces required for the project;
   • The total number of parking spaces in the project, which must not exceed the project's minimum regulatory parking requirement;
   • The total number and location of the preferred parking spaces designated for EVs; and
   • The design of the markings and signage for the preferred parking spaces designated for EVs.
2. The proof of engagement with the accredited EVCS service provider. The documentation must include the following information:
   • The relevant accreditations of the service provider to supply, construct, and install EVCS in the project;
   • The responsibilities of the service provider in the design of the project and the expected output; and
   • The period of engagement with the service provider to deliver the expected output.
3. The plans and specifications for the EVCS for commercial use. The plans must include the following information:
   • The design and location of the EVCS for commercial use;
   • The quality and performance details of the EVCS, including their impacts on the overall performance of the project;
   • The maintenance and calibration requirements for the EVCS; and
   • The design of the markings and signage for the EVCS.
4. The calculation for the percentage of preferred parking spaces designated for EVs. The calculation must include the following information:
   • The minimum number of parking spaces required for the project;
   • The total number of parking spaces in the project, which must not exceed the project's minimum regulatory parking requirement;
   • The total number of the preferred parking spaces designated for EVs; and
   • The percentage of preferred parking spaces designated for EVs. To calculate the percentage, the project team should use this formula:

     Percentage of preferred parking spaces for EVs

     =

     Total no. of preferred parking spaces designated for EVs

     ×

     Total no. of parking spaces in the project

5. The documented policies and procedures for the use and promotion of preferred parking spaces for EVs. The documentation must include the policies and procedures for:
   • Identifying the EVs allowed to use the preferred parking spaces;
   • Establishing a preferred parking scheme for the use of EVs;
   • Defining the roles and responsibilities for implementing the policies and procedures during operations;
   • Communicating the policies and procedures to the project stakeholders and potential users; and
   • Monitoring and recording the implementation of the policies and procedures during operations.
6. The purchase orders as proof of intent to purchase products, technologies, and equipment for the implementation of the strategies.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The as-built plans and specifications for the preferred parking spaces for EVs. The plans must include the following information:
   • The minimum number of parking spaces required for the project;
   • The total number of parking spaces in the project, which must not exceed the project's minimum regulatory parking requirement;
   • The total number and location of the preferred parking spaces designated for EVs; and
   • The implemented design of the markings and signage for the preferred parking spaces designated for EVs.
2. The as-built plans and specifications for the EVCS for commercial use. The plans must include the following information:
   • The implemented design and location of the EVCS for commercial use;
   • The quality and performance details of the EVCS, including their impacts on the overall performance of the project;
   • The maintenance and calibration requirements for the EVCS; and
   • The implemented design of the markings and signage for the EVCS.
3. The commissioning report reflecting that the EVCS were installed, tested, and evaluated successfully, meeting the performance requirements based on its design.
4. The calculation for the percentage of preferred parking spaces implemented for EVs. The calculation must include the following information:
   • The minimum number of parking spaces required for the project;
   • The total number of parking spaces in the project, which must not exceed the project's minimum regulatory parking requirement;
   • The total number of the preferred parking spaces designated for EVs; and
   • The percentage of preferred parking spaces designated for EVs. To calculate the percentage, the project team should use this formula:

     Percentage of preferred parking spaces for EVs

     =

     Total no. of preferred parking spaces designated for EVs

     ×

     Total no. of parking spaces in the project

5. The documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the preferred parking spaces and EVCS during operations.
6. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies, including:
   • Purchase records, such as purchase orders, official receipts or sales invoices,
   • Delivery receipts,
   • Installation records, and
   • Photographs of the implementation of strategies in the project.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The documented policy reflecting the commitment of the project owner to promote the use of EVs to the users of the project.
2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional. The documentation must include the following information:
   • The relevant qualifications and competencies of the professional in:
     • Evaluating the transportation patterns of the users; and
     • Identifying and implementing sustainable transportation strategies to promote the use of EVs to the users.
   • The responsibilities of the professional in the operations of the project and the expected output; and
   • The period of engagement with the professional to deliver the expected output.
3. The evaluation report on the transportation patterns of the users of the project. The report must include the following information:
   • The review of existing policies, procedures, strategies, and practices for promoting the use of EVs;
   • The review of existing parking schemes implemented for the users of the project;
   • The current transportation demand of the users, which should include the following:
     • The trip origin and destination of the users; and
     • The transportation habits of users during a typical work week.
   • The existing transportation facilities within the project, which should include the following:
     • The facilities available for private vehicles;
     • The current parking demand of the users;
     • The location of the parking spaces in the project; and
     • The location of the existing EVCS in the project and the frequency of its use.
   • The recommendations to promote the use of EVs to the users of the project.
4. The sustainable transportation program to promote the use of EVs. The program must include the following information:
   • The total number of the preferred parking spaces designated for EVs;
   • The total number of EVCS provided for commercial use;
   • The sustainable transportation strategies to promote the use of EVs to the users;
   • A description of the identified strategies and activities;
   • The expected impact of the strategies once implemented;
   • The roles and responsibilities defined for implementing the strategies; and
   • The methodology for monitoring and recording t he implementation of the strategies during the performance period.
5. The documented policies and procedures for:
   • The use of preferred parking spaces for EVs; and
   • The proper management and regular maintenance of the preferred parking spaces and EVCS during operations.
6. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the program. The list must include the following information:
   • The name, designation, and contact information of each personnel; and
   • The assigned roles and responsibilities for the implementing the strategies.
7. The as-built plans and specifications for the sustainable transportation strategies to promote the use of EVs to the users. The plans must include the following information:
   • The implemented design and location of the sustainable transportation strategies to promote the use of EVs; and
   • The quality and performance details of the strategies, including their impacts on the overall performance of the project.
8. The monitoring reports reflecting the implementation of the strategies during the performance period.
9. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies, including:
   • Purchase records, such as purchase orders, official receipts or sales invoices,
   • Delivery receipts,
   • Installation records, and
   • Photographs of the implementation of strategies in the project.
10. The communication records as proof that the planning and implementation of the sustainable transportation program were regularly communicated to the project stakeholders.
11. The evaluation report on the effectiveness of the implemented sustainable transportation program. The report must include the following information:
    • The outcomes of the implementation of the sustainable transportation strategies to promote the use of EVs;
    • An assessment on the effective implementation of the strategies;
    • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve them; and
    • The recommended actions to further promote the use of EVs to the users of the project.

If there are no existing preferred parking spaces for EVs and EVCS, the project team should also submit:

1. The as-built plans and specifications for the preferred parking spaces for EVs. The plans must include the following information:
   • The minimum number of parking spaces required for the project;
   • The total number of parking spaces in the project, which must not exceed the project's minimum regulatory parking requirement;
   • The total number and location of the preferred parking spaces designated for EVs; and
   • The implemented design of the markings and signage for the preferred parking spaces designated for EVs.
2. The as-built plans and specifications for the EVCS for commercial use. The plans must include the following information:
   • The implemented design and location of the EVCS for commercial use;
   • The quality and performance details of the EVCS, including their impacts on the overall performance of the project;
   • The maintenance and calibration requirements for the EVCS; and
   • The implemented design of the markings and signage for the EVCS.
3. The commissioning report reflecting that the EVCS were installed, tested, and evaluated successfully, meeting the performance requirements based on its design.
4. The calculation for the percentage of preferred parking spaces implemented for EVs. The calculation must include the following information:
   • The minimum number of parking spaces required for the project;
   • The total number of parking spaces in the project, which must not exceed the project's minimum regulatory parking requirement;
   • The total number of the preferred parking spaces designated for EVs; and
   • The percentage of preferred parking spaces designated for EVs. To calculate the percentage, the project team should use this formula:

     Percentage of preferred parking spaces for EVs

     =

     Total no. of preferred parking spaces designated for EVs

     ×

     Total no. of parking spaces in the project

5. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies, including:
   • Purchase records, such as purchase orders, official receipts or sales invoices,
   • Delivery receipts,
   • Installation records, and
   • Photographs of the implementation of strategies in the project.

Back to credit

Additional Information

Terms and Definitions

In the context of this credit, the following terms and definitions apply.

Electric vehicle (EV)

refers to a vehicle with at least one (1) electric drive for vehicle propulsion. EVs include battery electric vehicles (BEVs), hybrid-electric vehicles (HEVs), and plug-in hybrid-electric vehicles (PHEV). (Adapted from the Electric Vehicle Industry Development Act, 2022)

Electric vehicle charging station (EVCS)

Refers to a facility with equipment for the delivery of electrical energy to electric vehicles or its battery, installed in an enclosure with special control functions and communications, and may be located off the vehicle. EVCS should also include battery swapping stations. (Electric Vehicle Industry Development Act, 2022)

Electric vehicle charging stations (EVCS) for commercial use

refers to the utilization of charging stations by the general public or the project users. (Adapted from the Electric Vehicle Industry Development Act, 2022)

Back to credit

Additional Readings

The following readings may guide the project team in complying with the requirements:

• Bureau of Philippine Standards (2018). Electric Vehicle Conductive Charging System — Part 23: DC Electric Vehicle Charging Station [PNS IEC Standard 61851-23]. BPS.
• Bureau of Philippine Standards (2019). Electric Vehicle Conductive Charging System — Part 1: General Requirements [PNS IEC Standard 61851-1]. BPS.
• Department of Energy, and Department of Transportation. (2022). Implementing Rules and Regulations of Republic Act No. 11697 or the Electric Vehicle Industry Development Act. https://www.doe.gov.ph/sites/default/files/pdf/issuances/irr-ra-11697.PDF.
• Department of Energy. (2023). Comprehensive Roadmap for the Electric Vehicle Industry. https://www.doe.gov.ph/sites/default/files/pdf/energy_efficiency/CREVI%20as%20of%2005-04-2023.pdf.
• Department of Energy. (2023). Guidelines on the Accreditation of Electric Vehicle Charging Stations Providers and Registration of Electric Vehicle Charging Stations pursuant to the Electric Vehicle Industry Development Act [DOE Department Circular No. DC2023-05-0011]. https://www.doe.gov.ph/sites/default/files/pdf/issuances/dc2023-05-0011.pdf.
• Department of Energy. (2023). Prescribing the Fuel Economy Performance Rating (FEPR) Guidelines on Road Transport Vehicles under the Philippine Transport Vehicles Fuel Economy Labeling Program (VFELP) for Compliance of Vehicle Manufacturers, Importers, Distributors, Dealers and Rebuilders [DOE Department Circular No. DC2023-05-0016]. https://www.doe.gov.ph/sites/default/files/pdf/issuances/dc2023-05-0016.pdf.
• Department of Energy. (2023). Prescribing the Guidelines on the Philippine Transport Vehicles Fuel Economy Labeling Program (VFELP) for Compliance of Vehicle Manufacturers, Importers, Distributors, Dealers and Rebuilders [DOE Department Circular No. DC2023-05-0017]. https://www.doe.gov.ph/sites/default/files/pdf/issuances/dc2023-05-0017.pdf.
• Republic of the Philippines. An Act Providing for the Development of the Electric Vehicle Industry [Republic Act No. 11697]. https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/downloads/2022/04apr/20220415-RA-11697-RRD.pdf.

Back to credit

SC-14 Preferred Parking — Additional Accessible Parking Spaces

All Stages
Buildings
All Occupancy Types
SDG 10Reduced Inequalities SDG 11Sustainable Cities and Communities

Content

• Purpose and Intent
• Requirements
  • S1 S2 S3
• Score Distribution
  • S1 S2 S3
• Compliance Notes
  • S1 S2 S3
• Additional Information

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

• Provide the most reasonable number of parking spaces for persons with disability (PWDs) and the elderly;
• Minimize the distance from accessible parking spaces to the main building entrance; and
• Ensure a clear pathway from the main building entrance to all building floors for PWDs and the elderly.

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Designate additional accessible parking spaces for PWDs and elderly. These additional accessible parking spaces must:
   • Be designed in conformity with generally accepted standards for parking accessibility;
   • Have a minimum length of 5 m and a minimum width of 3.70 m;
   • Include an access aisle with a minimum width of 1.20 m;
   • Be clearly marked with slip-resistant materials and highly visible markings and signage;
   • Provide easy access and clear routes leading to the building entrance or parking area; and
   • Be located within 30 m of building entrances with immediate access to elevators or stairlifts.
2. Establish policies and procedures for the use of the accessible parking spaces for PWDs and elderly.

The additional accessible parking spaces must be in addition to the required number of accessible parking spaces for the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Implement the additional accessible parking spaces for PWDs and elderly.
2. Establish policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the accessible parking spaces during operations.

The additional accessible parking spaces must be in addition to the required number of accessible parking spaces for the project.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Establish a policy for improving the accessibility in the project for PWDs and elderly.
2. Identify and engage a professional qualified and competent in:
   • Evaluating the transportation patterns of the users; and
   • Identifying and implementing sustainable transportation strategies to improve the accessibility in the project for PWDs and elderly.
3. Evaluate the transportation patterns of the users. The project team must:
   • Review the existing policies, procedures, strategies, and practices for improving the accessibility in the project;
   • Review the existing parking schemes implemented for the users of the project;
   • Determine the current transportation demand of the users;
   • Identify the existing transportation facilities in the project; and
   • Recommend actions to improve accessibility in the project for PWDs and elderly.
4. Establish a sustainable transportation program to improve the accessibility for PWDs and elderly. The project team must:
   • Designate additional accessible parking spaces for PWDs and elderly. These additional accessible parking spaces must:
     • Be designed in conformity with generally accepted standards for parking accessibility;
     • Have a minimum length of 5 m and a minimum width of 3.70 m;
     • Include an access aisle with a minimum width of 1.20 m;
     • Be clearly marked with slip-resistant materials and highly visible markings and signage;
     • Provide easy access and clear routes leading to the building entrance or parking area; and
     • Be located within 30 m of building entrances with immediate access to elevators or stairlifts.
   • Establish policies and procedures for the use of the accessible parking spaces for PWDs and elderly; and
   • Establish policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the accessible parking spaces.
5. Implement the sustainable transportation program to improve the accessibility for PWDs and elderly. The project team must:
   • Assign roles and responsibilities to personnel responsible for implementing the strategies;
   • Implement the additional accessible parking spaces for PWDs and elderly;
   • Monitor and record the strategies' implementation during the performance period; and
   • Regularly communicate the implementation of strategies to project stakeholders.
6. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implemented sustainable transportation program to improve the accessibility for PWDs and elderly. The project team must:
   • Present the outcomes and review the effectiveness of the implemented strategies to improve the accessibility for PWDs and elderly;
   • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve them; and
   • Recommend actions to further improve the accessibility for PWDs and elderly.

The additional accessible parking spaces must be in addition to the required number of accessible parking spaces for the project.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Design

The project may be awarded:	if the project owner:
1 point	Designated three percent (3%) or more additional accessible parking spaces for PWDs and elderly from the total parking spaces designed for the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

The project may be awarded:	if the project owner:
1 point	Designated three percent (3%) or more additional accessible parking spaces for PWDs and elderly from the total parking spaces implemented for the project.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

The project may be awarded:	if the project owner:
1 point	Established a sustainable transportation program for the project reflecting the designation of three percent (3%) or more additional accessible parking spaces for PWDs and elderly from the total parking spaces in the project, and Implemented the program and evaluated its effectiveness for continual improvement.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The plans and specifications for the additional accessible parking spaces for PWDs and elderly. The plans must include the following information:
   • The total number of parking spaces in the project;
   • The minimum number of accessible parking spaces required for the project;
   • The design of the additional accessible parking spaces, which must be in conformity with generally accepted standards for parking accessibility;
   • The total number and location of the additional accessible parking spaces for PWDs and elderly; and
   • The design of the markings and signage for the additional accessible parking spaces for PWDs and elderly.
2. The calculation for the percentage of additional accessible parking spaces for PWDs and elderly. The calculation must include the following information:
   • The minimum number of parking spaces required for the project;
   • The total number of parking spaces in the project;
   • The minimum number of accessible parking spaces required for the project;
   • The total number of additional accessible parking spaces for PWDs and elderly; and
   • The percentage of additional accessible parking spaces for PWDs and elderly. To calculate the percentage, the project team should use this formula:

     Percentage of additional accessible parking spaces for PWDs and elderly

     =

     Total no. of additional accessible parking spaces for PWDs and elderly

     ×

     Total no. of parking spaces in the project

3. The documented policies and procedures for the use of the accessible parking spaces for PWDs and elderly. The documentation must include the policies and procedures for:
   • Identifying the users allowed to use the accessible parking spaces;
   • Establishing a preferred parking scheme for the use of the accessible parking spaces for PWDs and elderly;
   • Defining the roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the policies and procedures during operations;
   • Communicating the policies and procedures to the project stakeholders and potential users; and
   • Monitoring and recording the implementation of the policies and procedures during operations.
4. The purchase orders as proof of intent to purchase products, technologies, and equipment for the implementation of the strategies.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The as-built plans and specifications for the additional accessible parking spaces for PWDs and elderly. The plans must include the following information:
   • The total number of parking spaces in the project;
   • The minimum number of accessible parking spaces required for the project;
   • The implemented design of the additional accessible parking spaces, which must be in conformity with generally accepted standards for parking accessibility;
   • The total number and location of the additional accessible parking spaces for PWDs and elderly; and
   • The implemented design of the markings and signage for the additional accessible parking spaces for PWDs and elderly.
2. The calculation for the percentage of additional accessible parking spaces for PWDs and elderly. The calculation must include the following information:
   • The minimum number of parking spaces required for the project;
   • The total number of parking spaces in the project;
   • The minimum number of accessible parking spaces required for the project;
   • The total number of additional accessible parking spaces for PWDs and elderly; and
   • The percentage of additional accessible parking spaces for PWDs and elderly. To calculate the percentage, the project team should use this formula:

     Percentage of additional accessible parking spaces for PWDs and elderly

     =

     Total no. of additional accessible parking spaces for PWDs and elderly

     ×

     Total no. of parking spaces in the project

3. The documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the accessible parking spaces during operations.
4. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies, including:
   • Purchase records, such as purchase orders, official receipts or sales invoices,
   • Delivery receipts,
   • Installation records, and
   • Photographs of the implementation of strategies in the project.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The documented policy reflecting the commitment of the project owner to improve the accessibility in the project for PWDs and elderly.
2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional. The documentation must include the following information:
   • The relevant qualifications and competencies of the professional in:
     • Evaluating the transportation patterns of the users; and
     • Identifying and implementing sustainable transportation strategies to improve the accessibility in the project for PWDs and elderly.
   • The responsibilities of the professional in the operations of the project and the expected output; and
   • The period of engagement with the professional to deliver the expected output.
3. The evaluation report on the transportation patterns of the users of the project. The report must include the following information:
   • The review of existing policies, procedures, strategies, and practices for accessibility;
   • The review of existing parking schemes for the users of the project;
   • The current transportation demand of the users, which should include the following:
     • The trip origin and destination of the users; and
     • The transportation habits of users during a typical work week.
   • The existing transportation facilities within the project, which should include the following:
     • The facilities available for private vehicles;
     • The current parking demand of the users;
     • The location of the parking spaces in the project; and
     • The number and location of the existing accessible parking spaces for PWDs and elderly and the frequency of its use.
   • The recommendations to improve the accessibility in the project for PWDs and elderly.
4. The sustainable transportation program to improve the accessibility for PWDs and elderly. The program must include the following information:
   • The total number of the existing accessible parking spaces for PWDs and elderly;
   • The total number of the additional accessible parking spaces for PWDs and elderly;
   • A description of the identified strategies and activities;
   • The expected impact of the strategies once implemented;
   • The roles and responsibilities defined for implementing the strategies; and
   • The methodology for monitoring and recording the implementation of the strategies during the performance period.
5. The documented policies and procedures for:
   • The use of the accessible parking spaces for PWDs and elderly; and
   • The proper management and regular maintenance of the accessible parking spaces during operations.
6. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the program. The list must include the following information:
   • The name, designation, and contact information of each personnel; and
   • The assigned roles and responsibilities for the implementing the strategies.
7. The as-built plans and specifications for the additional accessible parking spaces for PWDs and elderly. The plans must include the following information:
   • The total number of parking spaces in the project;
   • The minimum number of accessible parking spaces required for the project;
   • The implemented design of the additional accessible parking spaces, which must be in conformity with generally accepted standards for parking accessibility;
   • The total number and location of the additional accessible parking spaces for PWDs and elderly; and
   • The implemented design of the markings and signage for the additional accessible parking spaces for PWDs and elderly.
8. The calculation for the percentage of additional accessible parking spaces for PWDs and elderly. The calculation must include the following information:
   • The minimum number of parking spaces required for the project;
   • The total number of parking spaces in the project;
   • The minimum number of accessible parking spaces required for the project;
   • The total number of additional accessible parking spaces for PWDs and elderly; and
   • The percentage of additional accessible parking spaces for PWDs and elderly. To calculate the percentage, the project team should use this formula:

     Percentage of additional accessible parking spaces for PWDs and elderly

     =

     Total no. of additional accessible parking spaces for PWDs and elderly

     ×

     Total no. of parking spaces in the project

9. The monitoring reports reflecting the implementation of the strategies during the performance period.
10. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies, including:
    • Purchase records, such as purchase orders, official receipts or sales invoices,
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs of the implementation of strategies in the project.
11. The communication records as proof that the planning and implementation of the sustainable transportation program were regularly communicated to the project stakeholders.
12. The evaluation report on the effectiveness of the implemented sustainable transportation program. The report must include the following information:
    • The outcomes of the implementation of the sustainable transportation strategies to improve the accessibility for PWDs and elderly;
    • An assessment on the effective implementation of the strategies;
    • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve them; and
    • The recommended actions to further improve the accessibility for PWDs and elderly.

Back to credit

Additional Information

Terms and Definitions

In the context of this credit, the following terms and definitions apply.

Accessible parking spaces

refer to parking spaces provided to PWDs and elderly. These parking spaces must be in accordance with the design requirements for accessibility parking.

Disabled persons / Person with disability (PWD)

refers to those suffering from restriction or lack of ability to perform an activity in the manner or within the range considered normal for a human being as a result of a mental, physical, or sensory impairment. (Accessibility Law, 1983)

Elderly

refers to individuals belonging to the age group 60 years and over. (Philippine Statistics Authority, n.d.)

Back to credit

Additional Readings

The following readings may guide the project team in complying with the requirements:

• Department of Public Works and Highways, Department of Transportation, and National Council for on Disability Affairs. (2008). Amended Implementing Rules and Regulations of Batas Pambansa Bilang 344 (Accessibility Law). https://www.dpwh.gov.ph/dpwh/sites/default/files/laws_codes_orders/BP_344_IRR_0.pdf.
• International Organization for Standardization. (2021). Building Construction — Accessibility and Usability of the Built Environment [ISO Standard 21542]. ISO.
• International Code Council. (2017). ICC Standard for Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities [ICC Standard A117.1]. ICC.
• Republic of the Philippines. (1983). An Act to Enhance the Mobility of Disable Persons by Requiring Certain Buildings, Institutions, Establishments, and Public Utilities to Install Facilities and Other Devices [Batas Pambansa Blg. 344]. https://elibrary.judiciary.gov.ph/thebookshelf/showdocs/2/32306.
• World Disability Union. (2012). The Universal Standards Guide for Persons with Disabilities. https://worlddisabilityunion.com/images/contents/FILEdabfc04d877ef5e.pdf.

Credit Alignment to PHILGBC Certification Programs

This credit is aligned with the requirements of the COM-07 Design for All under the PHILGBC Health and Well-being for Buildings — Version 1.0.0.

Back to credit

SC-15 Cyclist Facilities

All Stages
All Project Types
All Occupancy Types
SDG 3Good Health and Well-being SDG 11Sustainable Cities and Communities

Content

• Purpose and Intent
• Requirements
  • S1 S2 S3
• Score Distribution
  • S1 S2 S3
• Compliance Notes
  • S1 S2 S3
• Additional Information

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

• Reduce the project's contribution to air pollution attributed to vehicle travel by encouraging cycling; and
• Reduce the fossil fuel consumption by promoting active transportation within the project.

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Establish a policy for encouraging cycling in the project.
2. Identify and engage a professional qualified and competent in identifying and implementing sustainable transportation strategies to encourage cycling in the project.
3. Design the project incorporating cycling facilities to encourage cycling in the project. The cycling facilities must include the following:
   • Bicycle parking spaces; and
   • Shower stalls and changing rooms.
4. Identify sustainable transportation strategies to encourage cycling in the project. The strategies may include the following:
   • Providing information facilities, such as markers, signage, kiosks, and bulletins, that display the benefits of cycling to the health and well-being of the users and its contribution to reducing the air pollution attributed to vehicle travel;
   • Installing wayfinding signs that provide directions and distance (in meters) to nearby cycling facilities; and
   • Providing cycling amenities, such as bicycle repair stands and bicycle-friendly outdoor tables, for users.

When designing the bicycle parking spaces for the project, the project team must:

• Provide bicycle parking spaces for at least three percent (3%) of the total number of users based on the projected occupancy profile, or at least four (4) bicycle parking spaces, whichever is greater;
• Ensure that the bicycle parking spaces are easily accessible to potential users; and
• Ensure that the bicycle parking spaces are safe and secure.

When designing the shower stalls and changing rooms for the project, the project team must:

• Provide one (1) shower stall for every ten (10) bicycle parking spaces, or at least one (1) shower stall and changing room, whichever is greater; and
• Ensure that each shower stall has an adjacent changing room.

Residential buildings

For Residential buildings, the project team must:

1. Provide cycling facilities only for the staff employed in the project. The project team does not need to provide cycling facilities for tenants.
2. Provide an appropriate number of lockers for the staff employed in the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Implement the design of cycling facilities to encourage cycling in the project.
2. Establish policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of these strategies during operations.

Residential buildings

For Residential buildings, the project team must:

1. Provide cycling facilities only for the staff employed in the project. The project team does not need to provide cycling facilities for tenants.
2. Provide an appropriate number of lockers for the staff employed in the project.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Establish a policy for encouraging and promoting cycling in the project.
2. Identify and engage a professional qualified and competent in:
   • Evaluating the transportation patterns of the users; and
   • Identifying and implementing sustainable transportation strategies to encourage and promote cycling in the project.
3. Evaluate the transportation patterns of the users of the project. The project team must:
   • Review the existing policies, procedures, strategies, and practices for encouraging and promoting cycling;
   • Determine the current transportation demand of the users;
   • Identify the existing transportation facilities in the project; and
   • Recommend actions to encourage and promote cycling in the project.
4. Establish a sustainable transportation program to encourage and promote cycling. The project team must:
   • Provide cycling facilities to encourage cycling in the project. The cycling facilities must include the following:
     • Bicycle parking spaces; and
     • Shower stalls and changing rooms.
   • Identify sustainable transportation strategies to promote cycling in the project. The strategies may include the following:
     • Providing information facilities, such as markers, signage, kiosks, and bulletins, that display the benefits of cycling to the health and well-being of the users and its contribution to reducing the air pollution attributed to vehicle travel;
     • Installing wayfinding signs that provide directions and distance (in meters) to nearby cycling facilities; and
     • Providing cycling amenities, such as bicycle repair stands and bicycle-friendly outdoor tables, for users.
   • Establish policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies.
5. Implement the sustainable transportation program to encourage and promote cycling. The project team must:
   • Assign roles and responsibilities to personnel responsible for implementing the strategies;
   • Implement the cycling facilities to encourage cycling in the project;
   • Implement the sustainable transportation strategies to promote cycling in the project;
   • Monitor and record the strategies' implementation during the performance period; and
   • Regularly communicate the implementation of strategies to project stakeholders.
6. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implemented sustainable transportation program to encourage and promote cycling. The project team must:
   • Present the outcomes and review the effectiveness of the implemented strategies to encourage and promote cycling in the project;
   • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve them; and
   • Recommend actions to further encourage and promote cycling in the project.

When providing the bicycle parking spaces for the project, the project team must:

• Provide bicycle parking spaces for at least three percent (3%) of the total number of users based on the actual occupancy profile, or at least four (4) bicycle parking spaces, whichever is greater;
• Ensure that the bicycle parking spaces are easily accessible to potential users; and
• Ensure that the bicycle parking spaces are safe and secure.

When providing the shower stalls and changing rooms for the project, the project team must:

• Provide one (1) shower stall for every ten (10) bicycle parking spaces, or at least one (1) shower stall and changing room, whichever is greater; and
• Ensure that each shower stall has an adjacent changing room.

Residential buildings

For Residential buildings, the project team must:

1. Provide cycling facilities only for the staff employed in the project. The project team does not need to provide cycling facilities for tenants.
2. Provide an appropriate number of lockers for the staff employed in the project.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Design

The project may be awarded:	if the project owner:
3 points	Designed cycling facilities for ten percent (10%) or more of the total number of users for the project.
2 points	Designed cycling facilities for five percent (5%) to less than ten percent (<10%) of the total number of users for the project.
1 point	Designed cycling facilities for three percent (3%) to less than five percent (<5%) of the total number of users for the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

The project may be awarded:	if the project owner:
3 points	Implemented the design of the cycling facilities for ten percent (10%) or more of the total number of users for the project.
2 points	Implemented the design of the cycling facilities for five percent (5%) to less than ten percent (<10%) of the total number of users for the project.
1 point	Implemented the design of the cycling facilities for three percent (3%) to less than five percent (<5%) of the total number of users for the project.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

The project may be awarded:	if the project owner:
3 points	Established a sustainable transportation program for the project, providing cycling facilities for ten percent (10%) or more of the total number of users for the project, and Implemented the program and evaluated its effectiveness for continual improvement.
2 points	Established a sustainable transportation program for the project providing cycling facilities for five percent (5%) to less than ten percent (<10%) of the total number of users for the project, and Implemented the program and evaluated its effectiveness for continual improvement.
1 point	Established a sustainable transportation program for the project providing cycling facilities for three percent (3%) to less than five percent (<5%) of the total number of users for the project, and Implemented the program and evaluated its effectiveness for continual improvement.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The plans and specifications for the cycling facilities in the project. The plans must include the following information:
   • The design of the cycling facilities, which must include the following:
     • Bicycle parking spaces;
     • Shower stalls and changing rooms; and
     • If the project is a residential building, lockers for the staff employed in the project.
   • The number and location of the cycling facilities; and
   • The quality and performance details of the cycling facilities, including their impacts on the overall performance of the project.
2. The plans and specifications for the sustainable transportation strategies to encourage cycling in the project. The plans must include the following information:
   • The design and location of the sustainable transportation strategies to encourage cycling; and
   • The quality and performance details of the strategies, including their impacts on the overall performance of the project.
3. The projected occupancy profile for the project, reflecting the following:
   • Description of the project's intended use;
   • Number of shifts within a 24-hour period, which can be up to a maximum of three (3) shifts;
   • Number of hours per shift, which should be a minimum of eight (8) hours per shift;
   • The maximum number of users per shift; and
   • If the project is a residential building, the maximum number of staff per shift.
4. The calculation for the number of cycling facilities designed in the project. To calculate the number, the project team should use this formula:

   No. of bicycle parking spaces

   =

   Total no. of users for the project based on the projected occupancy profile

   ×

   Target percentage of cycling facilities designed in the project

   No. of shower stalls and changing rooms	=	No. of bicycle parking spaces
   		10

5. The purchase orders as proof of intent to purchase products, technologies, and equipment for the implementation of the strategies.

Tenants

Shared Facilities

For Tenant projects, if the building owner has provided cycling facilities for tenants, the project team should also submit:

1. The documented policy of the building owner, or an agreement between the building owner and the project owner authorizing the project users to access and use the cycling facilities.
2. The as-built plans and specifications for the cycling facilities provided by the building owner, showing the number of cycling facilities available to accommodate both the project users and the users of other tenants.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The as-built plans and specifications for the cycling facilities in the project. The plans must include the following information:
   • The implemented design of the cycling facilities, which must include the following:
     • Bicycle parking spaces;
     • Shower stalls and changing rooms; and
     • If the project is a residential building, lockers for the staff employed in the project.
   • The number and location of the cycling facilities; and
   • The quality and performance details of the cycling facilities, including their impacts on the overall performance of the project.
2. The as-built plans and specifications for the sustainable transportation strategies to encourage cycling in the project. The plans must include the following information:
   • The implemented design and location of the sustainable transportation strategies to encourage cycling; and
   • The quality and performance details of the strategies, including their impacts on the overall performance of the project.
3. The projected occupancy profile for the project. The documentation must include the following information:
   • Description of the project's intended use;
   • Number of shifts within a 24-hour period, which can be up to a maximum of three (3) shifts;
   • Number of hours per shift, which should be a minimum of eight (8) hours per shift;
   • The maximum number of users per shift; and
   • If the project is a residential building, the maximum number of staff per shift.
4. The documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies during operations.
5. The calculation for the number of cycling facilities implemented in the project. To calculate the number, the project team should use this formula:

   No. of bicycle parking spaces

   =

   Total no. of users for the project based on the projected occupancy profile

   ×

   Target percentage of cycling facilities designed in the project

   No. of shower stalls and changing rooms	=	No. of bicycle parking spaces
   		10

6. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies, including:
   • Purchase records, such as purchase orders, official receipts or sales invoices,
   • Delivery receipts,
   • Installation records, and
   • Photographs of the implementation of strategies in the project.

Tenants

Shared Facilities

For Tenant projects, if the building owner has provided cycling facilities for tenants, the project team should also submit:

1. The documented policy of the building owner, or an agreement between the building owner and the project owner authorizing the project users to access and use the cycling facilities.
2. The as-built plans and specifications for the cycling facilities provided by the building owner, showing the number of cycling facilities available to accommodate both the project users and the users of other tenants.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The documented policy reflecting the commitment of the project owner to encourage and promote cycling in the project.
2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional. The documentation must include the following information:
   • The relevant qualifications and competencies of the professional in:
     • Evaluating the transportation patterns of the users; and
     • Identifying and implementing sustainable transportation strategies to encourage and promote cycling in the project;
   • The responsibilities of the professional in the operations of the project and the expected output; and
   • The period of engagement with the professional to deliver the expected output.
3. The evaluation report on the transportation patterns of the users of the project. The report must include the following information:
   • The review of existing policies, procedures, strategies, and practices for encouraging and promoting cycling;
   • The current transportation demand of the users, which should include the following:
     • The trip origin and destination of the users; and
     • The transportation habits of users during a typical work week;
   • The existing transportation facilities within the project, which should include the following:
     • The facilities available for private vehicles;
     • The current parking demand of the users; and
     • The number and location of existing cycling facilities, including bicycle parking spaces, shower stalls, and changing rooms;
     • The location of existing cycling amenities, such as bicycle repair stations and bicycle-friendly outdoor tables; and
   • The recommendations to encourage and promote cycling in the project.
4. The sustainable transportation program to encourage and promote cycling. The program must include the following information:
   • The total number of cycling facilities provided in the project;
   • The sustainable transportation strategies to promote cycling in the project;
   • A description of the identified strategies and activities;
   • The expected impact of the strategies once implemented;
   • The roles and responsibilities defined for implementing the strategies; and
   • The methodology for monitoring and recording the implementation of the strategies during the performance period.
5. The documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies during operations.
6. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the program. The list must include the following information:
   • The name, designation, and contact information of each personnel; and
   • The assigned roles and responsibilities for the implementing the strategies.
7. The as-built plans and specifications for the sustainable transportation strategies to promote cycling in the project. The plans must include the following information:
   • The implemented design and location of the sustainable transportation strategies to promote cycling; and
   • The quality and performance details of the strategies, including their impacts on the overall performance of the project.
8. The monitoring reports reflecting the implementation of the strategies during the performance period.
9. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies, including:
   • Purchase records, such as purchase orders, official receipts or sales invoices,
   • Delivery receipts,
   • Installation records, and
   • Photographs of the implementation of strategies in the project.
10. The communication records as proof that the planning and implementation of the sustainable transportation program were regularly communicated to the project stakeholders.
11. The evaluation report on the effectiveness of the implemented sustainable transportation program. The report must include the following information:
    • The outcomes of the implementation of the sustainable transportation strategies to encourage and promote cycling;
    • An assessment on the effective implementation of the strategies;
    • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve them; and
    • The recommended actions to further encourage and promote cycling in the project.

If there are no existing cycling facilities in the project, the project team should also submit:

1. The as-built plans and specifications for the cycling facilities in the project. The plans must include the following information:
   • The implemented design of the cycling facilities, which must include the following:
     • Bicycle parking spaces;
     • Shower stalls and changing rooms; and
     • If the project is a residential building, lockers for the staff employed in the project.
   • The number and location of the cycling facilities; and
   • The quality and performance details of the cycling facilities, including their impacts on the overall performance of the project.
2. The actual occupancy profile for the project during the performance period, reflecting the following:
   • Description of the project's use;
   • Number of shifts within a 24-hour period, which can be up to a maximum of three (3) shifts;
   • Number of hours per shift, which should be a minimum of eight (8) hours per shift;
   • The maximum number of users per shift; and
   • If the project is a residential building, the maximum number of staff per shift.
3. The calculation for the number of cycling facilities implemented in the project. To calculate the number, the project team should use this formula:

   No. of bicycle parking spaces

   =

   Total no. of users for the project based on the projected occupancy profile

   ×

   Target percentage of cycling facilities designed in the project

   No. of shower stalls and changing rooms	=	No. of bicycle parking spaces
   		10

4. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies, including:
   • Purchase records, such as purchase orders, official receipts or sales invoices,
   • Delivery receipts,
   • Installation records, and
   • Photographs of the implementation of strategies in the project.

Tenants

Shared Facilities

For Tenant projects, if the building owner has provided cycling facilities for tenants, the project team should also submit:

1. The documented policy of the building owner, or an agreement between the building owner and the project owner authorizing the project users to access and use the cycling facilities.
2. The as-built plans and specifications for the cycling facilities provided by the building owner, showing the number of cycling facilities available to accommodate both the project users and the users of other tenants.

Back to credit

Additional Information

Credit Alignment to PHILGBC Certification Programs

This credit is aligned with the requirements of the LIF-03 Cyclists Amenities under the PHILGBC Health and Well-being for Buildings — Version 1.0.0.

Back to credit

SC-16 Pedestrian Mobility

All Stages
Buildings
All Occupancy Types
SDG 3Good Health and Well-being SDG 11Sustainable Cities and Communities

Content

• Purpose and Intent
• Requirements
  • S1 S2 S3
• Score Distribution
  • S1 S2 S3
• Compliance Notes
  • S1 S2 S3
• Additional Information

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

• Reduce the project's contribution to air pollution attributed to vehicle travel by promoting pedestrian mobility within the project; and
• Reduce traffic congestion in the surrounding areas by encouraging walking around the project.

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project owner must select a project site that is within 250-m walking distance to existing pedestrian amenities in the surrounding area. The pedestrian amenities near the project may include the following:

• Crossings, underpasses, and overpasses in road network;
• Bicycle lanes along the road network;
• Bicycle parking spaces for public use;
• Waiting sheds for mass transportation;
• Trees providing natural shade along pedestrian sidewalks;
• Public benches;
• Drinking water fountains; or
• Wayfinding signs that provide directions and distance to nearby key establishments or landmarks.

In addition, the project team must:

1. Establish a policy for promoting pedestrian mobility in the project.
2. Identify and engage a professional qualified and competent in identifying and implementing strategies to promote pedestrian mobility.
3. Design dedicated walkways within the project for users and the public. The walkways must be:
   • Passable and unobstructed by any obstacles, whether permanent or temporary;
   • Easily accessible to users and the public;
   • Designed in accordance with generally accepted standards for accessibility; and
   • Designed with good visibility and adequate lighting for nighttime use.
4. Identify strategies to encourage walking around the project. The strategies may include the following:
   • Providing pass-throughs for users and the public to access adjacent locations or nearby pedestrian amenities directly;
   • Providing waiting sheds as stops along mass transportation routes;
   • Providing drinking water fountains or water refilling stations along walkways for users and the public;
   • Installing wayfinding signs that provide directions and distance (in meters) to nearby key establishments or landmarks; or
   • Installing artworks from Filipino artists that contribute to the local streetscape.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project owner must construct the project on a site that is within 250-m walking distance to existing pedestrian amenities in the surrounding area.

In addition, the project team must:

1. Implement the design of dedicated walkways within the project for users and the public.
2. Implement the strategies to encourage walking around the project.
3. Establish policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of these strategies during operations.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Establish a policy for improving pedestrian mobility in the project.
2. Identify and engage a professional qualified and competent in:
   • Evaluating the transportation patterns of the users; and
   • Identifying and implementing strategies to improve pedestrian mobility in the project.
3. Evaluate the transportation patterns of the users of the project. The project team must:
   • Review the existing policies, procedures, strategies, and practices for improving pedestrian mobility;
   • Determine the current transportation demand of the users;
   • Identify the existing pedestrian amenities within proximity to the project; and
   • Recommend actions to improve pedestrian mobility in the project.
4. Establish a pedestrian mobility program for the project. The project team must:
   • Ensure that existing walkways within the project for users and the public are:
     • Passable and unobstructed by any obstacles, whether permanent or temporary;
     • Easily accessible to users and the public;
     • Designed in accordance with generally accepted standards for accessibility; and
     • Designed with good visibility and adequate lighting for nighttime use.
   • Identify strategies to improve pedestrian mobility within the project. The strategies may include the following:
     • Providing pass-throughs for users and the public to access adjacent locations or nearby pedestrian amenities directly;
     • Providing waiting sheds as stops along mass transportation routes;
     • Providing drinking water fountains or water refilling stations along walkways for users and the public;
     • Installing wayfinding signs that provide directions and distance (in meters) to nearby key establishments or landmarks; or
     • Installing artworks from Filipino artists that contribute to the local streetscape.
   • Establish policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies.
5. Implement the pedestrian mobility program for the project. The project team must:
   • Assign roles and responsibilities to personnel responsible for implementing the strategies;
   • Implement the improvements to the existing walkways within the project;
   • Implement the strategies to improve pedestrian mobility within the project;
   • Monitor and record the strategies' implementation during the performance period; and
   • Regularly communicate the implementation of strategies to project stakeholders.
6. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implemented pedestrian mobility program. The project team must:
   • Present the outcomes and review the effectiveness of the implemented strategies to improve pedestrian mobility in the project;
   • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve them; and
   • Recommend actions to further improve pedestrian mobility in the project.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Design

The project may be awarded:	if the project owner:
3 points	Selected a project site that is located within 250-m walking distance from existing pedestrian amenities, Designed dedicated walkways within the project for users and the public, and Designed three (3) or more strategies to promote pedestrian mobility within the project.
2 points	Selected a project site that is located within 250-m walking distance from existing pedestrian amenities, Designed dedicated walkways within the project for users and the public, and Designed two (2) strategies to promote pedestrian mobility within the project.
1 point	Selected a project site that is located within 250-m walking distance from existing pedestrian amenities, Designed dedicated walkways within the project for users and the public, and Designed one (1) strategy to promote pedestrian mobility within the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

The project may be awarded:	if the project owner:
3 points	Constructed the project on a site that is located within 250-m walking distance from existing pedestrian amenities, Implemented the design of dedicated walkways within the project for users and the public, and Implemented the design of three (3) or more strategies to promote pedestrian mobility within the project.
2 points	Constructed the project on a site that is located within 250-m walking distance from existing pedestrian amenities, Implemented the design of dedicated walkways within the project for users and the public, and Implemented the design of two (2) strategies to promote pedestrian mobility within the project.
1 point	Constructed the project on a site that is located within 250-m walking distance from existing pedestrian amenities, Implemented the design of dedicated walkways within the project for users and the public, and Implemented the design of one (1) strategy to promote pedestrian mobility within the project.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

The project may be awarded:	if the project owner:
3 points	Established a pedestrian mobility program for the project reflecting three (3) or more strategies to improve pedestrian mobility, and Implemented the program and evaluated its effectiveness for continual improvement.
2 points	Established a pedestrian mobility program for the project reflecting two (2) strategies to improve pedestrian mobility, and Implemented the program and evaluated its effectiveness for continual improvement.
1 point	Established a pedestrian mobility program for the project reflecting one (1) strategy to improve pedestrian mobility, and Implemented the program and evaluated its effectiveness for continual improvement.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The site map for the project and the identified pedestrian amenities in the surrounding area. The map must include the following information:
   • The location of the main entrance of the project;
   • The location of the identified pedestrian amenities within 250-m walking distance;
   • The pedestrian routes from the main entrance of the project to the identified pedestrian amenities, which must be marked;
   • The walking distance of each pedestrian amenity from the main entrance of the project; and
   • Photographs of each identified pedestrian amenity.
2. The documented policy reflecting the commitment of the project owner to promote pedestrian mobility in the project.
3. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional. The documentation must include the following information:
   • The relevant qualifications and competencies of the professional in identifying and implementing strategies to promote pedestrian mobility;
   • The responsibilities of the professional in the design of the project and the expected output; and
   • The period of engagement with the professional to deliver the expected output.
4. The plans and specifications for the dedicated walkways for users and the public. The plans must include the following information:
   • The design and location of the dedicated walkways within the project; and
   • The quality and performance details of the walkways, including their impacts on the overall pedestrian mobility of the project.
5. The plans and specifications for the strategies to encourage walking around the project. The plans must include the following information:
   • The design and location of the strategies to encourage walking around the project; and
   • The quality and performance details of the strategies, including their impacts on the overall performance of the project.
6. The purchase orders as proof of intent to purchase products, technologies, and equipment for the implementation of the strategies.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The site map for the project and the identified pedestrian amenities in the surrounding area. The map must include the following information:
   • The location of the main entrance of the project;
   • The location of the identified pedestrian amenities within 250-m walking distance;
   • The pedestrian routes from the main entrance of the project to the identified pedestrian amenities, which must be marked;
   • The walking distance of each pedestrian amenity from the main entrance of the project; and
   • Photographs of each identified pedestrian amenity.
2. The as-built plans and specifications for the dedicated walkways for users and the public. The plans must include the following information:
   • The implemented design and location of the dedicated walkways within the project; and
   • The quality and performance details of the walkways, including their impacts on the overall pedestrian mobility of the project.
3. The as-built plans and specifications for the strategies to encourage walking around the project. The plans must include the following information:
   • The implemented design and location of the strategies to encourage walking around the project; and
   • The quality and performance details of the strategies, including their impacts on the overall performance of the project.
4. The documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies during operations.
5. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies, including:
   • Purchase records, such as purchase orders, official receipts or sales invoices,
   • Delivery receipts,
   • Installation records, and
   • Photographs of the implementation of strategies in the project.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The documented policy reflecting the commitment of the project owner to improve pedestrian mobility in the project.
2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional. The documentation must include the following information:
   • The relevant qualifications and competencies of the professional in:
     • Evaluating the transportation patterns of the users; and
     • Identifying and implementing strategies to improve pedestrian mobility.
   • The responsibilities of the professional in the operations of the project and the expected output; and
   • The period of engagement with the professional to deliver the expected output.
3. The evaluation report on the transportation patterns of the users of the project. The report must include the following information:
   • The review of existing policies, procedures, strategies, and practices for improving pedestrian mobility;
   • The current transportation demand of the users, which should include the following:
     • The total number of walking commuters to and from the project;
     • The trip origin and destination of the users; and
     • The transportation habits of users during a typical work week.
   • The existing pedestrian amenities within proximity to the project, which should include the following:
     • The number and location of the existing pedestrian amenities; and
     • The pathways to and from the existing pedestrian amenities.
   • The recommendations to improve the pedestrian mobility in the project.
4. The pedestrian mobility program for the project. The program must include the following information:
   • The improvements to the existing walkways within the project;
   • The strategies to improve the pedestrian mobility within the project;
   • A description of the identified strategies and activities;
   • The expected impact of the strategies once implemented;
   • The roles and responsibilities defined for implementing the strategies; and
   • The methodology for monitoring and recording the implementation of the strategies during the performance period.
5. The documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies during operations.
6. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the program. The list must include the following information:
   • The name, designation, and contact information of each personnel; and
   • The assigned roles and responsibilities for the implementing the strategies.
7. The as-built plans and specifications for the improvements to the existing walkways for users and the public. The plans must include the following information:
   • The implemented improvements and location of the existing walkways within the project; and
   • The quality and performance details of the walkways, including their impacts on the overall pedestrian mobility of the project.
8. The monitoring reports reflecting the implementation of the strategies during the performance period.
9. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies, including:
   • Purchase records, such as purchase orders, official receipts or sales invoices,
   • Delivery receipts,
   • Installation records, and
   • Photographs of the implementation of strategies in the project.
10. The communication records as proof that the planning and implementation of the pedestrian mobility program were regularly communicated to the project stakeholders.
11. The evaluation report on the effectiveness of the implemented pedestrian mobility program. The report must include the following information:
    • The outcomes of the implementation of the strategies to improve pedestrian mobility;
    • An assessment on the effective implementation of the strategies;
    • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve them; and
    • The recommended actions to further improve pedestrian mobility in the project.

If there are no existing pedestrian amenities in the project, the project team should also submit:

1. The as-built plans and specifications for the strategies to improve pedestrian mobility in the project. The plans must include the following information:
   • The implemented design and location of the strategies to improve pedestrian mobility; and
   • The quality and performance details of the strategies, including their impacts on the overall performance of the project.
2. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies, including:
   • Purchase records, such as purchase orders, official receipts or sales invoices,
   • Delivery receipts,
   • Installation records, and
   • Photographs of the implementation of strategies in the project.

Back to credit

Additional Information

Credit Alignment to PHILGBC Certification Programs

This credit is aligned with the requirements of the LIF-01 Pedestrian Mobility under the PHILGBC Health and Well-being for Buildings — Version 1.0.0.

Back to credit

Energy

Energy category focuses on managing, reducing, or eliminating the excessive use of energy in the project. The planning and implementation of energy efficiency and conservation strategies, as well as the utilization of on-site or off-site renewable energy, should result in a significant reduction from the project's overall energy consumption.

No.	Credit Name	Certification Stage	Project Type	Occupancy Type	SDGs
EN-01	Energy Consumption Reduction	All Stages	All Project Types	All Occupancy Types	SDG 7 SDG 13
EN-02	Renewable Energy	All Stages	Buildings	All Occupancy Types	SDG 7 SDG 13
EN-03	Fuel Consumption Reduction	S3	All Project Types	All Occupancy Types	SDG 7 SDG 13

EN-01 Energy Consumption Reduction

All Stages
All Project Types
All Occupancy Types
SDG 7Affordable and Clean Energy SDG 13Climate Action

Content

• Purpose and Intent
• Requirements
  • S1 S2 S3
• Score Distribution
  • S1 S2 S3
• Compliance Notes
  • S1 S2 S3
• Additional Information

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

• Reduce the project's energy consumption through energy efficiency and conservation; and
• Improve the project's overall energy performance.

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Establish the target energy consumption reduction for the project.
2. Identify and engage a professional qualified and competent in:
   • Preparing the energy base case for the project; and
   • Identifying and implementing energy efficiency and conservation strategies.
3. Establish an energy base case. The energy base case should be a simulation or calculation of the projected energy use patterns during operations. The energy base case must include the following:
   • The projected annual operational energy consumption in kilowatt-hours (kWh) per energy end use;
   • The projected annual total operational energy consumption in kWh; and
   • The energy use intensity in kilowatt-hours per square meter (kWh/m²).
4. Design the project incorporating the following:
   • Passive design strategies for energy conservation. These strategies should include:
     • The appropriate building shape and orientation considering the site location;
     • The proper design of the building envelope to:
       • Reduce heat gain; and
       • Minimize air and moisture infiltration in air-conditioned spaces.
     • The effective use of natural ventilation to reduce the need for active cooling technologies;
     • The effective use of daylighting to reduce the need for artificial lighting; and
     • The use of cogeneration and trigeneration to maximize energy use in the project.
   • Active energy-efficient products, technologies, and equipment. These strategies should include the specification and procurement of:
     • Energy-efficient lighting;
     • Energy-efficient heating, ventilation, air conditioning, and refrigeration (HVACR);
     • High efficiency pumps and motors for mechanical and electrical equipment; and
     • Building automation systems (BAS).
5. Establish an energy metering and monitoring system to monitor and manage the energy consumption during operations. The project team must be able to measure and monitor the energy consumption of the project by energy end use or by area. The project team may incorporate a building automation system (BAS) to centrally monitor and manage energy consumption.
6. Present the energy design case. The energy design case must include the following:
   • The projected annual operational energy consumption in kWh per energy end use based on the project's design;
   • The projected annual total operational energy consumption in kWh;
   • The energy use intensity in kWh/m²;
   • The percentage of energy consumption reduction attributed to:
     • Passive design strategies for energy conservation; and
     • Active energy-efficient products, technologies, and equipment for energy use optimization.
   • The total percentage of energy consumption reduction compared to the energy base case.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Implement the design incorporating:
   • Passive design strategies for energy conservation; and
   • Active energy-efficient products, technologies, and equipment for energy use optimization.
2. Install energy meters for the implementation of the energy metering and monitoring system to monitor and manage the energy consumption during operations. The project team may implement a BAS to centrally monitor and manage energy consumption.
3. Conduct testing and commissioning for the implemented building systems and equipment. The project team must confirm that all building systems and equipment meet the performance requirements. The testing and commissioning must be:
   • Conducted by a third-party commissioning agent;
   • Based on the performance requirements and manufacturer's specifications identified during the design phase; and
   • Based on testing methodologies from generally accepted standards. Appropriate standards must be used for the testing and commissioning of each building system and equipment.
4. Present the energy as-built case. The energy as-built case must include the following:
   • The projected annual operational energy consumption in kWh per energy end use based on the project's implemented design;
   • The projected annual total operational energy consumption in kWh;
   • The energy use intensity in kWh/m²;
   • The percentage of energy consumption reduction attributed to:
     • Passive design strategies for energy conservation; and
     • Active energy-efficient products, technologies, and equipment for energy use optimization.
   • The total percentage of energy consumption reduction compared to the energy base case.
5. Establish maintenance and management measures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the energy efficiency and conservation strategies during operations. The project team must:
   • Identify and engage a service provider for the regular maintenance and inspection of the strategies;
   • Employ or designate a professional qualified and competent in:
     • Managing energy consumption of all building systems and equipment;
     • Implementing and improving energy efficiency and conservation strategies during operations;
     • Conducting regular energy audits; and
     • Preparing annual energy consumption reports and energy efficiency and conservation reports for submission to the government.
   • Develop a maintenance and management program for operations; and
   • Provide training to staff to improve their knowledge and skills in operating, managing, and maintaining all building systems and equipment during operations.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Establish the target energy consumption reduction for the project.
2. Identify and engage a professional qualified and competent in:
   • Evaluating the energy use in the project; and
   • Identifying and implementing strategies to effectively manage energy use and improve the energy performance of the project.
3. Evaluate the energy use in the project. The evaluation must include the following:
   • The effectiveness of existing energy efficiency and conservation strategies, which should include:
     • Passive design strategies for energy conservation. These strategies should include:
       • The appropriate building shape and orientation considering the site location;
       • The proper design of the building envelope to:
         • Reduce heat gain; and
         • Minimize air and moisture infiltration in air-conditioned spaces.
       • The effective use of natural ventilation to reduce the need for active cooling technologies;
       • The effective use of daylighting to reduce the need for artificial lighting; and
       • The use of cogeneration and trigeneration to maximize energy use in the project.
     • Active energy-efficient products, technologies, and equipment. These strategies should include the specification and procurement of:
       • Energy-efficient lighting;
       • Energy-efficient heating, ventilation, air conditioning, and refrigeration (HVACR);
       • High efficiency pumps and motors for mechanical and electrical equipment; and
       • Building automation systems (BAS).
   • The implementation of the existing policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the energy efficiency and conservation strategies; and
   • The implementation of the energy metering and monitoring system to monitor and manage the energy consumption of the project.
4. Establish an energy base case. The energy base case should be a simulation or calculation of the actual energy use patterns during operations prior to the performance period. The energy base case for operations must include the following:
   • The actual annual operational energy consumption in kWh per energy end use;
   • The actual annual total operational energy consumption in kWh; and
   • The energy use intensity in kWh/m².
5. Establish an energy efficiency and conservation program for the project. The program must include the following:
   • The energy efficiency and conservation strategies to further improve the energy performance of the project;
   • The identified activities to:
     • Inform users about the energy efficiency and conservation strategies of the project and their benefits; and
     • Educate users on energy efficiency and conservation.
   • The maintenance and management measures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the energy efficiency and conservation strategies.
6. Develop an action plan for implementing the energy efficiency and conservation program. The action plan must include the following:
   • The roles necessary for the implementation of the program, with responsibilities assigned to each role;
   • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording, and evaluating outcomes during the performance period;
   • The policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each strategy once implemented; and
   • The communication of the energy efficiency and conservation program and its action plan to the project stakeholders and users.
7. Implement the energy efficiency and conservation program for the project. The project team must:
   • Assign roles and responsibilities to personnel responsible for implementing the strategies;
   • Implement the energy efficiency and conservation strategies;
   • Implement the activities to:
     • Inform users about the energy efficiency and conservation strategies of the project and their benefits; and
     • Educate users on energy efficiency and conservation.
   • Implement the maintenance and management measures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the energy efficiency and conservation strategies;
   • Monitor and record the strategies' implementation during the performance period; and
   • Regularly communicate the implementation of strategies to project stakeholders.
8. Present the energy as-built case. The energy as-built case for operations must include the following:
   • The actual annual operational energy consumption in kWh per energy end use during performance period;
   • The actual annual total operational energy consumption in kWh;
   • The energy use intensity in kWh/m²;
   • The percentage of energy consumption reduction attributed to:
     • Implemented passive design strategies and other energy conservation strategies during operations; and
     • Improvements to active energy-efficient products, technologies, and equipment for energy use optimization.
   • The total percentage of energy consumption reduction compared to the energy base case.
9. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implemented energy efficiency and conservation program. The project team must:
   • Present the outcomes and review the effectiveness of the implemented energy efficiency and conservation strategies;
   • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve them; and
   • Recommend actions to further improve the energy performance of the project.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Design

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Presented a projected energy consumption reduction of fifty percent (50%) or more compared to the energy base case based on design.
2 points	Presented a projected energy consumption reduction of thirty percent (30%) to less than fifty percent (<50%) compared to the energy base case based on design.
1 point	Presented a projected energy consumption reduction of fifteen percent (15%) to less than thirty percent (<30%) compared to the energy base case based on design.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Presented a projected energy consumption reduction of fifty percent (50%) or more compared to the energy base case based on the implemented design.
2 points	Presented a projected energy consumption reduction of thirty percent (30%) to less than fifty percent (<50%) compared to the energy base case based on the implemented design.
1 point	Presented a projected energy consumption reduction of fifteen percent (15%) to less than thirty percent (<30%) compared to the energy base case based on the implemented design.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Presented an actual energy consumption reduction of forty percent (40%) or more compared to the energy base case during the performance period.
2 points	Presented an actual energy consumption reduction of twenty percent (30%) to less than forty percent (<40%) compared to the energy base case during the performance period.
1 point	Presented an actual energy consumption reduction of ten percent (10%) to less than twenty percent (<20%) compared to the energy base case during the performance period.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The documented policy reflecting the target energy consumption reduction of the project. The policy must reflect the target percentage (%) of energy consumption reduction for the project.
2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional. The documentation must include the following information:
   • Relevant qualifications and competency of the professional in:
     • Preparing the energy base case for the project; and
     • Identifying and implementing energy efficiency and conservation strategies in the project;
   • Responsibilities of the professional in the design and construction of the project; and
   • Period of engagement with the professional.
3. The energy base case. The report must reflect the projected annual operational energy consumption based on the design of the project.
4. The projected occupancy profile for the project. The documentation must include the following information:
   • Description of the project's intended use;
   • Number of shifts for the project within a 24-hour period, which may be up to a maximum of three (3) shifts;
   • Number of hours per shift, which should be at least eight (8) hours per shift; and
   • Maximum number of users per shift.
5. The plans for the energy efficiency and conservation strategies. The plans must include the following information:
   • Design of all energy-related building systems in the project, which should include:
     • Building shape and orientation,
     • Building envelope,
     • Lighting and daylighting,
     • HVAC and refrigeration,
     • Pumps and motors, and
     • Receptacle loads.
   • Location of all energy-related building systems;
   • Location of energy meters in the project; and
   • Scope of each energy meter, which must be by energy and use or by area.
6. The specifications for the energy efficiency and conservation strategies. The specifications must reflect the quality and performance details for the following:
   • All energy-related building systems in the project,
   • Passive design strategies incorporated in the project, which should include:
     • Orientation and building design reflecting the following information:
       • Building orientation,
       • Building shape or the surface area to gross floor area ratio,
       • Service core location,
       • Position of entrances,
       • Hardscapes around the building, and
       • Spatial organization of various building functions;
     • Building envelope design reflecting the following information:
       • Material information reflecting the following:
         • Heat transfer protection,
         • Humidity protection,
         • Mean radiant temperature (MRT) effect,
         • Envelope color, and
         • Infiltration protection and control;
       • Shading information reflecting the following:
         • Efficiency of the shading devices, and
         • Use of natural shading devices;
       • Fenestration information reflecting the following:
         • Location, nature and size of openings, and
         • Solar heat gain coefficient;
     • Overall heat transfer through the building envelope reflecting the following information:
       • Wall OTTV in watts per square meter (W/m²), and
       • Roof OTTV in W/m²;
     • Effective use of natural ventilation reflecting the following information:
       • Use of natural ventilation in regularly occupied spaces, and
       • Average ventilation rate in naturally ventilated spaces in cubic meter per hour per person (m³/hour/person);
     • Effective use of daylighting reflecting the following information:
       • Use of daylight in regularly occupied spaces,
       • Zoning for integrated lighting and daylighting,
       • Use of sensors to maintain illumination levels, and
       • Contrast ratio of brightness;
   • Active design strategies specified for the project, which should include:
     • Lighting system reflecting the following information:
       • Lighting power density of each space in W/m², and
       • Projected total operational energy consumption in kWh;
     • HVAC and refrigeration system reflecting the following information:
       • HVAC system efficiency in kilowatts per ton (kW/ton) and W/m²,
       • Cooling seasonal performance factor of the air-conditioning system, and
       • Projected total operational energy consumption in kWh;
     • Pumps and motors reflecting the following information:
       • System efficiency in W/m², and
       • Projected total operational energy consumption in kWh;
     • Receptacle loads reflecting the projected total operational energy consumption in kWh;
   • Renewable energy system designed for the project reflecting the following information:
     • Type of renewable energy system,
     • Potential energy produced by the renewable energy system in kW, and
     • Equivalent energy intensity of the potential renewable energy production in kWh/m².
7. The schedule of the energy meters. The schedule must include the following information:
   • Product name and model;
   • Technical description and specifications;
   • Number of energy meters; and
   • Scope of each energy meter, which must be by energy and use or by area.
8. The documented policies and procedures for the proper use of the energy meters to monitor, record and report the energy consumption of the project during operations.
9. The purchase orders as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the strategies.
10. The energy design case. The report must include the following information:
    • Analysis how the project team selected the final design option for the project;
    • Projected annual operational energy consumption in kWh per energy end use based on the design of the project,
    • Projected annual total operational energy consumption in kWh,
    • Energy use intensity in kWh/m²,
    • Percentage of energy consumption reduction attributed to:
      • Passive design strategies to conserve energy; and
      • Active energy-efficient products, technologies and equipment to optimize energy use.
    • Total percentage of energy consumption reduction compared to the energy base case.

If the project team incorporated a BAS in the design, the project team should also submit the plans and specifications of the BAS. The documentation must include the following information:

• Location of the BAS in the project,
• Connection of the energy meters to the BAS,
• Scope of the remote and automatic control function, and
• Scope of the performance monitoring.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The as-built plans for the energy efficiency and conservation strategies. The plans must include the following information:
   • Design of all energy-related building systems in the project, which should include:
     • Building shape and orientation,
     • Building envelope,
     • Lighting and daylighting,
     • HVAC and refrigeration,
     • Pumps and motors, and
     • Receptacle loads.
   • Location of all energy-related building systems;
   • Location of energy meters in the project; and
   • Scope of each energy meter, which must be by energy and use or by area.
2. The as-built specifications for the energy efficiency and conservation strategies. The specifications must reflect the quality and performance details for the following:
   • All energy-related building systems in the project,
   • Passive design strategies implemented in the project, which should include:
     • Orientation and building design reflecting the following information:
       • Building orientation,
       • Building shape or the surface area to gross floor area ratio,
       • Service core location,
       • Position of entrances,
       • Hardscapes around the building, and
       • Spatial organization of various building functions;
     • Building envelope design reflecting the following information:
       • Material information reflecting the following:
         • Heat transfer protection,
         • Humidity protection,
         • Mean radiant temperature (MRT) effect,
         • Envelope color, and
         • Infiltration protection and control;
       • Shading information reflecting the following:
         • Efficiency of the shading devices, and
         • Use of natural shading devices;
       • Fenestration information reflecting the following:
         • Location, nature and size of openings, and
         • Solar heat gain coefficient;
     • Overall heat transfer through the building envelope reflecting the following information:
       • Wall OTTV in watts per square meter (W/m²), and
       • Roof OTTV in W/m²;
     • Effective use of natural ventilation reflecting the following information:
       • Use of natural ventilation in regularly occupied spaces, and
       • Average ventilation rate in naturally ventilated spaces in cubic meter per hour per person (m³/hour/person);
     • Effective use of daylighting reflecting the following information:
       • Use of daylight in regularly occupied spaces,
       • Zoning for integrated lighting and daylighting,
       • Use of sensors to maintain illumination levels, and
       • Contrast ratio of brightness;
   • Active design strategies specified for the project, which should include:
     • Lighting system reflecting the following information:
       • Lighting power density of each space in W/m², and
       • Projected total operational energy consumption in kWh;
     • HVAC and refrigeration system reflecting the following information:
       • HVAC system efficiency in kilowatts per ton (kW/ton) and W/m²,
       • Cooling seasonal performance factor of the air-conditioning system, and
       • Projected total operational energy consumption in kWh;
     • Pumps and motors reflecting the following information:
       • System efficiency in W/m², and
       • Projected total operational energy consumption in kWh;
     • Receptacle loads reflecting the projected total operational energy consumption in kWh;
   • Renewable energy system designed for the project reflecting the following information:
     • Type of renewable energy system,
     • Potential energy produced by the renewable energy system in kW, and
     • Equivalent energy intensity of the potential renewable energy production in kWh/m².
3. The projected occupancy profile for the project. The documentation must include the following information:
   • Description of the project's intended use;
   • Number of shifts for the project within a 24-hour period, which may be up to a maximum of three (3) shifts;
   • Number of hours per shift, which should be at least eight (8) hours per shift; and
   • Maximum number of users per shift.
4. The commissioning report reflecting all energy-related building systems were successfully installed, tested and evaluated. The commissioning report must also contain the confirmation that all energy-related building systems meet the performance requirements based on the design of the project.

5. The energy as-built case. The report must include the following information:

   • Projected annual operational energy consumption in kWh per energy end use based on the implemented design of the project,
   • Projected annual total operational energy consumption in kWh,
   • Energy use intensity in kWh/m²,
   • Percentage of energy consumption reduction attributed to:
     • Implemented passive design strategies to conserve energy; and
     • Implemented active energy-efficient products, technologies and equipment to optimize energy use.
   • Total percentage of energy consumption reduction compared to the energy base case.

     % Ereduced	=	Ebase − Eas-built	×	100%
     		Ebase

   where:

   Ereduced	=	Energy consumption reduction
   Ebase	=	Energy consumption based on energy base case
   Eas-built	=	Energy consumption based on energy as-built case

6. The documented policies and procedures for the proper use of the energy meters to monitor, record and report the energy consumption of the project during operations.

7. The maintenance and management measures during the operations of the project. The documentation must consist of the following:

   • Proof of engagement with a service provider for the regular maintenance and inspection of the strategies during operations;
   • Proof of engagement with a qualified and competed professional for the energy management of the project;
   • Maintenance and management program for the energy-related building systems; and
   • Training program for the workers and staff to improve their knowledge and skills of the proper operations, management and maintenance of the building systems and equipment.

8. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies. The records must consist of the following:

   • Official receipts or sales invoices,
   • Delivery receipts,
   • Installation records, and
   • Photographs.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The documented policy reflecting the target energy consumption reduction of the project. The policy must reflect the target percentage (%) of energy consumption reduction for the project.
2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional. The documentation must include the following information:
   • Relevant qualifications and competency of the professional in:
     • Preparing the energy base case for the project; and
     • Identifying and implementing energy efficiency and conservation strategies in the project;
   • Responsibilities of the professional in the operations of the project; and
   • Period of engagement with the professional.
3. The energy base case. The report must reflect the actual annual operational energy consumption during the operations of the project prior to the performance period.
4. The actual occupancy profile for the project. The documentation must include the following information:
   • Description of the project's use;
   • Number of shifts for the project within a 24-hour period, which may be up to a maximum of three (3) shifts;
   • Number of hours per shift, which should be at least eight (8) hours per shift; and
   • Maximum number of users per shift.
5. The energy efficiency and conservation program. The program must include the following information:
   • Energy efficiency and conservation strategies to further improve the energy performance of the project;
   • Regular activities identified to:
     • Inform the users on the energy efficiency and conservation strategies in the project and its benefits, and
     • Educate the users on energy efficiency and conservation;
   • Schedule for conducting the regular activities for energy efficiency and conservation;
   • Maintenance and management measures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the energy efficiency and conservation strategies; and
   • Resources allocated to support the implementation of the program.
6. The action plan for the implementation of the energy efficiency and conservation program. The action plan must include the following information:
   • Roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the program;
   • Methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation; and
   • Documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies.
7. The purchase orders as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the strategies.
8. The communication records as proof that the energy efficiency and conservation program and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
9. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the program, which must include the following information:
   • Name of the personnel,
   • Designation and contact information, and
   • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program.
10. The as-built plans for the energy efficiency and conservation strategies. The plans must include the following information:
    • Implemented design of all energy-related building systems in the project, which should include:
      • Building shape and orientation,
      • Building envelope,
      • Lighting and daylighting,
      • HVAC and refrigeration,
      • Pumps and motors, and
      • Receptacle loads.
    • Location of all energy-related building systems;
    • Location of energy meters in the project; and
    • Scope of each energy meter, which must be by energy and use or by area.
11. The as-built specifications for the energy efficiency and conservation strategies. The specifications must reflect the quality and performance details for the following:
    • All energy-related building systems in the project,
    • Passive design strategies implemented in the project, which should include:
      • Orientation and building design reflecting the following information:
        • Building orientation,
        • Building shape or the surface area to gross floor area ratio,
        • Service core location,
        • Position of entrances,
        • Hardscapes around the building, and
        • Spatial organization of various building functions;
      • Building envelope design reflecting the following information:
        • Material information reflecting the following:
          • Heat transfer protection,
          • Humidity protection,
          • Mean radiant temperature (MRT) effect,
          • Envelope color, and
          • Infiltration protection and control;
        • Shading information reflecting the following:
          • Efficiency of the shading devices, and
          • Use of natural shading devices;
        • Fenestration information reflecting the following:
          • Location, nature and size of openings, and
          • Solar heat gain coefficient;
      • Overall heat transfer through the building envelope reflecting the following information:
        • Wall OTTV in watts per square meter (W/m²), and
        • Roof OTTV in W/m²;
      • Effective use of natural ventilation reflecting the following information:
        • Use of natural ventilation in regularly occupied spaces, and
        • Average ventilation rate in naturally ventilated spaces in cubic meter per hour per person (m³/hour/person);
      • Effective use of daylighting reflecting the following information:
        • Use of daylight in regularly occupied spaces,
        • Zoning for integrated lighting and daylighting,
        • Use of sensors to maintain illumination levels, and
        • Contrast ratio of brightness;
    • Active design strategies specified for the project, which should include:
      • Lighting system reflecting the following information:
        • Lighting power density of each space in W/m², and
        • Actual total operational energy consumption in kWh;
      • HVAC and refrigeration system reflecting the following information:
        • HVAC system efficiency in kilowatts per ton (kW/ton) and W/m²,
        • Cooling seasonal performance factor of the air-conditioning system, and
        • Actual total operational energy consumption in kWh;
      • Pumps and motors reflecting the following information:
        • System efficiency in W/m², and
        • Actual total operational energy consumption in kWh;
      • Receptacle loads reflecting the projected total operational energy consumption in kWh;
    • Renewable energy system implemented in the project reflecting the following information:
      • Type of renewable energy system,
      • Potential energy produced by the renewable energy system in kW, and
      • Equivalent energy intensity of the potential renewable energy production in kWh/m².

12. The energy as-built case for operations. The report must include the following information:

    • Energy consumption data for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period;
    • Reference of the energy data usage, which must be either of the following:
      • Utility bills, or
      • Metering reports;
    • Calculation of the energy consumption reduction achieved in the operations in kWh/m²; and
    • Calculation of the percentage of energy consumption reduction compared to the energy base case. To calculate for the energy consumption reduction, you may use this formula:

      % Ereduced	=	Ebase − Eperformance	×	100%
      		Ebase

    where:

    Ereduced	=	Energy consumption reduction
    Ebase	=	Energy consumption based on the actual operational energy consumption for at least twelve (12) months prior to the performance period
    Eperformance	=	Energy consumption based on the actual operational energy consumption for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period

13. The documented policies and procedures for the proper use of the energy meters to monitor, record and report the energy consumption of the project during operations.

14. The maintenance and management measures during the operations of the project. The documentation must consist of the following:

    • Proof of engagement with a service provider for the regular maintenance and inspection of the strategies during operations;
    • Proof of engagement with a qualified and competed professional for the energy management of the project;
    • Maintenance and management program for the energy-related building systems; and
    • Training program for the workers and staff to improve their knowledge and skills of the proper operations, management and maintenance of the building systems and equipment.

15. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies. The records must consist of the following:

    • Official receipts or sales invoices,
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records,
    • Photographs, and
    • Regular energy audit reports.

16. The report on the evaluation of the implementation of the program reflecting the following:

    • The recorded outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • The assessment on whether the program was implemented successfully during the performance period;
    • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • The actions identified to further improve the energy efficiency and conservation program after the performance period.

Back to credit

Additional Information

Energy base case

The project team must use one of the following options to establish the energy base case:

1. Simulate the project's energy base case.
2. Calculate the project's energy base case.
3. Use the energy base case of an existing comparable project.
4. Use the energy base case from a reference standard.
5. Use the actual energy consumption of the project for the past twelve (12) months.

Tenants

For Tenant projects, the project team may use energy base case of the base building.

Simulate the energy base case

When simulating the energy base case, the project team must use a computer simulation program to simulate the energy base case of the project. The project team must provide the narrative how the project and its energy-related building systems will be used to simulate the potential energy use in the project.

The project team must submit:

1. The copy of the reference codes or generally accepted standards used for the energy simulation of the project.
2. The report on the scope and narrative description of the project used in the computer simulation. The report must include the following information:
   • The total gross floor area in m²;
   • The occupancy profile reflecting the following:
     • The number of shifts for the project within a 24-hour period, which may be up to a maximum of three (3) shifts;
     • The number of hours per shift, which should be at least eight (8) hours per shift; and
     • The maximum number of users per shift;
   • The description of the project's intended use;
   • The technical description of all energy-related building systems in the project;
   • The computer simulation program and the version used for the simulation; and
   • The summary of the energy simulation input data.
3. The report on the simulated energy base case of the project. The report must include the following information:
   • The projected annual operational energy consumption in kWh per energy end use;
   • The projected annual total operational energy consumption in kWh; and
   • The energy use intensity in kWh/m².

Calculate the energy base case

When calculating the energy base case, the calculation for the energy performance must be reflective of the potential energy use patterns during the operations of the project. The project team must provide the narrative how the project and its energy-related building systems will be used to estimate the potential energy use in the project.

The project team must submit:

1. The report on the scope and narrative description of the project used for the calculation. The report must include the following information:
   • The total gross floor area in m²;
   • The occupancy profile reflecting the following:
     • The number of shifts for the project within a 24-hour period, which may be up to a maximum of three (3) shifts;
     • The number of hours per shift, which should be at least eight (8) hours per shift; and
     • The maximum number of users per shift;
   • The description of the project's intended use; and
   • The technical description of all energy-related building systems in the project.
2. The copy of the reference codes or generally accepted standards used for the energy consumption rates of all energy-related building systems in the calculation.
3. The report on the calculated energy base case of the project. The report must include the following information:
   • The projected annual operational energy consumption in kWh per energy end use;
   • The projected annual total operational energy consumption in kWh; and
   • The energy use intensity in kWh/m².

Use the energy base case of an existing comparable project

When using an energy base base of an existing comparable project, the project team must be able to establish how the identified comparable project is similar to the design, function and use of the project. This is to ensure that the established base case will be similar to the projected energy performance of the project.

The project team must submit:

1. The report on the technical description of the identified existing comparable project. The report must include the following information:
   • The comparable project's name;
   • The comparable project's location;
   • The comparable project owner's name;
   • The total gross floor area of the comparable project in m²;
   • The occupancy profile reflecting the following:
     • The number of shifts for the project within a 24-hour period, which may be up to a maximum of three (3) shifts;
     • The number of hours per shift, which should be at least eight (8) hours per shift; and
     • The maximum number of users per shift;
   • The description of the comparable project's use.
2. The proof of ownership or an authorization from the comparable project owner for using the energy consumption data of the comparable projects to establish the energy base case of the project.
3. The documentation on the energy consumption data of the comparable project, which must be based on either of the following:
   • The energy consumption of all energy-related building systems of the comparable project, which must include the following:
     • The energy consumption rates of all energy-related building systems of the comparable project;
     • The projected annual total energy consumption of the comparable project in kWh;
     • The projected annual energy consumption each identified energy-related building systems in kWh based on reference codes or generally accepted standards; and
     • The copy of the reference codes or generally accepted standards used for the energy consumption rates of all energy-related building systems.
   • The actual energy consumption of the comparable project for at least twelve (12) months, which must be based on either the following:
     • Utility bills; or
     • Energy monitoring reports.
4. The report on the calculated energy base case of the project based on the data from the comparable project. The report must include the following information:
   • The projected annual operational energy consumption in kWh per energy end use;
   • The projected annual total operational energy consumption in kWh; and
   • The energy use intensity in kWh/m².

Use the energy base case from a reference standard

When using an energy base case from a reference standard, the project team must use the base case applicable to the project, which may be based on the scope of the base case, project type or occupancy type.

The project team must submit:

1. The copy of the reference standard used for the energy base case.
2. The projected occupancy profile for the project. The documentation must include the following information:
   • The number of shifts for the project within a 24-hour period, which may be up to a maximum of three (3) shifts;
   • The number of hours per shift, which should be at least eight (8) hours per shift; and
   • The maximum number of users per shift.
3. The report on the calculated energy base case of the project. The report must include the following information:
   • The projected annual total operational energy consumption in kWh; and
   • The energy use intensity in kWh/m².

Use the actual energy consumption

S3

For projects under operations, the project team should present the actual energy consumption of the project for at least twelve (12) months prior to the performance period of the project.

The project team must submit:

1. The copy of the reference documents reflecting the actual energy consumption of the project for at least twelve (12) months, which must be based on either of the following:
   • Utility bills; or
   • Energy monitoring reports.
2. The actual occupancy profile for the project. The documentation must include the following information:
   • The number of shifts for the project within a 24-hour period, which may be up to a maximum of three (3) shifts;
   • The number of hours per shift, which should be at least eight (8) hours per shift; and
   • The maximum number of users per shift.
3. The report on the presented energy base case of the project. The report must include the following information:
   • The actual annual operational energy consumption in kWh per energy end use;
   • The actual annual total operational energy consumption in kWh; and
   • The energy use intensity in kWh/m².

Use the energy base case of the base building

Tenants

When using the energy base case of the base building, the project team is responsible for securing the energy consumption data from the building owner or manager. The energy base case of the base building may be used to calculate for the projected energy consumption of the tenant space.

The project team must submit:

1. The documentation on the energy consumption data of the base building, which must be base on either of the following:
   • The energy consumption of all energy-related building systems of the base building, which must include the following:
     • The energy consumption rates of all energy-related building systems of the base building;
     • The projected annual total energy consumption of the base building in kWh;
     • The projected annual energy consumption each identified energy-related building systems in kWh based on reference codes or generally accepted standards; and
     • The copy of the reference codes or generally accepted standards used for the energy consumption rates of all energy-related building systems.
   • The actual energy consumption of the base building for at least twelve (12) months, which must be based on either the following:
     • Utility bills; or
     • Energy monitoring reports.
2. The report on the calculated energy base case of the project based on the data from the base building. The report must include the following information:
   • The projected annual operational energy consumption in kWh per energy end use;
   • The projected annual total operational energy consumption in kWh; and
   • The energy use intensity in kWh/m².

Back to credit

Energy design case

When preparing the energy design case, the project team must demonstrate how the energy performance of the project improved through incorporating energy efficiency and conservation strategies in the design of the project.

The project team should submit the energy design case. The design case must include the following information:

• The schedule of electrical loads reflecting the energy consumption rates of all energy-related building systems in the design of the project;
• The analysis how the project team selected the final design option for the project;
• The projected annual operational energy consumption in kWh per energy end use based on the design of the project;
• The projected annual total operational energy consumption in kWh;
• The energy use intensity in kWh/m²;
• The percentage of energy consumption reduction attributed to:
  • Passive design strategies to conserve energy; and
  • Active energy-efficient products, technologies and equipment to optimize energy use.
• The total percentage of energy consumption reduction compared to the energy base case.

% Ereduced	=	Ebase − Edesign	×	100%
		Ebase

where:

Ereduced	=	Energy consumption reduction
Ebase	=	Energy consumption based on energy base case
Edesign	=	Energy consumption based on energy design case

Back to credit

Terms and Definition

In the context of this credit, the following terms and definitions apply.

Base case

refers to the modelling, calculation, or set of data used as the basis for comparison where the performance of a project is measured from.

Building automation system

refers refers to a management system, usually with additional capabilities, relating to the overall operation of the building in which it is installed, such as equipment monitoring, protection of equipment against power failure, and building security. (American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-conditioning Engineers, Inc., n.d.)

Certified Energy Conservation Officer (CECO)

refers to a professional who obtains a certification as a CECO after demonstrating high levels of experience, competence, proficiency and ethical fitness in the energy management profession, and who shall be responsible for the supervision and maintenance of the facilities of Type 1 designated establishments for the proper management of energy consumption and such other functions deemed necessary for the efficient and judicious utilization of energy under this act. (Energy Efficiency and Conservation Act, 2019)

Certified Energy Manager (CEM)

refers to a licensed engineer who obtains a certification as a CEM after demonstrating high levels of experience, competence, proficiency and ethical fitness in the energy management profession, and who shall be chosen by Type 2 designated establishments to plan, lead, manage, coordinate, monitor, evaluate the implementation of sustainable energy management within their organizations. (Energy Efficiency and Conservation Act, 2019)

Commissioning

refers to the systematic process of functional performance testing, verification, documentation and training intended to ensure that the building and its systems operate in accordance with the defined objectives and criteria of the project. (International Organization for Standardization, 2017)

Design case

refers to the modelling, calculation, or set of data reflecting the improved performance of the project based on the design of the project.

Energy

refers to the power from the utilization of renewable or non-renewable resources to be used for heating, cooling, lighting and ventilation of the building.

Energy Audit

refers to the systematic analysis of energy use and energy consumption within a defined energy audit scope, in order to identify, quantify and report on the opportunities for improved energy performance. (Bureau of Philippine Standards, 2014)

Energy base case

refers to the base case for energy consumption where the projected energy consumption reduction of a project is measured from. The energy base case should be a simulation or calculation of the projected energy use patterns for the project's operations.

Energy use intensity

refers to the measure of the energy use of projects, and it is primarily used to evaluate the reduction of the overall energy consumption of a project. EUI is also used to benchmark the energy consumption of a project to other comparable projects.

Energy conservation

refers to the reduction or elimination of unnecessary energy use and waste. (United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change, n.d.)

Energy-related building systems

refers to all electrical loads designed or installed in a project that consumes energy. These loads includes:

• Lighting;
• Small power or receptacle loads;
• Motors, such as:
  • Elevators;
  • Escalators;
  • Walkways;
  • Pumps;
• Heating, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning (HVAC) systems, such as:
  • Heaters;
  • Fans; and
  • Air conditioners.

Energy efficiency

refers to the way of managing and restraining the growth in energy consumption resulting in the delivery of more services for the same energy input or the same services for less energy input. (Energy Efficiency and Conservation Act, 2019)

Net Zero Energy

refers to the conservation and optimization of the energy use in projects, and the use of the renewable energy for the project's remaining operational energy demand. Projects may be recognized as a Net Zero Energy project when the project team:

• Achieves a minimum of BERDE 4-Star Certification;
• Achieve a perfect score under the Energy category; and
• Use 100% renewable energy for the project's operational energy demand.

The project will be awarded with a separate certification as a Net Zero Energy project.

Back to credit

Additional Readings

The following readings may guide the project team in complying with the requirements:

• Republic of the Philippines. (2008). Renewable Energy Act of 2008 [Republic Act No. 9513]. https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/2008/12/16/republic-act-no-9513/.
• Republic of the Philippines. (2019). Energy Efficiency and Conservation Act [Republic Act No. 11285]. https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/downloads/2019/04apr/20190412-RA-11285-RRD.pdf.
• Department of Energy. (2019). Implementing rules and regulations of Republic Act No. 11285 [DOE Department Circular No. DC2019-11-0014]. https://www.doe.gov.ph/sites/default/files/pdf/issuances/dc2019-11-0014-updated.PDF.
• Department of Energy. (2018). Promulgating the Rules and Guidelines Governing the Establishment of the Green Energy Option Program Pursuant to the Renewable Energy Act of 2008 [Department Circular No. DC2018-07-0019]. https://www.doe.gov.ph/sites/default/files/pdf/issuances/dc2018-07-0019_0.PDF.
• Bureau of Philippine Standards. (2011). Energy management systems — Requirements with guidance for use [PNS ISO 50001:2011]. BPS.
• Bureau of Philippine Standards. (2014). Energy audits — Requirements with guidance for use [PNS ISO 50002:2014]. BPS.
• International Organization for Standardization. (2020). Energy management systems — Guidance for the implementation, maintenance and improvement of an ISO 50001 energy management system [ISO Standard 50004]. ISO.
• International Organization for Standardization. (2018). Energy management systems — Requirements with guidance for use [ISO Standard 50001]. ISO.
• International Code Council. (2018). 2018 international energy conservation code [2018 IECC]. ICC.

Back to credit

Credit Alignment to PHILGBC Certification Programs

This credit is aligned with the Requirements of the Advancing Net Zero Philippines — Advancing Net Zero Energy — Version 1.1.0.

Back to credit

EN-02 Renewable Energy

All Stages
Buildings
All Occupancy Types
SDG 7Affordable and Clean Energy SDG 13Climate Action

Content

• Purpose and Intent
• Requirements
  • S1 S2 S3
• Score Distribution
  • S1 S2 S3
• Compliance Notes
  • S1 S2 S3
• Additional Information

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

• Use renewable energy to reduce the demand for non-renewable energy sources; and
• Reduce the overall energy demand of the project through the use of on- or off-site renewable energy.

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Establish a target renewable energy generation for the project.
2. Identify and engage a qualified professional competent in:
   • Conducting an assessment to determine the appropriate use of renewable energy for the project; and
   • Identifying and implementing strategies to use renewable energy in the project.
3. Present the energy design case. The energy design case must include the following:
   • The projected annual operational energy consumption in kWh per energy end use based on the design of the project,
   • The projected annual total operational energy consumption in kWh, and
   • The energy use intensity in kWh/m².
4. Identify the appropriate renewable energy system for the project. The project should:
   • Generate electricity using on-site renewable energy;
   • Purchase renewable energy from a registered retail electricity supplier; or
   • Use a combination of on- and off-site renewable energy.
5. Establish an energy metering and monitoring system to monitor and manage the renewable energy generation and use during the operations of the project.
6. Present the projected energy production equivalent of the renewable energy identified in the project in kWh/m².

On-site Renewable Energy

If the project will use on-site renewable energy, the project team must:

1. Identify the appropriate on-site renewable energy system for the project.
2. Present the projected percentage of renewable energy that will be generated by the on-site renewable energy system.

Off-site Renewable Energy

If the project will purchase off-site renewable energy, the project team must identify and engage a registered retail electricity supplier to:

• Supply 100% renewable energy to the project based on its projected annual operational energy demand.
• Supply renewable energy for at least five (5) years from the start of the project's operations.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Implement the appropriate renewable energy system for the project.
2. Install energy meters for the implementation of the energy metering and monitoring system to monitor and manage the renewable energy generation and use during the operations of the project.
3. Present the projected energy production equivalent of the renewable energy identified in the project in kWh/m².

On-site Renewable Energy

If the project used on-site renewable energy, the project team must:

1. Implement the appropriate on-site renewable energy system for the project.
2. Conduct commissioning and testing for the implemented renewable energy system in the project. Through the commissioning and testing, the project team must confirm the achievement of the performance requirements for the implemented renewable energy system. The commissioning and testing must be:
   • Conducted by a third-party commissioning body;
   • Based on the performance requirements and manufacturer's specifications identified during the design of the project; and
   • Based on testing methodologies from generally accepted standards. Appropriate standards must be used for the commissioning and testing of the renewable energy system.
3. Present the projected percentage of renewable energy that will be generated by the on-site renewable energy system.

Off-site Renewable Energy

If the project purchased off-site renewable energy, the project team must confirm the engagement of a registered retail electricity supplier to:

• Supply 100% renewable energy to the project based on its projected annual operational energy demand.
• Supply renewable energy for at least five (5) years from the start of the project's operations.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Establish the target renewable energy use for the project.
2. Identify and engage a qualified professional competent in:
   • Conducting an assessment on the existing use of renewable energy for the project; and
   • Identifying and implementing strategies to use renewable energy in the project.
3. Evaluate the renewable energy use in the project. The project team must:
   • Review the renewable energy use prior to the performance period of the project;
   • Review the existing policies and procedures for renewable energy use in the project; and
   • Recommend actions to improve the use of renewable energy in the project.
4. Present the energy base case. The energy base case should be the actual energy consumption during the operations of the project prior to the performance period. The energy base case for operations must include the following:
   • The actual annual operational energy consumption in kWh per energy end use,
   • The actual annual total operational energy consumption in kWh, and
   • The energy use intensity in kWh/m².
5. Identify improvements in the use of renewable energy in the project to further improve its energy performance.
6. Implement the improvements in the use of renewable energy in the project. The project team must:
   • Assign roles and responsibilities to the personnel responsible for the implementation of the strategies;
   • Implement the improvements in the use of renewable energy;
   • Monitor and record the implementation of the strategies during the performance period; and
   • Regularly communicate the implementation of the strategies to the project stakeholders.
7. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implemented improvements in the use of renewable energy. The project team must:
   • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the strategies for renewable energy use;
   • Review if the strategies were implemented effectively;
   • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
   • Identify actions to continuously improve the energy performance of the project.

On-site Renewable Energy

If the project has an existing on-site renewable energy system, the project team must:

1. Present the existing on-site renewable energy system for the project.
2. Present the actual percentage of renewable energy generated by the on-site renewable energy system.

Off-site Renewable Energy

If the project is purchasing off-site renewable energy, the project team must present the renewable energy supplied by registered retail electricity supplier. The renewable energy supplied must be:

• 100% renewable energy based on the actual annual operational energy demand of the project.
• For at least three (3) years from the start of the performance period.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Design

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Engaged a retail electricity supplier to supply off-site renewable energy for one hundred percent (100%) of the projected operational energy demand of the project for at least five (5) years.
3 points	Designed an on-site renewable energy system to supply ten percent (10%) or more renewable energy based on the projected operational energy demand of the project.
2 points	Designed an on-site renewable energy system to supply five percent (5%) to less than ten percent (<10%) renewable energy based on the projected operational energy demand of the project.
1 point	Designed an on-site renewable energy system to supply three percent (3%) to less than five percent (<5%) renewable energy based on the projected operational energy demand of the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Engaged a retail electricity supplier to supply off-site renewable energy for one hundred percent (100%) of the projected operational energy demand of the project for at least five (5) years.
3 points	Implemented an on-site renewable energy system to supply ten percent (10%) or more renewable energy based on the projected operational energy demand of the project.
2 points	Implemented an on-site renewable energy system to supply five percent (5%) to less than ten percent (<10%) renewable energy based on the projected operational energy demand of the project.
1 point	Implemented an on-site renewable energy system to supply three percent (3%) to less than five percent (<5%) renewable energy based on the projected operational energy demand of the project.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Provided supply of off-site renewable energy for one hundred percent (100%) of the operational energy demand of the project for at least three (3) years.
3 points	Implemented an on-site renewable energy system to supply ten percent (10%) or more renewable energy based on the operational energy demand of the project.
2 points	Implemented an on-site renewable energy system to supply five percent (5%) to less than ten percent (<10%) renewable energy based on the operational energy demand of the project.
1 point	Implemented an on-site renewable energy system to supply three percent (3%) to less than five percent (<5%) renewable energy based on the operational energy demand of the project.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The documented policy reflecting the target renewable energy generation for the project. The policy must reflect the target percentage (%) of renewable energy utilization for the project.
2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional. The documentation must include the following information:
   • The relevant qualifications and competencies of the professional in:
     • Conducting an assessment to determine the appropriate use of renewable energy for the project; and
     • Identifying and implementing strategies to use renewable energy in the project;
   • The responsibilities of the professional in the design of the project and the expected output; and
   • The period of engagement with the professional to deliver the expected output.
3. The energy base case. The base case must reflect the projected annual operational energy consumption based on the initial design of the project.
4. The energy design case. The design case must include the following information:
   • The equivalent energy intensity in kWh/m² for renewable energy; and
   • The percentage of the equivalent energy intensity for renewable energy compared to the projected annual total operational energy consumption in the energy base case.
5. The documented policies and procedures for the proper use of the energy meters to monitor, record and report the energy consumption of the project during operations.

If the project will use on-site renewable energy, the project team should also submit:

1. The feasibility report reflecting the appropriate renewable energy system for the project, including the projected renewable energy generation of the system.
2. The plans and specifications for the on-site renewable energy system. The plans must include the following information:
   • The design and location of the on-site renewable energy system; and
   • The quality and performance details of the strategies, including its impacts to the overall performance of the project.
3. The proof of engagement with the service provider for on-site renewable energy. The documentation must include the following information:
   • The relevant accreditations of the service provider to supply, construct and install renewable energy systems in the project;
   • The responsibilities of the service provider in the design of the project and the expected output;
   • The period of engagement with the service provider to deliver the expected output;
   • If the on-site renewable energy system is leased by the project owner, the period of lease for the use of the renewable energy system, which must be for at least five (5) years from the start of the project's operations.
4. The purchase orders as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the strategies.

If the project will purchase off-site renewable energy, the project team should also submit the approved supply contract with the registered retail electricity supplier. The documentation must include the following information:

• The total supply of renewable energy, which must be equivalent to 100% of the projected annual operational energy demand in the energy design case; and
• The duration of the supply, which must be for at least five (5) years from the start of the project's operations.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The commissioning report reflecting that the renewable energy system were installed, tested and evaluated successfully to meet the performance requirements based on the design of the renewable energy system in the project.
2. The energy as-built case. The as-built case must include the following information:
   • The equivalent energy intensity in kWh/m² for renewable energy; and
   • The percentage of the equivalent energy intensity for renewable energy compared to the projected annual total operational energy consumption in the energy base case.
3. The documented policies and procedures for the proper use of the energy meters to monitor, record and report the energy consumption of the project during operations.

If the project used on-site renewable energy, the project team should also submit:

1. The as-built plans and specifications for the on-site renewable energy system. The plans must include the following information:
   • The implemented design and location of the on-site renewable energy system; and
   • The quality and performance details of the strategies, including its impacts to the overall performance of the project.
2. The proof of engagement with the service provider for on-site renewable energy. The documentation must include the following information:
   • The relevant accreditations of the service provider to supply, construct and install renewable energy systems in the project;
   • The responsibilities of the service provider in the construction of the project and the expected output;
   • The period of engagement with the service provider to deliver the expected output; and
   • If the on-site renewable energy system is leased by the project owner, the period of lease for the use of the renewable energy system, which must be for at least five (5) years from the start of the project's operations.
3. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies. The records must consist of the following:
   • Official receipts or sales invoices,
   • Delivery receipts,
   • Installation records, and
   • Photographs.

If the project purchased off-site renewable energy, the project team should also submit the approved supply contract with the registered retail electricity supplier. The documentation must include the following information:

• The total supply of renewable energy, which must be equivalent to 100% of the projected annual operational energy demand in the energy design case; and
• The duration of the supply, which must be for at least five (5) years from the start of the project's operations.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The documented policy reflecting the target renewable energy generation for the project. The policy must reflect the target percentage (%) of renewable energy utilization for the project.
2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional. The documentation must include the following information:
   • The relevant qualifications and competencies of the professional in:
     • Conducting an assessment to existing use of renewable energy for the project; and
     • Identifying and implementing strategies to use renewable energy in the project.
   • The responsibilities of the professional in the operations of the project and the expected output; and
   • The period of engagement with the professional to deliver the expected output.
3. The evaluation report for the renewable energy use in the project. The report must include the following information:
   • The renewable energy use prior to the performance period of the project;
   • The review of existing policies and procedures for renewable energy use in the project;
   • The recommendations to improve the use of renewable energy in the project.
4. The energy base case. The report must reflect the actual annual operational energy consumption during the operations of the project prior to the performance period.
5. The report on the improvements to the use of renewable energy in the project. The report must include the following information:
   • The expected impact of using on-site renewable energy for the project;
   • The expected impact of purchasing off-site renewable energy for the project; or
   • The expected impact of using both on- and off-site renewable energy.
6. The purchase orders as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the strategies.
7. The communication records as proof that the improvements to the use of renewable energy were communicated to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
8. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the program. The list must include the following information:
   • The name and designation of the personnel;
   • The contact number of the personnel; and
   • The roles and responsibilities assigned for the implementation of the strategies.
9. The energy as-built case for operations. The as-built case must include the following information:
   • The equivalent energy intensity in kWh/m² for renewable energy; and
   • The percentage of the equivalent energy intensity for renewable energy compared to the projected annual total operational energy consumption in the energy base case.
10. The documented policies and procedures for the proper use of the energy meters to monitor, record and report the energy consumption of the project during operations.
11. The monitoring reports for the implementation of the strategies during the performance period.
12. The evaluation report on the effectiveness of the implemented improvements to the use of renewable energy. The report must include the following information:
    • The outcomes of the implementation of the improvements to the use of renewable energy;
    • The assessment on whether the strategies were implemented effectively;
    • The assessment on whether the energy performance of the project improved after implementing the strategies;
    • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • The recommendations to continuously improve the renewable energy use in the project.

If the project used on-site renewable energy, the project team should also submit:

1. The commissioning report reflecting that the renewable energy system were installed, tested and evaluated successfully to meet the performance requirements based on the design of the renewable energy system in the project.
2. The as-built plans and specifications for the on-site renewable energy system. The plans must include the following information:
   • The implemented design and location of the on-site renewable energy system; and
   • The quality and performance details of the strategies, including its impacts to the overall performance of the project.
3. The proof of engagement with the service provider for on-site renewable energy. The documentation must include the following information:
   • The relevant accreditations of the service provider to supply, construct and install renewable energy systems in the project;
   • The responsibilities of the service provider in the construction of the project and the expected output;
   • The period of engagement with the service provider to deliver the expected output; and
   • If the on-site renewable energy system is leased by the project owner, the period of lease for the use of the renewable energy system, which must be for at least three (3) years from the start of the project's operations.
4. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies. The records must consist of the following:
   • Official receipts or sales invoices,
   • Delivery receipts,
   • Installation records, and
   • Photographs.

If the project purchased off-site renewable energy, the project team should also submit the approved supply contract with the registered retail electricity supplier. The documentation must include the following information:

• The total supply of renewable energy, which must be equivalent to 100% of the projected annual operational energy demand in the energy design case; and
• The duration of the supply, which must be for at least three (3) years from the start of the performance period.

Back to credit

Additional Information

Terms and Definitions

In the context of this credit, the following terms and definitions apply.

Biomass resources

refer to non-fossilized, biodegradable organic material originating from naturally occurring or cultured plants, animals and microorganisms, including agricultural products, by-products and residues that can be used in bioconversion process and other processes, as well as gases and liquids recovered from the decomposition and/or extraction of non-fossilized and biodegradable organic materials. (Renewable Energy Act of 2008, 2008)

Geothermal resources

refer to mineral resources, classified as renewable energy source, in the form of all products of geothermal processes, embracing indigenous steam, hot water and hot brines, heat or associated energy found in geothermal formations, and any by-product derived from them. (Renewable Energy Act of 2008, 2008)

Hydropower resources

refer to water resources found technically feasible for development of hydropower projects which include rivers, lakes, waterfalls, irrigation canals, springs, ponds, and other water bodies. (Renewable Energy Act of 2008, 2008)

On-site renewable energy system

refers to photovoltaic, solar thermal, geothermal energy, and wind systems used to generate energy and location on the building project or within the project's site. (American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-conditioning Engineers, Inc., 2017)

Retail electricity supplier

refers to any person or entity authorized by the Energy Regulatory Commission (ERC) to sell, broker, market, or aggregate electricity to the end-users. (Energy Regulatory Commission, 2011)

Solar energy

refers to the energy derived from solar radiation that can be converted into useful thermal or electrical energy. (Renewable Energy Act of 2008, 2008)

Wind energy

refers to the energy that can be derived from wind that is converted into useful electrical or mechanical energy. (Renewable Energy Act of 2008, 2008)

Back to credit

Additional Readings

The following readings may guide the project team in complying with the requirements:

• Republic of the Philippines. (2008). Renewable Energy Act of 2008 [Republic Act No. 9513]. https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/2008/12/16/republic-act-no-9513/.
• Republic of the Philippines. (2019). Energy Efficiency and Conservation Act [Republic Act No. 11285]. https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/downloads/2019/04apr/20190412-RA-11285-RRD.pdf.
• Department of Energy. (2019). Implementing rules and regulations of Republic Act No. 11285 [DOE Department Circular No. DC2019-11-0014]. https://www.doe.gov.ph/sites/default/files/pdf/issuances/dc2019-11-0014-updated.PDF.
• Department of Energy. (2018). Promulgating the Rules and Guidelines Governing the Establishment of the Green Energy Option Program Pursuant to the Renewable Energy Act of 2008 [Department Circular No. DC2018-07-0019]. https://www.doe.gov.ph/sites/default/files/pdf/issuances/dc2018-07-0019_0.PDF.
• Bureau of Philippine Standards. (2011). Energy management systems — Requirements with guidance for use [PNS ISO 50001:2011]. BPS.
• Bureau of Philippine Standards. (2014). Energy audits — Requirements with guidance for use [PNS ISO 50002:2014]. BPS.

Back to credit

Credit Alignment to PHILGBC Certification Programs

This credit is aligned with the Requirements of the Advancing Net Zero Philippines — Advancing Net Zero Energy — Version 1.1.0.

Back to credit

EN-03 Fuel Consumption Reduction

S3
All Project Types
All Occupancy Types
SDG 7Affordable and Clean Energy SDG 13Climate Action

Content

• Purpose and Intent
• Requirements
• Score Distribution
• Compliance Notes
• Additional Information

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

• Encourage the use of clean energy sources to support building decarbonization; and
• Eliminate or reduce the fossil fuel consumption of fossil fuel-based building systems and equipment used in the project.

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 3 — Operations

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Establish the target fossil fuel consumption reduction for the project.
2. Engage a qualified professional competent in:
   • Evaluating the fossil fuel use in the project; and
   • Planning and implementing strategies to eliminate or reduce fossil fuel consumption, including the use of alternatives to fossil fuel-based building systems and equipment.
3. Evaluate the fossil fuel use in the project. The evaluation must include the following:
   • The fossil fuel-based building systems and equipment used in the project, which may include:
     • Stand-by generator sets for emergency power;
     • Commercial boilers and furnaces for space and water heating;
     • Combined heat and power (CHP) systems for cogeneration;
     • Combined cooling, heat and power (CCHP) systems for trigeneration; and
     • Cooking and clothes drying equipment;
   • The types of fossil fuels used by the building systems and equipment in the project, which may include:
     • Natural gas, and
     • Oil products, such as liquefied petroleum gas (LPG) and diesel fuel;
   • The implementation of the existing policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the fossil fuel-based building systems and equipment; and
   • The recommendations to eliminate or reduce the fossil fuel consumption in the project, including the use of alternatives to fossil fuel-based building systems and equipment.
4. Establish a program for fossil fuel consumption reduction. The program must include the following:
   • The strategies to eliminate or reduce the fossil fuel consumption in the project, which may include:
     • Using clean and safe alternatives to the fossil fuel-based building systems and equipment,
     • Utilizing renewable energy to eliminate the use of fossil fuels in the project, and
     • Improving the efficiency of the systems and equipment to reduce its fossil fuel consumption;
   • The policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the identified strategies.
5. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the program for fossil fuel consumption reduction. The action plan must contain:
   • The roles necessary for the implementation of the program, including the responsibilities for each role;
   • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation during the performance period;
   • The policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each strategy once implemented; and
   • The communication of the program for fossil fuel consumption reduction and its action plan to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
6. Implement the program for fossil fuel consumption reduction. The project team must:
   • Assign the roles and responsibilities to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the program;
   • Implement the strategies for fossil fuel consumption reduction during operations;
   • Monitor and record the implementation of each strategy for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period;
   • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the program to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project; and
   • Confirm the policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each implemented strategy.
7. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the program for fossil fuel consumption reduction. The project team must:
   • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the program;
   • Review if the program was implemented successfully during the performance period;
   • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
   • Identify actions to further improve the program for fossil fuel consumption reduction after the performance period.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 3 — Operations

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
1 point	Established program for fossil fuel consumption reduction and action plan for its implementation to eliminate or reduce fossil fuel consumption in the project, and Implemented the program and evaluated its effectiveness for its continual improvement.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 3 — Operations

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project should submit:

1. The documented policy reflecting the target fossil fuel consumption reduction of the project. The policy must reflect the target percentage (%) of fossil fuel consumption reduction for the project.
2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional. The documentation must include the following information:
   • The relevant qualifications and competencies of the professional in:
     • Evaluating the fossil fuel use in the project; and
     • Identifying and implementing strategies to eliminate or reduce fossil fuel consumption, including the use of alternatives to fossil fuel-based building systems and equipment;
   • The responsibilities of the professional in the operations of the project and the expected output; and
   • The period of engagement with the professional to deliver the expected output.
3. The evaluation report of the fossil fuel use in the project. The report must include the following information:
   • The fossil fuel-based building systems and equipment used in the project;
   • The types of fossil fuels used by the building systems and equipment in the project;
   • The consumption and efficiency of the fossil fuel-based building systems and equipment used in the project;
   • The review of existing policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the fossil fuel-based building systems and equipment; and
   • The recommendations to eliminate or reduce the fossil fuel consumption in the project, including the use of alternatives to fossil fuel-based building systems and equipment.
4. The fossil fuel consumption reduction program for the project. The program must include the following information:
   • The strategies to eliminate or reduce the fossil fuel consumption in the project;
   • The expected impact of the strategies once implemented; and
   • The documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies.
5. The action plan for the implementation of the fossil fuel consumption reduction program. The action plan must include the following information:
   • The roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the program;
   • The methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation; and
   • The documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies.
6. The purchase orders as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the strategies.
7. The communication records as proof that the fossil fuel consumption reduction program was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
8. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the program. The list must include the following information:
   • The name and designation of the personnel;
   • The contact number of the personnel; and
   • The roles and responsibilities assigned for the implementation of the strategies.
9. The as-built plans and specifications of the strategies to eliminate or reduce the fossil fuel consumption in the project, which must include the following information:
   • The implemented design and location of the strategies within the project; and
   • The technical description reflecting the quality and performance details of the implemented strategies.
10. The monitoring reports for the implementation of the strategies during the performance period.
11. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies. The records must consist of the following:
    • Official receipts or sales invoices,
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
12. The evaluation report on the effectiveness of the implemented fossil fuel consumption reduction program. The report must include the following information:
    • The outcomes of the implementation of the strategies to eliminate or reduce fossil fuel consumption;
    • The assessment on whether the strategies were implemented effectively;
    • The assessment on whether the fossil fuel consumption of the project reduced or eliminated after implementing the program;
    • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • The recommendations to continuously improve the fossil fuel consumption reduction program.

Back to credit

Additional Information

Terms and Definitions

In the context of this credit, the following terms and definitions apply.

Energy

refers to all types of energy available commercially, including natural gas (liquid natural gas and liquid oil gas), all heating and cooling fuels (including district heating and district cooling), coal, transport fuels, and renewable energy sources. (Energy Efficiency and Conservation Act, 2019)

Back to credit

Additional Readings

The following readings may guide the project team in complying with the requirements:

• Republic of the Philippines. (2008). Renewable Energy Act of 2008 [Republic Act No. 9513]. https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/2008/12/16/republic-act-no-9513/.
• Republic of the Philippines. (2019). Energy Efficiency and Conservation Act [Republic Act No. 11285]. https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/downloads/2019/04apr/20190412-RA-11285-RRD.pdf.
• Department of Energy. (2019). Implementing rules and regulations of Republic Act No. 11285 [DOE Department Circular No. DC2019-11-0014]. https://www.doe.gov.ph/sites/default/files/pdf/issuances/dc2019-11-0014-updated.PDF.

Back to credit

Net Zero Energy

Projects may be recognized as a Net Zero Energy project when the project team:

• Achieves a minimum of BERDE 4-Star Certification;
• Achieve a perfect score under the Energy category; and
• Use 100% renewable energy for the project's operational energy demand.

The project will be awarded with a separate certification as a Net Zero Energy project.

Water

Water category focuses on effective management and reduction of the overall water demand for the project. The efficient use of potable water and the effective management of wastewater in projects lessen their environmental impact, and provides the project team with economic benefits through potential savings and decreased demand for water supply.

No.	Credit Name	Certification Stage	Project Type	Occupancy Type	SDGs
WT-01	Water Consumption Reduction	All Stages	All Project Types	All Occupancy Types	SDG 6 SDG 13
WT-02	Graywater Reuse	All Stages	Buildings	All Occupancy Types	SDG 6 SDG 13
WT-03	Rainwater Harvesting	All Stages	Buildings	All Occupancy Types	SDG 6 SDG 13

WT-01 Water Consumption Reduction

All Stages
All Project Types
All Occupancy Types
SDG 6Clean Water and Sanitation SDG 13Climate Action

Content

• Purpose and Intent
• Requirements
  • S1 S2 S3
• Score Distribution
  • S1 S2 S3
• Compliance Notes
  • S1 S2 S3
• Additional Information

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

• Reduce the potable water consumption of the project through water efficiency and conservation; and
• Improve the overall water performance of the project.

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Establish the target water consumption reduction for the project.
2. Identify and engage a qualified professional competent in
   • Preparing the water base case for the project; and
   • Identifying and implementing water efficiency and conservation strategies in the project.
3. Establish a water base case. The water base case should be a simulation or calculation of the projected water use patterns during the operations of the project. The water base case must include the following:
   • The projected annual operational potable water consumption in cubic meters (m³) per water end use,
   • The projected annual total operational potable water consumption in m³, and
   • The water use intensity in cubic meters per square meter (m³/m²).
4. Design the project that incorporates water efficiency and conservation strategies. The strategies may include the following:
   • The use of water-efficient fixtures, such as:
     • Toilets and urinals,
     • Faucets, and
     • Shower heads;
   • The provision of water-efficient landscaping and irrigation;
   • The reduction of water use in HVAC systems; and
   • The provision of leak detection systems.
5. Establish an water metering and monitoring system to monitor and manage the potable water consumption during the operations of the project. The project team must be able to measure and monitor the potable water consumption of the project by water end use or by area. The project team may incorporate a building automation system (BAS) in the design to centrally monitor and manage the potable water consumption of the project.
6. Present the water design case. The water design case must include the following:
   • The projected annual operational potable water consumption in m³ per water end use based on the design of the project,
   • The projected annual total operational potable water consumption in m³,
   • The water use intensity in m³/m²,
   • The percentage of water consumption reduction attributed to water efficiency and conservation strategies; and
   • The total percentage of water consumption reduction compared to the water base case.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Implement the design for incorporating water efficiency and conservation strategies in the project.
2. Install water meters for the implementation of the water metering and monitoring system to monitor and manage the potable water consumption during the operations of the project. The project team may implement a building automation system (BAS) to centrally monitor and manage the potable water consumption of the project.
3. Conduct commissioning and testing for the implemented building systems and equipment in the project. Through the commissioning and testing, the project team must confirm the achievement of the performance requirements for all implemented building systems and equipment. The commissioning and testing must be:
   • Conducted by a third-party commissioning body;
   • Based on the performance requirements and manufacturer's specifications identified during the design of the project; and
   • Based on testing methodologies from generally accepted standards. Appropriate standards must be used for the commissioning and testing of each building system and equipment.
4. Present the water as-built case. The water as-built case must include the following:
   • The projected annual operational potable water consumption in m³ per water end use based on the implemented design of the project,
   • The projected annual total operational potable water consumption in m³,
   • The water use intensity in m³/m²,
   • The percentage of water consumption reduction attributed to water efficiency and conservation strategies,
   • The total percentage of water consumption reduction compared to the water base case.
5. Establish maintenance and management measures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the water efficiency and conservation strategies during the operations of the project. The project team must:
   • Engage a service provider for the regular maintenance and inspection of the strategies;
   • Employ or designate a qualified professional competent in:
     • Managing the potable water consumption of the building systems and equipment;
     • Implementing and improving the water and conservation strategies during operations;
     • Conducting regular water audits for the project; and
     • Preparing the annual water consumption and water efficiency and conservation reports of the project.
   • Develop a maintenance and management program for the operations of the project; and
   • Provide trainings to workers and staff to improve their knowledge and skills on the proper operations, management and maintenance of the building systems and equipment.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Establish the target water consumption reduction for the project.
2. Identify and engage a qualified professional competent in:
   • Evaluating the potable water use in the project; and
   • Planning and implementing strategies to effectively manage potable water use and to improve the water performance of the project.
3. Evaluate the potable water use in the project. The project team must:
   • Review the effectiveness of the implementation of existing water efficiency and conservation strategies, which should include:
     • The use of water-efficient fixtures;
     • The provision of water-efficient landscaping and irrigation;
     • The reduction of water use in HVAC systems; and
     • The provision of leak detection systems;
   • Review the implementation of the existing policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the water efficiency and conservation strategies; and
   • Review the implementation of the water metering and monitoring system to monitor and manage the potable water consumption of the project.
4. Establish an water base case. The water base case should be the actual potable water consumption during the operations of the project prior to the performance period. The water base case for operations must include the following:
   • The actual annual operational potable water consumption in m³ per water end use,
   • The actual annual total operational potable water consumption in m³, and
   • The water use intensity in m³/m².
5. Establish a water efficiency and conservation program. The project team must:
   • Identify the water efficiency and conservation strategies to further improve the water performance of the project;
   • Identify activities to inform the users and the public on the water efficiency and conservation strategies in the project and its benefits, and to educate the users on water efficiency and conservation; and
   • Establish maintenance and management measures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the water efficiency and conservation strategies.
6. Implement the water efficiency and conservation program. The project team must:
   • Assign roles and responsibilities to the personnel responsible for the implementation of the strategies;
   • Implement the water efficiency and conservation strategies;
   • Implement the activities to inform the users and the public on the water efficiency and conservation strategies in the project and its benefits, and to educate the users on water efficiency and conservation;
   • Monitor and record the implementation of the strategies during the performance period; and
   • Regularly communicate the implementation of the strategies to the project stakeholders.
7. Present the water as-built case. The water as-built case for operations must include the following:
   • The actual annual operational potable water consumption in m³ per water end use,
   • The actual annual total operational potable water consumption in m³,
   • The water use intensity in m³/m²,
   • The percentage of water consumption reduction attributed to the improvements to the water efficiency and conservation strategies; and
   • The total percentage of water consumption reduction compared to the water base case.
8. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implemented water efficiency and conservation program. The project team must:
   • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the water efficiency and conservation strategies;
   • Review if the strategies and activities were implemented effectively;
   • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
   • Identify actions to continuously improve the water performance of the project.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Design

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Presented a projected water consumption reduction of fifty percent (50%) or more compared to the water base case based on design.
2 points	Presented a projected water consumption reduction of forty percent (40%) to less than fifty percent(<50%) compared to the water base case based on design.
1 point	Presented a projected water consumption reduction of thirty percent (30%) to less than forty percent (<40%) compared to the water base case based on design.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Presented a projected water consumption reduction of fifty percent (50%) or more compared to the water base case based on the implemented design.
2 points	Presented a projected water consumption reduction of forty percent (40%) to less than fifty percent(<50%) compared to the water base case based on the implemented design.
1 point	Presented a projected water consumption reduction of thirty percent (30%) to less than forty percent (<40%) compared to the water base case based on the implemented design.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Presented an actual water consumption reduction of twenty-five percent (25%) or more compared to the water base case during the performance period.
2 points	Presented an actual water consumption reduction of fifteen percent (15%) to less than twenty-five percent (<25%) compared to the water base case during the performance period.
1 point	Presented an actual water consumption reduction of ten percent (10%) to less than fifteen percent (<15%) compared to the water base case during the performance period.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The documented policy reflecting the target water consumption reduction of the project. The policy must reflect the target percentage (%) of water consumption reduction for the project.
2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional. The documentation must include the following information:
   • The relevant qualifications and competencies of the professional in:
     • Preparing the water base case for the project; and
     • Identifying and implementing water efficiency and conservation strategies in the project;
   • The responsibilities of the professional in the design of the project and the expected output; and
   • The period of engagement with the professional to deliver the expected output.
3. The water base case. The base case must reflect the projected annual operational potable water consumption based on the initial design of the project.
4. The projected occupancy profile for the project. The documentation must include the following information:
   • The description of the project's intended use;
   • The number of shifts for the project within a 24-hour period, which may be up to a maximum of three (3) shifts;
   • The number of hours per shift, which should be at least eight (8) hours per shift; and
   • The maximum number of users per shift.
5. The plans for the water efficiency and conservation strategies. The plans must include the following information:
   • The design of all water-related building systems in the project;
   • The location of all water-related building systems;
   • The location of water meters in the project; and
   • The scope of each water meter, which must be by water end use or by area.
6. The specifications for the water efficiency and conservation strategies. The specifications must reflect the quality and performance details for the following:
   • All water-related building systems in the project; and
   • Water efficiency and conservation strategies incorporated in the project.
7. The schedule of the water meters. The schedule must include the following information:
   • The product name and model;
   • The technical description and specifications;
   • The number of water meters; and
   • The scope of each water meter, which must be by water end use or by area.
8. The documented policies and procedures for the proper use of the water meters to monitor, record and report the potable water consumption of the project during operations.
9. The purchase orders as proof of intent to purchase products, technologies and equipment for the implementation of the strategies.
10. The water design case. The design case must include the following information:
    • The analysis how the project team selected the final design option for the project;
    • The projected annual operational potable water consumption in m³ per water end use based on the design of the project,
    • The projected annual total operational potable water consumption in m³,
    • The water use intensity in m³/m²,
    • The percentage of water consumption reduction attributed to the water efficiency and conservation strategies; and
    • The total percentage of water consumption reduction compared to the water base case.

If there is a BAS in the design of the project, the project team should also submit the plans and specifications of the BAS. The documentation must include the following information:

• The location of the BAS in the project,
• The connection of the water meters to the BAS,
• The scope of the remote and automatic control function, and
• The scope of the performance monitoring.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The as-built plans for the water efficiency and conservation strategies. The plans must include the following information:
   • The implemented design of all water-related building systems in the project;
   • The location of all water-related building systems;
   • The location of water meters in the project; and
   • The scope of each water meter, which must be by water end use or by area.
2. The as-built specifications for the water efficiency and conservation strategies. The specifications must reflect the quality and performance details for the following:
   • All water-related building systems in the project; and
   • Water efficiency and conservation strategies implemented in the project.
3. The projected occupancy profile for the project. The documentation must include the following information:
   • The description of the project's intended use;
   • The number of shifts for the project within a 24-hour period, which may be up to a maximum of three (3) shifts;
   • The number of hours per shift, which should be at least eight (8) hours per shift; and
   • The maximum number of users per shift.
4. The commissioning report reflecting all water-related building systems were successfully installed, tested and evaluated. The commissioning report must also contain the confirmation that all water-related building systems meet the performance requirements based on the design of the project.

5. The water as-built case. The as-built case must include the following information:

   • The projected annual operational potable water consumption in m³ per water end use based on the implemented design of the project,
   • The projected annual total operational potable water consumption in m³,
   • The water use intensity in m³/m²,
   • The percentage of water consumption reduction attributed to the water efficiency and conservation strategies;
   • The total percentage of water consumption reduction compared to the water base case.

     % Wreduced	=	Wbase − Was-built	×	100%
     		Wbase

   where:

   Wreduced	=	Water consumption reduction
   Wbase	=	Water consumption based on water base case
   Was-built	=	Water consumption based on water as-built case

6. The documented policies and procedures for the proper use of the water meters to monitor, record and report the water consumption of the project during operations.

7. The maintenance and management measures during the operations of the project. The documentation must consist of the following:

   • Proof of engagement with a service provider for the regular maintenance and inspection of the strategies during operations;
   • Proof of engagement with a qualified and competed professional for the water management of the project;
   • Maintenance and management program for the water-related building systems; and
   • Training program for the workers and staff to improve their knowledge and skills of the proper operations, management and maintenance of the building systems and equipment.

8. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies. The documentation must consist of:

   • Purchase records, such as:
     • Purchase orders, and
     • Official receipts or sales invoices;
   • Delivery receipts,
   • Installation records, and
   • Photographs for the implementation of the strategies in the project.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The documented policy reflecting the target water consumption reduction of the project. The policy must reflect the target percentage (%) of water consumption reduction for the project.
2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional. The documentation must include the following information:
   • The relevant qualifications and competencies of the professional in:
     • Preparing the water base case for the project; and
     • Identifying and implementing water efficiency and conservation strategies in the project;
   • The responsibilities of the professional in the operations of the project and the expected output; and
   • The period of engagement with the professional to deliver the expected output.
3. The water base case. The report must reflect the actual annual operational potable water consumption during the operations of the project prior to the performance period.
4. The actual occupancy profile for the project. The documentation must include the following information:
   • The description of the project's use;
   • The number of shifts for the project within a 24-hour period, which may be up to a maximum of three (3) shifts;
   • The number of hours per shift, which should be at least eight (8) hours per shift; and
   • The maximum number of users per shift.
5. The water efficiency and conservation program. The program must include the following information:
   • The water efficiency and conservation strategies to further improve the water performance of the project;
   • The regular activities identified to inform the users and the public on the water efficiency and conservation strategies in the project and its benefits, and to educate the users on water efficiency and conservation;
   • The schedule for conducting the regular activities for water efficiency and conservation;
   • The expected impact of the strategies once implemented; and
   • The maintenance and management measures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the water efficiency and conservation strategies.
6. The purchase orders as proof of intent to purchase products, technologies and equipment for the implementation of the strategies.
7. The communication records as proof that the water efficiency and conservation program was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
8. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the program. The list must include the following information:
   • The name and designation of the personnel;
   • The contact number of the personnel; and
   • The roles and responsibilities assigned for the implementation of the strategies.
9. The as-built plans for the water efficiency and conservation strategies. The plans must include the following information:
   • The implemented design of all water-related building systems in the project;
   • The location of all water-related building systems;
   • The location of water meters in the project; and
   • The scope of each water meter, which must be by water end use or by area.
10. The as-built specifications for the water efficiency and conservation strategies. The specifications must reflect the quality and performance details for the following:
    • All water-related building systems in the project; and
    • Water efficiency and conservation strategies implemented in the project.

11. The water as-built case for operations. The as-built case must include the following information:

    • The potable water consumption data for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period;
    • The references of the water data usage, which must be either of the following:
      • Utility bills, or
      • Metering reports;
    • The calculation of the water consumption reduction achieved in the operations in m³/m²; and
    • The calculation of the percentage of water consumption reduction compared to the water base case.

      % Wreduced	=	Wbase − Wperformance	×	100%
      		Wbase

    where:

    Wreduced	=	Water consumption reduction
    Wbase	=	Water consumption based on the actual operational potable water consumption for at least twelve (12) months prior to the performance period
    Wperformance	=	Water consumption based on the actual operational potable water consumption for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period

12. The documented policies and procedures for the proper use of the water meters to monitor, record and report the potable water consumption of the project during operations.

13. The maintenance and management measures during the operations of the project. The documentation must consist of the following:

    • Proof of engagement with a service provider for the regular maintenance and inspection of the strategies during operations;
    • Proof of engagement with a qualified and competed professional for the water management of the project;
    • Maintenance and management program for the water-related building systems; and
    • Training program for the workers and staff to improve their knowledge and skills of the proper operations, management and maintenance of the building systems and equipment.

14. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies. The documentation must consist of:

    • Purchase records, such as:
      • Purchase orders, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoices;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records,
    • Photographs for the implementation of the strategies in the project, and
    • Regular water audit reports.

15. The evaluation report on the effectiveness of the implemented water efficiency and conservation program. The report must include the following information:

    • The outcomes of the implementation of the water efficiency and conservation strategies and the activities to educate the users and the public on water efficiency and conservation;
    • The assessment on whether the strategies and activities were implemented effectively;
    • The assessment on whether the water performance of the project improved after implementing the program;
    • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • The recommendations to continuously improve the water efficiency and conservation program.

Back to credit

Additional Information

Water base case

The project team must use one of the following options to establish the water base case:

1. Simulate the project's water base case.
2. Calculate the project's water base case.
3. Use the water base case of an existing comparable project.
4. Use the water base case from a reference standard.
5. Use the actual water consumption of the project for the past twelve (12) months.

Tenants

For Tenant projects, the project team may use water base case of the base building.

Simulate the water base case

When simulating the water base case, the project team must use a computer simulation program to simulate the water base case of the project. The project team must provide the narrative how the project and its water-related building systems will be used to simulate the potential water use in the project.

The project team must submit:

1. The copy of the reference codes or generally accepted standards used for the water simulation of the project.
2. The report on the scope and narrative description of the project used in the computer simulation. The report must include the following information:
   • The total gross floor area in m²;
   • The occupancy profile reflecting the following:
     • The number of shifts for the project within a 24-hour period, which may be up to a maximum of three (3) shifts;
     • The number of hours per shift, which should be at least eight (8) hours per shift; and
     • The maximum number of users per shift;
   • The description of the project's intended use;
   • The technical description of all water-related building systems in the project;
   • The computer simulation program and the version used for the simulation; and
   • The summary of the water simulation input data.
3. The report on the simulated water base case of the project. The report must include the following information:
   • The projected annual operational potable water consumption in m³ per water end use;
   • The projected annual total operational potable water consumption in m³; and
   • The water use intensity in m³/m².

Calculate the water base case

When calculating the water base case, the calculation for the water performance must be reflective of the potential water use patterns during the operations of the project. The project team must provide the narrative how the project and its water-related building systems will be used to estimate the potential water use in the project.

The project team must submit:

1. The report on the scope and narrative description of the project used for the calculation. The report must include the following information:
   • The total gross floor area in m²;
   • The occupancy profile reflecting the following:
     • The number of shifts for the project within a 24-hour period, which may be up to a maximum of three (3) shifts;
     • The number of hours per shift, which should be at least eight (8) hours per shift; and
     • The maximum number of users per shift;
   • The description of the project's intended use; and
   • The technical description of all water-related building systems in the project.
2. The copy of the reference codes or generally accepted standards used for the water consumption rates of all water-related building systems in the calculation.
3. The report on the calculated water base case of the project. The report must include the following information:
   • The projected annual operational potable water consumption in m³ per water end use;
   • The projected annual total operational potable water consumption in m³; and
   • The water use intensity in m³/m².

Use the water base case of an existing comparable project

When using an water base base of an existing comparable project, the project team must be able to establish how the identified comparable project is similar to the design, function and use of the project. This is to ensure that the established base case will be similar to the projected water performance of the project.

The project team must submit:

1. The report on the technical description of the identified existing comparable project. The report must include the following information:
   • The comparable project's name;
   • The comparable project's location;
   • The comparable project owner's name;
   • The total gross floor area of the comparable project in m²;
   • The occupancy profile reflecting the following:
     • The number of shifts for the project within a 24-hour period, which may be up to a maximum of three (3) shifts;
     • The number of hours per shift, which should be at least eight (8) hours per shift; and
     • The maximum number of users per shift;
   • The description of the comparable project's use.
2. The proof of ownership or an authorization from the comparable project owner for using the water consumption data of the comparable projects to establish the water base case of the project.
3. The documentation on the water consumption data of the comparable project, which must be based on either of the following:
   • The potable water consumption of all water-related building systems of the comparable project, which must include the following:
     • The water consumption rates of all water-related building systems of the comparable project;
     • The projected annual total potable water consumption of the comparable project in m³;
     • The projected annual potable water consumption each identified water-related building systems in m³ based on reference codes or generally accepted standards; and
     • The copy of the reference codes or generally accepted standards used for the water consumption rates of all water-related building systems.
   • The actual water consumption of the comparable project for at least twelve (12) months, which must be based on either the following:
     • Utility bills; or
     • Water monitoring reports.
4. The report on the calculated water base case of the project based on the data from the comparable project. The report must include the following information:
   • The projected annual operational potable water consumption in m³ per water end use;
   • The projected annual total operational potable water consumption in m³; and
   • The water use intensity in m³/m².

Use the water base case from a reference standard

When using an water base case from a reference standard, the project team must use the base case applicable to the project, which may be based on the scope of the base case, project type or occupancy type.

The project team must submit:

1. The copy of the reference standard used for the water base case.
2. The projected occupancy profile for the project. The documentation must include the following information:
   • The number of shifts for the project within a 24-hour period, which may be up to a maximum of three (3) shifts;
   • The number of hours per shift, which should be at least eight (8) hours per shift; and
   • The maximum number of users per shift.
3. The report on the calculated water base case of the project. The report must include the following information:
   • The projected annual total operational potable water consumption in m³; and
   • The water use intensity in m³/m².

Use the actual potable water consumption

S3

For projects under operations, the project team should present the actual potable water consumption of the project for at least twelve (12) months prior to the performance period of the project.

The project team must submit:

1. The copy of the reference documents reflecting the actual potable water consumption of the comparable project for at least twelve (12) months, which must be based on either the following:
   • Utility bills; or
   • Water monitoring reports.
2. The actual occupancy profile for the project. The documentation must include the following information:
   • The number of shifts for the project within a 24-hour period, which may be up to a maximum of three (3) shifts;
   • The number of hours per shift, which should be at least eight (8) hours per shift; and
   • The maximum number of users per shift.
3. The report on the presented water base case of the project. The report must include the following information:
   • The actual annual operational potable water consumption in m³ per water end use;
   • The actual annual total operational potable water consumption in m³; and
   • The water use intensity in m³/m².

Use the water base case of the base building

Tenants

When using the water base case of the base building, the project team is responsible for securing the potable water consumption data from the building owner or manager. The water base case of the base building may be used to calculate for the projected potable water consumption of the tenant space.

The project team must submit:

1. The documentation on the water consumption data of the base building, which must be based on either of the following:
   • The potable water consumption of all water-related building systems of the base building, which must include the following:
     • The water consumption rates of all water-related building systems of the base building;
     • The projected annual total potable water consumption of the base building in m³;
     • The projected annual potable water consumption each identified water-related building systems in m³ based on reference codes or generally accepted standards; and
     • The copy of the reference codes or generally accepted standards used for the water consumption rates of all water-related building systems.
   • The actual water consumption of the base building for at least twelve (12) months, which must be based on either the following:
     • Utility bills; or
     • Water monitoring reports.
2. The report on the calculated water base case of the project based on the data from the base building. The report must include the following information:
   • The projected annual operational potable water consumption in m³ per water end use;
   • The projected annual total operational potable water consumption in m³; and
   • The water use intensity in m³/m².

Back to credit

Water design case

When preparing the water design case, the project team must demonstrate how the water performance of the project improved through incorporating water efficiency and conservation strategies in the design of the project.

The project team should submit the water design case. The design case must include the following information:

• The schedule of plumbing loads reflecting the water consumption rates of all water-related building systems in the design of the project;
• The analysis how the project team selected the final design option for the project;
• The projected annual operational potable water consumption in m³ per water end use based on the design of the project;
• The projected annual total operational potable water consumption in m³;
• The water use intensity in m³/m²;
• The percentage of water consumption reduction attributed to the water efficiency and conservation strategies; and
• The total percentage of water consumption reduction compared to the water base case.

% Wreduced	=	Wbase − Wdesign	×	100%
		Wbase

where:

Wreduced	=	Water consumption reduction
Wbase	=	Water consumption based on water base case
Wdesign	=	Water consumption based on water design case

Back to credit

Terms and Definitions

In the context of this credit, the following terms and definitions apply.

Base case

refers to the modelling, calculation, or set of data used as the basis for comparison where the performance of a project is measured from.

Blackwater

refers to wastewater or sewage which originates from toilets and kitchens has gross fecal coliform contamination and generally has high concentrations of organic matter. (World Health Organization, 2006)

Design case

refers to the modelling, calculation, or set of data reflecting the improved performance of the project based on the design of the project.

Potable water

refers to water suitable (both health and acceptability considerations) for drinking and cooking purposes. (Department of Health, 2017)

Wastewater

refers to waste in liquid state containing pollutants. (Philippine Clean Water Act of 2004, 2004)

Water Base Case

refers to the base case for water consumption where the projected water consumption reduction of a project is measured from. The water base case should be a simulation or calculation of the projected water use patterns for the project's operations.

Back to credit

Additional Readings

The following readings may guide the project team in complying with the requirements:

• Republic of the Philippines. (2004). Philippine Clean Water Act of 2004 [Republic Act No. 9275]. https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/2004/03/22/republic-act-no-9275/.
• Department of Health. (2017). Philippine National Standards for Drinking Water of 2017 [DOH Administrative Order No. 2017-0010]. https://dmas.doh.gov.ph:8083/Rest/GetFile?id=337128.
• Department of Public Works and Highways. (2015). Philippine Green Building Code. https://www.dpwh.gov.ph/DPWH/sites/default/files/laws_codes_orders/PgbcBooklet23March.pdf.

Back to credit

WT-02 Graywater Reuse

All Stages
Buildings
All Occupancy Types
SDG 6Clean Water and Sanitation SDG 13Climate Action

Content

• Purpose and Intent
• Requirements
  • S1 S2 S3
• Score Distribution
  • S1 S2 S3
• Compliance Notes
  • S1 S2 S3
• Additional Information

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

• Treat and reuse graywater to reduce the demand for potable water in the project; and
• Effectively manage the quality of effluent discharge in the project.

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Establish the target graywater reuse in the project.
2. Identify and engage a qualified professional competent in identifying and implementing strategies to maintain effluent quality and to reuse treated graywater in the project.
3. Present the water base case. The water base case should be a simulation or calculation of the projected water use patterns during the operations of the project. The water base case must include the following:
   • The projected annual operational potable water consumption in m³ per water end use,
   • The projected annual total operational potable water consumption in m³, and
   • The water use intensity in m³/m².
4. Establish a water metering and monitoring system to monitor and manage the effluent quality and graywater reuse during the operations of the project.
5. Present the percentage of water consumption reduction attributed to graywater reuse in the project.

On-site Graywater Treatment

If the project will treat graywater on site, the project team must:

1. Identify the graywater treatment, storage and plumbing system to meet the effluent quality for the project in accordance with applicable regulations.
2. Calculate the potential graywater reuse in the project for non-potable uses.
3. Establish a water metering and monitoring system to monitor and manage the effluent quality and graywater reuse during the operations of the project.

Off-site Graywater Treatment

If the project will treat graywater off site, the project team must:

1. Identify and engage a graywater service provider to treat and supply graywater for the project for non-potable uses.
2. Identify the graywater storage and plumbing system for the supplied graywater for the project.
3. Calculate the potential graywater reuse in the project for non-potable uses.
4. Establish a water metering and monitoring system to monitor and manage the graywater reuse during the operations of the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must implement the strategies for graywater treatment and reuse.

On-site Graywater Treatment

If the project will treat graywater on site, the project team must:

1. Implement the graywater treatment, storage and plumbing system to meet the effluent quality for the project in accordance with applicable regulations.
2. Install water meters for the implementation of the water metering and monitoring system to monitor and manage the graywater reuse during the operations of the project.
3. Conduct commissioning and testing for the implemented graywater system in the project. Through the commissioning and testing, the project team must confirm the achievement of the performance requirements for the implemented graywater system. The commissioning and testing must be:
   • Conducted by a third-party commissioning body;
   • Based on the performance requirements and manufacturer's specifications identified during the design of the project; and
   • Based on testing methodologies from generally accepted standards. Appropriate standards must be used for the commissioning and testing of the graywater system.
4. Calculate the potential graywater reuse in the project for non-potable uses.

Off-site Graywater Treatment

If the project will treat graywater off site, the project team must:

1. Confirm the supply of graywater for non-potable uses from a graywater service provider for at least five (5) years from the start of the operations of the project.
2. Implement the graywater storage and plumbing system for the supplied graywater for the project.
3. Install water meters for the implementation of the water metering and monitoring system to monitor and manage the graywater reuse during the operations of the project.
4. Conduct commissioning and testing for the implemented graywater system in the project. Through the commissioning and testing, the project team must confirm the achievement of the performance requirements for the implemented graywater system. The commissioning and testing must be:
   • Conducted by a third-party commissioning body;
   • Based on the performance requirements and manufacturer's specifications identified during the design of the project; and
   • Based on testing methodologies from generally accepted standards. Appropriate standards must be used for the commissioning and testing of the graywater system.
5. Calculate the potential graywater reuse in the project for non-potable uses.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Establish the target graywater reuse in the project.
2. Identify and engage a qualified professional competent in:
   • Conducting an assessment on the existing reuse of graywater for the project; and
   • Identifying and implementing strategies to maintain effluent quality and to improve graywater reuse in the project.
3. Evaluate the graywater reuse in the project. The project team must:
   • Review the graywater reuse prior to the performance period of the project;
   • Review the existing policies and procedures for graywater reuse in the project; and
   • Recommend actions to improve the reuse of graywater in the project.
4. Present the water base case. The water base case should be the actual potable water consumption during the operations of the project prior to the performance period. The water base case for operations must include the following:
   • The actual annual operational potable water consumption in m³ per water end use,
   • The actual annual total operational potable water consumption in m³, and
   • The water use intensity in m³/m².
5. Identify improvements in the reuse of graywater in the project to further improve its water performance.
6. Implement the improvements in the reuse of graywater in the project. The project team must:
   • Assign roles and responsibilities to the personnel responsible for the implementation of the strategies;
   • Implement the improvements in the reuse of graywater;
   • Monitor and record the implementation of the strategies during the performance period; and
   • Regularly communicate the implementation of the strategies to the project stakeholders.
7. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implemented improvements in the reuse of graywater. The project team must:
   • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the strategies for graywater reuse;
   • Review if the strategies were implemented effectively;
   • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
   • Identify actions to continuously improve the water performance of the project.

On-site Graywater Treatment

If the project is treating graywater on site, the project team must:

1. Present the graywater treatment, storage and plumbing system implemented to meet the effluent quality for the project in accordance with applicable regulations.
2. Calculate the actual annual graywater reuse in the project for non-potable uses.

Off-site Graywater Treatment

If the project is treating graywater off site, the project team must:

1. Confirm the supply of graywater for non-potable uses from a graywater service provider for at least three (3) years from the start of the performance period.
2. Present the graywater storage and plumbing system implemented for the supplied graywater for the project.
3. Calculate the actual annual graywater reuse in the project for non-potable uses.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Design

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Engaged a graywater service provider to supply of graywater to the project for at least five (5) years; or Designed an on-site graywater system in the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Engaged a graywater service provider to supply of graywater to the project for at least five (5) years; or Implemented the design of an on-site graywater system in the project.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Engaged a graywater service provider to supply of graywater to the project for at least three (3) years; or Provided an on-site graywater system in the project.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The documented policy reflecting the target graywater reuse for the project. The policy of the project must reflect the target percentage (%) of graywater reuse for the project.
2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional. The documentation must include the following information:
   • The relevant qualifications and competencies of the professional in identifying and implementing strategies to maintain effluent quality and to reuse treated graywater in the project;
   • The responsibilities of the professional in the design of the project and the expected output; and
   • The period of engagement with the professional to deliver the expected output.
3. The water base case. The base case must reflect the projected annual operational potable water consumption based on the initial design of the project.
4. The water design case. The design case must include the following information:
   • The projected annual operational potable water consumption in m³ per water end use based on the design of the project,
   • The projected annual total operational potable water consumption in m³,
   • The water use intensity in m³/m²,
5. The documented policies and procedures for the proper use of the water meters to monitor, record and report the graywater reuse of the project during operations.

If the project will treat graywater on site, the project team should also submit:

1. The plans for the graywater treatment, storage and plumbing system. The plans must include the following information:
   • The design and location of the graywater treatment, storage and plumbing system;
   • The sources of graywater in the project;
   • The plumbing layout for potable and non-potable water;
   • The location of the water meters for graywater; and
   • The scope of each water meter for graywater.
2. The specifications for the graywater treatment, storage and plumbing system. The specifications must include the following information:
   • The quality and performance details for the graywater treatment, storage and plumbing system;
   • The sources of graywater in the project;
   • The quality of treatment the graywater treatment system must meet in accordance with applicable regulations;
   • The quality of treatment the graywater treatment system is capable to meet the required effluent quality;
   • The potential uses for graywater, such as:
     • Landscape irrigation, and
     • Flushing for water fixtures;
   • The size of the graywater storage system, which must be greater than or equal to the target graywater reuse for the project; and
   • The scope of each water meter for graywater.
3. The calculation for the potential graywater reuse in the project. The calculation must include the following information:
   • The potential graywater reuse in m³ based on the annual total water consumption; and
   • The percentage of potential graywater reuse compared to the water base case.
4. The purchase orders as proof of intent to purchase products, technologies and equipment for the implementation of the strategies.

If the project will treat graywater off site, the project team should also submit:

1. The approved supply contract with the graywater service provider to supply graywater in the project for non-potable uses. The documentation must include the following information:
   • The total supply of graywater, which must be equivalent to the target graywater reuse for the project; and
   • The duration of the supply, which must be for at least five (5) years from the start of the project's operations.
2. The plans for the graywater storage and plumbing system. The plans must include the following information:
   • The design and location of the graywater storage and plumbing system;
   • The sources of graywater in the project;
   • The plumbing layout for potable and non-potable water;
   • The location of the water meters for graywater; and
   • The scope of each water meter for graywater.
3. The specifications for the graywater storage and plumbing system. The specifications must include the following information:
   • The quality and performance details for the graywater storage and plumbing system;
   • The sources of graywater in the project;
   • The quality of the supplied graywater, which must meet the required effluent quality for the project;
   • The potential uses for graywater, such as:
     • Landscape irrigation, and
     • Flushing for water fixtures;
   • The size of the graywater storage system, which must be greater than or equal to the target graywater reuse for the project; and
   • The scope of each water meter for graywater.
4. The calculation for the potential graywater reuse in the project. The calculation must include the following information:
   • The potential graywater reuse in m³ based on the annual total water consumption; and
   • The percentage of potential graywater reuse compared to the water base case.
5. The purchase orders as proof of intent to purchase products, technologies and equipment for the implementation of the strategies.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

If the project will treat graywater on site, the project team should submit:

1. The as-built plans for the graywater treatment, storage and plumbing system. The plans must include the following information:
   • The implemented design and location of the graywater treatment, storage and plumbing system;
   • The sources of graywater in the project;
   • The plumbing layout for potable and non-potable water;
   • The location of the water meters for graywater; and
   • The scope of each water meter for graywater.
2. The as-built specifications for the graywater treatment, storage and plumbing system. The specifications must include the following information:
   • The quality and performance details for the graywater treatment, storage and plumbing system;
   • The sources of graywater in the project;
   • The quality of treatment the graywater treatment system must meet in accordance with applicable regulations;
   • The quality of treatment the graywater treatment system is capable to meet the required effluent quality;
   • The potential uses for graywater, such as:
     • Landscape irrigation, and
     • Flushing for water fixtures;
   • The size of the graywater storage system, which must be greater than or equal to the target graywater reuse for the project; and
   • The scope of each water meter for graywater.
3. The commissioning report reflecting that the graywater treatment, storage and plumbing system were installed, tested and evaluated successfully to meet the performance requirements based on the design of the graywater treatment, storage and plumbing system in the project.
4. The calculation for the potential graywater reuse in the project. The calculation must include the following information:
   • The potential graywater reuse in m³ based on the annual total water consumption; and
   • The percentage of potential graywater reuse compared to the water base case.
5. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies. The documentation must consist of:
   • Purchase records, such as:
     • Purchase orders, and
     • Official receipts or sales invoices;
   • Delivery receipts,
   • Installation records, and
   • Photographs for the implementation of the strategies in the project.

If the project will treat graywater off site, the project team should submit:

1. The approved supply contract with the graywater service provider to supply graywater in the project for non-potable uses. The documentation must include the following information:
   • The total supply of graywater, which must be equivalent to the target graywater reuse for the project; and
   • The duration of the supply, which must be for at least five (5) years from the start of the project's operations.
2. The as-built plans for the graywater storage and plumbing system. The plans must include the following information:
   • The implemented design and location of the graywater storage and plumbing system;
   • The sources of graywater in the project;
   • The plumbing layout for potable and non-potable water;
   • The location of the water meters for graywater; and
   • The scope of each water meter for graywater.
3. The as-built specifications for the graywater storage and plumbing system. The specifications must include the following information:
   • The quality and performance details for the graywater storage and plumbing system;
   • The sources of graywater in the project;
   • The quality of the supplied graywater, which must meet the required effluent quality for the project;
   • The potential uses for graywater, such as:
     • Landscape irrigation, and
     • Flushing for water fixtures;
   • The size of the graywater storage system, which must be greater than or equal to the target graywater reuse for the project; and
   • The scope of each water meter for graywater.
4. The commissioning report reflecting that the graywater storage and plumbing system were installed, tested and evaluated successfully to meet the performance requirements based on the design of the graywater storage and plumbing system in the project.
5. The calculation for the potential graywater reuse in the project. The calculation must include the following information:
   • The potential graywater reuse in m³ based on the annual total water consumption; and
   • The percentage of potential graywater reuse compared to the water base case.
6. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies. The documentation must consist of:
   • Purchase records, such as:
     • Purchase orders, and
     • Official receipts or sales invoices;
   • Delivery receipts,
   • Installation records, and
   • Photographs for the implementation of the strategies in the project.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The documented policy reflecting the target graywater reuse for the project. The policy of the project must reflect the target percentage (%) of graywater reuse for the project.
2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional. The documentation must include the following information:
   • The relevant qualifications and competencies of the professional in:
     • Conducting an assessment on the existing reuse of graywater for the project; and
     • Identifying and implementing strategies to maintain effluent quality and to improve graywater reuse in the project.
   • The responsibilities of the professional in the operations of the project and the expected output; and
   • The period of engagement with the professional to deliver the expected output.
3. The evaluation report for the graywater reuse in the project. The report must include the following information:
   • The graywater reuse prior to the performance period of the project;
   • The review of existing policies and procedures for graywater reuse in the project; and
   • The recommendations to improve the reuse of graywater in the project.
4. The water base case. The base case must reflect the projected annual operational potable water consumption based on the initial design of the project.
5. The report on the improvements to the reuse of graywater in the project. The report must include the following information:
   • The expected impact of treating and reusing on-site graywater; or
   • The expected impact of reusing off-site graywater.
6. The purchase orders as proof of intent to purchase products, technologies and equipment for the implementation of the strategies.
7. The communication records as proof that the improvements to the reuse of graywater were communicated to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
8. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the program. The list must include the following information:
   • The name and designation of the personnel;
   • The contact number of the personnel; and
   • The roles and responsibilities assigned for the implementation of the strategies.
9. The documented policies and procedures for the proper use of the water meters to monitor, record and report the water consumption of the project during operations.
10. The calculation for the potential graywater reuse in the project. The calculation must include the following information:
    • The potential graywater reuse in m³ based on the annual total water consumption; and
    • The percentage of potential graywater reuse compared to the water base case.
11. The monitoring reports for the implementation of the strategies during the performance period.
12. The evaluation report on the effectiveness of the implemented improvements to the reuse of graywater. The report must include the following information:
    • The outcomes of the implementation of the improvements to the use of graywater;
    • The assessment on whether the strategies were implemented effectively;
    • The assessment on whether the water performance of the project improved after implementing the strategies;
    • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • The recommendations to continuously improve the graywater reuse in the project.

If the project is treating graywater on site, the project team should also submit:

1. The as-built plans for the graywater treatment, storage and plumbing system. The plans must include the following information:
   • The implemented design and location of the graywater treatment, storage and plumbing system;
   • The sources of graywater in the project;
   • The plumbing layout for potable and non-potable water;
   • The location of the water meters for graywater; and
   • The scope of each water meter for graywater.
2. The as-built specifications for the graywater treatment, storage and plumbing system. The specifications must include the following information:
   • The quality and performance details for the graywater treatment, storage and plumbing system;
   • The sources of graywater in the project;
   • The quality of treatment the graywater treatment system must meet in accordance with applicable regulations;
   • The quality of treatment the graywater treatment system is capable to meet the required effluent quality;
   • The potential uses for graywater, such as:
     • Landscape irrigation, and
     • Flushing for water fixtures;
   • The size of the graywater storage system, which must be greater than or equal to the target graywater reuse for the project; and
   • The scope of each water meter for graywater.
3. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies. The documentation must consist of:
   • Purchase records, such as:
     • Purchase orders, and
     • Official receipts or sales invoices;
   • Delivery receipts,
   • Installation records, and
   • Photographs for the implementation of the strategies in the project.

If the project is treating graywater off site, the project team should submit:

1. The approved supply contract with the graywater service provider to supply graywater in the project for non-potable uses. The documentation must include the following information:
   • The total supply of graywater, which must be equivalent to the target graywater reuse for the project; and
   • The duration of the supply, which must be for at least five (5) years from the start of the project's operations.
2. The as-built plans for the graywater storage and plumbing system. The plans must include the following information:
   • The implemented design and location of the graywater storage and plumbing system;
   • The sources of graywater in the project;
   • The plumbing layout for potable and non-potable water;
   • The location of the water meters for graywater; and
   • The scope of each water meter for graywater.
3. The as-built specifications for the graywater storage and plumbing system. The specifications must include the following information:
   • The quality and performance details for the graywater storage and plumbing system;
   • The sources of graywater in the project;
   • The quality of the supplied graywater, which must meet the required effluent quality for the project;
   • The potential uses for graywater, such as:
     • Landscape irrigation, and
     • Flushing for water fixtures;
   • The size of the graywater storage system, which must be greater than or equal to the target graywater reuse for the project; and
   • The scope of each water meter for graywater.
4. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies. The documentation must consist of:
   • Purchase records, such as:
     • Purchase orders, and
     • Official receipts or sales invoices;
   • Delivery receipts,
   • Installation records, and
   • Photographs for the implementation of the strategies in the project.

Back to credit

Additional Information

Terms and Definitions

In the context of this credit, the following terms and definitions apply.

Base case

refers to the modelling, calculation, or set of data used as the basis for comparison where the performance of a project is measured from.

Blackwater

refers to wastewater or sewage which originates from toilets and kitchens has gross fecal coliform contamination and generally has high concentrations of organic matter. (World Health Organization, Regional Office for the Eastern Mediterranean, 2006)

Design case

refers to the modelling, calculation, or set of data reflecting the improved performance of the project based on the design of the project.

Effluent

refers to the discharge from known sources which is passed into a body of water or land, or wastewater flowing out of a manufacturing plant, industrial plant including domestic, commercial and recreational facilities. (Philippine Clean Water Act of 2004, 2004)

Graywater

Refers to water not intended for potable use. Greywater is treated to ensure appropriate level of effluent quality before its discharge to sewers.

Potable water

refers to water suitable (both health and acceptability considerations) for drinking and cooking purposes. (Department of Health, 2017)

Sewage

refers to water-borne human or animal wastes, excluding oil or oil wastes, removed from residences, buildings, institutions, industrial and commercial establishments together with such groundwater, surface water and stormwater as maybe present including such waste from vessels, offshore structures, other receptacles intended to receive or retain wastes, or other places or the combination thereof. (Philippine Clean Water Act of 2004, 2004)

Sewage treatment plant

refers to an industrial structure designed to remove biological or chemical waste products from water, thereby permitting the treated water to be used for other purposes. (Department of Public Works and Highways, 2015)

Stormwater

refers to the water obtained from precipitation and over land flow that enters sewers. (United Nations Statistics Division, n.d.)

Wastewater

refers to waste in liquid state containing pollutants. (Philippine Clean Water Act of 2004, 2004)

Back to credit

Additional Readings

The following readings may guide the project team in complying with the requirements:

• Republic of the Philippines. (2004). Philippine Clean Water Act of 2004 [Republic Act No. 9275]. https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/2004/03/22/republic-act-no-9275/.
• Department of Health. (2017). Philippine National Standards for Drinking Water of 2017 [DOH Administrative Order No. 2017-0010]. https://dmas.doh.gov.ph:8083/Rest/GetFile?id=337128.
• Department of Public Works and Highways. (2015). Philippine Green Building Code. https://www.dpwh.gov.ph/DPWH/sites/default/files/laws_codes_orders/PgbcBooklet23March.pdf.
• Department of Environment and Natural Resources. (2016). Water Quality Guidelines and General Effluent Standards of 2016 [DENR Department Administrative Order No. 2016-08]. http://water.emb.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/DAO-2016-08-WQG-and-GES.pdf.
• Department of Environment and Natural Resources. (2021). Updated Water Quality Guidelines (WQG) and General Effluent Standard (GES) for Selected Parameters [DENR Department Administrative Order No. 2021-19]. http://water.emb.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2022/09/DAO-2021-19_1627862906.pdf.

Back to credit

Credit Alignment to PHILGBC Certification Programs

This credit is aligned with the requirements of the following credits under the PHILGBC Health and Well-being for Buildings — Version 1.0.0:

• ENV-05 Drinking Water
• ENV-06 Water Quality Management

Back to credit

WT-03 Rainwater Harvesting

All Stages
Buildings
All Occupancy Types
SDG 6Clean Water and Sanitation SDG 13Climate Action

Content

• Purpose and Intent
• Requirements
  • S1 S2 S3
• Score Distribution
  • S1 S2 S3
• Compliance Notes
  • S1 S2 S3
• Additional Information

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to harvest, treat and use rainwater to reduce the demand for potable water in the project.

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Establish the target rainwater harvesting and use in the project.
2. Identify and engage a qualified professional competent in identifying and implementing strategies to use harvested rainwater in the project.
3. Present the water base case. The water base case should be a simulation or calculation of the projected water use patterns during the operations of the project. The water base case must include the following:
   • The projected annual operational potable water consumption in m³ per water end use,
   • The projected annual total operational potable water consumption in m³, and
   • The water use intensity in m³/m².
4. Design the project that incorporates a rainwater harvesting, treatment, storage and plumbing system in the project. The capacity of the rainwater storage must be in accordance with any of the following:
   • The Philippine Green Building Code;
   • The Rainwater Catchment Systems Standard [ARCSA/ASPE/ANSI Standard 63]; or
   • Other generally accepted standards.
5. Establish a water metering and monitoring system to monitor and manage the rainwater harvesting and use during the operations of the project.
6. Present the percentage of water consumption reduction attributed to rainwater harvesting and use in the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Implement the rainwater harvesting, treatment, storage and plumbing system in the project.
2. Install water meters for the implementation of the water metering and monitoring system to monitor and manage the rainwater harvesting and use during the operations of the project.
3. Conduct commissioning and testing for the implemented rainwater harvesting system in the project. Through the commissioning and testing, the project team must confirm the achievement of the performance requirements for the implemented rainwater harvesting system. The commissioning and testing must be:
   • Conducted by a third-party commissioning body;
   • Based on the performance requirements and manufacturer's specifications identified during the design of the project; and
   • Based on testing methodologies from generally accepted standards. Appropriate standards must be used for the commissioning and testing of the rainwater harvesting system.
4. Calculate the potential rainwater harvesting and use in the project for non-potable uses.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Establish the target rainwater harvesting and use in the project.
2. Identify and engage a qualified professional competent in:
   • Conducting an assessment on the existing use of rainwater for the project; and
   • Identifying and implementing strategies to improve rainwater harvesting and use in the project.
3. Evaluate the rainwater harvesting and use in the project. The project team must:
   • Review the rainwater harvesting and use prior to the performance period of the project;
   • Review the existing policies and procedures for rainwater harvesting and use in the project; and
   • Recommend actions to improve the use of rainwater in the project.
4. Present the water base case. The water base case should be the actual potable water consumption during the operations of the project prior to the performance period. The water base case for operations must include the following:
   • The actual annual operational potable water consumption in m³ per water end use,
   • The actual annual total operational potable water consumption in m³, and
   • The water use intensity in m³/m².
5. Identify improvements in the harvesting and use of rainwater in the project to further improve its water performance.
6. Implement the improvements in the harvesting and use of rainwater in the project. The project team must:
   • Assign roles and responsibilities to the personnel responsible for the implementation of the strategies;
   • Implement the improvements in the harvesting and use of rainwater;
   • Monitor and record the implementation of the strategies during the performance period; and
   • Regularly communicate the implementation of the strategies to the project stakeholders.
7. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implemented improvements in the harvesting and use of rainwater. The project team must:
   • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the strategies for rainwater harvesting and use;
   • Review if the strategies were implemented effectively;
   • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
   • Identify actions to continuously improve the water performance of the project.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Design

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Designed the rainwater harvesting system for the non-potable uses in the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Implemented the design of the rainwater harvesting system for the non-potable uses in the project.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Provided the rainwater harvesting system for the non-potable uses in the project.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The documented policy reflecting the target rainwater harvesting and use for the project. The policy must reflect the target percentage (%) of rainwater harvesting and use for the project.
2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional. The documentation must include the following information:
   • The relevant qualifications and competencies of the professional in identifying and implementing strategies to use harvested rainwater in the project;
   • The responsibilities of the professional in the design of the project and the expected output; and
   • The period of engagement with the professional to deliver the expected output.
3. The water base case. The base case must reflect the projected annual operational potable water consumption based on the initial design of the project.
4. The water design case. The design case must include the following information:
   • The projected annual operational potable water consumption in m³ per water end use based on the design of the project,
   • The projected annual total operational potable water consumption in m³,
   • The water use intensity in m³/m²,
5. The plans for the rainwater harvesting, treatment, storage and plumbing system. The plans must include the following information:
   • The design and location of the rainwater harvesting, treatment, storage and plumbing system;
   • The location of the collection points for rainwater;
   • The plumbing layout for potable and non-potable water;
   • The location of the water meters for rainwater; and
   • The scope of each water meter for rainwater.
6. The specifications for the rainwater harvesting, treatment, storage and plumbing system. The specifications must include the following information:
   • The quality and performance details for the rainwater harvesting, treatment, storage and plumbing system;
   • The projected amount of rainwater that will be collected by the system for at least twelve (12) months;
   • The potential uses for rainwater, such as:
     • Landscape irrigation, and
     • Flushing for water fixtures;
   • The capacity of the rainwater storage, which must be in accordance with the Philippine Green Building Code or other generally accepted standards, whichever is more stringent; and
   • The scope of each water meter for rainwater.
7. The calculation for the potential rainwater use in the project. The calculation must include the following information:
   • The potential rainwater use in m³ based on the annual total water consumption; and
   • The percentage of potential rainwater use compared to the water base case.
8. The purchase orders as proof of intent to purchase products, technologies and equipment for the implementation of the strategies.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The as-built plans for the rainwater harvesting, treatment, storage and plumbing system. The plans must include the following information:
   • The implemented design and location of the rainwater harvesting, treatment, storage and plumbing system;
   • The location of the collection points for rainwater;
   • The plumbing layout for potable and non-potable water;
   • The location of the water meters for rainwater; and
   • The scope of each water meter for rainwater.
2. The as-built specifications for the rainwater harvesting, treatment, storage and plumbing system. The specifications must include the following information:
   • The quality and performance details for the rainwater harvesting, treatment, storage and plumbing system;
   • The projected amount of rainwater that will be collected by the system for at least twelve (12) months;
   • The potential uses for rainwater, such as:
     • Landscape irrigation, and
     • Flushing for water fixtures;
   • The capacity of the rainwater storage, which must be in accordance with the Philippine Green Building Code or other generally accepted standards, whichever is more stringent; and
   • The scope of each water meter for rainwater.
3. The commissioning report reflecting that the rainwater harvesting, treatment, storage and plumbing system were installed, tested and evaluated successfully to meet the performance requirements based on the design of the rainwater harvesting, treatment, storage and plumbing system in the project.
4. The calculation for the potential rainwater use in the project. The calculation must include the following information:
   • The potential rainwater use in m³ based on the annual total water consumption; and
   • The percentage of potential rainwater use compared to the water base case.
5. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies. The documentation must consist of:
   • Purchase records, such as:
     • Purchase orders, and
     • Official receipts or sales invoices;
   • Delivery receipts,
   • Installation records, and
   • Photographs for the implementation of the strategies in the project.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The documented policy reflecting the target rainwater harvesting and use for the project. The policy must reflect the target percentage (%) of rainwater harvesting and use for the project.
2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional. The documentation must include the following information:
   • The relevant qualifications and competencies of the professional in:
     • Conducting an assessment on the existing use of rainwater for the project; and
     • Identifying and implementing strategies to improve rainwater harvesting and use in the project.
   • The responsibilities of the professional in the operations of the project and the expected output; and
   • The period of engagement with the professional to deliver the expected output.
3. The evaluation report for the rainwater harvesting and use in the project. The report must include the following information:
   • The rainwater harvesting and use prior to the performance period of the project;
   • The review of existing policies and procedures for rainwater harvesting and use in the project; and
   • The recommendations to improve the use of rainwater in the project.
4. The water base case. The base case must reflect the projected annual operational potable water consumption based on the initial design of the project.
5. The report on the improvements to the harvesting and use of rainwater in the project. The report must include information on the expected impact of harvesting and using rainwater in the project.
6. The purchase orders as proof of intent to purchase products, technologies and equipment for the implementation of the strategies.
7. The communication records as proof that the improvements to the harvesting and use of rainwater were communicated to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
8. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the program. The list must include the following information:
   • The name and designation of the personnel;
   • The contact number of the personnel; and
   • The roles and responsibilities assigned for the implementation of the strategies.
9. The as-built plans for the rainwater harvesting, treatment, storage and plumbing system. The plans must include the following information:
   • The implemented design and location of the rainwater harvesting, treatment, storage and plumbing system;
   • The location of the collection points for rainwater;
   • The plumbing layout for potable and non-potable water;
   • The location of the water meters for rainwater; and
   • The scope of each water meter for rainwater.
10. The as-built specifications for the rainwater harvesting, treatment, storage and plumbing system. The specifications must include the following information:
    • The quality and performance details for the rainwater harvesting, treatment, storage and plumbing system;
    • The actual amount of rainwater collected by the system for at least twelve (12) months;
    • The potential uses for rainwater, such as:
      • Landscape irrigation, and
      • Flushing for water fixtures;
    • The capacity of the rainwater storage, which must be in accordance with the Philippine Green Building Code or other generally accepted standards, whichever is more stringent; and
    • The scope of each water meter for rainwater.
11. The documented policies and procedures for the proper use of the water meters to monitor, record and report the water consumption of the project during operations.
12. The calculation for the actual rainwater use in the project. The calculation must include the following information:
    • The actual rainwater use in m³ based on the annual total water consumption; and
    • The percentage of actual rainwater use compared to the water base case.
13. The monitoring reports for the implementation of the strategies during the performance period.
14. The evaluation report on the effectiveness of the implemented improvements to the harvesting and use of rainwater. The report must include the following information:
    • The outcomes of the implementation of the improvements to the harvesting and use of rainwater;
    • The assessment on whether the strategies were implemented effectively;
    • The assessment on whether the water performance of the project improved after implementing the strategies;
    • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • The recommendations to continuously improve the rainwater harvesting and use in the project.

Back to credit

Additional Information

Terms and Definitions

In the context of this credit, the following terms and definitions apply.

Base case

refers to the modelling, calculation, or set of data used as the basis for comparison where the performance of a project is measured from.

Design case

refers to the modelling, calculation, or set of data reflecting the improved performance of the project based on the design of the project.

Potable water

refers to water suitable (both health and acceptability considerations) for drinking and cooking purposes. (Department of Health, 2017)

Back to credit

Additional Readings

The following readings may guide the project team in complying with the requirements:

• Department of Public Works and Highways. (2015). Philippine Green Building Code. https://www.dpwh.gov.ph/DPWH/sites/default/files/laws_codes_orders/PgbcBooklet23March.pdf.
• American Rainwater Catchment Systems Association, and American Society of Plumbing Engineers. (2020). Rainwater Catchment Systems [ARCSA/ASPE/ANSI Standard 63]. https://www.aspe.org/product/arcsa-aspe-ansi-63-2020-rainwater-catchment-systems/.

Back to credit

Materials and Circularity

Materials and Circularity category focuses on the procurement and use of materials that have positive environmental, social and economic impacts, and the proper management of solid waste to reduce the solid waste generated in the project and divert solid waste from landfills.

No.	Credit Name	Certification Stage	Project Type	Occupancy Type	SDGs
MC-01	Green Procurement	All Stages	All Projects	All Occupancy Types	SDG 12 SDG 13
MC-02	Local Procurement	All Stages	All Projects	All Occupancy Types	SDG 8 SDG 12
MC-03	Community-based Enterprise Procurement	All Stages	All Projects	All Occupancy Types	SDG 1 SDG 12
MC-04	Waste Management	All Stages	All Projects	All Occupancy Types	SDG 12 SDG 13

MC-01 Green Procurement

All Stages
All Project Types
All Occupancy Types
SDG 12Responsible Consumption and Production SDG 13Climate Action

Content

• Purpose and Intent
• Requirements
  • S1 S2 S3
• Score Distribution
  • S1 S2 S3
• Compliance Notes
  • S1 S2 S3
• Additional Information

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to procure and use materials with less environmental impact for the project through a green procurement program.

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Establish a policy for prioritizing the procurement and use of green materials for the project.
2. Establish a green procurement program for the project. The program must contain:
   • The requirements for specifying, procuring and using green materials for the project. The sustainability qualifications for green materials must be any of the following:
     • Materials with post-consumer recycled content;
     • Materials with low volatile organic compound (VOC) content; or
     • Eco-labeled products, which should be labeled under:
       • The National Ecolabelling Program — Green Choice Philippines, or
       • An equivalent labeling program under the Global Ecolabelling Network (GEN);
       • For wood products, it must be certified wood, which should be certified under:
         • The Program for the Endorsement of Forest Certification (PEFC), or
         • The Forest Stewardship Council (FSC).
   • The activities to educate the project stakeholders and potential users on green procurement; and
   • The policies and procedures for prioritizing the procurement of green materials during design and construction.
3. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the green procurement program. The action plan must contain:
   • The roles necessary for the implementation of the program, including the responsibilities for each role;
   • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation;
   • The communication of the green procurement program and its action plan to the project stakeholders and to the potential users of the project.
4. Present the percentage of green materials specified for the project. The calculation is based on the total estimated cost of all materials for the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Implement the green procurement program. The project team must:
   • Assign the roles and responsibilities to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the program;
   • Procure and use green materials for the project;
   • Monitor and record the implementation of each strategy and its progress;
   • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the program to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
2. Present the percentage of green materials procured and used for the project. The calculation is based on the total actual cost of all materials for the project.
3. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the green procurement program. The project team must:
   • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the program;
   • Review if the program was implemented successfully;
   • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
   • Identify actions to further improve the green procurement program once the project starts its operations.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Establish a policy for prioritizing the procurement and use of green materials for the project.
2. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the existing green procurement program.
3. Establish a green procurement program for the project. The program must contain:
   • The requirements for specifying, procuring and using green materials for the project. The sustainability qualifications for green materials must be any of the following:
     • Materials with post-consumer recycled content;
     • Materials with low volatile organic compound (VOC) content; or
     • Eco-labeled products, which should be labeled under:
       • The National Ecolabelling Program — Green Choice Philippines, or
       • An equivalent labeling program under the Global Eco-Labelling Network (GEN);
       • For wood products, it must be certified wood, which should be certified under:
         • The Program for the Endorsement of Forest Certification (PEFC), or
         • The Forest Stewardship Council (FSC).
   • The activities to educate the project stakeholders and potential users on green procurement; and
   • The policies and procedures for prioritizing the procurement of green materials during operations.
4. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the green procurement program. The action plan must contain:
   • The roles necessary for the implementation of the program, including the responsibilities for each role;
   • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation during the performance period;
   • The communication of the green procurement program and its action plan to the project stakeholders and to the potential users of the project.
5. Implement the green procurement program. The project team must:
   • Assign the roles and responsibilities to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the program;
   • Procure and use green materials for the project;
   • Monitor and record the implementation of each strategy for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period;
   • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the program to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
6. Present the percentage of green materials procured and used for the project. The calculation is based on the average monthly cost of all procured materials during the performance period.
7. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the green procurement program. The project team must:
   • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the program;
   • Review if the program was implemented successfully during the performance period;
   • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
   • Identify actions to further improve the green procurement program after the performance period.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Design

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Specified materials that meet the sustainability requirements in the design of the project equal to fifty percent (50%) or more of all specified materials based on cost.
2 points	Specified materials that meet the sustainability requirements in the design of the project equal to forty percent (40%) to less than fifty percent (<50%) of all specified materials based on cost.
1 point	Specified materials that meet the sustainability requirements in the design of the project equal to thirty percent (30%) to less than forty percent (<40%) of all specified materials based on cost.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Procured and used materials that meet the sustainability requirements in the construction of the project equal to fifty percent (50%) or more of all procured materials based on cost.
2 points	Procured and used materials that meet the sustainability requirements in the construction of the project equal to forty percent (40%) to less than fifty percent (<50%) of all procured materials based on cost.
1 point	Procured and used materials that meet the sustainability requirements in the construction of the project equal to thirty percent (30%) to less than forty percent (<40%) of all procured materials based on cost.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Procured and used materials that meet the sustainability requirements in the operations of the project equal to thirty percent (30%) or more of the average monthly cost of procured materials.
2 points	Procured and used materials that meet the sustainability requirements in the operations of the project equal to twenty percent (20%) to less than thirty percent (<30%) of the average monthly cost of procured materials.
1 point	Procured and used materials that meet the sustainability requirements in the operations of the project equal to ten percent (10%) to less than twenty percent (<20%) of the average monthly cost of procured materials.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The documented policy reflecting the project owner's commitment to prioritize the procurement and use of green materials for the project.
2. The green procurement program reflecting the following:
   • The sustainability requirements for specifying, procuring and using green materials for the project, which must include the following information:
     • Material type;
     • Sustainability requirement for each material type; and
     • Copy of the generally accepted standard used to determine the sustainability requirement of each material type;
   • The regular activities identified to educate the project stakeholders and potential users on green procurement; and
   • The documented policies and procedures for prioritizing the procurement of green materials.
3. The action plan for the implementation of the green procurement program reflecting the following:
   • The roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the program; and
   • The methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation.
4. The material specifications for all materials. The specifications must include the following information:
   • Material type;
   • Sustainability requirement for each material type; and
   • Copy of the generally accepted standard used to determine the sustainability requirement of each material type;
5. The list of specified materials that meet the sustainability requirements. The list must include the following information:
   • Material type;
   • Material name;
   • Manufacturer or supplier's name; and
   • Sustainability qualifications of each specified material.
6. The documentation on the sustainability qualifications of specified materials that meet the sustainability requirements. The documentation must be any of the following:
   • Certificates from a third-party certification body reflecting the sustainability qualifications of the material;
   • Material safety data sheets reflecting the relevant material parameters are within acceptable limits; or
   • Product certificates reflecting compliance with third-party product certification programs or labeling schemes.
7. The bill of materials for all materials. The documentation must include the following information:
   • Quantity specified for each material;
   • Estimated cost per unit of each material; and
   • Total estimated cost of all materials.

8. The report on the calculation of the percentage of specified materials that meet the sustainability requirements. The report must include the following information:

   • Total estimated cost of all materials;
   • Total estimated cost of materials that meet the sustainability requirements; and
   • Percentage of specified materials that meet the sustainability requirements.

     % Mspecified	=	Mgreen	×	100%
     		Mtotal

   where:

   Mspecified	=	Percentage of specified materials that meet the sustainability requirements
   Mgreen	=	Total cost of specified materials that meet the sustainability requirements
   Mtotal	=	Total cost of all specified materials

9. The purchase orders as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the program.

10. The communication records as proof that the green procurement program and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the potential users of the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the program, which must include the following information:
   • Name of the personnel,
   • Designation and contact information, and
   • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program.
2. The as-built material specifications for all materials. The specifications must include the following information:
   • Material type;
   • Sustainability requirement for each material type; and
   • Copy of the generally accepted standard used to determine the sustainability requirement of each material type;
3. The list of procured materials that meet the sustainability requirements. The list must include the following information:
   • Material type;
   • Material name;
   • Manufacturer or supplier's name; and
   • Sustainability qualifications of each procured material.
4. The documentation on the sustainability qualifications of procured materials that meet the sustainability requirements. The documentation must be any of the following:
   • Certificates from a third-party certification body reflecting the sustainability qualifications of the material;
   • Material safety data sheets reflecting the relevant material parameters are within acceptable limits; or
   • Product certificates reflecting compliance with third-party product certification programs or labeling schemes.
5. The bill of materials for all materials. The documentation must include the following information:
   • Quantity procured for each material;
   • Actual cost per unit of each material; and
   • Total actual cost of all materials.

6. The report on the calculation of the percentage of procured materials that meet the sustainability requirements. The report must include the following information:

   • Total actual cost of all materials;
   • Total actual cost of materials that meet the sustainability requirements; and
   • Percentage of procured materials that meet the sustainability requirements.

     % Mprocured	=	Mgreen	×	100%
     		Mtotal

   where:

   Mprocured	=	Percentage of procured materials that meet the sustainability requirements
   Mgreen	=	Total cost of procured materials that meet the sustainability requirements
   Mtotal	=	Total cost of all procured materials

7. The monitoring reports for the implementation of the strategies and activities in the program.

8. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the program. The records must consist of the following:

   • Official receipts or sales invoices,
   • Delivery receipts,
   • Installation records, and
   • Photographs.

9. The report on the evaluation of the implementation of the program reflecting the following:

   • The recorded outcomes of the implementation of the program;
   • The assessment on whether the program was implemented successfully;
   • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
   • The actions identified to further improve the green procurement program once the project starts its operations.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The documented policy reflecting the project owner's commitment to prioritize the procurement and use of green materials for the project.
2. The report on the evaluation of the existing green procurement program. The report must include the following information:
   • Review of existing procurement requirements and processes;
   • List of consumable goods and equipment procured monthly for the operations of the project;
   • Feedback regarding the procurement of green materials for the project; and
   • Recommendations to prioritize the procurement and use of green materials for the project.
3. The green procurement program reflecting the following:
   • The sustainability requirements for specifying, procuring and using green materials for the project, which must include the following information:
     • Material type;
     • Sustainability requirement for each material type; and
     • Copy of the generally accepted standard used to determine the sustainability requirement of each material type;
   • The regular activities identified to educate the project stakeholders and potential users on green procurement; and
   • The documented policies and procedures for prioritizing the procurement of green materials.
4. The action plan for the implementation of the green procurement program reflecting the following:
   • The roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the program; and
   • The methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation.
5. The purchase orders as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the program.
6. The communication records as proof that the green procurement program and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
7. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the program, which must include the following information:
   • Name of the personnel,
   • Designation and contact information, and
   • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program.
8. The as-built material specifications for all materials. The specifications must include the following information:
   • Material type;
   • Sustainability requirement for each material type; and
   • Copy of the generally accepted standard used to determine the sustainability requirement of each material type;
9. The list of procured materials that meet the sustainability requirements. The list must include the following information:
   • Material type;
   • Material name;
   • Manufacturer or supplier's name; and
   • Sustainability qualifications of each procured material.
10. The documentation on the sustainability qualifications of procured materials that meet the sustainability requirements. The documentation must be any of the following:
    • Certificates from a third-party certification body reflecting the sustainability qualifications of the material;
    • Material safety data sheets reflecting the relevant material parameters are within acceptable limits; or
    • Product certificates reflecting compliance with third-party product certification programs or labeling schemes.
11. The bill of materials for all materials. The documentation must include the following information:
    • Quantity procured for each material;
    • Actual cost per unit of each material; and
    • Total cost of all procured materials for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period.

12. The report on the calculation of the percentage of procured materials during operations that meet the sustainability requirements. The report must include the following information:

    • Total cost of all procured materials for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period;
    • Total cost of procured materials that meet the sustainability requirements for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period; and
    • Monthly percentage of procured materials that meet the sustainability requirements.

      % Maverage	=	Mgreen	×	100%
      		Mtotal

    where:

    Maverage	=	Monthly percentage of procured materials that meet the sustainability requirements
    Mgreen	=	Total cost of procured materials that meet the sustainability requirements for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period
    Mtotal	=	Total cost of all procured materials for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period

13. The monitoring reports for the implementation of the strategies and activities in the program for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period.

14. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the program. The records must consist of the following:

    • Official receipts or sales invoices,
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.

15. The report on the evaluation of the implementation of the program reflecting the following:

    • The recorded outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • The assessment on whether the program was implemented successfully during the performance period;
    • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • The actions identified to further improve the green procurement program after the performance period.

Back to credit

Additional Information

Terms and Definitions

In the context of this credit, the following terms and definitions apply.

Green procurement

refers to the procurement of materials that promotes the protection of environment and sustainable development, provide social benefit to the community, and support economic development within the area.

Green materials

refer to materials are environmentally responsible, and considers the lifecycle of products. Green materials also meet sustainability requirements, such as materials with post-consumer recycled content, materials with low VOC content, certified wood or eco-labeled products.

Back to credit

Additional Readings

The following readings may guide the project team in complying with the requirements:

• Republic of the Philippines. (2022). Extended Producer Responsibility Act of 2022 [Republic Act No. 11898]. http://legacy.senate.gov.ph/republic_acts/ra%2011898.pdf.
• Green Building Procurement Hub. (n.d.). https://greenbuildingph.org/.
  The Green Building Procurement Hub (GreenBuilding/PH) is a service provided for the members of the PHILGBC. It was also designed to inform the public on the available products, services and technologies that may be of use, on any building project. For this service, the PHILGBC does not, in any way, attest to the functionality or reliability of the products listed in the GreenBuilding/PH. All entries are merely compiled information from the product owner or service provider, or sourced out from publicly available information from their official websites. While significant effort has been made to ensure the accuracy of the information provided, PHILGBC is not responsible for any errors or omissions that may occur. All information on products and services does not imply an endorsement by the PHILGBC. The non-endorsement extends to all information found in all outbound website links in the GreenBuilding/PH.
• Global Ecolabelling Programs. (n.d.). https://globalecolabelling.net/organisations/.

Back to credit

Credit Alignment to PHILGBC Certification Programs

This credit is aligned with the requirements of the following credits under the PHILGBC Health and Well-being for Buildings — Version 1.0.0:

• ENV-07 Materials Restrictions
• ENV-08 Materials Transparency

Back to credit

MC-02 Local Procurement

All Stages
All Project Types
All Occupancy Types
SDG 8Decent Work and Economic Growth SDG 12Responsible Consumption and Production

Content

• Purpose and Intent
• Requirements
  • S1 S2 S3
• Score Distribution
  • S1 S2 S3
• Compliance Notes
  • S1 S2 S3
• Additional Information

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to procure and use locally manufactured materials for the project through a local procurement program.

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Establish a policy for prioritizing the procurement and use of locally manufactured materials for the project.
2. Establish a local procurement program for the project. The program must contain:
   • The requirements for specifying, procuring and using locally manufactured materials for the project. Locally manufactured materials must be:
     • Manufactured depending on where the project is located, which must be in:
       • The Philippines,
       • The region where the project is located, or
       • The province where the project is located;
     • Materials that are permanently installed in the project.
   • The activities to educate the project stakeholders and potential users on local procurement; and
   • The policies and procedures for prioritizing the procurement of locally manufactured materials during design and construction.
3. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the local procurement program. The action plan must contain:
   • The roles necessary for the implementation of the program, including the responsibilities for each role;
   • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation;
   • The communication of the local procurement program and its action plan to the project stakeholders and to the potential users of the project.
4. Present the percentage of locally manufactured materials specified for the project. The calculation is based on the total estimated cost of all materials for the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Implement the local procurement program. The project team must:
   • Assign the roles and responsibilities to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the program;
   • Procure and use locally manufactured materials for the project;
   • Monitor and record the implementation of each strategy and its progress;
   • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the program to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
2. Present the percentage of locally manufactured materials procured and used for the project. The calculation is based on the total actual cost of all materials for the project.
3. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the local procurement program. The project team must:
   • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the program;
   • Review if the program was implemented successfully;
   • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
   • Identify actions to further improve the local procurement program once the project starts its operations.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Establish a policy for prioritizing the procurement and use of locally manufactured materials for the project.
2. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the existing local procurement program.
3. Establish a local procurement program for the project. The program must contain:
   • The requirements for specifying, procuring and using locally manufactured materials for the project. Locally manufactured materials must be:
     • Manufactured depending on where the project is located, which must be in:
       • The Philippines,
       • The region where the project is located, or
       • The province where the project is located;
     • Materials that are permanently installed in the project.
   • The activities to educate the project stakeholders and potential users on local procurement; and
   • The policies and procedures for prioritizing the procurement of locally manufactured materials during operations.
4. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the local procurement program. The action plan must contain:
   • The roles necessary for the implementation of the program, including the responsibilities for each role;
   • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation during the performance period;
   • The communication of the local procurement program and its action plan to the project stakeholders and to the potential users of the project.
5. Implement the local procurement program. The project team must:
   • Assign the roles and responsibilities to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the program;
   • Procure and use locally manufactured materials for the project;
   • Monitor and record the implementation of each strategy for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period;
   • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the program to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
6. Present the percentage of locally manufactured materials procured and used for the project. The calculation is based on the average monthly cost of all procured materials during the performance period.
7. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the local procurement program. The project team must:
   • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the program;
   • Review if the program was implemented successfully during the performance period;
   • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
   • Identify actions to further improve the local procurement program after the performance period.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Design

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Specified materials manufactured within the province where the project is located for at least ten percent (10%) of all specified materials based on cost.
2 points	Specified materials manufactured within the region where the project is located for at least ten percent (10%) of all specified materials based on cost.
1 point	Specified materials manufactured within the Philippines for at least ten percent (10%) of all specified materials based on cost.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Procured and used materials manufactured within the province where the project is located for at least ten percent (10%) of all procured materials based on cost.
2 points	Procured and used materials manufactured within the region where the project is located for at least ten percent (10%) of all procured materials based on cost.
1 point	Procured and used materials manufactured within the Philippines for at least ten percent (10%) of all procured materials based on cost.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Procured and used consumable goods and equipment that were manufactured within the province where the project is located for at least ten percent (10%) of the average monthly cost of procured materials.
2 points	Procured and used consumable goods and equipment that were manufactured within the region where the project is located for at least ten percent (10%) of the average monthly cost of procured materials.
1 point	Procured and used consumable goods and equipment that were manufactured within the Philippines for at least ten percent (10%) of the average monthly cost of procured materials.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The documented policy reflecting the project owner's commitment to prioritize the procurement and use of locally manufactured materials for the project.
2. The local procurement program reflecting the following:
   • The requirements for specifying, procuring and using locally manufactured materials for the project, which must include the following information:
     • Material type;
     • Location requirement for manufacturing each material type; and
     • Preferred address of the manufacturing plant where the materials are manufactured.
   • The regular activities identified to educate the project stakeholders and potential users on local procurement; and
   • The documented policies and procedures for prioritizing the procurement of locally manufactured materials.
3. The action plan for the implementation of the local procurement program reflecting the following:
   • The roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the program; and
   • The methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation.
4. The material specifications for all materials. The specifications must include the following information:
   • Material type;
   • Location requirement for manufacturing each material type;
   • Manufacturer's name; and
   • Address of the manufacturing plant where the materials are manufactured.
5. The list of specified materials that meet the procurement requirements. The list must include the following information:
   • Material type;
   • Material name;
   • Manufacturer's name;
   • Contact information; and
   • Address of the manufacturing plant where the materials are manufactured.
6. The bill of materials for all materials. The documentation must include the following information:
   • Quantity specified for each material;
   • Estimated cost per unit of each material; and
   • Total estimated cost of all materials.

7. The report on the calculation of the percentage of specified materials that meet the procurement requirements. The report must include the following information:

   • Total estimated cost of all materials;
   • Total estimated cost of materials that meet the procurement requirements; and
   • Percentage of specified materials that meet the procurement requirements.

     % Mspecified	=	Mlocal	×	100%
     		Mtotal

   where:

   Mspecified	=	Percentage of specified locally manufactured materials
   Mlocal	=	Total cost of specified locally manufactured materials
   Mtotal	=	Total cost of all specified materials

8. The purchase orders as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the program.

9. The communication records as proof that the local procurement program and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the potential users of the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the program, which must include the following information:
   • Name of the personnel,
   • Designation and contact information, and
   • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program.
2. The as-built material specifications for all materials. The specifications must include the following information:
   • Material type;
   • Location requirement for manufacturing each material type;
   • Manufacturer's name; and
   • Address of the manufacturing plant where the materials are manufactured.
3. The list of procured materials that meet the procurement requirements. The list must include the following information:
   • Material type;
   • Material name;
   • Manufacturer's name;
   • Contact information; and
   • Address of the manufacturing plant where the materials are manufactured.
4. The bill of materials for all materials. The documentation must include the following information:
   • Quantity procured for each material;
   • Actual cost per unit of each material; and
   • Total actual cost of all materials.

5. The report on the calculation of the percentage of procured materials that meet the procurement requirements. The report must include the following information:

   • Total actual cost of all materials;
   • Total actual cost of materials that meet the procurement requirements; and
   • Percentage of procured materials that meet the procurement requirements.

     % Mprocured	=	Mlocal	×	100%
     		Mtotal

   where:

   Mprocured	=	Percentage of procured locally manufactured materials
   Mgreen	=	Total cost of procured locally manufactured materials
   Mtotal	=	Total cost of all procured materials

6. The monitoring reports for the implementation of the strategies and activities in the program.

7. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the program. The records must consist of the following:

   • Official receipts or sales invoices,
   • Delivery receipts,
   • Installation records, and
   • Photographs.

8. The report on the evaluation of the implementation of the program reflecting the following:

   • The recorded outcomes of the implementation of the program;
   • The assessment on whether the program was implemented successfully;
   • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
   • The actions identified to further improve the local procurement program once the project starts its operations.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The documented policy reflecting the project owner's commitment to prioritize the procurement and use of locally manufactured materials for the project.
2. The report on the evaluation of the existing local procurement program. The report must include the following information:
   • Review of existing procurement requirements and processes;
   • List of consumable goods and equipment procured monthly for the operations of the project;
   • Feedback regarding the procurement of locally manufactured materials for the project; and
   • Recommendations to prioritize the procurement and use of locally manufactured materials for the project.
3. The local procurement program reflecting the following:
   • The requirements for specifying, procuring and using locally manufactured materials for the project, which must include the following information:
     • Material type;
     • Location requirement for manufacturing each material type; and
     • Preferred address of the manufacturing plant where the materials are manufactured.
   • The regular activities identified to educate the project stakeholders and potential users on local procurement; and
   • The documented policies and procedures for prioritizing the procurement of locally manufactured materials.
4. The action plan for the implementation of the local procurement program reflecting the following:
   • The roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the program; and
   • The methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation.
5. The purchase orders as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the program.
6. The communication records as proof that the local procurement program and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
7. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the program, which must include the following information:
   • Name of the personnel,
   • Designation and contact information, and
   • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program.
8. The as-built material specifications for all materials. The specifications must include the following information:
   • Material type;
   • Location requirement for manufacturing each material type;
   • Manufacturer's name; and
   • Address of the manufacturing plant where the materials are manufactured.
9. The list of procured materials that meet the procurement requirements. The list must include the following information:
   • Material type;
   • Material name;
   • Manufacturer's name;
   • Contact information; and
   • Address of the manufacturing plant where the materials are manufactured.
10. The bill of materials for all materials. The documentation must include the following information:
    • Quantity procured for each material;
    • Actual cost per unit of each material; and
    • Total cost of all procured materials for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period.

11. The report on the calculation of the percentage of procured materials during operations that meet the procurement requirements. The report must include the following information:

    • Total actual cost of all materials for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period;
    • Total actual cost of materials that meet the procurement requirements for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period; and
    • Monthly percentage of procured materials that meet the procurement requirements.

      % Maverage	=	Mlocal	×	100%
      		Mtotal

    where:

    Maverage	=	Monthly percentage of procured locally manufactured materials
    Mlocal	=	Total cost of procured locally manufactured materials for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period
    Mtotal	=	Total cost of all procured materials for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period

12. The monitoring reports for the implementation of the strategies and activities in the program for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period.

13. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the program. The records must consist of the following:

    • Official receipts or sales invoices,
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.

14. The report on the evaluation of the implementation of the program reflecting the following:

    • The recorded outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • The assessment on whether the program was implemented successfully during the performance period;
    • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • The actions identified to further improve the local procurement program after the performance period.

Back to credit

Additional Information

Terms and Definitions

In the context of this credit, the following terms and definitions apply.

Local procurement

refers to the procurement of materials from local manufacturers to strengthen the local economy and to support local businesses.

Locally manufactured materials

refer to materials that are manufactured within the Philippines, the region or the province where the project is located. These materials must be permanently installed in the project.

Region

refers to the highest level among the four (4) hierarchical levels of geographical-political subdivisions of the Philippines. (Philippine Standard Geographic Code, 2023)

There are seventeen (17) regions in the Philippines, which are the following:

• National Capital Region (NCR);
• Cordillera Administrative Region (CAR);
• Region I (Ilocos Region);
• Region II (Cagayan Valley);
• Region III (Central Luzon);
• Region IV-A (CALABARZON);
• Region IV-B (MIMAROPA);
• Region V (Bicol Region);
• Region VI (Western Visayas);
• Region VII (Central Visayas);
• Region VIII (Eastern Visayas);
• Region IX (Zamboanga Peninsula);
• Region X (Northern Mindanao);
• Region XI (Davao Region);
• Region XII (SOCCSKSARGEN);
• Region XIII (Caraga Administrative Region); and
• Bangsamoro Autonomous Region in Muslim Mindanao (BARMM).

Back to credit

Additional Readings

The following readings may guide the project team in complying with the requirements:

• Republic of the Philippines. (2022). Extended Producer Responsibility Act of 2022 [Republic Act No. 11898]. http://legacy.senate.gov.ph/republic_acts/ra%2011898.pdf.
• Green Building Procurement Hub. (n.d.). https://greenbuildingph.org/.
  The Green Building Procurement Hub (GreenBuilding/PH) is a service provided for the members of the PHILGBC. It was also designed to inform the public on the available products, services and technologies that may be of use, on any building project. For this service, the PHILGBC does not, in any way, attest to the functionality or reliability of the products listed in the GreenBuilding/PH. All entries are merely compiled information from the product owner or service provider, or sourced out from publicly available information from their official websites. While significant effort has been made to ensure the accuracy of the information provided, PHILGBC is not responsible for any errors or omissions that may occur. All information on products and services does not imply an endorsement by the PHILGBC. The non-endorsement extends to all information found in all outbound website links in the GreenBuilding/PH.

Back to credit

MC-03 Community-based Enterprise Procurement

All Stages
All Project Types
All Occupancy Types
SDG 1No Poverty SDG 12Responsible Consumption and Production

Content

• Purpose and Intent
• Requirements
  • S1 S2 S3
• Score Distribution
  • S1 S2 S3
• Compliance Notes
  • S1 S2 S3
• Additional Information

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to procure and use sustainable products from community-based enterprises for the project and provide social benefits to a community through a community-based enterprise procurement program.

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Establish a policy for prioritizing the procurement and use of sustainable materials from social enterprises and community groups for the project.
2. Establish a community-based enterprise procurement program for the project. The program must contain:
   • The requirements for specifying, procuring and using sustainable materials from social enterprises and community groups for the project. These materials must be:
     • Crafted by local artisans, community groups or indigenous communities; and
     • Made using sustainable or upcycled materials.
   • The activities to educate the project stakeholders and potential users on community-based enterprise procurement; and
   • The policies and procedures for prioritizing the procurement of sustainable materials from social enterprises and community groups during design and construction.
3. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the community-based enterprise procurement program. The action plan must contain:
   • The roles necessary for the implementation of the program, including the responsibilities for each role;
   • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation;
   • The communication of the community-based enterprise procurement program and its action plan to the project stakeholders and to the potential users of the project.
4. Present the percentage of sustainable materials from social enterprises and community groups specified for the project. The calculation is based on the total estimated cost of all materials for the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Implement the community-based enterprise procurement program. The project team must:
   • Assign the roles and responsibilities to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the program;
   • Procure and use sustainable materials from social enterprises and community groups for the project;
   • Monitor and record the implementation of each strategy and its progress;
   • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the program to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
2. Present the percentage of sustainable materials from social enterprises and community groups procured and used for the project. The calculation is based on the total actual cost of all materials for the project.
3. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the community-based enterprise procurement program. The project team must:
   • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the program;
   • Review if the program was implemented successfully;
   • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
   • Identify actions to further improve the community-based enterprise procurement program once the project starts its operations.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Establish a policy for prioritizing the procurement and use of sustainable materials from social enterprises and community groups for the project.
2. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the existing community-based enterprise procurement program.
3. Establish a community-based enterprise procurement program for the project. The program must contain:
   • The requirements for specifying, procuring and using sustainable materials from social enterprises and community groups for the project. These materials must be:
     • Crafted by local artisans, community groups or indigenous communities; and
     • Made using sustainable or upcycled materials.
   • The activities to educate the project stakeholders and potential users on community-based enterprise procurement; and
   • The policies and procedures for prioritizing the procurement of sustainable materials from social enterprises and community groups during operations.
4. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the community-based enterprise procurement program. The action plan must contain:
   • The roles necessary for the implementation of the program, including the responsibilities for each role;
   • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation during the performance period;
   • The communication of the community-based enterprise procurement program and its action plan to the project stakeholders and to the potential users of the project.
5. Implement the community-based enterprise procurement program. The project team must:
   • Assign the roles and responsibilities to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the program;
   • Procure and use sustainable materials from social enterprises and community groups for the project;
   • Monitor and record the implementation of each strategy for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period;
   • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the program to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
6. Present the percentage of sustainable materials from social enterprises and community groups procured and used for the project. The calculation is based on the average monthly cost of all procured materials during the performance period.
7. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the community-based enterprise procurement program. The project team must:
   • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the program;
   • Review if the program was implemented successfully during the performance period;
   • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
   • Identify actions to further improve the community-based enterprise procurement program after the performance period.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Design

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Specified materials from social enterprises and community groups in the design of the project equal to ten percent (10%) or more of all specified materials based on cost.
2 points	Specified materials from social enterprises and community groups in the design of the project equal to five percent (5%) to less than ten percent (<10%) of all specified materials based on cost.
1 point	Specified materials from social enterprises and community groups in the design of the project equal to three percent (3%) to less than five percent (<5%) of all specified materials based on cost.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Procured and used materials from social enterprises and community groups in the construction of the project equal to ten percent (10%) or more of all procured materials based on cost.
2 points	Procured and used materials from social enterprises and community groups in the construction of the project equal to five percent (5%) to less than ten percent (<10%) of all procured materials based on cost.
1 point	Procured and used materials from social enterprises and community groups in the construction of the project equal to three percent (3%) to less than five percent (<5%) of all procured materials based on cost.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Procured and used materials from social enterprises and community groups in the operations of the project equal to ten percent (10%) or more of the average monthly costs of procured materials.
2 points	Procured and used materials from social enterprises and community groups in the operations of the project equal to five percent (5%) to less than ten percent (<10%) of the average monthly costs of procured materials.
1 point	Procured and used materials from social enterprises and community groups in the operations of the project equal to three percent (3%) to less than five percent (<5%) of the average monthly costs of procured materials.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The documented policy reflecting the project owner's commitment to prioritize the procurement and use of sustainable materials from social enterprises and community groups for the project.
2. The community-based enterprise procurement program reflecting the following:
   • The requirements for specifying, procuring and using sustainable materials from social enterprises and community groups for the project, which must include the following information:
     • Material type;
     • Sustainability requirements for each material type;
     • Preferred businesses for community-based enterprise procurement, which must be any of the following:
       • Local artisans,
       • Community groups,
       • Indigenous communities,
       • Community-based enterprises, or
       • Social enterprises.
   • The regular activities identified to educate the project stakeholders and potential users on community-based enterprise procurement; and
   • The documented policies and procedures for prioritizing the procurement of sustainable materials from social enterprises and community groups.
3. The action plan for the implementation of the community-based enterprise procurement program reflecting the following:
   • The roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the program; and
   • The methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation.
4. The material specifications for all materials. The specifications must include the following information:
   • Material type;
   • Sustainability requirement for each material type;
   • Type of business for community-based enterprises procurement, which must be any of the following:
     • Local artisans,
     • Community groups,
     • Indigenous communities,
     • Community-based enterprises, or
     • Social enterprises.
5. The list of specified materials that meet the procurement requirements. The list must include the following information:
   • Material type;
   • Material name;
   • Business or organization's name;
   • Contact information; and
   • Type of business, which must be any of the following:
     • Local artisans,
     • Community groups,
     • Indigenous communities,
     • Community-based enterprises, or
     • Social enterprises.
6. The documentation on the qualifications of the engaged businesses or organizations as a community-based enterprise. The documentation must include the following information:
   • Brief description of the engaged business or organization;
   • Sustainable materials or products offered to end users;
   • Sources of the materials or products, which must be crafted by local artisans, community groups or indigenous communities; and
   • If the business is a community-based enterprise or a social enterprise, the beneficiaries of the profits from selling the materials or products.
7. The bill of materials for all materials. The documentation must include the following information:
   • Quantity specified for each material;
   • Estimated cost per unit of each material; and
   • Total estimated cost of all materials.

8. The report on the calculation of the percentage of specified materials that meet the procurement requirements. The report must include the following information:

   • Total estimated cost of all materials;
   • Total estimated cost of materials that meet the procurement requirements; and
   • Percentage of specified materials that meet the procurement requirements.

     % Mspecified	=	Msocial	×	100%
     		Mtotal

   where:

   Mspecified	=	Percentage of specified sustainable materials from social enterprises and community groups
   Msocial	=	Total cost of specified sustainable materials from social enterprises and community groups
   Mtotal	=	Total cost of all specified materials

9. The purchase orders as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the program.

10. The communication records as proof that the community-based enterprise procurement program and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the potential users of the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the program, which must include the following information:
   • Name of the personnel,
   • Designation and contact information, and
   • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program.
2. The as-built material specifications for all materials. The specifications must include the following information:
   • Material type;
   • Sustainability requirement for each material type;
   • Type of business for community-based enterprises procurement, which must be any of the following:
     • Local artisans,
     • Community groups,
     • Indigenous communities,
     • Community-based enterprises, or
     • Social enterprises.
3. The list of procured materials that meet the procurement requirements. The list must include the following information:
   • Material type;
   • Material name;
   • Business or organization's name;
   • Contact information; and
   • Type of business, which must be any of the following:
     • Local artisans,
     • Community groups,
     • Indigenous communities,
     • Community-based enterprises, or
     • Social enterprises.
4. The documentation on the qualifications of the engaged businesses or organizations as a community-based enterprise. The documentation must include the following information:
   • Brief description of the engaged business or organization;
   • Sustainable materials or products offered to end users;
   • Sources of the materials or products, which must be crafted by local artisans, community groups or indigenous communities; and
   • If the business is a community-based enterprise or a social enterprise, the beneficiaries of the profits from selling the materials or products.
5. The bill of materials for all materials. The documentation must include the following information:
   • Quantity procured for each material;
   • Actual cost per unit of each material; and
   • Total actual cost of all materials.

6. The report on the calculation of the percentage of procured materials that meet the procurement requirements. The report must include the following information:

   • Total actual cost of all materials;
   • Total actual cost of materials that meet the procurement requirements; and
   • Percentage of procured materials that meet the procurement requirements.

     % Mprocured	=	Msocial	×	100%
     		Mtotal

   where:

   Mprocured	=	Percentage of procured sustainable materials from social enterprises and community groups
   Msocial	=	Total cost of procured sustainable materials from social enterprises and community groups
   Mtotal	=	Total cost of all procured materials

7. The monitoring reports for the implementation of the strategies and activities in the program.

8. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the program. The records must consist of the following:

   • Official receipts or sales invoices,
   • Delivery receipts,
   • Installation records, and
   • Photographs.

9. The report on the evaluation of the implementation of the program reflecting the following:

   • The recorded outcomes of the implementation of the program;
   • The assessment on whether the program was implemented successfully;
   • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
   • The actions identified to further improve the community-based enterprise procurement program once the project starts its operations.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The documented policy reflecting the project owner's commitment to prioritize the procurement and use of sustainable materials from social enterprises and community groups for the project.
2. The report on the evaluation of the existing community-based enterprise procurement program. The report must include the following information:
   • Review of existing procurement requirements and processes;
   • List of consumable goods and equipment procured monthly for the operations of the project;
   • Feedback regarding the procurement of sustainable materials from social enterprises and community groups for the project; and
   • Recommendations to prioritize the procurement and use of sustainable materials from social enterprises and community groups for the project.
3. The community-based enterprise procurement program reflecting the following:
   • The requirements for specifying, procuring and using sustainable materials from social enterprises and community groups for the project, which must include the following information:
     • Material type;
     • Sustainability requirements for each material type;
     • Preferred businesses for community-based enterprise procurement, which must be any of the following:
       • Local artisans,
       • Community groups,
       • Indigenous communities,
       • Community-based enterprises, or
       • Social enterprises.
   • The regular activities identified to educate the project stakeholders and potential users on community-based enterprise procurement; and
   • The documented policies and procedures for prioritizing the procurement of sustainable materials from social enterprises and community groups.
4. The action plan for the implementation of the community-based enterprise procurement program reflecting the following:
   • The roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the program; and
   • The methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation.
5. The purchase orders as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the program.
6. The communication records as proof that the community-based enterprise procurement program and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the potential users of the project.
7. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the program, which must include the following information:
   • Name of the personnel,
   • Designation and contact information, and
   • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program.
8. The as-built material specifications for all materials. The specifications must include the following information:
   • Material type;
   • Sustainability requirement for each material type;
   • Type of business for community-based enterprises procurement, which must be any of the following:
     • Local artisans,
     • Community groups,
     • Indigenous communities,
     • Community-based enterprises, or
     • Social enterprises.
9. The list of procured materials that meet the procurement requirements. The list must include the following information:
   • Material type;
   • Material name;
   • Business or organization's name;
   • Contact information; and
   • Type of business, which must be any of the following:
     • Local artisans,
     • Community groups,
     • Indigenous communities,
     • Community-based enterprises, or
     • Social enterprises.
10. The documentation on the qualifications of the engaged businesses or organizations as a community-based enterprise. The documentation must include the following information:
    • Brief description of the engaged business or organization;
    • Sustainable materials or products offered to end users;
    • Sources of the materials or products, which must be crafted by local artisans, community groups or indigenous communities; and
    • If the business is a community-based enterprise or a social enterprise, the beneficiaries of the profits from selling the materials or products.
11. The bill of materials for all materials. The documentation must include the following information:
    • Quantity procured for each material;
    • Actual cost per unit of each material; and
    • Total cost of all procured materials for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period.

12. The report on the calculation of the percentage of procured materials during operations that meet the procurement requirements. The report must include the following information:

    • Total cost of all procured materials for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period;
    • Total cost of procured materials that meet the sustainability requirements for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period; and
    • Monthly percentage of procured materials that meet the sustainability requirements.

      % Maverage	=	Msocial	×	100%
      		Mtotal

    where:

    Maverage	=	Monthly percentage of procured sustainable materials from social enterprises and community groups
    Msocial	=	Total cost of procured sustainable materials from social enterprises and community groups for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period
    Mtotal	=	Total cost of all procured materials for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period

13. The monitoring reports for the implementation of the strategies and activities in the program for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period.

14. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the program. The records must consist of the following:

    • Official receipts or sales invoices,
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.

15. The report on the evaluation of the implementation of the program reflecting the following:

    • The recorded outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • The assessment on whether the program was implemented successfully during the performance period;
    • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • The actions identified to further improve the community-based enterprise procurement program after the performance period.

Back to credit

Additional Information

Terms and Definitions

In the context of this credit, the following terms and definitions apply.

Community-Based Enterprises

refers to businesses that provide social benefits to a community. These are businesses formed by communities to engage in business activities to improve their social welfare. Products made by these enterprises are made by sustainable and upcycled materials.

Social Enterprises

refers to a non-stock, non-profit, or a stock, close corporation duly registered with SEC, with the primary purpose of accomplishing a charitable mission for the benefit of marginalized social sector by simultaneously implementing a poverty reduction strategy, as well as engaging in transactional and transformative business activities.

Back to credit

Additional Readings

The following readings may guide the project team in complying with the requirements:

• Republic of the Philippines. (2022). Extended Producer Responsibility Act of 2022 [Republic Act No. 11898]. http://legacy.senate.gov.ph/republic_acts/ra%2011898.pdf.
• R. P. Escobin, R. A. Natividad, & F. C. Pitargue, Jr. (2007). Philippine raw materials sourcebook: Holiday decors, wearables, gifts (Vol. 1). FPRDI-DOST.
• R. P. Escobin, R. A. Natividad, & F. C. Pitargue, Jr. (2009). Philippine raw materials sourcebook: Decors, woodcarvings, gifts, accessories (Vol. 2). FPRDI-DOST.
• R. P. Escobin, R. A. Natividad, & F. C. Pitargue, Jr. (2010). Philippine raw materials sourcebook: Decors, gifts, accessories (Vol. 3). FPRDI-DOST.
• R. P. Escobin, R. A. Natividad, F. C. Pitargue Jr., & E. R. Barile. (2012). Philippine raw materials sourcebook: Furniture, woodcarvings, decors, gifts & accessories (Vol. 4). FPRDI-DOST.
• Green Building Procurement Hub. (n.d.). https://greenbuildingph.org/.
  The Green Building Procurement Hub (GreenBuilding/PH) is a service provided for the members of the PHILGBC. It was also designed to inform the public on the available products, services and technologies that may be of use, on any building project. For this service, the PHILGBC does not, in any way, attest to the functionality or reliability of the products listed in the GreenBuilding/PH. All entries are merely compiled information from the product owner or service provider, or sourced out from publicly available information from their official websites. While significant effort has been made to ensure the accuracy of the information provided, PHILGBC is not responsible for any errors or omissions that may occur. All information on products and services does not imply an endorsement by the PHILGBC. The non-endorsement extends to all information found in all outbound website links in the GreenBuilding/PH.

Back to credit

MC-04 Waste Management

All Stages
All Project Types
All Occupancy Types
SDG 12Responsible Consumption and Production SDG 13Climate Action

Content

• Purpose and Intent
• Requirements
  • S1 S2 S3
• Score Distribution
  • S1 S2 S3
• Compliance Notes
  • S1 S2 S3
• Additional Information

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

• Reduce the solid waste generation of the project through effective solid waste management;
• Reuse and recycle solid waste to minimize the solid waste disposed in landfills; and
• Divert solid waste from landfills.

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Establish the target construction solid waste diversion for the project.
2. Engage a professional qualified and competent in:
   • Preparing the construction waste base case for the project; and
   • Identifying and implementing waste diversion strategies during the construction of the project.
3. Establish a construction waste base case. The construction waste base case should be a simulation or calculation of the projected solid waste generation during the construction of the project. The construction waste base case must include the following:
   • The projected types of solid waste generated during construction,
   • The projected amount of construction solid waste in kilograms (kg) per waste type,
   • The projected total amount of construction solid waste in kg, and
   • The waste generation intensity in kilograms per square meter (kg/m²).
4. Establish a construction waste management system. The project team must be able to measure and monitor the solid waste generated during the construction of the project.
5. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the construction waste management system. The action plan must include the following:
   • The roles necessary for the implementation of the system, including the responsibilities for each role;
   • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation;
   • The policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each strategy once implemented; and
   • The communication of the construction waste management system and its action plan to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Implement the construction waste management system. The project team must:
   • Assign the roles and responsibilities to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the system;
   • Implement the waste diversion strategies during construction;
   • Monitor and record the implementation of each strategy and its progress;
   • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the system to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project; and
   • Confirm the policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each implemented strategy.
2. Present the percentage of solid waste diverted during the construction of the project. The calculation is based on the actual total amount of construction solid waste generated in the project.
3. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation construction waste management system. The project tam must:
   • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the system;
   • Review if the system was implemented successfully;
   • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
   • Identify actions to further improve the waste performance of the project once the project starts its operations.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Establish the target solid waste diversion for the project.
2. Engage a professional qualified and competent in planning and implementing waste diversion strategies during the operations of the project.
3. Evaluate the solid waste diversion in the project. The evaluation must include the following:
   • The effectiveness of the implementation of existing waste diversion strategies;
   • The implementation of the existing policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the waste diversion strategies; and
   • The effectiveness of the implementation of the existing waste management system.
4. Establish an operational waste base case. The operational waste base case should be the actual solid waste generation during the operations of the project prior to the performance period. The operational waste base case must include the following:
   • The actual types of solid waste generated during operations,
   • The actual amount of construction solid waste in kg per waste type,
   • The actual total amount of construction solid waste in kg, and
   • The waste generation intensity in kg/m².
5. Establish a waste management system for operations. The project team must be able to measure and monitor the solid waste generated for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period.
6. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the waste management system. The action plan must include the following:
   • The roles necessary for the implementation of the system, including the responsibilities for each role;
   • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation during the performance period;
   • The policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each strategy once implemented; and
   • The communication of the waste management system and its action plan to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
7. Implement the waste management system for operations. The project team must:
   • Assign the roles and responsibilities to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the system;
   • Implement the waste diversion strategies during operations;
   • Monitor and record the implementation of each strategy for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period; and
   • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the system to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
8. Present the percentage of solid waste diverted during the operations of the project. The calculation is based on the actual total amount of solid waste generated during the performance period.
9. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation waste management system for operations. The project tam must:
   • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the system;
   • Review if the system was implemented successfully during the performance period;
   • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
   • Identify actions to further improve the waste performance of the project after the performance period.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Design

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Presented a projected construction solid waste diversion of eighty percent (80%) or more compared to the construction waste base case.
2 points	Presented a projected construction solid waste diversion of sixty percent (60%) to less than eighty percent (<80%) compared to the construction waste base case.
1 point	Presented a projected construction solid waste diversion of forty percent (40%) to less than sixty percent (<60%) compared to the construction waste base case.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Presented an actual construction solid waste diversion of eighty percent (80%) or more compared to the construction waste base case.
2 points	Presented an actual construction solid waste diversion of sixty percent (60%) to less than eighty percent (<80%) compared to the construction waste base case.
1 point	Presented an actual construction solid waste diversion of forty percent (40%) to less than sixty percent (<60%) compared to the construction waste base case.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Presented an actual solid waste diversion of forty percent (40%) or more compared to the operational waste base case.
2 points	Presented an actual solid waste diversion of thirty percent (30%) to less than forty percent (<40%) compared to the operational waste base case.
1 point	Presented an actual solid waste diversion of twenty percent (20%) to less than thirty percent (<30%) compared to the operational waste base case.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The documented policy reflecting the target construction solid waste diversion of the project. The policy must reflect the target percentage (%) of construction solid waste diversion for the project.
2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional. The documentation must include the following information:
   • Relevant qualifications and competency of the professional in:
     • Preparing the construction waste base case for the project; and
     • Identifying and implementing waste diversion strategies during the construction of the project;
   • Responsibilities of the professional in the design and construction of the project; and
   • Period of engagement with the professional.
3. The construction waste base case. The report must reflect the projected total amount of construction solid waste in the project.
4. The projected occupancy profile for the project. The documentation must include the following information:
   • Description of the project's intended use;
   • Number of shifts for the project within a 24-hour period, which may be up to a maximum of three (3) shifts;
   • Number of hours per shift, which should be at least eight (8) hours per shift; and
   • Maximum number of users per shift.
5. The construction waste management system.
6. The action plan for the implementation of the construction waste management system reflecting the following:
   • The roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the system;
   • The methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation; and
   • The documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies.
7. The purchase orders as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the strategies.
8. The communication records as proof that the construction waste management system and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
9. The report on the calculation of the percentage of the projected construction solid waste diversion. The report must include the following information:
   • Projected types of solid waste generated during construction,
   • Projected amount of construction solid waste in kg per waste type,
   • Projected total amount of construction solid waste in kg,
   • Waste generation intensity in kg/m²,
   • Percentage of construction solid waste diversion attributed to the waste diversion strategies; and
   • Total percentage of construction solid waste diversion compared to the construction waste base case.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the waste management system, which must include the following information:
   • Name of the personnel,
   • Designation and contact information, and
   • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the waste management system.
2. The documentation on the segregation, handling and storage of construction waste. The documentation must consist of:
   • The as-built plans and specifications of the waste storage on site reflecting its location and size,
   • The monitoring reports on the waste generated during construction, and
   • The procurement and implementation records for the segregation, handling and storage of construction waste, which should include the following:
     • Purchase records, such as:
       • Purchase orders, and
       • Official receipts or sales invoices;
     • Delivery receipts,
     • Installation records, and
     • Photographs for the segregation, handling and storage of construction waste.
3. The list of operators, suppliers and service providers engaged for the implementation of the waste diversion strategies during construction. The list must include the following information:
   • The name of the identified operator, supplier and service provider,
   • The address of the waste diversion facility,
   • The name and designation of the representative from the operator, supplier and service provider,
   • The contact number of the representative, and
   • The description of the services offered and the types of waste handled by the operator, supplier and service provider.
4. The documentation on the collection, diversion and disposal of construction waste. The documentation must consist of:
   • The service contracts with the engaged operators, suppliers and service providers for implementing the waste diversion strategies during construction. The documentation must include the following information:
     • The description of the services offered and the types of waste handled by the operator, supplier and service provider, and
     • The period of engagement with the operators, suppliers and service providers to implement the strategies.
   • The waste ticket or logs for the waste collected by the operators, suppliers and service providers,
   • The monitoring reports on the waste diverted and disposed during construction, and
   • The procurement and implementation records for the collection, diversion and disposal of construction waste, which should include the following:
     • Purchase records, such as:
       • Purchase orders, and
       • Official receipts or sales invoices;
     • Photographs for the collection, diversion and disposal of construction waste.
5. The communication records as proof that the implementation of the construction waste management system was regularly communicated to the project stakeholders.
6. The report on the calculation of the percentage of the actual construction solid waste diversion. The report must include the following information:
   • Actual types of solid waste generated during construction,
   • Actual amount of construction solid waste in kg per waste type,
   • Actual total amount of construction solid waste in kg,
   • Waste generation intensity in kg/m²,
   • Percentage of construction solid waste diversion attributed to the waste diversion strategies; and
   • Total percentage of construction solid waste diversion compared to the construction waste base case.
7. The report on the evaluation of the implementation of the construction waste management system reflecting the following:
   • The recorded outcomes of the implementation of the system;
   • The assessment on whether the program was implemented successfully;
   • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
   • The actions identified to further improve the waste performance of the project once the project starts its operations.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The documented policy reflecting the target solid waste diversion of the project. The policy must reflect the target percentage (%) of solid waste diversion for the operations of the project.
2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional. The documentation must include the following information:
   • Relevant qualifications and competency of the professional in planning and implementing waste diversion strategies during the operations of the project;
   • Responsibilities of the professional in the operations of the project; and
   • Period of engagement with the professional.
3. The operational waste base case. The report must reflect the actual solid waste generation during the operations of the project prior to the performance period.
4. The actual occupancy profile for the project. The documentation must include the following information:
   • Description of the project's use;
   • Number of shifts for the project within a 24-hour period, which may be up to a maximum of three (3) shifts;
   • Number of hours per shift, which should be at least eight (8) hours per shift; and
   • Maximum number of users per shift.
5. The waste management system for operations.
6. The action plan for the implementation of the waste management system reflecting the following:
   • The roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the system;
   • The methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation; and
   • The documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies.
7. The purchase orders as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the strategies.
8. The communication records as proof that the waste management system and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
9. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the waste management system, which must include the following information:
   • Name of the personnel,
   • Designation and contact information, and
   • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the waste management system.
10. The documentation on the segregation, handling and storage of operational waste. The documentation must consist of:
    • The as-built plans and specifications of the waste storage on site reflecting its location and size,
    • The monitoring reports on the waste generated during performance period, and
    • The procurement and implementation records for the segregation, handling and storage of operational waste, which should include the following:
      • Purchase records, such as:
        • Purchase orders, and
        • Official receipts or sales invoices;
      • Delivery receipts,
      • Installation records, and
      • Photographs for the segregation, handling and storage of operational waste.
11. The list of operators, suppliers and service providers engaged for the implementation of the waste diversion strategies during operations. The list must include the following information:
    • The name of the identified operator, supplier and service provider,
    • The address of the waste diversion facility,
    • The name and designation of the representative from the operator, supplier and service provider,
    • The contact number of the representative, and
    • The description of the services offered and the types of waste handled by the operator, supplier and service provider.
12. The documentation on the collection, diversion and disposal of operational waste. The documentation must consist of:
    • The service contracts with the engaged operators, suppliers and service providers for implementing the waste diversion strategies during operations. The documentation must include the following information:
      • The description of the services offered and the types of waste handled by the operator, supplier and service provider, and
      • The period of engagement with the operators, suppliers and service providers to implement the strategies.
    • The waste ticket or logs for the waste collected by the operators, suppliers and service providers,
    • The monitoring reports on the waste diverted and disposed during performance period, and
    • The procurement and implementation records for the collection, diversion and disposal of operational waste, which should include the following:
      • Purchase records, such as:
        • Purchase orders, and
        • Official receipts or sales invoices;
      • Photographs for the collection, diversion and disposal of operational waste.
13. The communication records as proof that the implementation of the waste management system was regularly communicated to the project stakeholders.
14. The report on the calculation of the percentage of the actual solid waste diversion during operations. The report must include the following information:
    • Actual types of solid waste generated during operations,
    • Actual amount of solid waste in kg per waste type,
    • Actual total amount of solid waste in kg,
    • Waste generation intensity in kg/m²,
    • Percentage of solid waste diversion attributed to the waste diversion strategies; and
    • Total percentage of solid waste diversion compared to the operational waste base case.
15. The report on the evaluation of the implementation of the waste management system reflecting the following:
    • The recorded outcomes of the implementation of the system;
    • The assessment on whether the program was implemented successfully;
    • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • The actions identified to further improve the waste management system after the performance period.

Back to credit

Additional Information

Waste base case

The project team must use one of the following options to establish the waste base case:

1. Calculate the project's waste base case.
2. Use the waste base case of an existing comparable project.
3. Use the waste base case based from a reference standard.
4. Use the actual solid waste generation of the project for the past twelve (12) months.

Calculate the waste base case

When calculating the waste base case, the calculation for the waste performance must be reflective of the potential waste generation patterns during the construction of the project. The project team must provide the narrative how to estimate the potential solid waste generation in the project.

The project team must submit:

1. The report on the scope and narrative description of the project used for the calculation. The report must include the following information:
   • The total gross floor area in m²;
   • The occupancy profile reflecting the following:
     • The number of shifts for the project within a 24-hour period, which may be up to a maximum of three (3) shifts;
     • The number of hours per shift, which should be at least eight (8) hours per shift; and
     • The maximum number of users per shift;
   • The description of the project's intended use; and
   • The projected types of solid waste generated during construction.
2. The copy of the reference codes or generally accepted standards used for the projected amount of solid waste of each identified type of waste during construction.
3. The report on the calculated waste base case of the project. The report must include the following information:
   • The projected amount of solid waste in kg per waste type;
   • The projected total amount of solid waste in kg; and
   • The waste generation intensity in kg/m².

Use the waste base case of an existing comparable project

When using a waste base base of an existing comparable project, the project team must be able to establish how the identified comparable project is similar to the design, function and use of the project. This is to ensure that the established base case will be at similar to the projected waste performance of the project.

The project team must submit:

1. The report on the technical description of the identified existing comparable project. The report must include the following information:
   • The comparable project's name;
   • The comparable project's location;
   • The comparable project owner's name;
   • The total gross floor area of the comparable project in m²;
   • The occupancy profile reflecting the following:
     • The number of shifts for the project within a 24-hour period, which may be up to a maximum of three (3) shifts;
     • The number of hours per shift, which should be at least eight (8) hours per shift; and
     • The maximum number of users per shift;
   • The description of the comparable project's use.
2. The proof of ownership or an authorization from the comparable project owner for using the waste generation data of the comparable projects to establish the waste base case of the project.
3. The documentation on the waste generation data of the comparable project, which must be based on either of the following:
   • The solid waste generation of all types of waste of the comparable project, which must include the following:
     • The projected types of solid waste generated during the construction of the comparable project;
     • The projected total amount of solid waste during the construction of the comparable project in kg;
     • The projected annual amount of solid waste per waste type in kg based on reference codes or generally accepted standards; and
     • The copy of the reference codes or generally accepted standards used for the projected amount of solid waste of each identified type of waste.
   • The actual solid waste generation of the comparable project for at least twelve (12) months, which must be based on either the following:
     • Waste tickets, hauling tickets or waste invoices; or
     • Waste monitoring reports.
4. The report on the calculated waste base case of the project. The report must include the following information:
   • The projected annual amount of solid waste in kg per waste type;
   • The projected annual total amount of solid waste in kg; and
   • The waste generation intensity in kg/m².

Use the waste base case from a reference standard

When using a waste base case from a reference standard, the project team must use the base case applicable to the project, which may be based on the scope of the base case, project type or occupancy type.

The project team must submit:

1. The copy of the reference standard used for the waste base case.
2. The projected occupancy profile for the project. The documentation must include the following information:
   • The number of shifts for the project within a 24-hour period, which may be up to a maximum of three (3) shifts;
   • The number of hours per shift, which should be at least eight (8) hours per shift; and
   • The maximum number of users per shift.
3. The report on the calculated waste base case of the project. The report must include the following information:
   • The projected annual total amount of solid waste in kg; and
   • The waste generation intensity in kg/m².

Use the actual solid waste generation

S3

For projects under operations, the project team should present the actual solid waste generation of the project for at least twelve (12) months prior to the performance period of the project.

The project team must submit:

1. The copy of the reference documents reflecting the actual solid waste generation of the project for at least twelve (12) months prior to the performance period, which must be based on either of the following:
   • Waste tickets, hauling tickets or waste invoices; or
   • Waste monitoring reports.
2. The actual occupancy profile for the project. The documentation must include the following information:
   • The number of shifts for the project within a 24-hour period, which may be up to a maximum of three (3) shifts;
   • The number of hours per shift, which should be at least eight (8) hours per shift; and
   • The maximum number of users per shift.
3. The report on the presented waste base case of the project. The report must include the following information:
   • The actual annual amount of solid waste in kg per waste type;
   • The actual annual total amount of solid waste in kg; and
   • The waste generation intensity in kg/m².

Back to credit

Waste management system

When establishing the waste management system, the project team must demonstrate how the waste performance of the project improved through identifying solid waste diversion strategies, and establishing policies and procedures for the segregation, handling, storage, collection, diversion and disposal of solid waste in the project.

The project team should submit the waste management system. The waste management system must consist of the following:

1. The plans and specifications for the solid waste diversion strategies. The plans must include the following information:
   • The design and location of the solid waste diversion strategies; and
   • The quality and performance details of the strategies.
2. The plans and specifications for the waste storage on site reflecting its location and size;
3. The list of operators, suppliers and service providers identified to implement the waste diversion strategies. The list must include the following information:
   • The name of the identified operator, supplier and service provider,
   • The address of the waste diversion facility,
   • The name and designation of the representative from the operator, supplier and service provider,
   • The contact number of the representative, and
   • The description of the services offered and the types of waste handled by the operator, supplier and service provider.
4. The documented policies and procedures for implementing the waste management system. The documentation must include the following information:
   • The roles and responsibilities defined to implement the strategies,
   • The procedures for handling different types of waste, which should include the following:
     • Segregating solid waste at source,
     • Providing a waste storage on site,
     • Proper and safe handling for each type of solid waste, and
     • Collecting the solid waste from the waste storage on site to the waste diversion facility of the operator, supplier and service provider;
   • The methodology for monitoring and recording the waste generated during construction or operations.
5. The communication records as proof that the waste management system was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
6. The documented procedures for monitoring and recording of the solid waste generation in the project and the implementation of the waste diversion strategies. The procedures must include the following information:
   • The regular schedule for monitoring,
   • The procedures for record-keeping of solid waste generation data;
   • The instructions for troubleshooting the waste diversion strategies;
   • The personnel assigned for monitoring and recording, including reporting to the project owner, project team, external contractors, suppliers and service providers.

Waste storage

When providing the waste storage, the project team must consider the following:

• The size must be adequate for the projected amount of solid waste per waste type;
• The location and size of the storage must be accessible for waste collection and hauling; and
• The designated storage for each type of waste must be labeled clearly.

Back to credit

Terms and Definitions

In the context of this credit, the following terms and definitions apply.

Base case

refers to the modelling, calculation, or set of data used as the basis for comparison where the performance of a project is measured from.

Construction waste

refers to waste generated as a result from construction activities, including wastes from building materials and site preparation activities.

Design case

refers to the modelling, calculation, or set of data reflecting the improved performance of the project based on the design of the project.

Materials recovery facility

refers to a facility with a solid waste transfer station or sorting station, drop-off center, a composting facility, and a recycling facility. (Ecological Solid Waste Management Act of 2000, 2001)

Recyclable material

refers to any waste material retrieved from the waste stream and free from contamination that can still be converted into suitable beneficial use or for other purposes, including, but not limited to, newspaper, ferrous scrap metal, non-ferrous scrap metal, used oil, corrugated cardboard, aluminum, glass, office paper, tin cans and other materials. (Ecological Solid Waste Management Act of 2000, 2001)

Recycling

refers to the treating of used or waste materials through a process of making the suitable for beneficial use and for other purposes, and includes any process by which solid waste materials are transformed into new products in such a manner that the original products may lose their identity, and which may be used as raw materials for the production of other goods or services. (Ecological Solid Waste Management Act of 2000, 2001)

Waste

refers to any material either solid, liquid, semisolid, contained gas or other forms resulting industrial, commercial, mining or agricultural operations, or from community and household activities that is devoid of usage and discarded. (Philippine Clean Water Act of 2004, 2004)

Waste base case

refers to the base case for potential waste generation where the potential waste diversion of a project is measured from. The waste base case must include information on the potential sources and amount of waste generation in the project during construction and operations, and the occupancy profile, which must include information on the total gross floor area (TGFA) and the projected occupancy rates of the project. It is expressed in kilograms per square meter (kg/m^{2) based on the shifts of the project.}

Waste collection

refers to the act of removing solid waste from the source or from a communal storage point. (Ecological Solid Waste Management Act of 2000, 2001)

Waste disposal

refers to activities which reduce or eliminate the amount of solid wastes from waste disposal facilities. (Ecological Solid Waste Management Act of 2000, 2001)

Waste diversion

refers to activities which reduce or eliminate the amount of solid wastes from waste disposal facilities. (Ecological Solid Waste Management Act of 2000, 2001)

Waste management

refers to the systematic administration of activities which provide for segregation at source, segregated transportation, storage, transfer, processing, treatment, and disposal of solid waste and all other waste management activities which do not harm the environment. (Ecological Solid Waste Management Act of 2000, 2001)

Back to credit

Additional Readings

The following readings may guide the project team in complying with the requirements:

• Republic of the Philippines. (2001). Ecological Solid Waste Management Act of 2000 [Republic Act No. 9003]. https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/2001/01/26/republic-act-no-9003-s-2001/.
• Republic of the Philippines. (2022). Extended Producer Responsibility Act of 2022 [Republic Act No. 11898]. http://legacy.senate.gov.ph/republic_acts/ra%2011898.pdf.

Back to credit

Credit Alignment to PHILGBC Certification Programs

This credit is aligned with the requirements of the ENV-04 Waste Management under the PHILGBC Health and Well-being for Buildings — Version 1.0.0.

Back to credit

Health and Well-being

Health and Well-being category promotes improved productivity and comfort, and addresses the impacts of the building on the health and well-being of its users.

No.	Credit Name	Certification Stage	Project Type	Occupancy Type	SDGs
HW-01	Visual Comfort	All Stages	All Project Types	All Occupancy Types	SDG 3
HW-02	Daylight Access	All Stages	All Project Types	All Occupancy Types	SDG 3
HW-03	Outdoor Views	All Stages	All Project Types	All Occupancy Types	SDG 3
HW-04	Thermal Comfort	All Stages	All Project Types	All Occupancy Types	SDG 3
HW-05	Acoustic Comfort	All Stages	All Project Types	All Occupancy Types	SDG 3
HW-06	Indoor Air Quality	All Stages	All Project Types	All Occupancy Types	SDG 3
HW-07	Microbial Control	All Stages	All Project Types	All Occupancy Types	SDG 3
HW-08	Low VOC Environment	All Stages	All Project Types	All Occupancy Types	SDG 3 SDG 12
HW-09	Active Design	All Stages	All Project Types	All Occupancy Types	SDG 3 SDG 11
HW-10	Urban Agriculture	All Stages	All Project Types	All Occupancy Types	SDG 2 SDG 3
HW-11	Places of Respite	All Stages	All Project Types	Healthcare Facilities	SDG 3
HW-12	Enhanced Occupational Safety and Health	All Stages	All Project Types	All Occupancy Types	SDG 3

HW-01 Visual Comfort

All Stages
All Project Types
All Occupancy Types
SDG 3Good Health and Well-being

Content

• Purpose and Intent
• Requirements
  • S1 S2 S3
• Score Distribution
  • S1 S2 S3
• Compliance Notes
  • S1 S2 S3
• Additional Information

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

• Ensure appropriate illumination levels for the project to improve visual comfort and acuity; and
• Minimize glare and provide user level control to manage the lighting quality in indoor spaces.

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Engage a professional qualified and competent in designing and implementing lighting systems with appropriate illumination levels and lighting quality.
2. Design the lighting system for regularly occupied spaces. The lighting system must:
   • Meet the illumination level based on the task and use of the space. The illumination levels must be:
     • Based on a generally accepted standard for lighting;
     • Visually comfortable through,
       • Uniform luminance,
       • Uniform illumination on horizontal surfaces, and
       • Color temperature.
   • Include lighting controls for the users based on:
     • Individual tasks or user comfort; and
     • Use in a zone or shared spaces.
   • Minimize exposure to glare.

The regularly occupied spaces must be appropriately zoned for lighting based on its use and control. Zoning for shared spaces may be:

• Presentation rooms or projection walls,
• Hallways and walkways,
• Areas near windows with access to daylight, and
• Group of four (4) workstations or less.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Implement the design of the lighting system for regularly occupied spaces.
2. Measure the illumination levels in regularly occupied spaces.
3. Establish policies and procedures for the regular maintenance and inspection of the implemented lighting system.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Establish a policy for improving the visual comfort of users during operations.
2. Engage a professional qualified and competent in:
   • Conducting an assessment on the existing lighting conditions of the project; and
   • Identifying and implementing strategies to improve visual comfort and acuity.
3. Conduct an assessment on the existing lighting conditions of the project. The assessment must contain:
   • The review of existing policies and procedures for managing and maintaining the illumination levels and lighting quality in the project;
   • The measurement of the illumination levels in regularly occupied spaces based on a generally accepted standard for lighting; and
   • The recommendations to improve the visual comfort of the users.
4. Establish a program to improve visual comfort in the project. The program must contain:
   • The strategies to improve the visual comfort in the project; and
   • The policies and procedures for maintaining the illumination levels and lighting quality in the project.
5. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the program to improve visual comfort. The action plan must contain:
   • The roles necessary for the implementation of the program, including the responsibilities for each role;
   • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation during the performance period;
   • The policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each strategy once implemented; and
   • The communication of the program to improve visual comfort and its action plan to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
6. Implement the program to improve visual comfort. The project team must:
   • Assign the roles and responsibilities to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the program;
   • Implement the strategies to improve the visual comfort in the project;
   • Monitor and record the implementation of each strategy for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period;
   • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the program to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project; and
   • Confirm the policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each implemented strategy.
7. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the program to improve visual comfort. The project team must:
   • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the program;
   • Review if the program was implemented successfully during the performance period by testing the illumination levels and lighting quality after implementing the strategies;
   • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
   • Identify actions to further improve the program for visual comfort after the performance period.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the requirements of this credit.

Stage 1 — Design

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Designed all regularly occupied spaces to meet appropriate illumination levels and minimized glare, Provided lighting controls for each space or zone, and Provided task-specific lighting and glare control at the workstation level.
2 points	Designed all regularly occupied spaces to meet appropriate illumination levels and minimized glare, and Provided lighting controls for each space or zone.
1 point	Designed all regularly occupied spaces to meet appropriate illumination levels and minimized glare.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Implemented the design to all regularly occupied spaces to meet appropriate illumination levels and minimized glare, Implemented lighting controls for each space or zone, and Implemented task-specific lighting and glare control at the workstation level.
2 points	Implemented the design to all regularly occupied spaces to meet appropriate illumination levels and minimized glare, and Implemented lighting controls for each space or zone.
1 point	Implemented the design to all regularly occupied spaces to meet appropriate illumination levels and minimize glare.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Established program to improve visual comfort and action plan for its implementation to: Meet appropriate illumination levels and minimized glare, Provide task-specific lighting for each spaces or zone, and Achieve high satisfaction from at least 80% of the users during the performance period; Implemented the program and evaluated its effectiveness for its continual improvement.
2 points	Established program to improve visual comfort and action plan for its implementation to: Meet appropriate illumination levels and minimized glare, and Provide task-specific lighting for each spaces or zone; Implemented the program and evaluated its effectiveness for its continual improvement.
1 point	Established program to improve visual comfort and action plan for its implementation to meet appropriate illumination levels and minimized glare, and Implemented the program and evaluated its effectiveness for its continual improvement.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional, which must include the following information:
   • Relevant qualifications and competency of the professional in designing and implementing lighting systems with appropriate illumination levels and lighting quality;
   • Responsibilities of the professional in the design and construction of the project; and
   • Period of engagement with the professional.
2. A report reflecting the reasonable illumination level for each regularly occupied space in the project based on a generally accepted standard for lighting.
3. The plans and specifications of the lighting system designed for the regularly occupied spaces reflecting the following:
   • The location of the regularly occupied spaces, including the task and use for each space;
   • The design of the lighting system, which must include the following information;
     • Illumination level for each space,
     • Types of luminaires specified,
     • Location and settings for the lighting controls, and
     • Zoning for lighting controls;
   • The design to minimize glare, which must include the following information:
     • Location and sizes of windows, glazed doors and roof lights,
     • Types of shading systems specified to minimize glare, and
     • If the shading system is controlled manually, location of the shading controls.
4. The purchase orders as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the strategies.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The as-built plans and specifications of the lighting system implemented for the regularly occupied spaces reflecting the following:
   • The location of the regularly occupied spaces, including the task and use for each space;
   • The implemented design of the lighting system, which must include the following information;
     • Illumination level for each space,
     • Types of luminaires specified,
     • Location and settings for the lighting controls, and
     • Zoning for lighting controls;
   • The implemented design to minimize glare, which must include the following information:
     • Location and sizes of windows, glazed doors and roof lights,
     • Types of shading systems specified to minimize glare, and
     • If the shading system is controlled manually, location of the shading controls.
2. The commissioning report reflecting the lighting system was installed successfully, and tested and evaluated confirming the illumination levels in regularly occupied spaces based on the design of the project.
3. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies. The records must consist of the following:
   • Official receipts or sales invoices,
   • Delivery receipts,
   • Installation records, and
   • Photographs.
4. The documented policies and procedures for the regular maintenance and inspection of the implemented strategies reflecting the following:
   • The tasks identified for the regular maintenance of the strategies;
   • The schedule for the regular maintenance of the strategies; and
   • The roles defined for the regular maintenance and inspection of the strategies.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The documented policy reflecting the project owner's commitment to improve the visual comfort of users.
2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional, which must include the following information:
   • Relevant qualifications and competency of the professional in:
     • Conducting an assessment on the existing lighting conditions of the project, and
     • Identifying and implementing strategies to improve visual comfort and acuity.
   • Responsibilities of the professional in the operations of the project; and
   • Period of engagement with the professional.
3. An assessment report on the existing lighting conditions of the project. The report must include the following information:
   • Review of existing policies and procedures for managing and maintaining the illumination levels and lighting quality in the project;
   • Methodology for measuring the existing illumination levels and lighting quality in the project based on a generally accepted standard for lighting;
   • Results of the measurement;
   • User feedback regarding the lighting quality and glare control in the project; and
   • Recommendations to improve the visual comfort of the users.
4. The program to improve visual comfort in the project reflecting the following:
   • The strategies to improve the visual comfort in the project during operations, which may include:
     • Providing supplementary lighting for individuals,
     • Addressing flickering lights in regularly occupied spaces,
     • Controlling glare from daylight,
   • The documented policies and procedures for maintaining the illumination levels and lighting quality in the project.
5. The action plan for the implementation of the program to improve visual comfort reflecting the following:
   • The roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the program;
   • The methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation; and
   • The documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies.
6. The purchase orders as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the program.
7. The communication records as proof that the program to improve visual comfort and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
8. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the program, which must include the following information:
   • Name of the personnel,
   • Designation and contact information, and
   • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program.
9. The as-built plans and specifications of the lighting system implemented for the regularly occupied spaces reflecting the following:
   • The location of the regularly occupied spaces, including the task and use for each space;
   • The implemented design of the lighting system, which must include the following information;
     • Illumination level for each space,
     • Types of luminaires specified,
     • Location and settings for the lighting controls, and
     • Zoning for lighting controls;
   • The implemented design to minimize glare, which must include the following information:
     • Location and sizes of windows, glazed doors and roof lights,
     • Types of shading systems specified to minimize glare, and
     • If the shading system is controlled manually, location of the shading controls.
10. The commissioning report reflecting the lighting system was installed successfully, and tested and evaluated confirming the illumination levels in regularly occupied spaces based on the improvements for the project.
11. The monitoring reports for the implementation of the strategies and activities in the program for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period.
12. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the program. The records must consist of the following:
    • Official receipts or sales invoices,
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
13. The report on the evaluation of the implementation of the program reflecting the following:
    • The recorded outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • The assessment on whether the program was implemented successfully during the performance period;
    • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • The actions identified to further improve the program to improve visual comfort after the performance period.

Back to credit

Additional Information

Terms and Definitions

In the context of this credit, the following terms and definitions apply.

Glare

refers to the condition of vision in which there is discomfort or a reduction in the ability to see details or objects, caused by an unsuitable distribution or range of luminance, or to extreme contrasts. (International Electrotechnical Commission, 1987)

Illuminance

refers to the quotient of the luminous flux incident on an element of the surface containing the point, by the area of that element. Unit is expressed in lux or lumens per square meter. (International Electrotechnical Commission, 1987)

Illumination

refers to the application of light to a scene, objects, or their surroundings so that they may be seen. (International Electrotechnical Commission, 1987)

Illumination level

refers to the amount of light falling on a surface. It is expressed in lux. (Institute of Integrated Electrical Engineers of the Philippines, Inc., 2009)

Luminaire

refers to the complete lighting unit consisting of a lamp or lamps together with the parts designed to contribute light, to position and protect the lamps and ballast (where applicable), and to connect the lamps to the power supply. (Institute of Integrated Electrical Engineers of the Philippines, Inc., 2009)

Luminous efficacy

refers to the ratio of the total luminous flux emitted by a light source to the power input of the source. It is expressed in lumens per watt. (International Electrotechnical Commission, 1987)

Lumen

refers to the SI unit of luminous flux. It is the luminous flux in unit solid angle (steradian) by a uniform point source having a luminous intensity of 1 candela. (International Electrotechnical Commission, 1987)

Lux

refers to the SI unit of illuminance. It is equivalent to illuminance produced on a surface of area of 1 square meter by a luminous flux of 1 lumen uniformly distributed over that surface. (International Electrotechnical Commission, 1987)

Back to credit

Additional Readings

The following readings may guide the project team in complying with the requirements:

• Bureau of Philippine Standards. (2010). Lighting of indoor work places [PNS ISO/CIE Standard 8995]. DTI-BPS.
• Department of Labor and Employment. (1989). Occupational Safety and Health Standards, as Amended. https://www.dole.gov.ph/php_assets/uploads/2019/04/OSH-Standards-2017-2.pdf.
• Department of Labor and Employment. (1998). Guidelines Governing Occupational Safety and Health in the Construction Industry [DOLE Department Order No. 13]. https://oshc.dole.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/DO_13.pdf.
• Department of Energy. (2020). Guidelines on Energy Conserving Design of Buildings https://www.doe.gov.ph/sites/default/files/pdf/issuances/dc2020-12-0026%20guidelines.PDF?withshield=1.
• British Standards Institution. (2021). Lighting of work places — Part 1: Indoor work places [EN Standard 12464-1]. BSI.
• International Organization for Standardization. (2002). Lighting of work places — Part 1: Indoor [ISO Standard 8995-1]. ISO.
• Chartered Institution of Building Services Engineers. (2022). The SLL Code for Lighting. CIBSE.
• Illuminating Engineering Society. (2010). IES Lighting Handbook (10th Ed.). IES.

Back to credit

Credit Alignment to PHILGBC Certification Programs

This credit is aligned with the requirements of the COM-02 Visual Comfort under the PHILGBC Health and Well-being for Buildings — Version 1.0.0.

Back to credit

HW-02 Daylight Access

All Stages
All Project Types
All Occupancy Types
SDG 3Good Health and Well-being

Content

• Purpose and Intent
• Requirements
  • S1 S2 S3
• Score Distribution
  • S1 S2 S3
• Compliance Notes
  • S1 S2 S3
• Additional Information

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

• Maximize daylighting in regularly occupied spaces for the users' productivity; and
• Minimize glare while maintaining exposure to daylight.

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Engage a professional qualified and competent in designing the building envelope and lighting system to maximize daylighting.
2. Design the regularly occupied spaces in the project to maximize daylight access. The design for regularly occupied spaces must:
   • Have adequate illumination from utilizing daylight; and
   • Minimize exposure to glare.
3. Present the percentage of regularly occupied spaces with daylight access.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Implement the design for the regularly occupied spaces in the project to maximize daylight access.
2. Present the percentage of regularly occupied spaces with daylight access.
3. Establish policies and procedures for the regular maintenance and inspection of the implemented strategies.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Establish a policy for maximizing daylight access in the project.
2. Engage a professional qualified and competent in:
   • Conducting an assessment on the existing daylight access of the project; and
   • Identifying and implementing strategies to improve daylight access in the project.
3. Conduct an assessment on the existing daylight access of the project. The assessment must contain:
   • The review existing policies and procedures for managing and maintaining daylight access and for minimizing glare in the project;
   • The evaluation of regularly occupied spaces with daylight access and exposure to glare; and
   • The recommendations to maximize daylight access and minimize glare in the project.
4. Establish a program to improve daylight access in the project. The program must contain:
   • The strategies to maximize daylight access in the project;
   • The strategies to minimize exposure to glare; and
   • The policies and procedures for maintaining daylight access and for minimizing glare in the project.
5. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the program to improve daylight access. The action plan must contain:
   • The roles necessary for the implementation of the program, including the responsibilities for each role;
   • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation during the performance period;
   • The policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each strategy once implemented; and
   • The communication of the program to improve daylight access and its action plan to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
6. Implement the program to improve daylight access. The project team must:
   • Assign the roles and responsibilities to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the program;
   • Implement the strategies to improve the daylight access;
   • Implement the strategies to minimize exposure to glare;
   • Monitor and record the implementation of each strategy for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period;
   • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the program to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project; and
   • Confirm the policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each implemented strategy.
7. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the program to improve daylight access. The project team must:
   • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the program;
   • Review if the program was implemented successfully during the performance period;
   • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
   • Identify actions to further improve the program for daylight access after the performance period.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the requirements of this credit.

Stage 1 — Design

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Designed sixty percent (60%) or more regularly occupied spaces with daylight access.
2 points	Designed fifty-five percent (55%) to less than sixty percent (<60%) regularly occupied spaces with daylight access.
1 point	Designed fifty percent (50%) to less than fifty-five percent (<55%) regularly occupied spaces with daylight access.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Implemented the design of sixty percent (60%) or more regularly occupied spaces with daylight access.
2 points	Implemented the design of fifty-five percent (55%) to less than sixty percent (<60%) regularly occupied spaces with daylight access.
1 point	Implemented the design of fifty percent (50%) to less than fifty-five percent (<55%) regularly occupied spaces with daylight access.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Implemented fifty percent (50%) or more regularly occupied spaces with daylight access.
2 points	Implemented thirty percent (30%) to less than fifty percent (<50%) regularly occupied spaces with daylight access.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional, which must include the following information:
   • Relevant qualifications and competency of the professional in designing and implementing regularly occupied spaces with daylight access;
   • Responsibilities of the professional in the design and construction of the project; and
   • Period of engagement with the professional.
2. The plans and specifications of the regularly occupied spaces with daylight access reflecting the following:
   • The location of the regularly occupied spaces, including the task and use for each space;
   • The design for daylight access, which must include the following information:
     • Illumination level for each space,
     • Openings for daylight access, and
     • Zoning for daylight access;
   • The design to minimize glare, which must include the following information:
     • Location and sizes of windows, glazed doors and roof lights,
     • Types of shading systems specified to minimize glare, and
     • If the shading system is controlled manually, location of the shading controls.
3. The purchase orders as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the strategies.
4. The report on the calculation reflecting the percentage of the total gross floor area of the regularly occupied spaces with daylight access.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The as-built plans and specifications of the regularly occupied spaces with daylight access reflecting the following:
   • The location of the regularly occupied spaces, including the task and use for each space;
   • The implemented design for daylight access, which must include the following information:
     • Illumination level for each space,
     • Openings for daylight access, and
     • Zoning for daylight access;
   • The implemented design to minimize glare, which must include the following information:
     • Location and sizes of windows, glazed doors and roof lights,
     • Types of shading systems specified to minimize glare, and
     • If the shading system is controlled manually, location of the shading controls.
2. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies. The records must consist of the following:
   • Official receipts or sales invoices,
   • Delivery receipts,
   • Installation records, and
   • Photographs.
3. The report on the calculation reflecting the percentage of the total gross floor area of the regularly occupied spaces with daylight access.
4. The documented policies and procedures for the regular maintenance and inspection of the implemented strategies reflecting the following:
   • The tasks identified for the regular maintenance of the strategies;
   • The schedule for the regular maintenance of the strategies; and
   • The roles defined for the regular maintenance and inspection of the strategies.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The documented policy reflecting the project owner's commitment to improve the daylight access in regularly occupied spaces.
2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional, which must include the following information:
   • Relevant qualifications and competency of the professional in:
     • Conducting an assessment on the existing daylight access of the project; and
     • Identifying and implementing strategies to improve daylight access in the project.
   • Responsibilities of the professional in the operations of the project; and
   • Period of engagement with the professional.
3. An assessment report on the existing daylight access of the project. The report must include the following information:
   • Review existing policies and procedures for managing and maintaining daylight access and for minimizing glare in the project;
   • Evaluation of regularly occupied spaces with daylight access and exposure to glare;
   • User feedback regarding the daylight access in the project; and
   • Recommendations to maximize daylight access and minimize glare in the project.
4. The program to improve daylight access in the project reflecting the following:
   • The strategies to maximize daylight access in the project;
   • The strategies to minimize exposure to glare; and
   • The documented policies and procedures for maintaining daylight access and for minimizing glare in the project.
5. The action plan for the implementation of the program to improve daylight access reflecting the following:
   • The roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the program;
   • The methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation; and
   • The documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies.
6. The purchase orders as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the program.
7. The communication records as proof that the program to improve daylight access and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
8. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the program, which must include the following information:
   • Name of the personnel,
   • Designation and contact information, and
   • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program.
9. The as-built plans and specifications of the regularly occupied spaces with daylight access reflecting the following:
   • The location of the regularly occupied spaces, including the task and use for each space;
   • The implemented design for daylight access, which must include the following information:
     • Illumination level for each space,
     • Openings for daylight access, and
     • Zoning for daylight access;
   • The implemented design to minimize glare, which must include the following information:
     • Location and sizes of windows, glazed doors and roof lights,
     • Types of shading systems specified to minimize glare, and
     • If the shading system is controlled manually, location of the shading controls.
10. The monitoring reports for the implementation of the strategies and activities in the program for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period.
11. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the program. The records must consist of the following:
    • Official receipts or sales invoices,
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
12. The report on the calculation reflecting the percentage of the total gross floor area of the regularly occupied spaces with daylight access.
13. The report on the evaluation of the implementation of the program reflecting the following:
    • The recorded outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • The assessment on whether the program was implemented successfully during the performance period;
    • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • The actions identified to further improve the program to improve daylight access after the performance period.

Back to credit

Additional Information

Terms and Definitions

In the context of this credit, the following terms and definitions apply.

Daylight

refers to the natural light of day, which is a combination of all direct and indirect sunlight during the daytime. (Department of Public Works and Highways, 2015)

Glare

refers to the condition of vision in which there is discomfort or a reduction in the ability to see details or objects, caused by an unsuitable distribution or range of luminance, or to extreme contrasts. (International Electrotechnical Commission, 1987)

Back to credit

Additional Readings

The following readings may guide the project team in complying with the requirements:

• Illuminating Engineering Society. (2020). Lighting practice: Designing and specifying daylighting for buildings [IES Standard LP-3-20]. IES.

Back to credit

Credit Alignment to PHILGBC Certification Programs

This credit is aligned with the requirements of the COM-01 Daylight Access under the PHILGBC Health and Well-being for Buildings — Version 1.0.0.

Back to credit

HW-03 Outdoor Views

All Stages
All Project Types
All Occupancy Types
SDG 3Good Health and Well-being

Content

• Purpose and Intent
• Requirements
  • S1 S2 S3
• Score Distribution
  • S1 S2 S3
• Compliance Notes
  • S1 S2 S3
• Additional Information

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to provide quality outdoor views in regularly occupied spaces for the users' health and productivity.

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Engage a professional qualified and competent in designing the building envelope and outdoor spaces to provide quality outdoor views.
2. Design the regularly occupied spaces in the project with access to outdoor views. The design for outdoor views must be:
   • Measured relative to normal working positions; and
   • Directed towards spaces with natural features or spaces with frequent movement from people. Natural features for outdoor views may include:
     • Vegetation,
     • Bodies of water,
     • Sky, or
     • Landscaping.
3. Present the percentage of regularly occupied spaces with access to outdoor views.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Implement the design for the regularly occupied spaces in the project to provide access to outdoor views.
2. Present the percentage of regularly occupied spaces with access to outdoor views.
3. Establish policies and procedures for the regular maintenance and inspection of the implemented strategies.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Establish a policy for maximizing access to outdoor views in the project.
2. Engage a professional qualified and competent in:
   • Conducting an assessment on the access to outdoor views in the project; and
   • Identifying and implementing strategies to improve the access to outdoor views in regularly occupied spaces.
3. Conduct an assessment on the access to outdoor views in the project. The assessment must contain:
   • The review of existing policies and procedures for managing and maintaining access to outdoor views in the project;
   • The presentation of regularly occupied spaces with access to outdoor views;
   • The evaluation of existing strategies to maximize access to outdoor views; and
   • The recommendations to improve access of users to outdoor views.
4. Establish a program to maximize access to outdoor views. The program must contain:
   • The strategies to maximize access to outdoor views in the project; and
   • The policies and procedures for maintaining the access of regularly occupied spaces to outdoor views.
5. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the program to maximize access to outdoor views. The action plan must contain:
   • The roles necessary for the implementation of the program, including the responsibilities for each role;
   • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation during the performance period;
   • The policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each strategy once implemented; and
   • The communication of the program to maximize access to outdoor views and its action plan to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
6. Implement the program to maximize access to outdoor views. The project team must:
   • Assign the roles and responsibilities to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the program;
   • Implement the strategies to maximize access to outdoor views in the project;
   • Monitor and record the implementation of each strategy for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period;
   • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the program to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project; and
   • Confirm the policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each implemented strategy.
7. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the program to maximize access to outdoor views. The project team must:
   • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the program;
   • Review if the program was implemented successfully during the performance period;
   • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
   • Identify actions to further improve the program to maximize access to outdoor views after the performance period.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the requirements of this credit.

Stage 1 — Design

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Designed eighty-five percent (85%) or more regularly occupied spaces with access to outdoor views.
2 points	Designed eighty percent (80%) to less than eighty-five percent (<85%) regularly occupied spaces with access to outdoor views.
1 point	Designed seventy-five percent (75%) to less than eighty percent (<80%) regularly occupied spaces with access to outdoor views.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Implemented the design of eighty-five percent (85%) or more regularly occupied spaces with access to outdoor views.
2 points	Implemented the design of eighty percent (80%) to less than eighty-five percent (<85%) regularly occupied spaces with access to outdoor views.
1 point	Implemented the design of seventy-five percent (75%) to less than eighty percent (<80%) regularly occupied spaces with access to outdoor views.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Implemented fifty percent (50%) or more regularly occupied spaces with access to outdoor views.
2 points	Implemented thirty percent (30%) to less than fifty percent (<50%) regularly occupied spaces with access to outdoor views.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional, which must include the following information:
   • Relevant qualifications and competency of the professional in designing and implementing regularly occupied spaces with access to outdoor views;
   • Responsibilities of the professional in the design and construction of the project; and
   • Period of engagement with the professional.
2. The plans and specifications of the regularly occupied spaces with access to outdoor views reflecting the following:
   • The location of the regularly occupied spaces, including the task and use for each space;
   • The location and sizes of windows and openings providing access to outdoor views; and
   • The sight lines for outdoor views relative to normal working positions.
3. The purchase orders as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the strategies.
4. The report on the calculation reflecting the percentage of the total gross floor area of the regularly occupied spaces with access to outdoor views.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The as-built plans and specifications of the regularly occupied spaces with access to outdoor views reflecting the following:
   • The location of the regularly occupied spaces, including the task and use for each space;
   • The location and sizes of windows and openings providing access to outdoor views; and
   • The sight lines for outdoor views relative to normal working positions.
2. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies. The records must consist of the following:
   • Official receipts or sales invoices,
   • Delivery receipts,
   • Installation records, and
   • Photographs.
3. The report on the calculation reflecting the percentage of the total gross floor area of the regularly occupied spaces with access to outdoor views.
4. The documented policies and procedures for the regular maintenance and inspection of the implemented strategies reflecting the following:
   • The tasks identified for the regular maintenance of the strategies;
   • The schedule for the regular maintenance of the strategies; and
   • The roles defined for the regular maintenance and inspection of the strategies.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The documented policy reflecting the project owner's commitment to improve access to outdoor views of the regularly occupied spaces in the project.
2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional, which must include the following information:
   • Relevant qualifications and competency of the professional in:
     • Conducting an assessment on the access to outdoor views in the project; and
     • Identifying and implementing strategies to improve the access to outdoor views in regularly occupied spaces.
   • Responsibilities of the professional in the operations of the project; and
   • Period of engagement with the professional.
3. An assessment report on the access to outdoor views in the project. The report must include the following information:
   • Review of existing policies and procedures for managing and maintaining access to outdoor views in the project;
   • Presentation of regularly occupied spaces with access to outdoor views;
   • Evaluation of existing strategies to maximize access to outdoor views; and
   • Recommendations to improve access of users to outdoor views.
4. The program to maximize access to outdoor views reflecting the following:
   • The strategies to maximize access to outdoor views in the project; and
   • The documented policies and procedures for maintaining the access of regularly occupied spaces to outdoor views.
5. The action plan for the implementation of the program to maximize access to outdoor views reflecting the following:
   • The roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the program;
   • The methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation; and
   • The documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies.
6. The purchase orders as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the program.
7. The communication records as proof that the program to maximize access to outdoor views and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
8. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the program, which must include the following information:
   • Name of the personnel,
   • Designation and contact information, and
   • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program.
9. The as-built plans and specifications of the regularly occupied spaces with access to outdoor views reflecting the following:
   • The location of the regularly occupied spaces, including the task and use for each space;
   • The location and sizes of windows and openings providing access to outdoor views; and
   • The sight lines for outdoor views relative to normal working positions.
10. The monitoring reports for the implementation of the strategies and activities in the program for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period.
11. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the program. The records must consist of the following:
    • Official receipts or sales invoices,
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
12. The report on the calculation reflecting the percentage of the total gross floor area of the regularly occupied spaces with access to outdoor views.
13. The report on the evaluation of the implementation of the program reflecting the following:
    • The recorded outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • The assessment on whether the program was implemented successfully during the performance period;
    • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • The actions identified to further improve the program to maximize access to outdoor views after the performance period.

Back to credit

HW-04 Thermal Comfort

All Stages
All Project Types
All Occupancy Types
SDG 3Good Health and Well-being

Content

• Purpose and Intent
• Requirements
  • S1 S2 S3
• Score Distribution
  • S1 S2 S3
• Compliance Notes
  • S1 S2 S3
• Additional Information

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to ensure that the indoor thermal conditions in regularly occupied spaces are within acceptable thermal levels and are comfortable for users.

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Engage a professional qualified and competent in:
   • Determining the cooling load requirements for the project; and
   • Identifying and implementing strategies to ensure reasonable thermal levels in the project.
2. Design the regularly occupied spaces to ensure reasonable thermal levels. The design must:
   • Meet the reasonable thermal levels based on a generally accepted standard for thermal comfort;
   • Include controls for mechanical ventilation for each space or zone, or for individual user levels; and
   • Have a monitoring system for temperature and humidity.

Tenants

For Tenant projects, if the air-conditioning systems are centrally managed by the building owner or manager, the project team must:

• Ensure that the project is designed to maintain appropriate thermal levels and to achieve its cooling load requirements; and
• Coordinate with the building owner or manager on obtaining the relevant documentation to demonstrate compliance with the requirements of the credit.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Implement the design of the regularly occupied spaces to ensure reasonable thermal levels in the project.
2. Measure the thermal levels in regularly occupied spaces. The outcomes of the measurement must meet the reasonable levels based on a generally accepted standard for thermal comfort.
3. Establish policies and procedures for the regular maintenance and inspection of the implemented strategies.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Establish a policy for improving the indoor thermal comfort of users during operations.
2. Engage a professional qualified and competent in:
   • Conducting an assessment on the existing thermal conditions of the project; and
   • Identifying and implementing strategies to improve indoor thermal comfort.
3. Conduct an assessment on the existing thermal conditions of the project. The assessment must contain:
   • The review of existing policies and procedures for managing and maintaining the thermal levels in the project;
   • The measurement of the thermal levels in regularly occupied spaces based on a generally accepted standard for thermal comfort; and
   • The recommendations to improve the thermal comfort of the users.
4. Establish a program to improve the thermal comfort in the project. The program must contain:
   • The strategies to improve indoor thermal comfort in the project; and
   • The policies and procedures for maintaining the thermal levels in the project.
5. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the program to improve thermal comfort. The action plan must contain:
   • The roles necessary for the implementation of the program, including the responsibilities for each role;
   • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation during the performance period;
   • The policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each strategy once implemented; and
   • The communication of the program to improve thermal comfort and its action plan to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
6. Implement the program to improve thermal comfort. The project team must:
   • Assign the roles and responsibilities to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the program;
   • Implement the strategies to improve the thermal comfort in the project;
   • Monitor and record the implementation of each strategy for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period;
   • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the program to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project; and
   • Confirm the policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each implemented strategy.
7. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the program to improve thermal comfort. The project team must:
   • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the program;
   • Review if the program was implemented successfully during the performance period by testing the thermal levels after implementing the strategies;
   • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
   • Identify actions to further improve the program for thermal comfort after the performance period.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Design

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Designed all regularly occupied spaces to meet reasonable thermal levels, Provided thermal controls for each space or zone, and Achieve high level of thermal comfort (90% acceptability limit) in all regularly occupied spaces.
2 points	Designed all regularly occupied spaces to meet reasonable thermal levels, and Provided thermal controls for each space or zone.
1 point	Designed all regularly occupied spaces to meet reasonable thermal levels.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Implemented the design to all regularly occupied spaces to meet reasonable thermal levels, Provided thermal controls for each space or zone, and Achieve high level of thermal comfort (90% acceptability limit) in all regularly occupied spaces.
2 points	Implemented the design to all regularly occupied spaces to meet reasonable thermal levels, and Provided thermal controls for each space or zone.
1 point	Implemented the design to all regularly occupied spaces to meet reasonable thermal levels.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Established program to improve thermal comfort and action plan for its implementation to: Meet reasonable thermal levels, Provide thermal controls for each spaces or zone, and Achieve high satisfaction from at least 80% of the users during the performance period; Implemented the program and evaluated its effectiveness for its continual improvement.
2 points	Established program to improve thermal comfort and action plan for its implementation to: Meet reasonable thermal levels, and Provide thermal controls for each spaces or zone; Implemented the program and evaluated its effectiveness for its continual improvement.
1 point	Established program to improve thermal comfort and action plan for its implementation to meet reasonable thermal levels, and Implemented the program and evaluated its effectiveness for its continual improvement.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional, which must include the following information:
   • Relevant qualifications and competency of the professional in:
     • Determining the cooling load requirements for the project; and
     • Identifying and implementing strategies to ensure reasonable thermal levels in the project.
   • Responsibilities of the professional in the design and construction of the project; and
   • Period of engagement with the professional.
2. A report reflecting cooling load requirements for each regularly occupied spaces in the project. The report must include the following information:
   • Cooling load requirements and reasonable thermal levels for the project based on a generally accepted standard for thermal comfort;
   • Summary of the modelling or calculation for cooling load requirements, which must include the following information:
     • Methodology used to determine the cooling load requirements and reasonable thermal levels; and
     • Outcomes reflecting the project achieves the cooling load requirements and reasonable thermal levels.
   • Data used for the modelling or calculation, which must include the following information:
     • Environmental conditions, including weather data, temperature and humidity;
     • Technical description of the mechanical ventilation for the project; and
     • Technical description of the thermal controls for each space and zone.
3. The plans and specifications of the regularly occupied spaces reflecting the following:
   • The location of the regularly occupied spaces, including the task and use for each space;
   • The design for naturally ventilated spaces, which must include the access of the users to control the openings;
   • The design for mechanically ventilated spaces, which must include the following information:
     • Technical description of the HVAC system and thermal controls;
     • Location, function and scope of the thermal controls; and
     • Zoning for thermal controls.
   • The design for the monitoring system for temperature and humidity.
4. The purchase orders as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the strategies.

Tenants

For Tenant projects, if the air-conditioning systems are centrally managed by the building owner or manager, the project team should also submit:

1. The as-built plans and specifications of the centrally managed HVAC system in the project.
2. A report reflecting cooling load requirements for each regularly occupied spaces in the project. The report must include the following information:
   • Cooling load requirements and reasonable thermal levels for the project based on a generally accepted standard for thermal comfort;
   • Summary of the modelling or calculation for cooling load requirements, which must include the following information:
     • Methodology used to determine the cooling load requirements and reasonable thermal levels; and
     • Outcomes reflecting the project achieves the cooling load requirements and reasonable thermal levels.
   • Data used for the modelling or calculation, which must include the following information:
     • Environmental conditions, including weather data, temperature and humidity;
     • Technical description of the mechanical ventilation for the project; and
     • Technical description of the thermal controls for each space and zone.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The as-built plans and specifications of the regularly occupied spaces reflecting the following:
   • The location of the regularly occupied spaces, including the task and use for each space;
   • The implemented design for naturally ventilated spaces, which must include the access of the users to control the openings;
   • The implemented design for mechanically ventilated spaces, which must include the following information:
     • Technical description of the HVAC system and thermal controls;
     • Location, function and scope of the thermal controls; and
     • Zoning for thermal controls.
   • The implemented design for the monitoring system for temperature and humidity.
2. The commissioning report reflecting the HVAC system was installed successfully, and tested and evaluated confirming the reasonable thermal levels in regularly occupied spaces based on the design of the project.
3. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies. The records must consist of the following:
   • Official receipts or sales invoices,
   • Delivery receipts,
   • Installation records, and
   • Photographs.
4. The documented policies and procedures for the regular maintenance and inspection of the implemented strategies reflecting the following:
   • The tasks identified for the regular maintenance of the strategies;
   • The schedule for the regular maintenance of the strategies; and
   • The roles defined for the regular maintenance and inspection of the strategies.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The documented policy reflecting the project owner's commitment to improve the thermal comfort of users.
2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional, which must include the following information:
   • Relevant qualifications and competency of the professional in:
     • Conducting an assessment on the existing thermal conditions of the project; and
     • Identifying and implementing strategies to improve indoor thermal comfort.
   • Responsibilities of the professional in the operations of the project; and
   • Period of engagement with the professional.
3. An assessment report on the existing thermal conditions of the project. The report must include the following information:
   • Review of existing policies and procedures for managing and maintaining the thermal levels in the project;
   • Methodology for measuring the existing cooling load requirements and thermal levels in the project based on a generally accepted standard for thermal comfort;
   • Results of the measurement;
   • User feedback regarding the thermal levels in the project; and
   • Recommendations to improve the thermal comfort of the users.
4. The program to improve thermal comfort in the project reflecting the following:
   • The strategies to improve the thermal comfort in the project during operations; and
   • The documented policies and procedures for maintaining the reasonable thermal levels in the project.
5. The action plan for the implementation of the program to improve thermal comfort reflecting the following:
   • The roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the program;
   • The methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation; and
   • The documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies.
6. The purchase orders as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the program.
7. The communication records as proof that the program to improve thermal comfort and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
8. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the program, which must include the following information:
   • Name of the personnel,
   • Designation and contact information, and
   • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program.
9. The as-built plans and specifications of the regularly occupied spaces reflecting the following:
   • The location of the regularly occupied spaces, including the task and use for each space;
   • The implemented design for naturally ventilated spaces, which must include the access of the users to control the openings;
   • The implemented design for mechanically ventilated spaces, which must include the following information:
     • Technical description of the HVAC system and thermal controls;
     • Location, function and scope of the thermal controls; and
     • Zoning for thermal controls.
   • The implemented design for the monitoring system for temperature and humidity.
10. The commissioning report reflecting the HVAC system was installed successfully, and tested and evaluated confirming the reasonable thermal levels in regularly occupied spaces based on the design of the project.
11. The monitoring reports for the implementation of the strategies and activities in the program for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period.
12. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the program. The records must consist of the following:
    • Official receipts or sales invoices,
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
13. The report on the evaluation of the implementation of the program reflecting the following:
    • The recorded outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • The assessment on whether the program was implemented successfully during the performance period;
    • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • The actions identified to further improve the program to improve thermal comfort after the performance period.

Back to credit

Additional Information

Terms and Definitions

In the context of this credit, the following terms and definitions apply.

Acceptable thermal environment

refers to a thermal environment that a substantial majority (more than 80%) of the occupants find thermally acceptable. (ASHRAE Standard 55, 2020)

Thermal comfort

refers to the condition of mind that expresses satisfaction with the thermal environment and is assessed by subjective evaluation. (ASHRAE Standard 55, 2020)

Back to credit

Additional Readings

The following readings may guide the project team in complying with the requirements:

• ASHRAE. (2020). Thermal Environmental Conditions for Human Occupancy [ASHRAE Standard 55]. ASHRAE.
• ASHRAE. (2020). Peak Cooling and Heating Load Calculations in Buildings Except Low-Rise Residential Buildings [ASHRAE Standard 183]. ASHRAE.

Back to credit

Credit Alignment to PHILGBC Certification Programs

This credit is aligned with the requirements of the COM-04 Indoor Thermal Comfort under the PHILGBC Health and Well-being for Buildings — Version 1.0.0.

Back to credit

HW-05 Acoustic Comfort

All Stages
All Project Types
All Occupancy Types
SDG 3Good Health and Well-being

Content

• Purpose and Intent
• Requirements
  • S1 S2 S3
• Score Distribution
  • S1 S2 S3
• Compliance Notes
  • S1 S2 S3
• Additional Information

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

• Reduce the impact of noise to users and manage noise levels from indoor and outdoor noise sources;
• Improve speech intelligibility and privacy in the indoor spaces of the project.

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Engage a professional qualified and competent in designing and implementing the regularly occupied spaces to manage noise, and improve speech privacy and intelligibility in the project.
2. Design the regularly occupied spaces to provide acoustic comfort in the project. The design must meet the limits for:
   • Background noise levels for all regularly occupied spaces in the project based on a generally accepted standards; and
   • Reverberation rate for all regularly occupied spaces in the project based on a generally accepted standards.

Tenants

For Tenant projects, the project team must identify strategies to manage the noise levels in the project, and to minimize its impact to other occupied spaces in the building.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Implement the design of the regularly occupied spaces to provide acoustic comfort in the project.
2. Measure the noise levels and reverberation rates in regularly occupied spaces. The outcomes of the measurement must meet the reasonable noise levels and reverberation rates based on a generally accepted standard for acoustic comfort.
3. Establish policies and procedures for the regular maintenance and inspection of the implemented strategies.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Establish a policy for improving the acoustic comfort of users during operations.
2. Engage a professional qualified and competent in:
   • Conducting an assessment on the existing acoustic conditions of the project; and
   • Identifying and implementing strategies to improve acoustic comfort.
3. Conduct an assessment on the existing acoustic conditions of the project. The assessment must contain:
   • The review of existing policies and procedures for managing and maintaining the noise levels and reverberation rates in the project;
   • The measurement of the noise levels and reverberation rates based on a generally accepted standard for acoustic comfort; and
   • The recommendations to improve the acoustic comfort of the users.
4. Establish a program to improve acoustic comfort in the project. The program must contain:
   • The strategies to improve acoustic comfort in the project, which may include:
     • Limiting the background noise levels within allowable levels based on a generally accepted standard for acoustic comfort;
     • Improving the reverberation in the project to improve speech intelligibility; and
     • Providing appropriate acoustic separation for individual spaces to provide speech privacy.
   • The policies and procedures for maintaining the noise levels and reverberation rates within allowable limits.
5. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the program to improve acoustic comfort. The action plan must contain:
   • The roles necessary for the implementation of the program, including the responsibilities for each role;
   • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation during the performance period;
   • The policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each strategy once implemented; and
   • The communication of the program to improve acoustic comfort and its action plan to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
6. Implement the program to improve acoustic comfort. The project team must:
   • Assign the roles and responsibilities to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the program;
   • Implement the strategies to improve the acoustic comfort in the project;
   • Monitor and record the implementation of each strategy for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period;
   • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the program to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project; and
   • Confirm the policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each implemented strategy.
7. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the program to improve acoustic comfort. The project team must:
   • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the program;
   • Review if the program was implemented successfully during the performance period by testing the noise levels and reverberation rates after implementing the strategies;
   • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
   • Identify actions to further improve the program for acoustic comfort after the performance period.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Design

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Designed all regularly occupied spaces to meet reasonable noise levels and appropriate reverberation rates, and Provided high level of acoustic privacy.
2 points	Designed all regularly occupied spaces to meet reasonable noise levels and appropriate reverberation rates.
1 point	Designed all regularly occupied spaces to meet reasonable noise levels.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Implemented the design to all regularly occupied spaces to meet reasonable noise levels and appropriate reverberation rates, and Provided high level of acoustic privacy.
2 points	Implemented the design to all regularly occupied spaces to meet reasonable noise levels and appropriate reverberation rates.
1 point	Implemented the design to all regularly occupied spaces to meet reasonable noise levels.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Established program to improve acoustic comfort and action plan for its implementation to: Meet reasonable noise levels and appropriate reverberation rates, and Achieve high satisfaction from at least 80% of the users during the performance period; Implemented the program and evaluated its effectiveness for its continual improvement.
2 points	Established program to improve acoustic comfort and action plan for its implementation to meet reasonable noise levels and appropriate reverberation rates, and Implemented the program and evaluated its effectiveness for its continual improvement.
1 point	Established program to improve acoustic comfort and action plan for its implementation to meet reasonable noise levels, and Implemented the program and evaluated its effectiveness for its continual improvement.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional, which must include the following information:
   • Relevant qualifications and competency of the professional in designing and implementing the regularly occupied spaces to manage noise, and improve speech privacy and intelligibility in the project;
   • Responsibilities of the professional in the design and construction of the project; and
   • Period of engagement with the professional.
2. A report reflecting the reasonable noise levels and appropriate reverberation rates for each regularly occupied space based on a generally accepted standard for acoustic comfort.
3. The plans and specifications of the regularly occupied spaces reflecting the following:
   • The location of the regularly occupied spaces, including the task and use for each space;
   • The types and location of the potential noise sources within and outside the project; and
   • The potential noise levels and reverberation rates achieved based on design.
4. The purchase orders as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the strategies.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The as-built plans and specifications of the regularly occupied spaces reflecting the following:
   • The location of the regularly occupied spaces, including the task and use for each space;
   • The types and location of the potential noise sources within and outside the project; and
   • The potential noise levels and reverberation rates achieved based on the implemented design.
2. A report reflecting the noise levels and reverberation rates in the project. The report must include the following information:
   • Methodology used for measuring the noise levels and reverberation rates based on a generally accepted standard for acoustic comfort; and
   • Results of the measurement.
3. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies. The records must consist of the following:
   • Official receipts or sales invoices,
   • Delivery receipts,
   • Installation records, and
   • Photographs.
4. The documented policies and procedures for the regular maintenance and inspection of the implemented strategies reflecting the following:
   • The tasks identified for the regular maintenance of the strategies;
   • The schedule for the regular maintenance of the strategies; and
   • The roles defined for the regular maintenance and inspection of the strategies.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The documented policy reflecting the project owner's commitment to improve the acoustic comfort of users.
2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional, which must include the following information:
   • Relevant qualifications and competency of the professional in:
     • Conducting an assessment on the existing acoustic conditions of the project; and
     • Identifying and implementing strategies to improve acoustic comfort.
   • Responsibilities of the professional in the operations of the project; and
   • Period of engagement with the professional.
3. An assessment report on the existing acoustic conditions of the project. The report must include the following information:
   • Review of existing policies and procedures for managing and maintaining the noise levels and reverberation rates in the project;
   • Methodology for measuring the existing noise levels and reverberation rates in the project based on a generally accepted standard for acoustic comfort;
   • Results of the measurement;
   • User feedback regarding the noise levels and reverberation rates in the project; and
   • Recommendations to improve the acoustic comfort of the users.=
4. The program to improve acoustic comfort in the project reflecting the following:
   • The strategies to improve acoustic comfort in the project, which may include:
     • Limiting the background noise levels within allowable levels based on a generally accepted standard for acoustic comfort;
     • Improving the reverberation in the project to improve speech intelligibility; and
     • Providing appropriate acoustic separation for individual spaces to provide speech privacy.
   • The documented policies and procedures for maintaining the noise levels and reverberation rates within allowable limits.
5. The action plan for the implementation of the program to improve acoustic comfort reflecting the following:
   • The roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the program;
   • The methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation; and
   • The documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies.
6. The purchase orders as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the program.
7. The communication records as proof that the program to improve acoustic comfort and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
8. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the program, which must include the following information:
   • Name of the personnel,
   • Designation and contact information, and
   • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program.
9. The as-built plans and specifications of the regularly occupied spaces reflecting the following:
   • The location of the regularly occupied spaces, including the task and use for each space;
   • The types and location of the noise sources within and outside the project; and
   • The noise levels and reverberation rates achieved based on the implemented design.
10. The report reflecting the noise levels and reverberation rates in the project. The report must include the following information:
    • Methodology used for measuring the noise levels and reverberation rates based on a generally accepted standard for acoustic comfort; and
    • Results of the measurement.
11. The monitoring reports for the implementation of the strategies and activities in the program for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period.
12. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the program. The records must consist of the following:
    • Official receipts or sales invoices,
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
13. The report on the evaluation of the implementation of the program reflecting the following:
    • The recorded outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • The assessment on whether the program was implemented successfully during the performance period;
    • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • The actions identified to further improve the program to improve acoustic comfort after the performance period.

Back to credit

Additional Information

Terms and Definitions

In the context of this credit, the following terms and definitions apply.

Noise

refers to an erratic, intermittent, or statistically random oscillation, or any unwanted sound. (Implementing Rules and Regulations of PD 856, 1998)

Reverberation

refers to reflected sounds. Reverberation is measured by the time of the decay of the sound. The optimum reverberation will depend on the activity or purpose of a space, and has an impact on the acoustic comfort and intelligibility of speech within a space.

Back to credit

Additional Readings

The following readings may guide the project team in complying with the requirements:

• Department of Health. (1998). Implementing rules and regulations of chapter XIX "Nuisance and Offensive Trades and Occupations" of the Code on Sanitation of the Philippines (P.D. 856). https://doh.gov.ph/sites/default/files/publications/Chapter_19_Nuisance_and_Offensive_Rades_and_Occupations.pdf.
• International Organization for Standardization. (2017). Acoustics — Description, measurement and assessment of environmental noise — Part 2: Determination of sound pressure levels [ISO Standard 1996-2]. ISO.

Back to credit

Credit Alignment to PHILGBC Certification Programs

This credit is aligned with the requirements of the COM-03 Acoustic Comfort under the PHILGBC Health and Well-being for Buildings — Version 1.0.0.

Back to credit

HW-06 Indoor Air Quality

All Stages
All Project Types
All Occupancy Types
SDG 3Good Health and Well-being

Content

• Purpose and Intent
• Requirements
  • S1 S2 S3
• Score Distribution
  • S1 S2 S3
• Compliance Notes
  • S1 S2 S3
• Additional Information

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

• Maintain reasonable levels of indoor air quality to reduce health risks of users associated to poor air quality; and
• Reduce the concentration of indoor pollutants to improve the users' health and well-being.

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Engage a professional qualified and competent in designing and implementing the ventilation system to ensure positive indoor air quality in the project.
2. Design the ventilation system for regularly occupied spaces to ensure positive indoor air quality.
   • For mechanically ventilated spaces, the project must:
     • Meet the ventilation rates, supply and exhaust rates based on a generally accepted standard for indoor air quality;
     • Avoid recirculating air;
     • If air is recirculating, the project team must ensure that the supply air is filtered properly, and filters are replaced or maintained regularly.
   • For naturally ventilated spaces, the project must:
     • Meet the ventilation rates for natural ventilation based on a generally accepted standard for indoor air quality;
     • Provide operable windows to access ambient air;
     • Monitor ambient air quality; and
     • Provide regular notices on ambient air quality, and when it is suitable to open windows.
   • Provide sensors to monitor indoor air quality. The sensors must:
     • Be installed every 325 m²;
     • Measure the carbon dioxide (CO2) levels every ten (10) minutes; and
     • Measure the level of other pollutants at least every hour.
3. Prohibit smoking within the project. If the project team will provide a designated smoking area (DSA), it must comply with the minimum regulatory requirements for DSA.

Tenants

For Tenant projects, the project team must identify strategies to manage the indoor air quality levels in the project, and to minimize its impact to other occupied spaces in the building.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Implement the design of the regularly occupied spaces to ensure positive indoor air quality in the project.
2. Eliminate or purge the indoor pollutants in the project prior to occupancy.
3. Measure the indoor air quality levels in regularly occupied spaces. The outcomes of the measurement must meet the reasonable levels based on a generally accepted standard for indoor air quality.
4. Establish policies and procedures for the regular maintenance and inspection of the implemented strategies.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Establish a policy for improving the indoor air quality in the project.
2. Engage a professional qualified and competent in:
   • Conducting an assessment on the existing indoor air quality in the project; and
   • Identifying and implementing strategies to improve indoor air quality.
3. Conduct an assessment on the existing indoor air quality in the project. The assessment must contain:
   • The review of existing policies and procedures for managing and maintaining the indoor air quality levels in the project;
   • The measurement of the indoor air quality levels in regularly occupied spaces based on a generally accepted standard for indoor air quality. The project team must measure the levels of the following pollutants:
     • Particulate matter: PM_2.5 and PM₁₀,
     • Ozone,
     • Carbon dioxide,
     • Carbon monoxide,
     • Nitrogen dioxide,
     • Radon,
     • Formaldehyde, and
     • Total volatile organic compounds (TVOCs).
   • The recommendations to improve the indoor air quality in the project.
4. Establish a program to improve indoor air quality in the project. The program must contain:
   • The strategies to improve indoor air quality in the project, which may include:
     • Ensuring the ventilation rates for mechanically ventilated and naturally ventilated spaces are within reasonable levels based on a generally accepted standard for indoor air quality;
     • Installing sensors to monitor indoor air quality. The sensors must:
       • Be installed every 325 m²;
       • Measure the carbon dioxide (CO2) levels every ten (10) minutes; and
       • Measure the level of other pollutants at least every hour.
     • Prohibiting smoking within the project.
   • The policies and procedures for maintaining the indoor air quality levels in the project.
5. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the program to improve indoor air quality. The action plan must contain:
   • The roles necessary for the implementation of the program, including the responsibilities for each role;
   • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation during the performance period;
   • The policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each strategy once implemented; and
   • The communication of the program to improve indoor air quality and its action plan to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
6. Implement the program to improve indoor air quality. The project team must:
   • Assign the roles and responsibilities to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the program;
   • Implement the strategies to improve the indoor air quality in the project;
   • Monitor and record the implementation of each strategy for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period;
   • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the program to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project; and
   • Confirm the policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each implemented strategy.
7. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the program to improve indoor air quality. The project team must:
   • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the program;
   • Review if the program was implemented successfully during the performance period by testing the indoor air quality levels after implementing the strategies;
   • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
   • Identify actions to further improve the program for indoor air quality after the performance period.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Design

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Designed all regularly occupied spaces to meet reasonable indoor air quality levels and adequate ventilation, and Provided sensors to monitor indoor air quality.
2 points	Designed all regularly occupied spaces to maintain reasonable air quality levels and adequate ventilation.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Implemented the design to all regularly occupied spaces to meet reasonable indoor air quality levels and adequate ventilation, and Installed sensors to monitor indoor air quality.
2 points	Implemented the design to all regularly occupied spaces to maintain reasonable air quality levels and adequate ventilation.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Established program to improve indoor air quality and action plan for its implementation to meet reasonable indoor air quality levels and adequate ventilation, and Implemented the program and evaluated its effectiveness for its continual improvement. .

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional, which must include the following information:
   • Relevant qualifications and competency of the professional in designing and implementing the ventilation system to ensure positive indoor air quality in the project;
   • Responsibilities of the professional in the design and construction of the project; and
   • Period of engagement with the professional.
2. A report reflecting the reasonable indoor air quality levels and ventilation rates for each regularly occupied spaces based on a generally accepted standard for indoor air quality.
3. The plans and specifications of the ventilation system designed for the regularly occupied spaces reflecting the following:
   • The location of the regularly occupied spaces, including the task and use for each space;
   • The design for mechanically ventilated spaces, which must include the following information:
     • Ventilation rates, supply and exhaust rates of the HVAC system based on a generally accepted standard for indoor air quality; and
     • If air is recirculating, the provision of filters in the ventilation system.
   • The design for naturally ventilated spaces, which must include the following information:
     • Technical description of the design for natural ventilation based on a generally accepted standard for indoor air quality;
     • Location and size of the operable windows to access ambient air; and
     • Location and technical description of the sensors to monitor ambient air quality.
   • The quality and performance details of the sensors to monitor indoor air quality, which must include the following information:
     • Location of the sensors,
     • Parameters measured and monitored by the sensors, and
     • Sample report generated by the sensors.
   • The location and design of the signages for prohibiting smoking within the project.
4. The purchase orders as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the strategies.
5. The documented policy for prohibiting smoking within the project.

If there will be a DSA in the project, the project team should also submit the plans and specifications of the DSA compliant with the minimum regulatory requirements for DSA. The plans and specifications must include the following information:

• Location of the DSA in the project;
• Distance of the DSA from entrances, exits, air intakes, and places where people pass or congregate; and
• Signages for the DSA.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The as-built plans and specifications of the ventilation system implemented for the regularly occupied spaces reflecting the following:
   • The location of the regularly occupied spaces, including the task and use for each space;
   • The implemented design for mechanically ventilated spaces, which must include the following information:
     • Ventilation rates, supply and exhaust rates of the HVAC system based on a generally accepted standard for indoor air quality; and
     • If air is recirculating, the provision of filters in the ventilation system.
   • The implemented design for naturally ventilated spaces, which must include the following information:
     • Technical description of the design for natural ventilation based on a generally accepted standard for indoor air quality;
     • Location and size of the operable windows to access ambient air; and
     • Location and technical description of the sensors to monitor ambient air quality.
   • The quality and performance details of the sensors to monitor indoor air quality, which must include the following information:
     • Location of the sensors,
     • Parameters measured and monitored by the sensors, and
     • Sample report generated by the sensors.
   • The location and implemented design of the signages for prohibiting smoking within the project.
2. A report reflecting the indoor air quality levels in the project prior to occupancy. The report must include the following information:
   • Implemented strategies to eliminate or purge the indoor pollutants in the project prior to occupancy;
   • Methodology used for measuring the indoor air quality levels based on a generally accepted standard for indoor air quality. The project team must measure the levels of the following pollutants:
     • Particulate matter: PM_2.5 and PM₁₀,
     • Ozone,
     • Carbon dioxide,
     • Carbon monoxide,
     • Formaldehyde, and
     • Total volatile organic compounds (TVOCs).
   • Results of the measurement prior to occupancy.
3. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies. The records must consist of the following:
   • Official receipts or sales invoices,
   • Delivery receipts,
   • Installation records, and
   • Photographs.
4. The documented policies and procedures for the regular maintenance and inspection of the implemented strategies reflecting the following:
   • The tasks identified for the regular maintenance of the strategies;
   • The schedule for the regular maintenance of the strategies; and
   • The roles defined for the regular maintenance and inspection of the strategies.

If there is a DSA in the project, the project team should also submit the as-built plans and specifications of the DSA compliant with the minimum regulatory requirements for DSA. The plans and specifications must include the following information:

• Location of the DSA in the project;
• Distance of the DSA from entrances, exits, air intakes, and places where people pass or congregate; and
• Signages for the DSA.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The documented policy reflecting the project owner's commitment to improve the indoor air quality in the project.
2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional, which must include the following information:
   • Relevant qualifications and competency of the professional in:
     • Conducting an assessment on the existing indoor air quality in the project; and
     • Identifying and implementing strategies to improve indoor air quality.
   • Responsibilities of the professional in the operations of the project; and
   • Period of engagement with the professional.
3. An assessment report on the existing indoor air quality in the project. The report must include the following information:
   • Review of existing policies and procedures for managing and maintaining the indoor air quality levels in the project;
   • Methodology for measuring the indoor air quality levels in regularly occupied spaces based on a generally accepted standard for indoor air quality. The project team must measure the levels of the following pollutants:
     • Particulate matter: PM_2.5 and PM₁₀,
     • Ozone,
     • Carbon dioxide,
     • Carbon monoxide,
     • Nitrogen dioxide,
     • Radon,
     • Formaldehyde, and
     • Total volatile organic compounds (TVOCs).
   • Results of the measurement;
   • User feedback regarding the indoor air quality levels in the project; and
   • Recommendations to improve the indoor air quality in the project.
4. The program to improve indoor air quality in the project reflecting the following:
   • The strategies to improve indoor air quality in the project, which may include:
     • Ensuring the ventilation rates for mechanically ventilated and naturally ventilated spaces are within reasonable levels based on a generally accepted standard for indoor air quality;
     • Installing sensors to monitor indoor air quality. The sensors must:
       • Be installed every 325 m²;
       • Measure the carbon dioxide (CO2) levels every ten (10) minutes; and
       • Measure the level of other pollutants at least every hour.
     • Prohibiting smoking within the project.
   • The documented policies and procedures for maintaining the indoor air quality levels in the project.
5. The action plan for the implementation of the program to improve indoor air quality reflecting the following:
   • The roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the program;
   • The methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation; and
   • The documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies.
6. The purchase orders as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the program.
7. The communication records as proof that the program to improve indoor air quality and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
8. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the program, which must include the following information:
   • Name of the personnel,
   • Designation and contact information, and
   • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program.
9. The as-built plans and specifications of the ventilation system implemented for the regularly occupied spaces reflecting the following:
   • The location of the regularly occupied spaces, including the task and use for each space;
   • The implemented design for mechanically ventilated spaces, which must include the following information:
     • Ventilation rates, supply and exhaust rates of the HVAC system based on a generally accepted standard for indoor air quality; and
     • If air is recirculating, the provision of filters in the ventilation system.
   • The implemented design for naturally ventilated spaces, which must include the following information:
     • Technical description of the design for natural ventilation based on a generally accepted standard for indoor air quality;
     • Location and size of the operable windows to access ambient air; and
     • Location and technical description of the sensors to monitor ambient air quality.
   • The quality and performance details of the sensors to monitor indoor air quality, which must include the following information:
     • Location of the sensors,
     • Parameters measured and monitored by the sensors, and
     • Sample report generated by the sensors.
   • The location and implemented design of the signages for prohibiting smoking within the project.
10. A report reflecting the indoor air quality levels in the project. The report must include the following information:
    • Methodology used for measuring the indoor air quality levels based on a generally accepted standard for indoor air quality. The project team must measure the levels of the following pollutants:
      • Particulate matter: PM_2.5 and PM₁₀,
      • Ozone,
      • Carbon dioxide,
      • Carbon monoxide,
      • Formaldehyde, and
      • Total volatile organic compounds (TVOCs).
    • Results of the measurement.
11. The monitoring reports for the implementation of the strategies and activities in the program for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period.
12. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the program. The records must consist of the following:
    • Official receipts or sales invoices,
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
13. The report on the evaluation of the implementation of the program reflecting the following:
    • The recorded outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • The assessment on whether the program was implemented successfully during the performance period;
    • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • The actions identified to further improve the program to improve indoor air quality after the performance period.

Back to credit

Additional Information

Terms and Definitions

In the context of this credit, the following terms and definitions apply.

Indoor air quality

refers to the quality of air in which there are no known contaminants at harmful concentrations. (ASHRAE Standard 62.1, 2022)

Designated smoking area

refers to an area where smoking is permitted. DSAs may be open spaces or separate enclosed areas with proper ventilation. (Executive Order No. 26, 2017)

Mechanical ventilation

refers to the ventilation provided by mechanically powered equipment such as motor-driven fans and blowers but not by devices such as wind-driven turbine ventilators and mechanically operated windows. (ASHRAE Standard 62.1, 2022)

Natural ventilation

refers to the ventilation provided by thermal, wind, or diffusion effects through doors, windows, or other intentional openings in the building. (ASHRAE Standard 62.1, 2022)

Back to credit

Additional Readings

The following readings may guide the project team in complying with the requirements:

• Republic of the Philippines. (2017) Providing for the Establishment of Smoke-Free Environments in Public and Enclosed Spaces [Executive Order No. 26]. https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/downloads/2017/05may/20170516-EO-26-RRD.pdf.
• ASHRAE. (2022). Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality [ASHRAE Standard 62.1]. ASHRAE.
• ASHRAE. (2010). Indoor Air Quality Guide: Best Practices for Design, Construction, and Commissioning. https://www.ashrae.org/technical-resources/bookstore/indoor-air-quality-guide.
• Chartered Institution of Building Services Engineers. (2022). Natural Ventilation in Non-domestic Buildings [CIBSE AM10]. CIBSE.

Back to credit

Credit Alignment to PHILGBC Certification Programs

This credit is aligned with the requirements of the HEA-06 Indoor Air Quality under the PHILGBC Health and Well-being for Buildings — Version 1.0.0.

Back to credit

HW-07 Microbial Control

All Stages
All Project Types
All Occupancy Types
SDG 3Good Health and Well-being

Content

• Purpose and Intent
• Requirements
  • S1 S2 S3
• Score Distribution
  • S1 S2 S3
• Compliance Notes
  • S1 S2 S3
• Additional Information

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

• Minimize the entry of pollutants through the building envelope and entrances; and
• Prevent water infiltration and condensation to limit mold and microbial growth in building systems.

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Engage a professional qualified and competent in designing and implementing strategies to minimize entry of pollutants in indoor spaces and to prevent microbial growth in building systems.
2. Design the project that incorporates the following:
   • The provision of entryway systems on all entrances to limit the entry of pollutants to indoors. The entryway system must:
     • Be mats, carpets or grilles; and
     • Have a width of at least the size of the entrances and a length of at least three (3) meters starting from the entrances.
   • The provision of strategies on all entrances to limit air movement from outdoors to indoors.
3. Establish policies and procedures for the prevention of microbial growth in building systems, which should include:
   • The regular maintenance and inspection for HVAC systems; and
   • The management of moisture to prevent water infiltration and condensation in plumbing fixtures and building envelope.

Tenants

For Tenant projects, if the building systems are centrally managed by the building owner or manager, the project team must:

• Ensure that there are policies and procedures in place for microbial control, which must include:
  • Regularly maintaining and inspecting building systems for microbial contamination;
  • Monitoring and reporting identified issues to the building management with regards to microbial contamination; and
  • Taking actions to address the identified issues.
• Coordinate with the building owner or manager on obtaining the relevant documentation to demonstrate compliance with the requirements of the credit.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Implement the design to limit entry of pollutants to indoors and to limit air movement from outdoors to indoors.
2. Establish policies and procedures for the prevention of microbial growth in building systems, which should include:
   • The regular maintenance and inspection for HVAC systems; and
   • The management of moisture to prevent water infiltration and condensation in plumbing fixtures and building envelope.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Establish a policy for minimizing entry of pollutants and for preventing microbial growth in building systems.
2. Engage a professional qualified and competent in:
   • Conducting an assessment on determining the presence of microbial growth in the project; and
   • Identifying and implementing strategies to prevent microbial growth.
3. Conduct an assessment on determining the presence of microbial growth in the project. The assessment must contain:
   • The review of existing policies and procedures for managing and maintaining the building systems to prevent microbial growth and for minimizing the entry of pollutants in the project;
   • The building systems that have presence of microbial growth;
   • The entrances with no strategies to minimize the entry of pollutants; and
   • The recommendations to prevent microbial growth and to minimize the entry of pollutants in the project.
4. Establish a program for microbial control. The program must contain:
   • The strategies to minimize the entry of pollutants, which may include:
     • Providing entryway systems on all entrances; and
     • Providing strategies on all entrances to limit air movement from outdoors to indoors.
   • The strategies to prevent microbial growth in building systems, which may include:
     • Incorporating moisture protection in building envelope;
     • Managing condensation in areas with high humidity or in moisture-sensitive materials; and
     • Incorporating ultraviolet system for the HVAC system.
   • The policies and procedures for the prevention of microbial growth in building systems, which should include:
     • The regular maintenance and inspection for HVAC systems; and
     • The management of moisture to prevent water infiltration and condensation in plumbing fixtures and building envelope.
5. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the program for microbial control. The action plan must contain:
   • The roles necessary for the implementation of the program, including the responsibilities for each role;
   • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation during the performance period;
   • The policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each strategy once implemented; and
   • The communication of the program for microbial control and its action plan to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
6. Implement the program for microbial control. The project team must:
   • Assign the roles and responsibilities to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the program;
   • Implement the strategies to improve the thermal comfort in the project;
   • Monitor and record the implementation of each strategy for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period;
   • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the program to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project; and
   • Confirm the policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each implemented strategy.
7. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the program for microbial control. The project team must:
   • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the program;
   • Review if the program was implemented successfully during the performance period by determining the presence of microbial growth after implementing the strategies;
   • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
   • Identify actions to further improve the program for microbial control after the performance period.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Design

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Designed the project to minimize the entry of pollutants in indoor spaces and to limit mold and microbial growth in building systems.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Implemented the design of the project to minimize the entry of pollutants in indoor spaces and to limit mold and microbial growth in building systems.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Established program for microbial control and action plan for its implementation to: Minimize entry of pollutants in indoor spaces, and Limit mold and microbial growth in building systems; Implemented the program and evaluated its effectiveness for its continual improvement.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional, which must include the following information:
   • Relevant qualifications and competency of the professional in designing and implementing strategies to minimize entry of pollutants in indoor spaces and to prevent microbial growth in building systems;
   • Responsibilities of the professional in the design and construction of the project; and
   • Period of engagement with the professional.
2. The plans and specifications of the entryway systems and building systems reflecting the following:
   • The location and size of the entrances;
   • The design of the entryway system, which must include the following information:
     • Type of entryway system, which must be mats, carpets or grilles; and
     • Length and width of the entryway system.
   • The technical description of the identified strategies to limit air movement from outdoors to indoors; and
   • The technical description of the building systems at risk to microbial growth, which should include plumbing and HVAC systems.
3. The purchase orders as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the strategies.
4. The documented policies and procedures for the prevention of microbial growth in building systems, which should include:
   • The regular maintenance and inspection for HVAC systems; and
   • The management of moisture to prevent water infiltration and condensation in plumbing fixtures and building envelope.

Tenants

For Tenant projects, if the building systems are centrally managed by the building owner or manager, the project team should also submit the documented policies and procedures of the building for microbial control, which must include:

• Regularly maintaining and inspecting building systems for microbial contamination;
• Monitoring and reporting identified issues to the building management with regards to microbial contamination; and
• Taking actions to address the identified issues.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The as-built plans and specifications of the entryway systems and building systems reflecting the following:
   • The location and size of the entrances;
   • The implemented design of the entryway system, which must include the following information:
     • Type of entryway system, which must be mats, carpets or grilles; and
     • Length and width of the entryway system.
   • The technical description of the implemented strategies to limit air movement from outdoors to indoors; and
   • The technical description of the building systems at risk to microbial growth, which should include plumbing and HVAC systems.
2. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies. The records must consist of the following:
   • Official receipts or sales invoices,
   • Delivery receipts,
   • Installation records, and
   • Photographs.
3. The documented policies and procedures for the prevention of microbial growth in building systems, which should include:
   • The regular maintenance and inspection for HVAC systems; and
   • The management of moisture to prevent water infiltration and condensation in plumbing fixtures and building envelope.

Tenants

For Tenant projects, if the building systems are centrally managed by the building owner or manager, the project team should also submit the documented policies and procedures of the building for microbial control, which must include:

• Regularly maintaining and inspecting building systems for microbial contamination;
• Monitoring and reporting identified issues to the building management with regards to microbial contamination; and
• Taking actions to address the identified issues.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The documented policy reflecting the project owner's commitment to minimize entry of pollutants and to prevent microbial growth in building systems.
2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional, which must include the following information:
   • Relevant qualifications and competency of the professional in:
     • Conducting an assessment on determining the presence of microbial growth in the project; and
     • Identifying and implementing strategies to prevent microbial growth.
   • Responsibilities of the professional in the operations of the project; and
   • Period of engagement with the professional.
3. An **assessment report on determining the presence of microbial growth in the project. The report must include the following information:
   • Review of existing policies and procedures for managing and maintaining the building systems to prevent microbial growth and for minimizing the entry of pollutants in the project;
   • Existing building systems that have presence of microbial growth;
   • Location of the entrances with no strategies to minimize the entry of pollutants;
   • User feedback regarding microbial control in the project; and
   • Recommendations to prevent microbial growth and to minimize the entry of pollutants in the project.
4. The program for microbial control reflecting the following:
   • The strategies to minimize entry of pollutants;
   • The strategies to prevent microbial growth in building systems; and
   • The documented policies and procedures for the prevention of microbial growth in building systems, which should include:
     • The regular maintenance and inspection for HVAC systems; and
     • The management of moisture to prevent water infiltration and condensation in plumbing fixtures and building envelope.
5. The action plan for the implementation of the program for microbial control reflecting the following:
   • The roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the program;
   • The methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation; and
   • The documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies.
6. The purchase orders as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the program.
7. The communication records as proof that the program for microbial control and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
8. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the program, which must include the following information:
   • Name of the personnel,
   • Designation and contact information, and
   • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program.
9. The as-built plans and specifications of the entryway systems and building systems reflecting the following:
   • The location and size of the entrances;
   • The implemented design of the entryway system, which must include the following information:
     • Type of entryway system, which must be mats, carpets or grilles; and
     • Length and width of the entryway system.
   • The technical description of the implemented strategies to limit air movement from outdoors to indoors; and
   • The technical description of the building systems at risk to microbial growth, which should include plumbing and HVAC systems.
10. The monitoring reports for the implementation of the strategies and activities in the program for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period.
11. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the program. The records must consist of the following:
    • Official receipts or sales invoices,
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
12. The report on the evaluation of the implementation of the program reflecting the following:
    • The recorded outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • The assessment on whether the program was implemented successfully during the performance period;
    • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • The actions identified to further improve the program for microbial control after the performance period.

Tenants

For Tenant projects, if the building systems are centrally managed by the building owner or manager, the project team should also submit the documented policies and procedures of the building for microbial control, which must include:

• Regularly maintaining and inspecting building systems for microbial contamination;
• Monitoring and reporting identified issues to the building management with regards to microbial contamination; and
• Taking actions to address the identified issues.

Back to credit

Additional Information

Terms and Definitions

In the context of this credit, the following terms and definitions apply.

Microbial contamination

refers to the exposure to biological agents that pollute indoor air and water systems and are hazards to human health. Exposure to microbial contaminants is clinically associated with respiratory symptoms, allergies, asthma and immunological reactions, and generally associated with health risks due to water quality.

Back to credit

Additional Readings

The following readings may guide the project team in complying with the requirements:

• ASHRAE. (2020). Managing the Risk of Legionellosis Associated with Building Water Systems [ASHRAE Guideline 12]. ASHRAE.
• ASHRAE. (2021). Legionellosis: Risk Management for Building Water Systems [ASHRAE Standard 188]. ASHRAE.

Back to credit

Credit Alignment to PHILGBC Certification Programs

This credit is aligned with the requirements of the HEA-08 Microbial Control under the PHILGBC Health and Well-being for Buildings — Version 1.0.0.

Back to credit

HW-08 Low VOC Environment

All Stages
All Project Types
All Occupancy Types
SDG 3Good Health and Well-being SDG 12Responsible Consumption and Production

Content

• Purpose and Intent
• Requirements
  • S1 S2 S3
• Score Distribution
  • S1 S2 S3
• Compliance Notes
  • S1 S2 S3
• Additional Information

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to procure and use products that have volatile organic compound (VOC) content within acceptable limits to minimize the impact to indoor air quality.

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Specify indoor materials with low VOC content based on a generally accepted standard for VOC limits.
2. Present the percentage of indoor materials with low VOC content specified for the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Procure and use indoor materials with low VOC content for the project.
2. Present the percentage of indoor materials with low VOC content procured and used for the project.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Establish a policy for maintaining the VOC levels in the project within acceptable limits.
2. Engage a professional qualified and competent in:
   • Conducting an assessment on the existing VOC levels in the project; and
   • Identifying and implementing strategies to maintain VOC levels within acceptable limits.
3. Conduct an assessment on the existing VOC levels in the project. The assessment must contain:
   • The review of existing policies and procedures for maintaining VOC levels within acceptable limits;
   • The measurement of the VOC levels in the project based on a generally accepted standard for VOC limits; and
   • The recommendations to maintain the VOC levels within acceptable limits.
4. Establish a program to maintain the VOC levels in the project. The program must contain:
   • The procurement and use of indoor materials with low VOC content in the project;
   • The measurement of the VOC levels in indoor spaces, which must meet the following thresholds:
     • Acetaldehyde must be 140 µg/m³ or lower,
     • Acrylonitrile must be µg/m³ or lower,
     • Benzene must be 3 µg/m³ or lower,
     • Caprolactam must be 2.2 µg/m³ or lower,
     • Formaldehyde must be 9 µg/m³ or lower,
     • Naphthalene must be 9 µg/m³ or lower, and
     • Toluene must be 300 µg/m³ or lower;
   • The provision of sensors to monitor VOC levels. The sensors must:
     • Be installed every 325 m²; and
     • Measure the total VOC (TVOC) at least every hour, which must demonstrate a TVOC of 500 µg/m³ or lower for at least 90% of the time based on the recorded values every hour for at least one (1) previous month.
   • The policies and procedures for maintaining the VOC levels in the project.
5. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the program to maintain VOC levels. The action plan must contain:
   • The roles necessary for the implementation of the program, including the responsibilities for each role;
   • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation during the performance period;
   • The policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each strategy once implemented; and
   • The communication of the program to maintain VOC levels and its action plan to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
6. Implement the program to maintain VOC levels. The project team must:
   • Assign the roles and responsibilities to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the program;
   • Procure and use indoor materials with low VOC content;
   • Implement the strategies to maintain the VOC levels within acceptable limits;
   • Monitor and record the implementation of each strategy for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period;
   • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the program to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project; and
   • Confirm the policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each implemented strategy.
7. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the program to maintain VOC levels. The project team must:
   • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the program;
   • Review if the program was implemented successfully during the performance period by testing the VOC levels after implementing the strategies;
   • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
   • Identify actions to further improve the program for maintaining VOC levels in indoor spaces after the performance period.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Design

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Specified eighty percent (80%) or more of the indoor materials, based on the estimated total cost of indoor materials, with low VOC content.
2 points	Specified seventy percent (70%) to less than eighty percent (<80%) of the indoor materials, based on the estimated total cost of indoor materials, with low VOC content.
1 point	Specified sixty percent (60%) to less than seventy percent (<70%) of the indoor materials, based on the estimated total cost of indoor materials, with low VOC content.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Procured and used eighty percent (80%) or more of the indoor materials, based on the actual total cost of indoor materials, with low VOC content.
2 points	Procured and used seventy percent (70%) to less than eighty percent (<80%) of the indoor materials, based on the actual total cost of indoor materials, with low VOC content.
1 point	Procured and used sixty percent (60%) to less than seventy percent (<70%) of the indoor materials, based on the actual total cost of indoor materials, with low VOC content.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Established program to maintain VOC levels within acceptable limits and action plan for its implementation, and Implemented the program and evaluated its effectiveness for its continual improvement.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The material specifications for all indoor materials. The specifications must include the following information:
   • Material type;
   • Acceptable VOC limits for each type of indoor material; and
   • Copy of the generally accepted standard used to determine the acceptable VOC limits for indoor materials.
2. The list of specified indoor materials with low VOC content. The list must include the following information:
   • Material type;
   • Material name;
   • Manufacturer or supplier's name;
   • VOC content of each specified material; and
   • Acceptable VOC limits based on a generally accepted standard.
3. The bill of materials for all indoor materials. The documentation must include the following information:
   • Quantity specified for each material;
   • Estimated cost per unit of each material; and
   • Total estimated cost of indoor materials.
4. The report on the calculation of the percentage of indoor materials with low VOC content. The report must include the following information:
   • Total estimated cost of all indoor materials;
   • Total estimated cost of indoor materials with low VOC content; and
   • Percentage of indoor materials with low VOC content.

     % of low VOC materials	=	Total estimated cost of indoor materials with low VOC content	×	100%
     		Total estimated cost of all indoor materials

5. The purchase orders as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the strategies.
6. The communication records as proof that the VOC requirements was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the potential users of the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The as-built material specifications for all indoor materials. The specifications must include the following information:
   • Material type;
   • Acceptable VOC limits for each type of indoor material; and
   • Copy of the generally accepted standard used to determine the acceptable VOC limits for indoor materials.
2. The list of procured indoor materials with low VOC content. The list must include the following information:
   • Material type;
   • Material name;
   • Manufacturer or supplier's name;
   • VOC content of each procured material; and
   • Acceptable VOC limits based on a generally accepted standard.
3. The bill of materials for all indoor materials. The documentation must include the following information:
   • Quantity procured for each material;
   • Actual cost per unit of each material; and
   • Total actual cost of indoor materials.
4. The report on the calculation of the percentage of indoor materials with low VOC content. The report must include the following information:
   • Total actual cost of all indoor materials;
   • Total actual cost of indoor materials with low VOC content; and
   • Percentage of indoor materials with low VOC content.

     % of low VOC materials	=	Total actual cost of indoor materials with low VOC content	×	100%
     		Total actual cost of all indoor materials

5. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies. The records must consist of the following:
   • Official receipts or sales invoices,
   • Delivery receipts,
   • Installation records, and
   • Photographs.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The documented policy reflecting the project owner's commitment to maintain the VOC levels in the project within acceptable limits.
2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional, which must include the following information:
   • Relevant qualifications and competency of the professional in:
     • Conducting an assessment on the existing VOC levels in the project; and
     • Identifying and implementing strategies to maintain VOC levels within acceptable limits.
   • Responsibilities of the professional in the operations of the project; and
   • Period of engagement with the professional.
3. An assessment report on the existing VOC levels in the project. The report must include the following information:
   • Review of existing policies and procedures for maintaining VOC levels within acceptable limits;
   • Methodology for measuring the VOC levels in the project based on a generally accepted standard for VOC limits;
   • Results of the measurement;
   • User feedback regarding the VOC levels in the project; and
   • Recommendations to maintain the VOC levels within acceptable limits.
4. The program to maintain the VOC levels in the project reflecting the following:
   • The procurement and use of indoor materials with low VOC content in the project;
   • The measurement of the VOC levels in indoor spaces meeting the thresholds;
   • The provision of sensors to monitor VOC levels; and
   • The documented policies and procedures for maintaining the VOC levels in the project.
5. The action plan for the implementation of the program to maintain VOC levels reflecting the following:
   • The roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the program;
   • The methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation; and
   • The documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies.
6. The purchase orders as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the program.
7. The communication records as proof that the program to maintain VOC levels and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
8. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the program, which must include the following information:
   • Name of the personnel,
   • Designation and contact information, and
   • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program.
9. The material specifications for all indoor materials. The specifications must include the following information:
   • Material type;
   • Acceptable VOC limits for each type of indoor material; and
   • Copy of the generally accepted standard used to determine the acceptable VOC limits for indoor materials.
10. The list of procured indoor materials with low VOC content. The list must include the following information:
    • Material type;
    • Material name;
    • Manufacturer or supplier's name;
    • VOC content of each procured material; and
    • Acceptable VOC limits based on a generally accepted standard.
11. The bill of materials for all indoor materials. The documentation must include the following information:
    • Quantity procured for each material;
    • Actual cost per unit of each material; and
    • Total actual cost of indoor materials.
12. The as-built plans and specifications for the sensors to monitor the VOC levels in indoor spaces reflecting the following:
    • Location of the sensors,
    • Parameters measured and monitored by the sensors, and
    • Sample report generated by the sensors.
13. A report reflecting the VOC levels in indoor spaces are within acceptable limits.
14. The monitoring reports for the implementation of the strategies and activities in the program for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period.
15. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the program. The records must consist of the following:
    • Official receipts or sales invoices,
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
16. The report on the evaluation of the implementation of the program reflecting the following:
    • The recorded outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • The assessment on whether the program was implemented successfully during the performance period;
    • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • The actions identified to further improve the program to maintain VOC levels after the performance period.

Back to credit

Additional Information

Terms and Definitions

In the context of this credit, the following terms and definitions apply.

Volatile organic compounds

refer to organic chemicals with high vapor pressure at ordinary room temperature that are dangerous to human health or cause harm to the environment. (Department of Public Works and Highways, 2015)

Back to credit

Additional Readings

The following readings may guide the project team in complying with the requirements:

• Department of Public Works and Highways. (2015). Philippine Green Building Code. https://www.dpwh.gov.ph/DPWH/sites/default/files/laws_codes_orders/PgbcBooklet23March.pdf.
• South Coast Air Quality Management District. (2016). Rule 1113. Architectural Coatings, SCAQMD Rule Book. http://www.aqmd.gov/rules/reg/reg11/r1113.pdf.
• South Coast Air Quality Management District. (2017). Rule 1168. Adhesive and Sealant Applications, SCAQMD Rule Book. http://www.aqmd.gov/rules/reg/reg11/r1168.pdf.

Back to credit

Credit Alignment to PHILGBC Certification Programs

This credit is aligned with the requirements of the HEA-07 Low VOC Environment under the PHILGBC Health and Well-being for Buildings — Version 1.0.0.

Back to credit

HW-09 Active Design

All Stages
All Project Types
All Occupancy Types
SDG 3Good Health and Well-being SDG 11Sustainable Cities and Communities

Content

• Purpose and Intent
• Requirements
  • S1 S2 S3
• Score Distribution
  • S1 S2 S3
• Compliance Notes
  • S1 S2 S3
• Additional Information

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to encourage physical movement and active lifestyle to improve the users' health and well-being.

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Incorporate active design strategies in the project to encourage physical activity and health lifestyle. The active design strategies must:
   • Be integrated in the design of the project;
   • Influence the behavior of users and encourage physical activity;
   • Be permanently installed; and
   • Be easily accessible to users and visitors.
2. Provide public facilities to support the active design strategies, which may include:
   • Covered walkways and courtyards,
   • Outdoor or indoor fitness areas and equipment,
   • Showers, changing rooms and lockers, and
   • Drinking water stations or fountains.
3. Establish a healthy and active lifestyle program. The program must contain:
   • The identified activities to inform users on the active design strategies in the project and its benefits;
   • The policies and procedures for the regular maintenance and inspection of the identified strategies; and
   • The duration of implementation, which must be for at least five (5) years.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Implement the active design strategies in the project, and the public facilities to support the active design strategies.
2. Establish policies and procedures for the regular maintenance and inspection of the implemented strategies.
3. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the healthy and active lifestyle program. The action plan must contain:
   • The roles necessary for the implementation of the program, including the responsibilities for each role;
   • The duration of implementation, which must be for at least five (5) years;
   • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation;
   • The policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each strategy once implemented; and
   • The communication of the healthy and active lifestyle program and its action plan to the project stakeholders and to the potential users of the project.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Establish a policy for encouraging a healthy and active lifestyle in the project.
2. Conduct an assessment on the existing active design strategies in the project. The assessment must contain:
   • The review of existing policies and procedures for managing and maintaining the active design strategies in the project;
   • The condition of the existing active design strategies;
   • The existing activities to encourage a healthy and active lifestyle for users; and
   • The recommendations to improve the active design strategies and to encourage a healthy and active lifestyle in the project.
3. Establish a healthy and active lifestyle program. The program must contain:
   • The improvements to the existing active design strategies;
   • The identified activities to encourage a healthy and active lifestyle for users; and
   • The policies and procedures for the regular maintenance and inspection of the identified strategies.
4. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the healthy and active lifestyle program. The action plan must contain:
   • The roles necessary for the implementation of the program, including the responsibilities for each role;
   • The duration of implementation, which must be for at least five (5) years;
   • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation;
   • The policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each strategy once implemented; and
   • The communication of the healthy and active lifestyle program and its action plan to the project stakeholders and to the potential users of the project.
5. Implement the healthy and active lifestyle program. The project team must:
   • Assign the roles and responsibilities to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the program;
   • Implement the improvements to the existing active design strategies;
   • Implement the activities to encourage a healthy and active lifestyle for users;
   • Monitor and record the implementation of each strategy for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period;
   • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the program to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project; and
   • Confirm the policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each implemented strategy.
6. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the healthy and active lifestyle program. The project team must:
   • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the program;
   • Review if the program was implemented successfully during the performance period;
   • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
   • Identify actions to further improve the healthy and active lifestyle program after the performance period.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Design

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Incorporated active design strategies in the project, Provided public facilities to support the active design strategies, and Established a healthy and active lifestyle program for the potential users of the project.
2 points	Incorporated active design strategies in the project, and Provided public facilities to support the active design strategies.
1 point	Incorporated active design strategies in the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Implemented active design strategies in the project, Implemented public facilities to support the active design strategies, and Developed an action plan for the implementation of the healthy and active lifestyle program for the potential users of the project.
2 points	Implemented active design strategies in the project, and Implemented public facilities to support the active design strategies.
1 point	Implemented active design strategies in the project.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Established healthy and active lifestyle program and action plan for its implementation to encourage a healthy and active lifestyle for users , and Implemented the program and evaluated its effectiveness for its continual improvement.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The plans and specifications of the active design strategies and public facilities reflecting the following:
   • The location of the active design strategies and public facilities;
   • The active design strategies; and
   • The access of the users and the public to the active design strategies and public facilities.
2. The purchase orders as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the strategies.
3. The healthy and active lifestyle program reflecting the following:
   • The identified activities to inform users on the active design strategies in the project and its benefits;
   • The documented policies and procedures for the regular maintenance and inspection of the identified strategies;
   • The schedule of conducting regular activities to encourage a healthy and active lifestyle for users; and
   • The resources allocated for the implementation of the program.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The as-built plans and specifications of the active design strategies and public facilities reflecting the following:
   • The location of the active design strategies and public facilities;
   • The implemented active design strategies; and
   • The access of the users and the public to the active design strategies and public facilities.
2. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies. The records must consist of the following:
   • Official receipts or sales invoices,
   • Delivery receipts,
   • Installation records, and
   • Photographs.
3. The documented policies and procedures for the regular maintenance and inspection of the implemented strategies reflecting the following:
   • The tasks identified for the regular maintenance of the strategies;
   • The schedule for the regular maintenance of the strategies; and
   • The roles defined for the regular maintenance and inspection of the strategies.
4. The action plan for the implementation of the healthy and active lifestyle program reflecting the following:
   • The roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the program;
   • The methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation; and
   • The documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies.
5. The communication records as proof that the healthy and active lifestyle program and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the potential users of the project.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The documented policy reflecting the project owner's commitment to encourage a health and active lifestyle in the project.
2. An assessment report on the existing active design strategies in the project. The report must include the following information:
   • Review of existing policies and procedures for managing and maintaining the active design strategies in the project;
   • Narrative on the condition of the existing active design strategies;
   • Narrative on the regular activities to encourage a healthy and active lifestyle for users;
   • User feedback regarding the active design strategies in the project; and
   • Recommendations to improve the active design strategies and to encourage a healthy and active lifestyle in the project.
3. The healthy and active lifestyle program for the project reflecting the following:
   • The improvements to the existing active design strategies;
   • The regular activities to encourage a healthy and active lifestyle for users; and
   • The documented policies and procedures for the regular maintenance and inspection of the identified strategies.
4. The action plan for the implementation of the healthy and active lifestyle program reflecting the following:
   • The roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the program;
   • The methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation; and
   • The documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies.
5. The purchase orders as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the program.
6. The communication records as proof that the healthy and active lifestyle program and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
7. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the program, which must include the following information:
   • Name of the personnel,
   • Designation and contact information, and
   • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program.
8. The as-built plans and specifications of the active design strategies and public facilities reflecting the following:
   • The location of the active design strategies and public facilities;
   • The implemented improvements to the active design strategies; and
   • The access of the users and the public to the active design strategies and public facilities.
9. The monitoring reports for the implementation of the strategies and activities in the program for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period.
10. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the program. The records must consist of the following:
    • Official receipts or sales invoices,
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
11. The report on the evaluation of the implementation of the program reflecting the following:
    • The recorded outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • The assessment on whether the program was implemented successfully during the performance period;
    • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • The actions identified to further improve the healthy and active lifestyle program after the performance period.

Back to credit

Additional Information

Terms and Definitions

In the context of this credit, the following terms and definitions apply.

Active design

refers to design that encourages physical activity within indoor or outdoor spaces, which may include walking, cycling, active recreation and healthy eating.

Back to credit

Credit Alignment to PHILGBC Certification Programs

This credit is aligned with the requirements of the following credits under the PHILGBC Health and Well-being for Buildings — Version 1.0.0:

• LIF-08 Physical Activities Opportunities
• LIF-09 Physical Space and Equipment

Back to credit

HW-10 Urban Agriculture

All Stages
All Project Types
All Occupancy Types
SDG 2Zero Hunger SDG 3Good Health and Well-being

Content

• Purpose and Intent
• Requirements
  • S1 S2 S3
• Score Distribution
  • S1 S2 S3
• Compliance Notes
  • S1 S2 S3
• Additional Information

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

• Maximize the positive social and health benefits of local food production in the project; and
• Encourage local food production in the project by providing spaces for urban agriculture.

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Engage a professional qualified and competent in identifying and implementing strategies for local food production through urban agriculture.
2. Design permanent growing areas for food crops and storage facilities for equipment and tools in the project. The growing area must:
   • Have at least three (3) different types of food crops, which are native to the Philippines;
   • Have a total planting area with a minimum size of:
     • At least five percent (5%) of the project’s total lot area but not less than 25 m²; or
     • At least fifteen percent (15%) of the total roof surface area but not less than 20 m².
   • Be easily accessible to the users.
3. Establish a local food production program for continuous food production and for the maintenance of the growing areas during operations.

Functional and usable spaces, such as helipads, recreational courts, and areas covered by equipment and solar panels are excluded from the calculations.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Implement the design of the permanent growing areas for food crops and storage facilities for equipment and tools.
2. Plant at least three (3) different types of food crops, which are native to the Philippines.
3. Establish policies and procedures for the regular maintenance and inspection of the strategies.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Establish a policy for providing spaces for urban agriculture in the project.
2. Engage a professional qualified and competent in identifying and implementing strategies for local food production through urban agriculture.
3. Designate permanent growing areas for food crops and storage facilities for equipment and tools in the project. The growing area must:
   • Have at least three (3) different types of food crops, which are native to the Philippines;
   • Have a total planting area with a minimum size of:
     • At least five percent (5%) of the project’s total lot area but not less than 25 m²; or
     • At least fifteen percent (15%) of the total roof surface area but not less than 20 m².
   • Be easily accessible to the users.
4. Establish a local food production program for continuous food production and for the maintenance of the growing areas during operations.
5. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the local food production program. The action plan must contain:
   • The roles necessary for the implementation of the program, including the responsibilities for each role;
   • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation during the performance period;
   • The policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each strategy once implemented; and
   • The communication of the local food production program and its action plan to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
6. Implement the local food production program. The project team must:
   • Assign the roles and responsibilities to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the program;
   • Implement the permanent growing areas for food crops and storage facilities for equipment and tools;
   • Monitor and record the implementation of each strategy for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period;
   • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the program to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project; and
   • Confirm the policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each implemented strategy.
7. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the local food production program. The project team must:
   • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the program;
   • Review if the program was implemented successfully during the performance period;
   • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
   • Identify actions to further improve the local food production program after the performance period.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Design

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Designed the total planting area ten percent (10%) or more of the total lot area but not less than 25 m2 of growing area, or Designed the total planting area twenty percent (20%) or more of the total roof surface area but not less than 20 m2 of growing area.
2 points	Designed the total planting area seven percent (7%) to less than ten percent (<10%) of the total lot area but not less than 25 m2 of growing area, or Designed the total planting area seventeen percent (17%) to less than twenty percent (<20%) of the total roof surface area but not less than 20 m2 of growing area.
1 point	Designed the total planting area five percent (5%) to less than seven percent (<7%) of the total lot area but not less than 25 m2 of growing area, or Designed the total planting area fifteen percent (15%) to less than seventeen percent (<17%) of the total roof surface area but not less than 20 m2 of growing area.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Implemented the design of the total planting area ten percent (10%) or more of the total lot area but not less than 25 m2 of growing area, or Implemented the design of the total planting area twenty percent (20%) or more of the total roof surface area but not less than 20 m2 of growing area.
2 points	Implemented the design of the total planting area seven percent (7%) to less than ten percent (<10%) of the total lot area but not less than 25 m2 of growing area, or Implemented the design of the total planting area seventeen percent (17%) to less than twenty percent (<20%) of the total roof surface area but not less than 20 m2 of growing area.
1 point	Implemented the design of the total planting area five percent (5%) to less than seven percent (<7%) of the total lot area but not less than 25 m2 of growing area, or Implemented the design of the total planting area fifteen percent (15%) to less than seventeen percent (<17%) of the total roof surface area but not less than 20 m2 of growing area.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Established a local food production program and action plan for its implementation to designate a total planting area of: Ten percent (10%) or more of the total lot area but not less than 25 m2 of growing area, or Twenty percent (20%) or more of the total roof surface area but not less than 20 m2 of growing area; Implemented the program and evaluated its effectiveness for its continual improvement.
2 points	Established a local food production program and action plan for its implementation to designate a total planting area of: Seven percent (7%) to less than ten percent (<10%) of the total lot area but not less than 25 m2 of growing area, or Seventeen percent (17%) to less than twenty percent (<20%) of the total roof surface area but not less than 20 m2 of growing area; Implemented the program and evaluated its effectiveness for its continual improvement.
1 point	Established a local food production program and action plan for its implementation to designate a total planting area of: Five percent (5%) to less than seven percent (<7%) of the total lot area but not less than 25 m2 of growing area, or Fifteen percent (15%) to less than seventeen percent (<17%) of the total roof surface area but not less than 20 m2 of growing area; Implemented the program and evaluated its effectiveness for its continual improvement.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professionals, which must include the following information:
   • Relevant qualifications and competency of the professional in identifying and implementing strategies for local food production through urban agriculture;
   • Responsibilities of the professional in the design and construction of the project; and
   • Period of engagement with the professional.
2. The plans and specifications of the permanent growing areas and storage facilities reflecting the following:
   • The basis for the minimum growing area for the project, which must either be:
     • The total lot area in m², or
     • The total roof surface area in m²;
   • The location and size of the permanent growing areas, the types of native food crops in growing areas, and the storage facility;
   • The access of the users to the growing area;
   • The technical description of the soil conditions;
   • The types of native food crops that will be planted in the growing area; and
   • The design of the irrigation system.
3. The report on the calculation reflecting the percentage of the area designed for urban agriculture. The report must include the following information:
   • Basis for the minimum growing area for the project, which must either be:
     • The total lot area in m², or
     • The total roof surface area in m²;
   • Total area designed for the permanent growing area in m²; and
   • Percentage of the area designed for urban agriculture.
4. The local food production program reflecting the following:
   • The methodology for nurturing, harvesting and continuously producing different types of native food crops in the project;
   • The schedule of native food crops that will be planted in the growing area; and
   • The documented policies and procedures for the regular maintenance and inspection of the growing area.
5. The purchase orders as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the strategies.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The as-built plans and specifications of the permanent growing areas and storage facilities reflecting the following:
   • The basis for the minimum growing area for the project, which must either be:
     • The total lot area in m², or
     • The total roof surface area in m²;
   • The location and size of the permanent growing areas, the types of native food crops in growing areas, and the storage facility;
   • The access of the users to the growing area;
   • The technical description of the soil conditions;
   • The types of native food crops that will be planted in the growing area; and
   • The implemented design of the irrigation system.
2. The report on the calculation reflecting the percentage of the area implemented for urban agriculture. The report must include the following information:
   • Basis for the minimum growing area for the project, which must either be:
     • The total lot area in m², or
     • The total roof surface area in m²;
   • Total area implemented for the permanent growing area in m²; and
   • Percentage of the area implemented for urban agriculture.
3. The local food production program reflecting the following:
   • The methodology for nurturing, harvesting and continuously producing different types of native food crops in the project;
   • The schedule of native food crops that will be planted in the growing area; and
   • The documented policies and procedures for the regular maintenance and inspection of the growing area.
4. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies. The records must consist of the following:
   • Official receipts or sales invoices,
   • Delivery receipts,
   • Installation records, and
   • Photographs.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The documented policy reflecting the commitment of the project owner for providing spaces for urban agriculture in the project.
2. The proof of engagement for qualified and competent professionals, which must include:
   • Relevant qualifications and competency of the professional in identifying and implementing strategies for local food production through urban agriculture;
   • Responsibilities of the professional in the operations of the project; and
   • Period of engagement with the professional.
3. The local food production program reflecting the following:
   • The methodology for nurturing, harvesting and continuously producing different types of native food crops in the project;
   • The schedule of native food crops that will be planted in the growing area; and
   • The documented policies and procedures for the regular maintenance and inspection of the growing area.
4. The action plan for the implementation of the local food production program reflecting the following:
   • The roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the program;
   • The methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation; and
   • The documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies.
5. The purchase orders as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the program.
6. The communication records as proof that the local food production program and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
7. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the program, which must include the following information:
   • Name of the personnel,
   • Designation and contact information, and
   • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program.
8. The as-built plans and specifications of the permanent growing areas and storage facilities reflecting the following:
   • The basis for the minimum growing area for the project, which must either be:
     • The total lot area in m², or
     • The total roof surface area in m²;
   • The location and size of the permanent growing areas, the types of native food crops in growing areas, and the storage facility;
   • The access of the users to the growing area;
   • The technical description of the soil conditions;
   • The types of native food crops that will be planted in the growing area; and
   • The implemented design of the irrigation system.
9. The report on the calculation reflecting the percentage of the area implemented for urban agriculture. The report must include the following information:
   • Basis for the minimum growing area for the project, which must either be:
     • The total lot area in m², or
     • The total roof surface area in m²;
   • Total area implemented for the permanent growing area in m²; and
   • Percentage of the area implemented for urban agriculture.
10. The monitoring reports for the implementation of the strategies and activities in the program for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period.
11. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the program. The records must consist of the following:
    • Official receipts or sales invoices,
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
12. The report on the evaluation of the implementation of the program reflecting the following:
    • The recorded outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • The assessment on whether the program was implemented successfully during the performance period;
    • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • The actions identified to further improve the local food production program after the performance period.

Back to credit

Additional Information

Terms and Definitions

In the context of this credit, the following terms and definitions apply.

Community garden

refers to the land cultivated by a group of individuals and planted with various high value crops. (DA Memorandum Circular No. 42, 2020)

Food crops

refer to subsistence crops that are meant for human consumption. These include fruits, vegetables, grains and tubers, such as potatoes.

Greenhouse farming

refers to the use of technology for crops in framed or inflated structures covered with translucent or transparent materials that are large enough to grow crops under partial or fully controlled environmental conditions to get optimum growth and productivity. (DA Memorandum Circular No. 42, 2020)

Total roof surface area

Vertical farming

refers to a means of urban food production that grows crops vertically, either stacked in layers, shelves, or modified pallets against walls. It is usually combined with techniques like hydroponics in a climate-controlled environment. (DA Memorandum Circular No. 42, 2020)

Urban agriculture

refers to food production that occurs in urban areas. Such production takes place in backyards, on rooftops, in community vegetable and fruit gardens or on unused or public spaces. It includes commercial operations that products food in greenhouses and on open spaces. (DA Memorandum Circular No. 42, 2020)

Back to credit

Additional Readings

The following readings may guide the project team in complying with the requirements:

• Department of Agriculture. (2020). Implementing guidelines for the urban agriculture program under Republic Act No. 11494 or the "Bayanihan to Recover as One Act" [DA Memorandum Circular No. 42]. https://www.da.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/mc42_s2020.pdf.
• Agricultural Training Institute. (n.d.). Urban gardening for upland vegetables production. https://ati.da.gov.ph/ati-car/sites/default/files/URBAN_GARDENING_WITH_UPLAND_VEG_PROD.pdf.

Back to credit

Credit Alignment to PHILGBC Certification Programs

This credit is aligned with the requirements of the ENV-03 Urban Agriculture under the PHILGBC Health and Well-being for Buildings — Version 1.0.0.

Back to credit

HW-11 Places of Respite

All Stages
All Project Types
Healthcare
SDG 3Good Health and Well-being

Content

• Purpose and Intent
• Requirements
  • S1 S2 S3
• Score Distribution
  • S1 S2 S3
• Compliance Notes
  • S1 S2 S3
• Additional Information

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to provide places of respite to maximize the positive benefits of the natural environment to the users of the project.

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Engage a professional qualified and competent in identifying and implementing places of respite for the users of the project.
2. Design places of respite in the project. The places of respite must:
   • Be an area located where no medical intervention or direct medical care is delivered;
   • Be open to fresh air or conditioned spaces, the sky and the natural elements; and
   • Allow users to connect with nature and experience relief from stress and enhance well-being with exposure to outdoor vegetation.
3. Present the percentage of places of respite designed for the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Implement the design for the places of respite in the project.
2. Present the percentage of places of respite implemented for the project.
3. Establish policies and procedures for the regular maintenance and inspection of the strategies.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Establish a policy for providing places of respite to the users of the project.
2. Engage a professional qualified and competent in identifying and implementing places of respite for the users of the project.
3. Designate places of respite in the project. The places of respite must:
   • Be an area located where no medical intervention or direct medical care is delivered;
   • Be open to fresh air or conditioned spaces, the sky and the natural elements; and
   • Allow users to connect with nature and experience relief from stress and enhance well-being with exposure to outdoor vegetation.
4. Present the percentage of places of respite implemented for the project.
5. Establish policies and procedures for the regular maintenance and inspection of the strategies.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

All Stages

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Provided seven percent (7%) or more of the total gross floor area as places of respite.
2 points	Provided five percent (5%) to less than seven percent (<7%) of the total gross floor area as places of respite.
1 point	Provided three percent (3%) to less than five percent (<5%) of the total gross floor area as places of respite.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professionals, which must include the following information:
   • Relevant qualifications and competency of the professional in identifying and implementing places of respite for the users of the project;
   • Responsibilities of the professional in the design and construction of the project; and
   • Period of engagement with the professional.
2. The plans and specifications of the places of respite reflecting the following:
   • The design of the places of respite, which must:
     • Be an area located where no medical intervention or direct medical care is delivered;
     • Be open to fresh air or conditioned spaces, the sky and the natural elements; and
     • Allow users to connect with nature and experience relief from stress and enhance well-being with exposure to outdoor vegetation.
   • The location and size of the places of respite in m²;
   • The access of the users to the places of respite.
3. The report on the calculation reflecting the percentage of the total gross floor area designed as places of respite. The report must include the following information:
   • Total gross floor area of the project in m²;
   • Size of the places of respite in m²; and
   • Percentage of the total gross floor area designed as places of respite.
4. The purchase orders as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the strategies.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The as-built plans and specifications of the places of respite reflecting the following:
   • The implemented design of the places of respite, which must:
     • Be an area located where no medical intervention or direct medical care is delivered;
     • Be open to fresh air or conditioned spaces, the sky and the natural elements; and
     • Allow users to connect with nature and experience relief from stress and enhance well-being with exposure to outdoor vegetation.
   • The location and size of the places of respite in m²;
   • The access of the users to the places of respite.
2. The report on the calculation reflecting the percentage of the total gross floor area implemented as places of respite. The report must include the following information:
   • Total gross floor area of the project in m²;
   • Size of the places of respite in m²; and
   • Percentage of the total gross floor area implemented as places of respite.
3. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies. The records must consist of the following:
   • Official receipts or sales invoices,
   • Delivery receipts,
   • Installation records, and
   • Photographs.
4. The documented policies and procedures for the regular maintenance and inspection of the implemented strategies reflecting the following:
   • The tasks identified for the regular maintenance of the strategies;
   • The schedule for the regular maintenance of the strategies; and
   • The roles defined for the regular maintenance and inspection of the strategies.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The documented policy reflecting the project owner's commitment to provide places of respite in the project.
2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professionals, which must include the following information:
   • Relevant qualifications and competency of the professional in identifying and implementing places of respite for the users of the project;
   • Responsibilities of the professional in the operations of the project; and
   • Period of engagement with the professional.
3. The as-built plans and specifications of the places of respite reflecting the following:
   • The implemented design of the places of respite, which must:
     • Be an area located where no medical intervention or direct medical care is delivered;
     • Be open to fresh air or conditioned spaces, the sky and the natural elements; and
     • Allow users to connect with nature and experience relief from stress and enhance well-being with exposure to outdoor vegetation.
   • The location and size of the places of respite in m²;
   • The access of the users to the places of respite.
4. The report on the calculation reflecting the percentage of the total gross floor area implemented as places of respite. The report must include the following information:
   • Total gross floor area of the project in m²;
   • Size of the places of respite in m²; and
   • Percentage of the total gross floor area implemented as places of respite.
5. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies. The records must consist of the following:
   • Official receipts or sales invoices,
   • Delivery receipts,
   • Installation records, and
   • Photographs.
6. The documented policies and procedures for the regular maintenance and inspection of the implemented strategies reflecting the following:
   • The tasks identified for the regular maintenance of the strategies;
   • The schedule for the regular maintenance of the strategies; and
   • The roles defined for the regular maintenance and inspection of the strategies.

Back to credit

Additional Information

Terms and Definitions

In the context of this credit, the following terms and definitions apply.

Places of respite

refer to areas that connects healthcare patients, visitors, and staff to health benefits of the natural environment.

Back to credit

HW-12 Enhanced Occupational Safety and Health

All Stages
All Project Types
All Occupancy Types
SDG 3Good Health and Well-being

Content

• Purpose and Intent
• Requirements
  • S1 S2 S3
• Score Distribution
  • S1 S2 S3
• Compliance Notes
  • S1 S2 S3
• Additional Information

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

• Exceed the regulatory requirements to enhance the occupational safety and health (OSH) during construction, operations and maintenance of the project; and
• Identify and resolve potential occupational risks and hazards throughout the building life cycle.

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Establish a policy for enhancing the OSH in the project.
2. Engage an OSH professional during design qualified and competent in:
   • Developing an OSH program to minimize the potential occupational risks and hazards in the project's life cycle; and
   • Providing recommendations to improve the OSH program.
3. Conduct an assessment on the potential occupational risks and hazards in the project's life cycle. The assessment must contain:
   • The inventory of occupational risks and hazards during construction and operations; and
   • The recommended design strategies to eliminate or reduce the occupational risks and hazards for the construction, operations and maintenance of the project.
4. Establish an OSH program for the project. The program must contain:
   • The target impact for enhancing OSH in the project, which should include:
     • No disabling injuries or illnesses;
     • No or low incidence of non-disabling injuries or illnesses;
     • Improved coverage for health services; and
     • Increased expenditures on health awareness and disease risk control programs.
   • The identified design strategies to eliminate or reduce the occupational risks and hazards for the construction, operations and maintenance of the project;
   • The establishment of medical surveillance, prevention and control with particular focus on:
     • Early detection and management of occupational and work-related diseases; and
     • Prevention and control of:
       • Human immunodeficiency virus and acquired immune deficiency syndrome (HIV/AIDS) in accordance with Republic Act No. 9165,
       • Tuberculosis in accordance with Executive Order No. 187-03, and
       • Hepatitis B in accordance with DOLE Department Advisory 05-2010.
   • The promotion of OSH to the project stakeholders, which should include:
     • Orienting all workers on OSH with particular focus on:
       • Healthy and active lifestyle,
       • Drug-free workplace in accordance with Republic Act No. 9165, and
       • Mental health in accordance with Republic Act No. 11036;
     • Continuous training the OSH personnel;
     • Training and educating workers on the policies and procedures for safe workplace, which should include:
       • The processing work permit systems,
       • The use of personal protective equipment (PPE),
     • Providing safety signages throughout the project;
   • The provision of workers' welfare facilities and PPE;
   • The policies and procedures for:
     • Construction activity pollution prevention and control, including dust control and management;
     • Solid waste management during construction and operations;
     • Investigating, recording and reporting accidents, incidents or illnesses; and
     • Penalties for violations and prohibited acts.
   • The resources and budget allocated to support the implementation of the OSH program.
5. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the OSH program. The action plan must contain:
   • The roles necessary for the implementation of the program, including the responsibilities for each role;
   • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation;
   • The policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each strategy once implemented; and
   • The communication of the OSH program and its action plan to the project stakeholders and to the potential users of the project.

The OSH personnel engaged for the project must consist of:

• Certified first aider recognized by the Department of Labor and Employment (DOLE),
• Safety officers, and
• If the project is required by a regulation, additional OSH personnel, which are:
  • OSH nurse,
  • OSH dentist, and
  • OSH physician.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Engage an OSH personnel during construction qualified and competent in:
   • Implementing the OSH program to minimize the potential occupational risks and hazards in the project's life cycle; and
   • Providing recommendations to improve the OSH program.
2. Implement the OSH program for the project. The project team must:
   • Assign the roles and responsibilities to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the program;
   • Implement the design strategies to eliminate or reduce the occupational risks and hazards for the construction, operations and maintenance of the project;
   • Establish the medical surveillance, prevention and control;
   • Promote OSH to the project stakeholders;
   • Provide workers' welfare facilities and PPE;
   • Confirm the policies and procedures for:
     • Construction activity pollution prevention and control, including dust control and management;
     • Solid waste management during construction and operations;
     • Investigating, recording and reporting accidents, incidents or illnesses; and
     • Penalties for violations and prohibited acts.
   • Monitor and record the implementation of each strategy and its progress;
   • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the program to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project; and
   • Confirm the policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each implemented strategy.
3. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the OSH program. The project team must:
   • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the program;
   • Review if the program was implemented successfully;
   • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
   • Identify actions to further improve the OSH program once the project starts its operations.
4. Monitor and report all disabling and non-disabling injuries or illnesses during the construction of the project.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Establish a policy for enhancing the OSH in the project.
2. Engage an OSH professional during operations qualified and competent in:
   • Developing and implementing an OSH program to minimize the potential occupational risks and hazards in the project's life cycle; and
   • Providing recommendations to improve the OSH program.
3. Conduct an assessment on the potential occupational risks and hazards in the project's life cycle. The assessment must contain:
   • The inventory of occupational risks and hazards during operations and maintenance; and
   • The recommended strategies to eliminate or reduce the occupational risks and hazards for the operations and maintenance of the project.
4. Establish an OSH program for the project. The program must contain:
   • The target impact for enhancing OSH in the project, which should include:
     • No disabling injuries or illnesses;
     • No or low incidence of non-disabling injuries or illnesses;
     • Improved coverage for health services; and
     • Increased expenditures on health awareness and disease risk control programs.
   • The identified design strategies to eliminate or reduce the occupational risks and hazards for the operations and maintenance of the project;
   • The establishment of medical surveillance, prevention and control with particular focus on:
     • Early detection and management of occupational and work-related diseases; and
     • Prevention and control of:
       • Human immunodeficiency virus and acquired immune deficiency syndrome (HIV/AIDS) in accordance with Republic Act No. 9165,
       • Tuberculosis in accordance with Executive Order No. 187-03, and
       • Hepatitis B in accordance with DOLE Department Advisory 05-2010.
   • The promotion of OSH to the project stakeholders, which should include:
     • Orienting all workers on OSH with particular focus on:
       • Healthy and active lifestyle,
       • Drug-free workplace in accordance with Republic Act No. 9165, and
       • Mental health in accordance with Republic Act No. 11036;
     • Continuous training the OSH personnel;
     • Training and educating workers on the policies and procedures for safe workplace, which should include:
       • The processing work permit systems,
       • The use of personal protective equipment (PPE),
     • Providing safety signages throughout the project;
   • The provision of workers' welfare facilities and PPE;
   • The policies and procedures for:
     • Solid waste management during operations;
     • Investigating, recording and reporting accidents, incidents or illnesses; and
     • Penalties for violations and prohibited acts.
   • The resources and budget allocated to support the implementation of the OSH program.
5. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the OSH program. The action plan must contain:
   • The roles necessary for the implementation of the program, including the responsibilities for each role;
   • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation during the performance period;
   • The policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each strategy once implemented; and
   • The communication of the OSH program and its action plan to the project stakeholders and to the potential users of the project.
6. Implement the OSH program for the project. The project team must:
   • Assign the roles and responsibilities to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the program;
   • Implement the design strategies to eliminate or reduce the occupational risks and hazards for the operations and maintenance of the project;
   • Establish the medical surveillance, prevention and control;
   • Promote OSH to the project stakeholders;
   • Provide workers' welfare facilities and PPE;
   • Confirm the policies and procedures for:
     • Solid waste management during operations;
     • Investigating, recording and reporting accidents, incidents or illnesses; and
     • Penalties for violations and prohibited acts.
   • Monitor and record the implementation of each strategy for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period;
   • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the program to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project; and
   • Confirm the policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each implemented strategy.
7. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the OSH program. The project team must:
   • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the program;
   • Review if the program was implemented successfully during the performance period;
   • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
   • Identify actions to further improve the OSH program after the performance period.
8. Monitor and report all disabling and non-disabling injuries or illnesses during the operations and maintenance of the project.

The OSH personnel engaged for the project must consist of:

• Certified first aider recognized by the Department of Labor and Employment (DOLE),
• Safety officers, and
• If the project is required by a regulation, additional OSH personnel, which are:
  • OSH nurse,
  • OSH dentist, and
  • OSH physician.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Design

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Assessed the potential occupational risks and hazards in the project's life cycle, Established an OSH program and action plan for its implementation to enhance OSH during construction, operations and maintenance, Established a system to monitor and report all disabling and non-disabling injuries and illnesses in the project, and Incorporated design strategies to eliminate or reduce the occupational risks and hazards during construction, operations and maintenance.
2 points	Assessed the potential occupational risks and hazards in the project's life cycle, Established an OSH program and action plan for its implementation to enhance OSH during construction, operations and maintenance, and Established a system to monitor and report all disabling and non-disabling injuries and illnesses in the project.
1 point	Assessed the potential occupational risks and hazards in the project's life cycle, and Established an OSH program and action plan for its implementation to enhance OSH during construction, operations and maintenance.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Monitored and reported all disabling and non-disabling injuries and illnesses in the project, Implemented the OSH program and evaluated its effectiveness for its continual improvement, Engaged a qualified and competent OSH personnel during construction, and Implemented the design strategies to eliminate or reduce the occupational risks and hazards during construction, operations and maintenance.
2 points	Monitored and reported all disabling and non-disabling injuries and illnesses in the project, Implemented the OSH program and evaluated its effectiveness for its continual improvement, and Engaged a qualified and competent OSH personnel during construction.
1 point	Monitored and reported all disabling and non-disabling injuries and illnesses in the project, and Implemented the OSH program and evaluated its effectiveness for its continual improvement.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Established an OSH program and action plan for its implementation to enhance OSH during operations and maintenance, Implemented the program and evaluated its effectiveness for its continual improvement, Monitored and reported all disabling and non-disabling injuries and illnesses in the project, Engaged a qualified and competent OSH personnel during operations and maintenance, and Implemented the design strategies to eliminate or reduce the occupational risks and hazards during operations and maintenance.
2 points	Established an OSH program and action plan for its implementation to enhance OSH during operations and maintenance, Implemented the program and evaluated its effectiveness for its continual improvement, Monitored and reported all disabling and non-disabling injuries and illnesses in the project, and Engaged a qualified and competent OSH personnel during operations and maintenance.
1 point	Established an OSH program and action plan for its implementation to enhance OSH during operations and maintenance, Implemented the program and evaluated its effectiveness for its continual improvement, and Monitored and reported all disabling and non-disabling injuries and illnesses in the project.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The documented policy reflecting the project owner's commitment to enhance the OSH in the project.
2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent OSH professional, which must include the following information:
   • Relevant qualifications and competency of the professional in:
     • Developing an OSH program to minimize the potential occupational risks and hazards in the project's life cycle; and
     • Providing recommendations to improve the OSH program.
   • Responsibilities of the professional in the design of the project; and
   • Period of engagement with the professional.
3. An assessment report on the potential occupational risks and hazards in the project's life cycle. The report must include the following information:
   • Identified occupational risks and hazards related to:
     • Construction, and
     • Operations and maintenance;
   • Recommended design strategies to eliminate or reduce the occupational risks and hazards for the construction, operations and maintenance of the project; and
   • Description on how the design strategies will eliminate or reduce the occupational risks and hazards.
4. The OSH program for the project reflecting the following:
   • The target impact for enhancing OSH in the project, which should include:
     • No disabling injuries or illnesses;
     • No or low incidence of non-disabling injuries or illnesses;
     • Improved coverage for health services; and
     • Increased expenditures on health awareness and disease risk control programs.
   • The design strategies to eliminate or reduce the occupational risks and hazards for the construction, operations and maintenance of the project;
   • The system established for medical surveillance, prevention and control;
   • The regular activities identified to promote OSH to project stakeholders;
   • The description of the provided workers' welfare facilities and PPE'
   • The documented policies and procedures for:
     • Construction activity pollution prevention and control, including dust control and management;
     • Solid waste management during construction and operations;
     • Investigating, recording and reporting accidents, incidents or illnesses; and
     • Penalties for violations and prohibited acts.
   • The resources and budge allocated to support the implementation of the program.
5. The action plan for the implementation of the OSH program reflecting the following:
   • The roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the program;
   • The methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation; and
   • The documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies.
6. The plans and specifications of the design strategies to eliminate or reduce the occupational risks and hazards reflecting the following:
   • The location of the design strategies to eliminate or reduce the occupational risks and hazards; and
   • The technical description of the design strategies for enhancing OSH.
7. The purchase orders as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the program.
8. The communication records as proof that the OSH program and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent OSH personnel, which must include the following information:
   • Relevant qualifications and competency of the professional in:
     • Implementing the OSH program to minimize the potential occupational risks and hazards in the project's life cycle; and
     • Providing recommendations to improve the OSH program.
   • Responsibilities of the professional in the construction of the project; and
   • Period of engagement with the professional.
2. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the program, which must include the following information:
   • Name of the personnel,
   • Designation and contact information, and
   • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program.
3. The as-built plans and specifications of the implemented design strategies to eliminate or reduce the occupational risks and hazards reflecting the following:
   • The location of the implemented design strategies to eliminate or reduce the occupational risks and hazards; and
   • The technical description of the implemented design strategies for enhancing OSH.
4. The report on all disabling and non-disabling injuries during construction. The report must include the following information:
   • Frequency rate for disabling and non-disabling injuries; and
   • Frequency rate for disabling and non-disabling illnesses.
5. The report on the activities conducted to promote OSH to project stakeholders. The report must include the following information:
   • Type of activity conducted for the project stakeholders;
   • OSH topics for each activity;
   • Schedule of the implemented activities; and
   • Resources allocated to support the implementation of the activities.
6. The monitoring reports for the implementation of the strategies and activities in the program.
7. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the program. The records must consist of the following:
   • Official receipts or sales invoices,
   • Delivery receipts,
   • Installation records, and
   • Photographs.
8. The report on the evaluation of the implementation of the program reflecting the following:
   • The recorded outcomes of the implementation of the program;
   • The assessment on whether the program was implemented successfully;
   • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
   • The actions identified to further improve the OSH program once the project starts its operations.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The documented policy reflecting the project owner's commitment to enhance the OSH in the project.
2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent OSH professional, which must include the following information:
   • Relevant qualifications and competency of the professional in:
     • Developing and implementing an OSH program to minimize the potential occupational risks and hazards in the project's life cycle; and
     • Providing recommendations to improve the OSH program.
   • Responsibilities of the professional in the operations of the project; and
   • Period of engagement with the professional.
3. An assessment report on the potential occupational risks and hazards in the project's life cycle. The report must include the following information:
   • Identified occupational risks and hazards related to operations and maintenance;
   • Recommended design strategies to eliminate or reduce the occupational risks and hazards for the operations and maintenance of the project; and
   • Description on how the design strategies will eliminate or reduce the occupational risks and hazards.
4. The OSH program for the project reflecting the following:
   • The target impact for enhancing OSH in the project, which should include:
     • No disabling injuries or illnesses;
     • No or low incidence of non-disabling injuries or illnesses;
     • Improved coverage for health services; and
     • Increased expenditures on health awareness and disease risk control programs.
   • The design strategies to eliminate or reduce the occupational risks and hazards for the operations and maintenance of the project;
   • The system established for medical surveillance, prevention and control;
   • The regular activities identified to promote OSH to project stakeholders;
   • The description of the provided workers' welfare facilities and PPE'
   • The documented policies and procedures for:
     • Construction activity pollution prevention and control, including dust control and management;
     • Solid waste management during operations;
     • Investigating, recording and reporting accidents, incidents or illnesses; and
     • Penalties for violations and prohibited acts.
   • The resources and budge allocated to support the implementation of the program.
5. The action plan for the implementation of the OSH program reflecting the following:
   • The roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the program;
   • The methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation; and
   • The documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies.
6. The purchase orders as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the program.
7. The communication records as proof that the OSH program and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
8. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the program, which must include the following information:
   • Name of the personnel,
   • Designation and contact information, and
   • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program.
9. The as-built plans and specifications of the implemented design strategies to eliminate or reduce the occupational risks and hazards reflecting the following:
   • The location of the implemented design strategies to eliminate or reduce the occupational risks and hazards; and
   • The technical description of the implemented design strategies for enhancing OSH.
10. The report on all disabling and non-disabling injuries during operations and maintenance. The report must include the following information:
    • Frequency rate for disabling and non-disabling injuries; and
    • Frequency rate for disabling and non-disabling illnesses.
11. The report on the activities conducted to promote OSH to project stakeholders. The report must include the following information:
    • Type of activity conducted for the project stakeholders;
    • OSH topics for each activity;
    • Schedule of the implemented activities; and
    • Resources allocated to support the implementation of the activities.
12. The monitoring reports for the implementation of the strategies and activities in the program for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period.
13. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the program. The records must consist of the following:
    • Official receipts or sales invoices,
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
14. The report on the evaluation of the implementation of the program reflecting the following:
    • The recorded outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • The assessment on whether the program was implemented successfully during the performance period;
    • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • The actions identified to further improve the OSH program after the performance period.

Back to credit

Additional Information

Terms and Definition

In the context of this credit, the following terms and definitions apply.

Occupational safety and health (OSH)

refers to the area of public health that focuses on illness and injury trends in the workplace.

OSH personnel

refers to a qualified first aider, nurse, dentist or physician engaged by the employer to provide occupational health services in the establishment, project, site or workplace. (OSH Law, 2018)

Back to credit

Additional Readings

The following readings may guide the project team in complying with the requirements:

• Republic of the Philippines. (2018). An act strengthening compliance with occupational safety and health standards and providing penalties for violations thereof [Republic Act No. 11058]. https://oshc.dole.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/ra-11058.pdf.
• Department of Labor and Employment. (1989). Occupational Safety and Health Standards, as Amended. https://www.dole.gov.ph/php_assets/uploads/2019/04/OSH-Standards-2017-2.pdf.
• Department of Labor and Employment. (1998). Guidelines Governing Occupational Safety and Health in the Construction Industry [DOLE Department Order No. 13]. https://oshc.dole.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/DO_13.pdf.

Back to credit

Credit Alignment to PHILGBC Certification Programs

This credit is aligned with the requirements of the HEA-03 Enhanced Occupational Safety and Health under the PHILGBC Health and Well-being for Buildings — Version 1.0.0.

Back to credit

Emissions

Emissions category focuses on identifying, planning, and managing towards the reduction of emissions in a project and its contribution to global warming and climate change.

No.	Credit Name	Certification Stage	Project Type	Occupancy Type	SDGs
EM-01	Greenhouse Gas Inventory	All Stages	All Project Types	All Occupancy Types	SDG 7 SDG 13
EM-02	Refrigerant Use	All Stages	All Project Types	All Occupancy Types	SDG 3 SDG 13

EM-01 Greenhouse Gas Inventory

All Stages
All Project Types
All Occupancy Types
SDG 7Affordable and Clean Energy SDG 13Climate Action

Content

• Purpose and Intent
• Requirements
  • S1 S2 S3
• Score Distribution
  • S1 S2 S3
• Compliance Notes
  • S1 S2 S3
• Additional Information

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to properly account the greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions for the project's life cycle, and reduce the GHG emissions in the project.

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Identify the methodology for conducting the GHG inventory for the project.
2. Conduct the GHG inventory for the project. The project team must:
   • Define the boundary for GHG inventory. The GHG inventory must be a projection of the GHG emissions of the project for the first year of its operations;
   • Provide information and data on the emissions present in the project;
   • Identify the activities for the identified sources of emission;
   • Present the outcomes of the GHG inventory; and
   • Recommendations to reduce the GHG emissions of the project.
3. Record and report the conduct of the GHG inventory.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Identify the methodology for conducting the GHG inventory for the project.
2. Conduct the GHG inventory for the project. The project team must:
   • Define the boundary for GHG inventory. The GHG inventory must be a projection of the GHG emissions of the project for the first year of its operations;
   • Provide information and data on the emissions present in the project;
   • Identify the activities for the identified sources of emission;
   • Present the outcomes of the GHG inventory; and
   • Recommendations to reduce the GHG emissions of the project.
3. Record and report the conduct of the GHG inventory.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Identify the methodology for conducting the GHG inventory for the project.
2. Conduct the GHG inventory for the project. The project team must:
   • Define the boundary for GHG inventory. The GHG inventory must be an inventory of the GHG emissions for at least twelve (12) months before implementing BERDE;
   • Provide information and data on the emissions present in the project;
   • Identify the activities for the identified sources of emission;
   • Present the outcomes of the GHG inventory; and
   • Identify recommendations to reduce the GHG emissions of the project.
3. Record and report the conduct of the GHG inventory.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the requirements of this credit.

Stage 1 — Design

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Conducted a GHG inventory for the potential emissions for the first year of operations of the project, and Incorporated strategies in the design to potentially reduce the GHG emissions of the project.
2 points	Conducted a GHG inventory for the potential emissions for the first year of operations of the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Conducted a GHG inventory for the potential emissions for the first year of operations of the project, and Implemented strategies in the design to potentially reduce the GHG emissions of the project.
2 points	Conducted a GHG inventory for the potential emissions for the first year of operations of the project.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Conducted a GHG inventory for the emissions of the project for at least twelve (12) months before implementing BERDE of the project, and Implemented strategies to reduce the GHG emissions of the project.
2 points	Conducted a GHG inventory for the emissions of the project for at least twelve (12) months before implementing BERDE.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit the GHG inventory report for the project, which must include the following:

• Boundary for GHG inventory. The GHG inventory must be a projection of the GHG emissions of the project for the first year of its operations;
• Emission data for each GHG present in the project;
• Activities for the identified sources of emissions;
• Methodology for the GHG inventory;
• Outcomes of the GHG inventory; and
• Recommendations to reduce the GHG emissions of the project.

If the project team incorporated strategies to potentially reduce the GHG emissions of the project, the project team should also submit:

1. The plans and specifications for the strategies incorporated in the design to potentially reduce the GHG emissions of the project.
2. The report on the activities identified to reduce the GHG emissions of the project, such as carbon offsets, afforestation and reforestation, active transportation, and electrification to lessen fossil fuel use.
   
3. The purchase orders proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the strategies.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit the GHG inventory report for the project, which must include the following:

• Boundary for GHG inventory. The GHG inventory must be a projection of the GHG emissions of the project for the first year of its operations;
• Emission data for each GHG present in the project;
• Activities for the identified sources of emissions;
• Methodology for the GHG inventory;
• Outcomes of the GHG inventory; and
• Recommendations to reduce the GHG emissions of the project.

If the project team implemented strategies to potentially reduce the GHG emissions of the project, the project team should also submit:

1. The as-built plans and specifications for the strategies incorporated in the design to potentially reduce the GHG emissions of the project.
2. The report on the activities conducted to reduce the GHG emissions of the project, such as carbon offsets, afforestation and reforestation, active transportation, and electrification to lessen fossil fuel use.
   
3. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies. The records must consist of the following:
   • Official receipts or sales invoices,
   • Delivery receipts,
   • Installation records, and
   • Photographs.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit the GHG inventory report for the project, which must include the following:

• Boundary for GHG inventory. The GHG inventory must be an inventory of the GHG emissions for at least twelve (12) months before implementing BERDE;
• Emission data for each GHG present in the project;
• Activities for the identified sources of emissions;
• Methodology for the GHG inventory;
• Outcomes of the GHG inventory; and
• Recommendations to reduce the GHG emissions of the project.

If the project team implemented strategies to reduce the GHG emissions of the project, the project team should also submit:

1. The as-built plans and specifications for the strategies incorporated in the design to potentially reduce the GHG emissions of the project.
2. The report on the activities conducted to reduce the GHG emissions of the project, such as carbon offsets, afforestation and reforestation, active transportation, and electrification to lessen fossil fuel use.
3. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies. The records must consist of the following:
   • Official receipts or sales invoices,
   • Delivery receipts,
   • Installation records, and
   • Photographs.
4. The documented policies and procedures for reducing the GHG emissions of the project during operations.

Back to credit

Additional Information

Terms and Definitions

In the context of this credit, the following terms and definitions apply.

Greenhouse gas (GHG)

refers to gases that can potentially or can reasonably be expected to induce global warming, which include carbon dioxide, oxides of nitrogen, chlorofluorocarbons, and the like. (Philippine Clean Air Act of 1999, 1999)

The GHGs included when conducting an inventory are:

• Carbon dioxide (CO₂);
• Methane (CH₄);
• Nitrous oxide (N₂O);
• Hydrofluorocarbons (HFCs);
• Perfluorocarbons (PFCs);
• Sulfur hexafluoride (SF₆); and
• Nitrogen trifluoride (NF₃).

Back to credit

Additional Readings

The following readings may guide the project team in complying with the requirements:

• World Business Council for Sustainable Development & World Resources Institute. (2004). The Greenhouse gas protocol: A corporate accounting and reporting standard (Revised Ed.). https://ghgprotocol.org/sites/default/files/standards/ghg-protocol-revised.pdf.
• World Business Council for Sustainable Development & World Resources Institute. (2011). Corporate value chain (Scope 3) accounting and reporting standard: Supplement to the GHG protocol corporate accounting and reporting standard. https://ghgprotocol.org/sites/default/files/standards/Corporate-Value-Chain-Accounting-Reporing-Standard_041613_2.pdf.
• World Business Council for Sustainable Development & World Resources Institute. (2013). Technical guidance for calculating scope 3 emissions: Supplement to the corporate value chain (Scope 3) accounting and reporting standard. https://ghgprotocol.org/sites/default/files/2023-03/Scope3_Calculation_Guidance_0%5B1%5D.pdf.
• World Business Council for Sustainable Development & World Resources Institute. (2015). GHG protocol scope 2 guidance: An amendment to the GHG protocol corporate standard. https://ghgprotocol.org/sites/default/files/2023-03/Scope%202%20Guidance.pdf.

Back to credit

EM-02 Refrigerant Use

All Stages
All Project Types
All Occupancy Types
SDG 3Good Health and Well-being SDG 13Climate Action

Content

• Purpose and Intent
• Requirements
  • S1 S2 S3
• Score Distribution
  • S1 S2 S3
• Compliance Notes
  • S1 S2 S3
• Additional Information

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to promote the use of refrigerants with the least impact to global warming and to the depletion of the ozone layer.

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

Projects that use refrigerants

If the project has systems, technologies or equipment that use refrigerants, the project team must:

1. Specify the use of non-ozone depleting (non-ODS) or low global warming potential (GWP) refrigerants in the project in accordance with the Chemical Control Order for HFCs [DENR Department Order No. 2021-31].
2. Establish a system to monitor, detect and resolve refrigerant leakages.

Projects that do not use refrigerants

If the project has no systems, technologies or equipment that use refrigerants, the project team must confirm the absence of refrigerant use in the design of the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

Projects that use refrigerants

If the project has systems, technologies or equipment that use refrigerants, the project team must:

1. Procure and use non-ODS or low GWP refrigerants in the project in accordance with the Chemical Control Order for HFCs [DENR Department Order No. 2021-31].
2. Implement the system to monitor, detect and resolve refrigerant leakages.

Projects that do not use refrigerants

If the project has no systems, technologies or equipment that use refrigerants, the project team must confirm the absence of refrigerant use in the project.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Establish a policy for the use of non-ODS or low GWP refrigerants in the project.
2. Conduct an assessment on the use of refrigerants in the project. The assessment must contain:
   • The review of the existing type of refrigerant used in the project;
   • The review of existing policies and procedures for managing refrigerant use in the project;
   • The issues encountered in managing, using and maintaining the existing refrigerant in the project; and
   • The recommendations to improve the management of refrigerants in the project.
3. Establish a program to properly manage refrigerant use in the project. The program must contain:
   • The procurement and use of non-ODS or low GWP refrigerants in the project in accordance with the Chemical Control Order for HFCs [DENR Department Order No. 2021-31]; and
   • The policies and procedures for monitoring, detecting and resolving refrigerant leakages.
4. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the program to properly manage refrigerant use. The action plan must contain:
   • The roles necessary for the implementation of the program, including the responsibilities for each role;
   • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation during the performance period;
   • The policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each strategy once implemented; and
   • The communication of the program to properly manage refrigerant use and its action plan to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
5. Implement the program to properly manage refrigerant use. The project team must:
   • Assign the roles and responsibilities to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the program;
   • Procure and use non-ODS or low GWP refrigerants in the project;
   • Monitor and record the implementation of each strategy for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period;
   • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the program to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project; and
   • Confirm the policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each implemented strategy.
6. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the program to properly manage refrigerant use. The project team must:
   • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the program;
   • Review if the program was implemented successfully during the performance period;
   • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
   • Identify actions to further improve the program to properly manage refrigerant use after the performance period.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the requirements of this credit.

Stage 1 — Design

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Confirmed the absence of refrigerant use in the project.
3 points	Specified low GWP refrigerants for the project.
2 points	Specified non-ODS refrigerants for the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Confirmed the absence of refrigerant use in the project.
3 points	Procured and used low GWP refrigerants for the project.
2 points	Procured and use non-ODS refrigerants for the project.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Confirmed the absence of refrigerant use in the project.
3 points	Established a program to manage refrigerant use and action plan for its implementation, Procured and used low GWP refrigerants for the project, and Implemented the program and evaluate its effectiveness for its continual improvement.
2 points	Established a program to manage refrigerant use and action plan for its implementation, Procured and used non-ODS refrigerants for the project, and Implemented the program and evaluate its effectiveness for its continual improvement.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

Projects that use refrigerants

If the project has systems, technologies or equipment that use refrigerants, the project team should submit:

1. The plans and specifications reflecting the following:
   • The design of the systems that use refrigerants;
   • The design of the refrigerant leak detection system; and
   • The type of refrigerant specified for the identified building systems.
2. The material safety data sheet or environmental product declaration of the refrigerant specified for the identified building systems.
3. The commissioning plan reflecting the commissioning requirements for the identified building systems that use refrigerants.
4. The documented policies and procedures for managing refrigerant leakages, reflecting the following:
   • The tasks identified for managing refrigerant leakages, which must include monitoring, detecting, reporting and resolving refrigerant leakages;
   • The schedule for the regular maintenance of the building systems; and
   • The roles defined for the proper management and regular maintenance of building systems and refrigerant leakages.
5. The purchase orders proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the strategies.

Projects that do not use refrigerants

If the project has no systems, technologies or equipment that use refrigerants, the project team should submit the plans and specifications reflecting the design of the project confirming the absence of refrigerant use.

Tenants

For Tenant projects, if refrigerant use is centrally managed by the building owner or manager, the project team is responsible for coordinating with the building owner or manager on obtaining the relevant documentation to demonstrate compliance with the requirements of the credit.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

Projects that use refrigerants

If the project has systems, technologies or equipment that use refrigerants, the project team should submit:

1. The as-built plans and specifications reflecting the following:
   • The implementation of the systems that use refrigerants;
   • The implementation of the refrigerant leak detection system; and
   • The type of refrigerant used for the implemented building systems.
2. The material safety data sheet or environmental product declaration of the refrigerant used for the implemented building systems.
3. The commissioning report confirming the refrigerant used for the implemented building systems and the testing of the refrigerant leak detection system.
4. The documented policies and procedures for managing refrigerant leakages, reflecting the following:
   • The tasks identified for managing refrigerant leakages, which must include monitoring, detecting, reporting and resolving refrigerant leakages;
   • The schedule for the regular maintenance of the building systems; and
   • The roles defined for the proper management and regular maintenance of building systems and refrigerant leakages.
5. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies, which must include:
   • Purchase records, which must include:
     • Purchase orders, and
     • Official receipts or sales invoices;
   • Delivery receipts,
   • Installation records, and
   • Photographs.

Projects that do not use refrigerants

If the project has no systems, technologies or equipment that use refrigerants, the project team should submit the as-built plans and specifications reflecting the design of the project confirming the absence of refrigerant use.

Tenants

For Tenant projects, if refrigerant use is centrally managed by the building owner or manager, the project team is responsible for coordinating with the building owner or manager on obtaining the relevant documentation to demonstrate compliance with the requirements of the credit.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The documented policy reflecting the project owner's commitment to use non-ODS refrigerants in the project.
2. An assessment report on the use of refrigerants in the project. The report must include the following information:
   • Existing type of refrigerant used in the project;
   • Review of existing policies and procedures for managing refrigerant use in the project;
   • Issues encountered in managing, using and maintaining the existing refrigerant in the project; and
   • Recommendations to improve the management of refrigerants in the project.
3. The program to properly manage refrigerant use in the project reflecting the following:
   • The procurement and use of non-ODS refrigerants in the project; and
   • The documented policies and procedures for monitoring, detecting and resolving refrigerant leakages.
4. The action plan for the implementation of the program to properly manage refrigerant use in the project reflecting the following:
   • The roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the program;
   • The methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation; and
   • The documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies.
5. The communication records as proof that the program to properly manage refrigerant use and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
6. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the program, which must include the following information:
   • Name of the personnel,
   • Designation and contact information, and
   • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program.
7. The monitoring reports for the implementation of the strategies in the program.
8. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the program. The records must consist of the following:
   • Official receipts or sales invoices,
   • Delivery receipts,
   • Installation records, and
   • Photographs.
9. The report on the evaluation of the implementation of the program reflecting the following:
   • The recorded outcomes of the implementation of the program;
   • The assessment on whether the program was implemented successfully during the performance period;
   • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
   • The actions identified to further improve the program to properly manage refrigerant use after the performance period.

If the project has no systems, technologies or equipment that use refrigerants, the project team should submit the as-built plans and specifications reflecting the design of the project confirming the absence of refrigerant use.

Tenants

For Tenant projects, if refrigerant use is centrally managed by the building owner or manager, the project team is responsible for coordinating with the building owner or manager on obtaining the relevant documentation to demonstrate compliance with the requirements of the credit.

Back to credit

Additional Information

Terms and Definitions

In the context of this credit, the following terms and definitions apply.

Global warming potential (GWP)

refers to the measure of how much energy the emissions of one (1) ton of a gas will absorb over a given period of time, relative to the emissions of one (1) ton of carbon dioxide (CO²). (US EPA, 2016)

Ozone Depleting Substances (ODS)

refers to the substances that significantly deplete or otherwise modify the ozone layer in a manner that is likely to result in adverse effects on human health and the environment such as, but not limited to, chlorofluorocarbons, halons, and the like. (Philippine Clean Air Act of 1999, 1999)

Refrigerant

refers to the fluid used for heat transfer in a refrigerating system. The refrigerant absorbs heat and transfers it at a higher temperature and a higher pressure, usually with a phase change. Substances added to provide other functions, such as lubrication, leak detection, absorption, or drying, are not refrigerants. (ASHRAE Standard 34, 2022)

Back to credit

Additional Readings

The following readings may guide the project team in complying with the requirements:

• Department of Environment and Natural Resources. (2013). Revised Regulations on the Chemical Control Order for Ozone Depleting Substances (ODS) [DENR Department Administrative Order No. 2013-25]. https://pod.emb.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/DAO-2013-25.pdf.
• Department of Environment and Natural Resources. (2021). Chemical Control Order for HFCs [DENR Department Order No. 2021-31]. https://pod.emb.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2021/10/DAO_2021-31_Chemical-Control-Order-for-HFCs.pdf.
• ASHRAE. (2021). ASHRAE Handbook — Fundamentals. ASHRAE.
• ASHRAE. (2022). Safety Standard for Refrigeration Systems [ASHRAE Standard 34]. ASHRAE.

Back to credit

Resiliency

Resiliency category focuses on improving the capability of the project and users to prepare for, respond to, and recover from the impacts of disaster risks and hazards.

No.	Credit Name	Certification Stage	Project Type	Occupancy Type	SDGs
RE-01	Disaster Prevention and Mitigation	All Stages	All Project Types	All Occupancy Types	SDG 11 SDG 13
RE-02	Disaster Preparedness	All Stages	All Project Types	All Occupancy Types	SDG 11 SDG 13
RE-03	Disaster Response and Recovery	All Stages	All Project Types	All Occupancy Types	SDG 11 SDG 13

RE-01 Disaster Prevention and Mitigation

All Stages
All Project Types
All Occupancy Types
SDG 11Sustainable Cities and Communities SDG 13Climate Action

Content

• Purpose and Intent
• Requirements
  • S1 S2 S3
• Score Distribution
  • S1 S2 S3
• Compliance Notes
  • S1 S2 S3
• Additional Information

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to increase the capability of the project to prevent and mitigate disaster risks.

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Establish a policy for increasing the capability of the project to prevent and mitigate disaster risks.
2. Engage a professional qualified and competent in:
   • Conducting a disaster risk assessment for the project; and
   • Identifying and implementing strategies for disaster prevention and mitigation.
3. Conduct a disaster risk assessment for the project. The assessment must contain:
   • The potential natural disasters and man-made hazards that the project may be at risk;
   • The probability and frequency of occurrence of the identified risks;
   • The level of exposure and vulnerability of the project to the identified risks; and
   • The recommendations to minimize the exposure and vulnerability of the project to the identified risks.
4. Design the project that incorporates the following:
   • Identified strategies to prevent and mitigate for wind hazards, which may include:
     • Using steel reinforced concrete in the primary structure to withstand high wind speeds;
     • Designing the roof to withstand high wind speeds;
     • Securely anchoring external equipment to the building structure; foundation or ground; and
     • Using wind-rated and impact resistant materials for large openings or coverings.
   • Identified strategies to prevent and mitigate for water hazards, which may include:
     • Locating the project site within a low flood-prone area;
     • Sloping the site perimeter away from the project;
     • Elevating the project above the water level of a 100-year flood event; and
     • Designing the stormwater drainage systems in the project to accommodate a 100-year precipitation scenario.
       
   • Identified strategies to prevent and mitigate for seismic hazards, which may include:
     • Selecting a project site 25 km away from a volcano;
     • Designing the building foundation to site-specific soil conditions;
     • Using shear walls and anchoring at the building's first level to resist lateral forces; and
     • Providing base isolation or motion-dampening systems for seismic energy dissipation.
5. Establish a disaster prevention and mitigation program for construction and operations. The program must contain:
   • The construction and operational activities that may be affected by disaster risks and hazards;
   • The strategies for disaster prevention and mitigation during construction and operations;
   • The policies and procedures for disaster risk reduction and management; and
   • The educational activities to increase the awareness of users on disaster prevention and mitigation.
6. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the disaster prevention and mitigation program. The action plan must contain:
   • The roles necessary for the implementation of the program, including the responsibilities for each role;
   • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation;
   • The recommended practices for the proper operations and regular maintenance of each strategy once implemented; and
   • The communication of the program and its action plan to the project stakeholders.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Implement the design of the project to prevent and mitigate disaster risks.
2. Implement the disaster prevention and mitigation program for construction. The project team must:
   • Assign the roles and responsibilities to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the program;
   • Implement the strategies for disaster prevention and mitigation during construction;
   • Implement the educational activities to increase the awareness of users on disaster prevention and mitigation;
   • Monitor and record the implementation of each strategy;
   • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the program to the project stakeholders; and
   • Confirm the recommended practices for the proper operations and regular maintenance of each implemented strategy.
3. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the disaster prevention and mitigation program. The project team must:
   • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the program;
   • Review if the program was implemented successfully;
   • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
   • Identify actions to further improve the disaster prevention and mitigation program once the project starts its operations.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Establish a policy for increasing the capability of the project prevent and mitigate disaster risks during operations.
2. Engage a professional qualified and competent in:
   • Conducting a disaster risk assessment for the project; and
   • Identifying and implementing strategies for disaster prevention and mitigation during operations.
3. Conduct a disaster risk assessment for the project. The assessment must contain:
   • The review of existing policies and procedures for disaster prevention and mitigation;
   • The potential natural disasters and man-made hazards that the project may be at risk;
   • The probability and frequency of occurrence of the identified risks;
   • The level of exposure and vulnerability of the project to the identified risks; and
   • The recommendations to minimize the exposure and vulnerability of the project to the identified risks.
4. Establish a disaster prevention and mitigation program. The program must contain:
   • The strategies for disaster prevention and mitigation during operations;
   • The policies and procedures for disaster risk reduction and management; and
   • The identified activities to increase the awareness of users on disaster prevention and mitigation.
5. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the disaster prevention and mitigation program. The action plan must contain:
   • The roles necessary for the implementation of the program, including the responsibilities for each role;
   • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation during the performance period;
   • The policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each strategy once implemented; and
   • The communication of the disaster prevention and mitigation program and its action plan to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
6. Implement the disaster prevention and mitigation program. The project team must:
   • Assign the roles and responsibilities to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the program;
   • Implement the strategies for disaster prevention and mitigation during operations;
   • Implement the activities to increase the awareness of users on disaster prevention and mitigation;
   • Monitor and record the implementation of each strategy for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period;
   • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the program to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project; and
   • Confirm the policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each implemented strategy.
7. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the disaster prevention and mitigation program. The project team must:
   • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the program;
   • Review if the program was implemented successfully during the performance period;
   • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
   • Identify actions to further improve the disaster prevention and mitigation program after the performance period.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the requirements of this credit.

Stage 1 — Design

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Conducted a disaster risk assessment for the project during, Incorporated strategies in the design to prevent and mitigate disaster risks, and Established a disaster prevention and mitigation program for construction and operations and action plan for its implementation.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Implemented the strategies to prevent and mitigate disaster risks, and Implemented the program and evaluated its effectiveness during construction for its continual improvement.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Conducted a disaster risk assessment for the project during operations, Established a disaster prevention and mitigation program and action plan for its implementation, and Implemented the program and evaluated its effectiveness for its continual improvement.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The documented policy reflecting the project owner's commitment to increase the capability of the project to prevent and mitigate disaster risks.
2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional, which must include the following information:
   • Relevant qualifications and competency of the professional in:
     • Conducting a disaster risk assessment for the project; and
     • Identifying and implementing strategies for disaster prevention and mitigation.
   • Responsibilities of the professional in the design and construction of the project; and
   • Period of engagement with the professional.
3. A disaster risk assessment report. The report must include the following information:
   • Potential disasters and hazards that the project may be at risk, which may include:
     • Natural disasters, such as:
       • Downbursts,
       • Typhoons,
       • Floods,
       • Storm surges,
       • Tsunamis,
       • Earthquake,
       • Landslides, or
       • Volcanic activities.
     • Man-made hazards, such as:
       • Fires,
       • Explosions, or
       • Accidents.
   • Probability and frequency of occurrence of the identified risks;
   • Level of exposure and vulnerability of the project to the identified risks; and
   • Recommendations to minimize the exposure and vulnerability of the project to the identified risks.
4. The plans and specifications of the strategies for disaster prevention and mitigation. The plans must include the following information:
   • Location of the identified strategies in the project; and
   • Technical description reflecting the quality and performance details of the identified strategies.
5. A report reflecting how the strategies contribute to preventing and mitigating disaster risks in the project. The report must include the following information:
   • Identified strategies for disaster prevention and mitigation;
   • Type of risks being addressed; and
   • Narrative how the strategies contribute to disaster prevention and mitigation in the project.
6. The disaster prevention and mitigation program reflecting the following:
   • The construction and operational activities that may be affected by disaster risks and hazards;
   • The strategies for disaster prevention and mitigation during construction and operations;
   • The documented policies and procedures for disaster risk reduction and management; and
   • The regular educational activities to increase the awareness of users on disaster prevention and mitigation;
   • The schedule for conducting regular activities to increase the awareness of users on disaster prevention and mitigation; and
   • The resources allocated for the implementation of the program.
7. The action plan for the implementation of the disaster prevention and mitigation program reflecting the following:
   • The roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the program;
   • The methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation; and
   • The documented best practices for the proper operations and regular maintenance of the strategies.
8. The purchase orders as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the strategies and the program.
9. The communication records as proof that the disaster prevention and mitigation program and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The as-built plans and specifications of the strategies for disaster prevention and mitigation. The plans must include the following information:
   • Location of the implemented strategies in the project; and
   • Technical description reflecting the quality and performance details of the implemented strategies.
2. A report reflecting how the strategies contribute to preventing and mitigating disaster risks in the project. The report must include the following information:
   • Implemented strategies for disaster prevention and mitigation;
   • Type of risks addressed; and
   • Narrative how the strategies contribute to disaster prevention and mitigation in the project.
3. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the program, which must include the following information:
   • Name of the personnel,
   • Designation and contact information, and
   • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program.
4. The monitoring reports for the implementation of the strategies and activities in the program during construction;
5. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies and the program. The records must consist of the following:
   • Official receipts or sales invoices,
   • Delivery receipts,
   • Installation records, and
   • Photographs.
6. The report on the evaluation of the implementation of the program reflecting the following:
   • The recorded outcomes of the implementation of the program;
   • The assessment on whether the program was implemented successfully during the construction;
   • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
   • The actions identified to further improve the disaster prevention and mitigation program once the project starts its operations.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The documented policy reflecting the project owner's commitment to increase the capability of the project to prevent and mitigate disaster risks.
2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional, which must include the following information:
   • Relevant qualifications and competency of the professional in:
     • Conducting a disaster risk assessment for the project; and
     • Identifying and implementing strategies for disaster prevention and mitigation.
   • Responsibilities of the professional in the operations of the project; and
   • Period of engagement with the professional.
3. A disaster risk assessment report. The report must include the following information:
   • Review of existing policies and procedures for disaster prevention and mitigation;
   • Potential disasters and hazards that the project may be at risk, which may include:
     • Natural disasters, such as:
       • Downbursts,
       • Typhoons,
       • Floods,
       • Storm surges,
       • Tsunamis,
       • Earthquake,
       • Landslides, or
       • Volcanic activities.
     • Man-made hazards, such as:
       • Fires,
       • Explosions, or
       • Accidents.
   • Probability and frequency of occurrence of the identified risks;
   • Level of exposure and vulnerability of the project to the identified risks; and
   • Recommendations to minimize the exposure and vulnerability of the project to the identified risks.
4. The disaster prevention and mitigation program reflecting the following:
   • The strategies for disaster prevention and mitigation during operations;
   • The documented policies and procedures for disaster risk reduction and management; and
   • The regular educational activities to increase the awareness of users on disaster prevention and mitigation;
   • The schedule for conducting regular activities to increase the awareness of users on disaster prevention and mitigation; and
   • The resources allocated for the implementation of the program.
5. The action plan for the implementation of the disaster prevention and mitigation program reflecting the following:
   • The roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the program;
   • The methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation; and
   • The documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies.
6. The purchase orders as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the program.
7. The communication records as proof that the disaster prevention and mitigation program and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
8. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the program, which must include the following information:
   • Name of the personnel,
   • Designation and contact information, and
   • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program.
9. The monitoring reports for the implementation of the strategies and activities in the program for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period.
10. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the program. The records must consist of the following:
    • Official receipts or sales invoices,
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
11. The report on the evaluation of the implementation of the program reflecting the following:
    • The recorded outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • The assessment on whether the program was implemented successfully during the performance period;
    • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • The actions identified to further improve the disaster prevention and mitigation program after the performance period.

Back to credit

Additional Information

Terms and Definitions

In the context of this credit, the following terms and definitions apply.

Disaster

refers to a serious disruption of the functioning of a community or a society involving widespread human, material, economic or environmental losses and impacts, which exceeds the ability of the affected community or society to cope using its own resources. (Philippine Disaster Risk Reduction and Management Act of 2010, 2010)

Disasters are often described as a result of the combination of:

• The exposure to a hazard;
• The conditions of vulnerability that are present; and
• The insufficient capacity or measures to reduce or cope with the potential negative consequence.

Disaster mitigation

refers to the lessening or limitation of the adverse impacts of hazards and related disasters. Mitigation measures encompass engineering techniques and hazard-resistant construction as well as improved environmental policies and public awareness.

Disaster prevention

refers to the outright avoidance of adverse impacts of hazards and related disasters. It expresses the concept and intention to completely avoid potential adverse impacts through action taken in advance. (Philippine Disaster Risk Reduction and Management Act of 2010, 2010)

Exposure

refers to the degree to which the elements at risk are likely to experience hazard events of different magnitudes. (Philippine Disaster Risk Reduction and Management Act of 2010, 2010)

Hazard

refers to a dangerous phenomenon, substance, human activity or condition that may cause loss of life, injury or other health impacts, property damage, loss of livelihood and services, social and economic disruption, or environmental damage. (Philippine Disaster Risk Reduction and Management Act of 2010, 2010)

Vulnerability

refers to the characteristics and circumstances of a community, system or asset that make it susceptible to the damaging effects of a hazard. Vulnerability may arise from various physical, social, economic, and environmental factors such as poor design and construction of buildings, inadequate protection of assets, lack of public information and awareness, limited official recognition of risks and preparedness measures, and disregard for wise environmental management. (Philippine Disaster Risk Reduction and Management Act of 2010, 2010)

Back to credit

Additional Readings

The following readings may guide the project team in complying with the requirements:

• Republic of the Philippines. (2010). Philippine Disaster Risk Reduction and Management Act of 2010 [Republic Act No. 10121]. https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/2010/05/27/republic-act-no-10121/.

Back to credit

RE-02 Disaster Preparedness

All Stages
All Project Types
All Occupancy Types
SDG 11Sustainable Cities and Communities SDG 13Climate Action

Content

• Purpose and Intent
• Requirements
  • S1 S2 S3
• Score Distribution
  • S1 S2 S3
• Compliance Notes
  • S1 S2 S3
• Additional Information

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to strengthen the capacities of the project and the users to anticipate and prepare for the impacts of disaster risks.

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Establish a policy for strengthening the capacities of the project and the users to anticipate and prepare for the impacts of disaster risks.
2. Engage a professional qualified and competent in:
   • Conducting a disaster risk assessment for the project; and
   • Identifying and implementing strategies for disaster preparedness.
3. Conduct a disaster risk assessment for the project. The assessment must contain:
   • The potential natural disasters and man-made hazards that the project may be at risk;
   • The probability and frequency of occurrence of the identified risks;
   • The level of exposure and vulnerability of the project to the identified risks; and
   • The recommendations to minimize the exposure and vulnerability of the project to the identified risks.
4. Establish a disaster preparedness program for construction and operations. The program must contain:
   • The construction and operational activities that may be affected by disaster risks and hazards;
   • The strategies for disaster preparedness during construction and operations, which may include:
     • Setting up an early warning system for the identified disaster risks;
     • Establishing a response team in case of disasters and emergencies;
     • Designating an adequate space within the site for evacuation; and
     • Preventing the potential disruption of access of the users to electricity, water and telecommunications;
   • The policies and procedures for disaster risk reduction and management; and
   • The educational activities to increase the awareness of users on disaster preparedness.
5. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the disaster preparedness program. The action plan must contain:
   • The roles necessary for the implementation of the program, including the responsibilities for each role;
   • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation;
   • The recommended practices for the proper operations and regular maintenance of each strategy once implemented; and
   • The communication of the program and its action plan to the project stakeholders.

Stage 2 — Construction

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Implement the disaster preparedness program for construction. The project team must:
   • Assign the roles and responsibilities to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the program;
   • Implement the strategies for disaster preparedness during construction;
   • Implement the educational activities to increase the awareness of users on disaster preparedness;
   • Monitor and record the implementation of each strategy;
   • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the program to the project stakeholders; and
   • Confirm the recommended practices for the proper operations and regular maintenance of each implemented strategy.
2. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the disaster preparedness program. The project team must:
   • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the program;
   • Review if the program was implemented successfully;
   • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
   • Identify actions to further improve the disaster preparedness program once the project starts its operations.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Establish a policy for strengthening the capacities of the project and the users to anticipate and prepare for the impacts of disaster risks during operations.
2. Engage a professional qualified and competent in:
   • Conducting a disaster risk assessment for the project; and
   • Identifying and implementing strategies for disaster preparedness during operations.
3. Conduct a disaster risk assessment for the project. The assessment must contain:
   • The review of existing policies and procedures for disaster preparedness;
   • The potential natural disasters and man-made hazards that the project may be at risk;
   • The probability and frequency of occurrence of the identified risks;
   • The level of exposure and vulnerability of the project to the identified risks; and
   • The recommendations to minimize the exposure and vulnerability of the project to the identified risks.
4. Establish a disaster preparedness program. The project must contain:
   • The strategies for disaster preparedness during operations;
   • The policies and procedures for disaster risk reduction and management; and
   • The identified activities to increase the capacities of users on disaster preparedness.
5. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the disaster preparedness program. The action plan must contain:
   • The roles necessary for the implementation of the program, including the responsibilities for each role;
   • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation during the performance period;
   • The policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each strategy once implemented; and
   • The communication of the disaster preparedness program and its action plan to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
6. Implement the disaster preparedness program. The project team must:
   • Assign the roles and responsibilities to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the program;
   • Implement the strategies for disaster preparedness during operations;
   • Implement the activities to increase the awareness of users on disaster preparedness;
   • Monitor and record the implementation of each strategy for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period;
   • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the program to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project; and
   • Confirm the policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each implemented strategy.
7. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the disaster preparedness program. The project team must:
   • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the program;
   • Review if the program was implemented successfully during the performance period;
   • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
   • Identify actions to further improve the disaster preparedness program after the performance period.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the requirements of this credit.

Stage 1 — Design

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Conducted a disaster risk assessment for the project, and Established the disaster preparedness program for construction and operations and action plan for its implementation. .

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Implemented the program and evaluated its effectiveness during construction for its continual improvement.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Conducted a disaster risk assessment for the project during operations, Established a disaster preparedness program and action plan for its implementation, and Implemented the program and evaluated its effectiveness for its continual improvement.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The documented policy reflecting the project owner's commitment to strengthen the capacities of the project and the users to anticipated and prepare for the impacts of disaster risks.
2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional, which must include the following information:
   • Relevant qualifications and competency of the professional in:
     • Conducting a disaster risk assessment for the project; and
     • Identifying and implementing strategies for disaster preparedness.
   • Responsibilities of the professional in the design and construction of the project; and
   • Period of engagement with the professional.
3. A disaster risk assessment report. The report must include the following information:
   • Potential disasters and hazards that the project may be at risk, which may include:
     • Natural disasters, such as:
       • Downbursts,
       • Typhoons,
       • Floods,
       • Storm surges,
       • Tsunamis,
       • Earthquake,
       • Landslides, or
       • Volcanic activities.
     • Man-made hazards, such as:
       • Fires,
       • Explosions, or
       • Accidents.
   • Probability and frequency of occurrence of the identified risks;
   • Level of exposure and vulnerability of the project to the identified risks; and
   • Recommendations to minimize the exposure and vulnerability of the project to the identified risks.
4. The plans and specifications of the strategies for disaster preparedness. The plans must include the following information:
   • Location of the identified strategies in the project; and
   • Technical description reflecting the quality and performance details of the identified strategies.
5. A report reflecting how the strategies contribute to anticipating and preparing for the impacts of disaster risks. The report must include the following information:
   • Identified strategies for disaster preparedness;
   • Type of risks being addressed; and
   • Narrative how the strategies contribute to disaster preparedness in the project.
6. The disaster preparedness program reflecting the following:
   • The construction and operational activities that may be affected by disaster risks and hazards;
   • The strategies for disaster preparedness during construction and operations;
   • The documented policies and procedures for disaster risk reduction and management; and
   • The regular educational activities to increase the awareness of users on disaster preparedness;
   • The schedule for conducting regular activities to increase the awareness of users on disaster preparedness; and
   • The resources allocated for the implementation of the program.
7. The action plan for the implementation of the disaster preparedness program reflecting the following:
   • The roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the program;
   • The methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation; and
   • The documented best practices for the proper operations and regular maintenance of the strategies.
8. The purchase orders as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the strategies and the program.
9. The communication records as proof that the disaster preparedness program and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The as-built plans and specifications of the strategies for disaster preparedness. The plans must include the following information:
   • Location of the implemented strategies in the project; and
   • Technical description reflecting the quality and performance details of the implemented strategies.
2. A report reflecting how the strategies contribute to anticipating and preparing for the impacts of disaster risks. The report must include the following information:
   • Implemented strategies for disaster preparedness;
   • Type of risks addressed; and
   • Narrative how the strategies contribute to disaster preparedness in the project.
3. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the program, which must include the following information:
   • Name of the personnel,
   • Designation and contact information, and
   • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program.
4. The monitoring reports for the implementation of the strategies and activities in the program during construction;
5. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies and the program. The records must consist of the following:
   • Official receipts or sales invoices,
   • Delivery receipts,
   • Installation records, and
   • Photographs.
6. The report on the evaluation of the implementation of the program reflecting the following:
   • The recorded outcomes of the implementation of the program;
   • The assessment on whether the program was implemented successfully during the construction;
   • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
   • The actions identified to further improve the disaster preparedness program once the project starts its operations.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The documented policy reflecting the project owner's commitment to strengthen the capacities of the project and the users to anticipated and prepare for the impacts of disaster risks.
2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional, which must include the following information:
   • Relevant qualifications and competency of the professional in:
     • Conducting a disaster risk assessment for the project; and
     • Identifying and implementing strategies for disaster preparedness.
   • Responsibilities of the professional in the operations of the project; and
   • Period of engagement with the professional.
3. A disaster risk assessment report. The report must include the following information:
   • Review of existing policies and procedures for disaster preparedness;
   • Potential disasters and hazards that the project may be at risk, which may include:
     • Natural disasters, such as:
       • Downbursts,
       • Typhoons,
       • Floods,
       • Storm surges,
       • Tsunamis,
       • Earthquake,
       • Landslides, or
       • Volcanic activities.
     • Man-made hazards, such as:
       • Fires,
       • Explosions, or
       • Accidents.
   • Probability and frequency of occurrence of the identified risks;
   • Level of exposure and vulnerability of the project to the identified risks; and
   • Recommendations to minimize the exposure and vulnerability of the project to the identified risks.
4. The disaster preparedness program reflecting the following:
   • The strategies for disaster preparedness during operations;
   • The documented policies and procedures for disaster risk reduction and management; and
   • The regular activities to increase the awareness of users on disaster preparedness;
   • The schedule for conducting regular activities to increase the awareness of users on disaster preparedness; and
   • The resources allocated for the implementation of the program.
5. The action plan for the implementation of the disaster preparedness program reflecting the following:
   • The roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the program;
   • The methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation; and
   • The documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies.
6. The purchase orders as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the program.
7. The communication records as proof that the disaster preparedness program and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
8. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the program, which must include the following information:
   • Name of the personnel,
   • Designation and contact information, and
   • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program.
9. The monitoring reports for the implementation of the strategies and activities in the program for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period.
10. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the program. The records must consist of the following:
    • Official receipts or sales invoices,
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
11. The report on the evaluation of the implementation of the program reflecting the following:
    • The recorded outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • The assessment on whether the program was implemented successfully during the performance period;
    • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • The actions identified to further improve the disaster preparedness program after the performance period.

Back to credit

Additional Information

Terms and Definitions

In the context of this credit, the following terms and definitions apply.

Contingency planning

refers to a management process that analyzes specific potential events or emerging situations that might threaten society or the environment and establishes arrangements in advance to enable timely, effective and appropriate responses to such events and situations. (Philippine Disaster Risk Reduction and Management Act of 2010, 2010)

Disaster

refers to a serious disruption of the functioning of a community or a society involving widespread human, material, economic or environmental losses and impacts, which exceeds the ability of the affected community or society to cope using its own resources. (Philippine Disaster Risk Reduction and Management Act of 2010, 2010)

Disasters are often described as a result of the combination of:

• The exposure to a hazard;
• The conditions of vulnerability that are present; and
• The insufficient capacity or measures to reduce or cope with the potential negative consequence.

Disaster preparedness

refers to the knowledge and capacities developed by governments, professional response and recovery organizations, communities and individuals to effectively anticipate, respond to, and recover from, the Impacts of likely, imminent or current hazard events or conditions. Preparedness action is carried out within the context of disaster risk reduction and management and aims to build the capacities needed to efficiently manage all types of emergencies and achieve orderly transitions from response to sustained recovery.

It is based on a sound analysis of disaster risk and good linkages with early warning systems, and includes such activities as contingency planning, stockpiling of equipment and supplies, the development of arrangements for coordination, evacuation and public information, and associated training and field exercises. These must be supported by formal institutional, legal and budgetary capacities. (Philippine Disaster Risk Reduction and Management Act of 2010, 2010)

Early warning system

refers to the set of capacities needed to generate and disseminate timely and meaningful warning information to enable individuals, communities and organizations threatened by a hazard to prepare and to act appropriately and in sufficient time to reduce the possibility of harm or loss. (Philippine Disaster Risk Reduction and Management Act of 2010, 2010)

A people-centered early warning system necessarily comprises four (4) key elements:

• Knowledge of the risks;
• Monitoring, analysis and forecasting of the hazards;
• Communication or dissemination of alerts and warnings; and
• User capabilities to respond to the warnings received.

Emergency management

refers to the organization and management of resources and responsibilities for addressing all aspects of emergencies, in particular preparedness, response and initial recovery steps. (Philippine Disaster Risk Reduction and Management Act of 2010, 2010)

Exposure

refers to the degree to which the elements at risk are likely to experience hazard events of different magnitudes. (Philippine Disaster Risk Reduction and Management Act of 2010, 2010)

Hazard

refers to a dangerous phenomenon, substance, human activity or condition that may cause loss of life, injury or other health impacts, property damage, loss of livelihood and services, social and economic disruption, or environmental damage. (Philippine Disaster Risk Reduction and Management Act of 2010, 2010)

Vulnerability

refers to the characteristics and circumstances of a community, system or asset that make it susceptible to the damaging effects of a hazard. Vulnerability may arise from various physical, social, economic, and environmental factors such as poor design and construction of buildings, inadequate protection of assets, lack of public information and awareness, limited official recognition of risks and preparedness measures, and disregard for wise environmental management. (Philippine Disaster Risk Reduction and Management Act of 2010, 2010)

Back to credit

Additional Readings

The following readings may guide the project team in complying with the requirements:

• Republic of the Philippines. (2010). Philippine Disaster Risk Reduction and Management Act of 2010 [Republic Act No. 10121]. https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/2010/05/27/republic-act-no-10121/.

Back to credit

Credit Alignment to PHILGBC Certification Programs

This credit is aligned with the requirements of the SOC-03 Emergency Preparedness under the PHILGBC Health and Well-being for Buildings — Version 1.0.0.

Back to credit

RE-03 Disaster Response and Recovery

All Stages
All Project Types
All Occupancy Types
SDG 11Sustainable Cities and Communities SDG 13Climate Action

Content

• Purpose and Intent
• Requirements
  • S1 S2 S3
• Score Distribution
  • S1 S2 S3
• Compliance Notes
  • S1 S2 S3
• Additional Information

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

• Increase the capability of the project to respond to and recover from disaster risks; and
• Restore and improve the facilities and organizational capacities of the project and the users from the impacts of disaster risks.

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Establish a policy for increasing the capability of the project to respond to and recover from disaster risks.
2. Engage a professional qualified and competent in:
   • Conducting a disaster risk assessment for the project; and
   • Identifying and implementing strategies for disaster response and recovery.
3. Conduct a disaster risk assessment for the project. The assessment must contain:
   • The potential natural disasters and man-made hazards that the project may be at risk;
   • The probability and frequency of occurrence of the identified risks;
   • The level of exposure and vulnerability of the project to the identified risks; and
   • The recommendations to minimize the exposure and vulnerability of the project to the identified risks.
4. Establish a disaster response and recovery program for construction and operations. The program must contain:
   • The construction and operational activities that may be affected by disaster risks and hazards;
   • The strategies for disaster response and recovery during construction and operations, which may include:
     • Establishing emergency procedures for diverse emergency situations;
     • Creating a business continuity plan for the project; and
     • Encouraging tenants to establish their own measures for business continuity;
   • The policies and procedures for disaster risk reduction and management; and
   • The educational activities to increase the awareness of users on disaster response and recovery.
5. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the disaster response and recovery program. The action plan must contain:
   • The roles necessary for the implementation of the program, including the responsibilities for each role;
   • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation;
   • The recommended practices for the proper operations and regular maintenance of each strategy once implemented; and
   • The communication of the program and its action plan to the project stakeholders.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Implement the disaster response and recovery program for construction. The project team must:
   • Assign the roles and responsibilities to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the program;
   • Implement the strategies for disaster response and recovery during construction;
   • Implement the educational activities to increase the awareness of users on disaster response and recovery;
   • Monitor and record the implementation of each strategy;
   • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the program to the project stakeholders; and
   • Confirm the recommended practices for the proper operations and regular maintenance of each implemented strategy.
2. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the disaster response and recovery program. The project team must:
   • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the program;
   • Review if the program was implemented successfully;
   • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
   • Identify actions to further improve the disaster response and recovery program once the project starts its operations.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Establish a policy for increasing the capability of the project to respond to and recover from disaster risks during operations.
2. Engage a professional qualified and competent in:
   • Conducting a disaster risk assessment for the project; and
   • Identifying and implementing strategies for disaster response and recovery during operations.
3. Conduct a disaster risk assessment for the project. The assessment must contain:
   • The review of existing policies and procedures for disaster response and recovery;
   • The potential natural disasters and man-made hazards that the project may be at risk;
   • The probability and frequency of occurrence of the identified risks;
   • The level of exposure and vulnerability of the project to the identified risks; and
   • The recommendations to minimize the exposure and vulnerability of the project to the identified risks.
4. Establish a disaster response and recovery program. The project must contain:
   • The strategies for disaster response and recovery during operations;
   • The policies and procedures for disaster risk reduction and management; and
   • The identified activities to increase the capacities of users on disaster response and recovery.
5. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the disaster response and recovery program. The action plan must contain:
   • The roles necessary for the implementation of the program, including the responsibilities for each role;
   • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation during the performance period;
   • The policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each strategy once implemented; and
   • The communication of the disaster response and recovery program and its action plan to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
6. Implement the disaster response and recovery program. The project team must:
   • Assign the roles and responsibilities to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the program;
   • Implement the strategies for disaster response and recovery during operations;
   • Implement the activities to increase the awareness of users on disaster response and recovery;
   • Monitor and record the implementation of each strategy for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period;
   • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the program to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project; and
   • Confirm the policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each implemented strategy.
7. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the disaster response and recovery program. The project team must:
   • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the program;
   • Review if the program was implemented successfully during the performance period;
   • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
   • Identify actions to further improve the disaster response and recovery program after the performance period.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the requirements of this credit.

Stage 1 — Design

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Conducted a disaster risk assessment for the project, and Established the disaster response and recovery program for construction and operations and action plan for its implementation. .

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Implemented the program and evaluated its effectiveness during construction for its continual improvement.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Conducted a disaster risk assessment for the project during operations, Established a disaster response and recovery program and action plan for its implementation, and Implemented the program and evaluated its effectiveness for its continual improvement.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The documented policy reflecting the project owner's commitment to increase the capability of the project to respond to and recover from disaster risks.
2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional, which must include the following information:
   • Relevant qualifications and competency of the professional in:
     • Conducting a disaster risk assessment for the project; and
     • Identifying and implementing strategies for disaster response and recovery.
   • Responsibilities of the professional in the design and construction of the project; and
   • Period of engagement with the professional.
3. A disaster risk assessment report. The report must include the following information:
   • Potential disasters and hazards that the project may be at risk, which may include:
     • Natural disasters, such as:
       • Downbursts,
       • Typhoons,
       • Floods,
       • Storm surges,
       • Tsunamis,
       • Earthquake,
       • Landslides, or
       • Volcanic activities.
     • Man-made hazards, such as:
       • Fires,
       • Explosions, or
       • Accidents.
   • Probability and frequency of occurrence of the identified risks;
   • Level of exposure and vulnerability of the project to the identified risks; and
   • Recommendations to minimize the exposure and vulnerability of the project to the identified risks.
4. The plans and specifications of the strategies for disaster response and recovery. The plans must include the following information:
   • Location of the identified strategies in the project; and
   • Technical description reflecting the quality and performance details of the identified strategies.
5. A report reflecting how the strategies contribute to respond to and recover from the impacts of disaster risks. The report must include the following information:
   • Identified strategies for disaster response and recovery;
   • Type of risks being addressed; and
   • Narrative how the strategies contribute to disaster response and recovery in the project.
6. The disaster response and recovery program reflecting the following:
   • The construction and operational activities that may be affected by disaster risks and hazards;
   • The strategies for disaster response and recovery during construction and operations;
   • The documented policies and procedures for disaster risk reduction and management; and
   • The regular educational activities to increase the awareness of users on disaster response and recovery;
   • The schedule for conducting regular activities to increase the awareness of users on disaster response and recovery; and
   • The resources allocated for the implementation of the program.
7. The action plan for the implementation of the disaster response and recovery program reflecting the following:
   • The roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the program;
   • The methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation; and
   • The documented best practices for the proper operations and regular maintenance of the strategies.
8. The purchase orders as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the strategies and the program.
9. The communication records as proof that the disaster response and recovery program and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The as-built plans and specifications of the strategies for disaster response and recovery. The plans must include the following information:
   • Location of the implemented strategies in the project; and
   • Technical description reflecting the quality and performance details of the implemented strategies.
2. A report reflecting how the strategies contribute to respond to and recover from the impacts of disaster risks. The report must include the following information:
   • Implemented strategies for disaster response and recovery;
   • Type of risks addressed; and
   • Narrative how the strategies contribute to disaster response and recovery in the project.
3. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the program, which must include the following information:
   • Name of the personnel,
   • Designation and contact information, and
   • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program.
4. The monitoring reports for the implementation of the strategies and activities in the program during construction;
5. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies and the program. The records must consist of the following:
   • Official receipts or sales invoices,
   • Delivery receipts,
   • Installation records, and
   • Photographs.
6. The report on the evaluation of the implementation of the program reflecting the following:
   • The recorded outcomes of the implementation of the program;
   • The assessment on whether the program was implemented successfully during the construction;
   • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
   • The actions identified to further improve the disaster response and recovery program once the project starts its operations.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The documented policy reflecting the project owner's commitment to increase the capability of the project to respond to and recover from disaster risks.
2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional, which must include the following information:
   • Relevant qualifications and competency of the professional in:
     • Conducting a disaster risk assessment for the project; and
     • Identifying and implementing strategies for disaster response and recovery.
   • Responsibilities of the professional in the operations of the project; and
   • Period of engagement with the professional.
3. A disaster risk assessment report. The report must include the following information:
   • Review of existing policies and procedures for disaster response and recovery;
   • Potential disasters and hazards that the project may be at risk, which may include:
     • Natural disasters, such as:
       • Downbursts,
       • Typhoons,
       • Floods,
       • Storm surges,
       • Tsunamis,
       • Earthquake,
       • Landslides, or
       • Volcanic activities.
     • Man-made hazards, such as:
       • Fires,
       • Explosions, or
       • Accidents.
   • Probability and frequency of occurrence of the identified risks;
   • Level of exposure and vulnerability of the project to the identified risks; and
   • Recommendations to minimize the exposure and vulnerability of the project to the identified risks.
4. The disaster response and recovery program reflecting the following:
   • The strategies for disaster response and recovery during operations;
   • The documented policies and procedures for disaster risk reduction and management; and
   • The regular activities to increase the awareness of users on disaster response and recovery;
   • The schedule for conducting regular activities to increase the awareness of users on disaster response and recovery; and
   • The resources allocated for the implementation of the program.
5. The action plan for the implementation of the disaster response and recovery program reflecting the following:
   • The roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the program;
   • The methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation; and
   • The documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies.
6. The purchase orders as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the program.
7. The communication records as proof that the disaster response and recovery program and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
8. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the program, which must include the following information:
   • Name of the personnel,
   • Designation and contact information, and
   • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program.
9. The monitoring reports for the implementation of the strategies and activities in the program for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period.
10. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the program. The records must consist of the following:
    • Official receipts or sales invoices,
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
11. The report on the evaluation of the implementation of the program reflecting the following:
    • The recorded outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • The assessment on whether the program was implemented successfully during the performance period;
    • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • The actions identified to further improve the disaster response and recovery program after the performance period.

Back to credit

Additional Information

Terms and Definitions

In the context of this credit, the following terms and definitions apply.

Disaster

refers to a serious disruption of the functioning of a community or a society involving widespread human, material, economic or environmental losses and impacts, which exceeds the ability of the affected community or society to cope using its own resources. (Philippine Disaster Risk Reduction and Management Act of 2010, 2010)

Disasters are often described as a result of the combination of:

• The exposure to a hazard;
• The conditions of vulnerability that are present; and
• The insufficient capacity or measures to reduce or cope with the potential negative consequence.

Disaster response

refers to the provision of emergency services and public assistance during or immediately after a disaster in order to save lives, reduce health impacts, ensure public safety and meet the basic subsistence needs of the people affected. Disaster response is predominantly focused on immediate and short-term needs and is sometimes called “disaster relief”. (Philippine Disaster Risk Reduction and Management Act of 2010, 2010)

Disaster risk reduction

refers to the concept and practice of reducing disaster risks through systematic efforts to analyze and manage the causal factors of disasters, including through reduced exposures to hazards, lessened vulnerability of people and property, wise management of land and the environment, and improved preparedness for adverse events. (Philippine Disaster Risk Reduction and Management Act of 2010, 2010)

Early warning system

refers to the set of capacities needed to generate and disseminate timely and meaningful warning information to enable individuals, communities and organizations threatened by a hazard to prepare and to act appropriately and in sufficient time to reduce the possibility of harm or loss. (Philippine Disaster Risk Reduction and Management Act of 2010, 2010)

A people-centered early warning system necessarily comprises four (4) key elements:

• Knowledge of the risks;
• Monitoring, analysis and forecasting of the hazards;
• Communication or dissemination of alerts and warnings; and
• User capabilities to respond to the warnings received.

Emergency management

refers to the organization and management of resources and responsibilities for addressing all aspects of emergencies, in particular preparedness, response and initial recovery steps. (Philippine Disaster Risk Reduction and Management Act of 2010, 2010)

Exposure

refers to the degree to which the elements at risk are likely to experience hazard events of different magnitudes. (Philippine Disaster Risk Reduction and Management Act of 2010, 2010)

Hazard

refers to a dangerous phenomenon, substance, human activity or condition that may cause loss of life, injury or other health impacts, property damage, loss of livelihood and services, social and economic disruption, or environmental damage. (Philippine Disaster Risk Reduction and Management Act of 2010, 2010)

Post-disaster recovery

refers to the restoration and improvement where appropriate, of facilities, livelihood and living conditions. of disaster-affected communities, including efforts to reduce disaster risk factors, in accordance with the principles of “build back better”. (Philippine Disaster Risk Reduction and Management Act of 2010, 2010)

Vulnerability

refers to the characteristics and circumstances of a community, system or asset that make it susceptible to the damaging effects of a hazard. Vulnerability may arise from various physical, social, economic, and environmental factors such as poor design and construction of buildings, inadequate protection of assets, lack of public information and awareness, limited official recognition of risks and preparedness measures, and disregard for wise environmental management. (Philippine Disaster Risk Reduction and Management Act of 2010, 2010)

Back to credit

Additional Readings

The following readings may guide the project team in complying with the requirements:

• Republic of the Philippines. (2010). Philippine Disaster Risk Reduction and Management Act of 2010 [Republic Act No. 10121]. https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/2010/05/27/republic-act-no-10121/.

Back to credit

Credit Alignment to PHILGBC Certification Programs

This credit is aligned with the requirements of the SOC-03 Emergency Preparedness under the PHILGBC Health and Well-being for Buildings — Version 1.0.0.

Back to credit

Socio-economic Opportunities

Socio-economic Opportunities category focuses on addressing the socio-economic needs of the local community, creating equal opportunities for employment, education and skills development, and promoting Filipino heritage and culture.

No.	Credit Name	Certification Stage	Project Type	Occupancy Type	SDGs
SE-01	Filipino Art	All Stages	All Project Types	All Occupancy Types	SDG 11
SE-02	Green Jobs	All Stages	All Project Types	All Occupancy Types	SDG 4 SDG 8 SDG 13
SE-03	Local Labor	All Stages	All Project Types	All Occupancy Types	SDG 4 SDG 8
SE-04	Women Empowerment	All Stages	All Project Types	All Occupancy Types	SDG 4 SDG 5 SDG 8
SE-05	Community Facility	All Stages	All Project Types	All Occupancy Types	SDG 11

SE-01 Filipino Art

All Stages
All Project Types
All Occupancy Types
SDG 11Sustainable Cities and Communities

Content

• Purpose and Intent
• Requirements
  • S1 S2 S3
• Score Distribution
  • S1 S2 S3
• Compliance Notes
  • S1 S2 S3
• Additional Information

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to promote Filipino cultural heritage in the project by procuring, featuring and maintaining Filipino artworks.

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Procure artworks made by local Filipino artists. The artworks must promote positive Filipino values and highlight Filipino cultural heritage.
   • The procured artworks must be:
     • Directly connected to the project,
     • Permanently installed,
     • Properly labeled, and
     • Easily accessible and visible to users and visitors.
   • If the project team will use on-loan artworks from local Filipino artists, the artworks must be loaned to the project owner and installed in the project for at least five (5) years from the start of operations.
2. Establish policies and procedures for the regular maintenance and inspection of the artworks.
3. Develop a program to promote Filipino cultural heritage and to feature the artworks during operations.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must install the artworks in the project. If the project team used on-loan artworks, the artworks must be installed in the project for at least five (5) years from the start of operations.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Establish a program to promote Filipino cultural heritage through featuring artworks in the project. The program must contain:
   • The procurement and installation of artworks made by local Filipino artists. The artworks must promote positive Filipino values and highlight Filipino cultural heritage.
     • The procured artworks must be:
       • Directly connected to the project,
       • Permanently installed,
       • Properly labeled, and
       • Easily accessible and visible to users and visitors.
     • If the project team will use on-loan artworks from local Filipino artists, the artworks must be loaned to the project owner and installed in the project for at least three (3) years from the start of the performance period.
   • The establishment of information campaigns to promote Filipino cultural heritage and to feature the artworks during the performance period.
2. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the program to promote Filipino cultural heritage in the project. The action plan must contain:
   • The roles necessary for the implementation of the program, including the responsibilities for each role;
   • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation during the performance period;
   • The policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each strategy once implemented; and
   • The communication of the program to promote Filipino cultural heritage and its action plan to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
3. Implement the program to promote Filipino cultural heritage in the project. The project team must:
   • Assign the roles and responsibilities to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the program;
   • Install the artworks in the project. If the project team used on-loan artworks, the artworks must be installed in the project for at least three (3) years from the start of the performance period;
   • Implement information campaigns to promote Filipino cultural heritage and to feature the artworks during the performance period;
   • Monitor and record the implementation of each strategy for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period;
   • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the program to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project; and
   • Confirm the policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each implemented strategy.
4. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the program to promote Filipino cultural heritage in the project. The project team must:
   • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the program;
   • Review if the program was implemented successfully during the performance period;
   • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
   • Identify actions to further improve the program to promote Filipino cultural heritage in the project after the performance period.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the requirements of this credit.

Stage 1 — Design

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Procured artworks made by local Filipino artists for the project, Established policies and procedures for the regular maintenance and inspection of the artworks, and Developed a program to promote Filipino cultural heritage and to feature the artworks during operations.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Installed the artworks made by local Filipino artists in the project.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Established a program to promote Filipino cultural heritage and an action plan for its implementation, and Implemented the program and evaluated its effectiveness for its continual improvement.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The concept notes of the procured artworks for the project. The concept notes must be a narrative explaining how the artworks promote positive Filipino values, and how the artworks highlight Filipino cultural heritage.
2. The proof of procurement for the artworks. The proof of procurement must be:
   • The communication records between the project team and the local Filipino artist for the procurement of the artworks; and
   • The service contract as proof of engagement with the local Filipino artist for the creation of the artwork, or the purchase orders as proof of intent to procure the artworks already made by the local Filipino artist.
3. The plans and specifications of the artworks reflecting the following:
   • The location of the artworks and its markers or labels;
   • The design of the markers and labels for the artworks, which must include the following information:
     • Name of the artwork,
     • Name of the artist,
     • Medium used to create the artwork, and
     • Description of the artwork;
   • The access of the users and the public to the artworks; and
   • The installation methodology for the artworks and its markers and labels.
4. The documented policies and procedures for the regular maintenance and inspection of the artworks reflecting the following:
   • The tasks identified for the regular maintenance of the artworks;
   • The schedule for the regular maintenance of the artworks; and
   • The roles defined for the regular maintenance and inspection of the artworks.
5. The program to promote Filipino cultural heritage in the project reflecting the following:
   • The information campaigns to promote Filipino cultural heritage and to feature the artworks during operations;
   • The regular activities identified to promote Filipino cultural heritage;
   • The schedule for conducting regular activities to promote Filipino cultural heritage and to feature the artworks; and
   • The resources allocated for the implementation of the program.

If the project team will use on-loan artworks from local Filipino artists, the project team should also submit the service contract as proof of engagement with the local Filipino artist reflecting the agreement between the project owner and the artist to install the artworks in the project for at least five (5) years from the start of operations.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The as-built plans and specifications of the artworks reflecting the following:
   • The location of the artworks and its markers or labels;
   • The design of the markers and labels for the artworks, which must include the following information:
     • Name of the artwork,
     • Name of the artist,
     • Medium used to create the artwork, and
     • Description of the artwork;
   • The access of the users and the public to the artworks; and
   • The installation methodology for the artworks and its markers and labels.
2. The procurement and implementation records for the artworks. The records must consist of the following:
   • Official receipts or sales invoices,
   • Delivery receipts,
   • Installation records, and
   • Photographs.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The concept notes of the procured artworks for the project. The concept notes must be a narrative explaining how the artworks promote positive Filipino values, and how the artworks highlight Filipino cultural heritage.
2. The proof of procurement for the artworks. The proof of procurement must be:
   • The communication records between the project team and the local Filipino artist for the procurement of the artworks; and
   • The service contract as proof of engagement with the local Filipino artist for the creation of the artwork, or the purchase orders as proof of intent to procure the artworks already made by the local Filipino artist.
3. The as-built plans and specifications of the artworks reflecting the following:
   • The location of the artworks and its markers or labels;
   • The design of the markers and labels for the artworks, which must include the following information:
     • Name of the artwork,
     • Name of the artist,
     • Medium used to create the artwork, and
     • Description of the artwork;
   • The access of the users and the public to the artworks; and
   • The installation methodology for the artworks and its markers and labels.
4. The program to promote Filipino cultural heritage in the project reflecting the following:
   • The information campaigns to promote Filipino cultural heritage and to feature the artworks during operations;
   • The regular activities identified to promote Filipino cultural heritage;
   • The schedule for conducting regular activities to promote Filipino cultural heritage and to feature the artworks; and
   • The resources allocated for the implementation of the program.
5. The action plan for the implementation of the program to promote Filipino cultural heritage in the project reflecting the following:
   • The roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the program;
   • The methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation; and
   • The documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the artworks.
6. The communication records as proof that the program to promote Filipino cultural heritage and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
7. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the program, which must include the following information:
   • Name of the personnel,
   • Designation and contact information, and
   • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program.
8. The monitoring reports for the implementation of the strategies and activities in the program for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period.
9. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the program. The records must consist of the following:
   • Official receipts or sales invoices,
   • Delivery receipts,
   • Installation records, and
   • Photographs.
10. The report on the evaluation of the implementation of the program reflecting the following:
    • The recorded outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • The assessment on whether the program was implemented successfully during the performance period;
    • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • The actions identified to further improve the program to promote Filipino cultural heritage in the project after the performance period.

Back to credit

Additional Information

Terms and Definitions

In the context of this credit, the following terms and definitions apply.

Cultural heritage

refers to the totality of cultural property preserved and developed through time and passed on to posterity, where cultural properties are the products of human creativity by which a people and a nation reveal their identity, including churches, mosques and other places of religious worship, schools and natural history specimens and sites, whether public or privately-owned, movable or immovable, and tangible or intangible. (National Cultural Heritage Act of 2009, 2010)

On-loan artworks

refer to artworks that are temporarily installed in the project as agreed by the project owner and the artist for a specified duration.

Back to credit

Additional Readings

The following readings may guide the project team in complying with the requirements:

• Republic of the Philippines. (2010). National Cultural Heritage Act of 2009 [Republic Act No. 10066]. https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/2010/03/26/republic-act-no-10066/.

Back to credit

SE-02 Green Jobs

All Stages
All Project Types
All Occupancy Types
SDG 4Quality Education SDG 8Decent Work and Economic Growth SDG 13Climate Action

Content

• Purpose and Intent
• Requirements
  • S1 S2 S3
• Score Distribution
  • S1 S2 S3
• Compliance Notes
  • S1 S2 S3
• Additional Information

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

• Increase green job opportunities in the design, construction and operations of the project;
• Prioritize the employment of green jobs during design, construction and operations; and
• Improve the education and skills of employed green jobs for the benefit of the project.

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Establish a policy for increasing green job opportunities and for prioritizing the employment of green jobs in the project.
2. Engage a professional qualified and competent in:
   • Conducting an assessment on the employment opportunities for green jobs; and
   • Identifying and implementing strategies for increasing green jobs opportunities in the project.
3. Conduct an assessment on the green job opportunities in the project for design and construction. The assessment must include:
   • The activities in the project that require green jobs during design and construction;
   • The green job requirements for each activity;
   • The employment opportunities for green jobs;
   • The necessary education and skills required to qualify for each employment opportunity; and
   • The recommendations to increase the green job opportunities.
4. Hire green jobs for at least twenty percent (20%) of the total employment requirements of the project. The total employment requirement must be the total workforce during the design development up to the planning period of the project.
5. Establish an education and skills development program for green jobs. The program must contain:
   • The identified activities to improve the education and skills of employed green jobs for the benefit of the project; and
   • The policies and procedures for prioritizing the employment of green jobs in the project.
6. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the education and skills development program for green jobs. The action plan must contain:
   • The roles necessary for the implementation of the program, including the responsibilities for each role;
   • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation;
   • The policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each strategy once implemented; and
   • The communication of the education and skills development program for green jobs and its action plan to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Hire green jobs for at least ten percent (10%) of the total employment requirements of the project. The total employment requirements must be the total workforce during site development up to the construction period of the project.
2. Implement the education and skills development program for green jobs. The project team must:
   • Assign the roles and responsibilities to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the program;
   • Implement the activities to improve the education and skills of employed green jobs for the benefit of the project;
   • Monitor and record the implementation of each strategy and its progress;
   • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the program to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project; and
   • Confirm the policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each implemented strategy.
3. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the education and skills development program for green jobs. The project team must:
   • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the program;
   • Review if the program was implemented successfully;
   • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
   • Identify actions to further improve the education and skills development program for green jobs once the project starts its operations.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Establish a policy for increasing green job opportunities and for prioritizing the employment of green jobs in the project.
2. Engage a professional qualified and competent in:
   • Conducting an assessment on the employment opportunities for green jobs; and
   • Identifying and implementing strategies for increasing green jobs opportunities in the project.
3. Conduct an assessment on the green job opportunities in the project for operations. The assessment must include:
   • The activities in the project that require green jobs during operations;
   • The green job requirements for each each activity;
   • The employment opportunities for green jobs;
   • The necessary education and skills required to qualify for each employment opportunity; and
   • The recommendations to increase the green job opportunities.
4. Hire green jobs for at least twenty percent (20%) of the total employment requirements of the project. The total employment requirement must be the total workforce during the performance period.
5. Establish an education and skills development program for green jobs. The program must contain:
   • The identified activities to improve the education and skills of employed green jobs for the benefit of the project; and
   • The policies and procedures for prioritizing the employment of green jobs in the project.
6. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the education and skills development program for green jobs. The action plan must contain:
   • The roles necessary for the implementation of the program, including the responsibilities for each role;
   • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation during the performance period;
   • The policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each strategy once implemented; and
   • The communication of the education and skills development program for green jobs and its action plan to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
7. Implement the education and skills development program for green jobs. The project team must:
   • Assign the roles and responsibilities to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the program;
   • Implement the activities to improve the education and skills of employed green jobs for the benefit of the project;
   • Monitor and record the implementation of each strategy for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period;
   • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the program to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project; and
   • Confirm the policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each implemented strategy.
8. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the education and skills development program for green jobs. The project team must:
   • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the program;
   • Review if the program was implemented successfully during the performance period;
   • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
   • Identify actions to further improve the education and skills development program for green jobs after the performance period.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the requirements of this credit.

Stage 1 — Design

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Hired green jobs for forty percent (40%) or more of the total employment requirements of the project during design.
2 points	Hired green jobs for thirty percent (30%) to less than forty percent (<40%) of the total employment requirements in the project during design.
1 point	Hired green jobs for twenty percent (20%) to less than thirty percent (<30%) of the total employment requirements in the project during design.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Hired green jobs for fifteen percent (15%) or more of the total employment requirements in the project during construction.
2 points	Hired green jobs for twelve percent (12%) to less than fifteen percent (<15%) of the total employment requirements in the project during construction.
1 point	Hired green jobs for ten percent (10%) to less than twelve percent (<12%) of the total employment requirements in the project during construction.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Hired green jobs for forty percent (40%) or more of the total employment requirements in the project during operations.
2 points	Hired green jobs for thirty percent (30%) to less than forty percent (<40%) of the total employment requirements in the project during operations.
1 point	Hired green jobs for twenty percent (20%) to less than thirty percent (<30%) of the total employment requirements in the project during operations.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The documented policy reflecting the project owner's commitment to increase green job opportunities and prioritize the employment of green jobs in the project.
2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional, which must include the following information:
   • Relevant qualifications and competency of the professional in:
     • Conducting an assessment on the employment opportunities for green jobs; and
     • Identifying and implementing strategies for increasing green job opportunities in the project.
   • Responsibilities of the professional in the design and construction of the project; and
   • Period of engagement with the professional.
3. An assessment report on the green job opportunities in the project for design and construction. The report must include the following information:
   • Activities in the project that require green jobs during design and construction, which may include:
     • Agriculture,
     • Construction,
     • Tourism,
     • Transportation,
     • Solid waste and wastewater management,
     • Energy, and
     • Manufacturing.
   • Green job requirements to implement each activity;
   • Employment opportunities for green jobs;
   • Necessary education and skills required to qualify for each employment opportunity; and
   • Recommendations to increase the green job opportunities.
4. The list of all workers and staff hired during the design development up to the planning period of the project, which must include the following information:
   • Employee's name,
   • Employee's nature of work, and
   • Relevant qualifications of the employee appropriate for its nature of work.
5. The list of green jobs hired during the design development up to the planning period of the project, which must include the following information:
   • Employee's name,
   • Employee's nature of work, which must be a green job, and
   • Relevant qualifications of the employee appropriate for green jobs.
6. The report on the calculation of the percentage of green jobs hired during design. The report must include the following information:
   • Total number of workers and staff hired,
   • Total number of green jobs amongst all the workers and staff hired, and
   • Percentage of green jobs hired during design.
7. The education and skills development program for green jobs reflecting the following:
   • The regular activities identified to improve the education and skills of employed green jobs for the benefit of the project;
   • The schedule for conducting regular activities to improve the education and skills of employed green jobs;
   • The resources allocated for the implementation of the program; and
   • The documented policies and procedures for prioritizing the employment of green jobs in the project.
8. The action plan for the implementation of the education and skills development program for green jobs reflecting the following:
   • The roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the program;
   • The methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation; and
   • The documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies.
9. The purchase orders as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the strategies.
10. The communication records as proof that the education and skills development program for green jobs and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The list of all workers and staff hired during the site development up to the construction period of the project, which must include the following information:
   • Employee's name,
   • Employee's nature of work, and
   • Relevant qualifications of the employee appropriate for its nature of work.
2. The list of green jobs hired during the site development up to the construction period of the project, which must include the following information:
   • Employee's name,
   • Employee's nature of work, which must be a green job, and
   • Relevant qualifications of the employee appropriate for green jobs.
3. The report on the calculation of the percentage of green jobs hired during construction. The report must include the following information:
   • Total number of workers and staff hired,
   • Total number of green jobs amongst all the workers and staff hired, and
   • Percentage of green jobs hired during construction.
4. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the program, which must include the following information:
   • Name of the personnel,
   • Designation and contact information, and
   • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program.
5. The monitoring reports for the implementation of the strategies and activities in the program.
6. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the program. The records must consist of the following:
   • Official receipts or sales invoices,
   • Delivery receipts,
   • Installation records, and
   • Photographs.
7. The report on the evaluation of the implementation of the program reflecting the following:
   • The recorded outcomes of the implementation of the program;
   • The assessment on whether the program was implemented successfully;
   • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
   • The actions identified to further improve the education and skills development program for green jobs once the project starts its operations.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The documented policy reflecting the project owner's commitment to increase green job opportunities and prioritize the employment of green jobs in the project.
2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional, which must include the following information:
   • Relevant qualifications and competency of the professional in:
     • Conducting an assessment on the employment opportunities for green jobs; and
     • Identifying and implementing strategies for increasing green job opportunities in the project
   • Responsibilities of the professional in the operations of the project; and
   • Period of engagement with the professional.
3. An assessment report on the green job opportunities in the project for operations. The report must include the following information:
   • Activities in the project that require green jobs during operations, which may include:
     • Agriculture,
     • Construction,
     • Tourism,
     • Transportation,
     • Solid waste and wastewater management,
     • Energy, and
     • Manufacturing.
   • Green job requirements to implement each activity;
   • Employment opportunities for green jobs;
   • Necessary education and skills required to qualify for each employment opportunity; and
   • Recommendations to increase the green job opportunities.
4. The list of all workers and staff hired during the performance period of the project, which must include the following information:
   • Employee's name,
   • Employee's nature of work, and
   • Relevant qualifications of the employee appropriate for its nature of work.
5. The list of green jobs hired during the performance of the project, which must include the following information:
   • Employee's name,
   • Employee's nature of work, which must be a green job, and
   • Relevant qualifications of the employee appropriate for green jobs.
6. The report on the calculation of the percentage of green jobs hired during operations. The report must include the following information:
   • Total number of workers and staff hired,
   • Total number of green jobs amongst all the workers and staff hired, and
   • Percentage of green jobs hired during operations.
7. The education and skills development program for green jobs reflecting the following:
   • The regular activities identified to improve the education and skills of employed green jobs for the benefit of the project;
   • The schedule for conducting regular activities to improve the education and skills of employed green jobs;
   • The resources allocated for the implementation of the program; and
   • The documented policies and procedures for prioritizing the employment of green jobs in the project.
8. The action plan for the implementation of the education and skills development program for green jobs reflecting the following:
   • The roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the program;
   • The methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation; and
   • The documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies.
9. The purchase orders as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the strategies.
10. The communication records as proof that the education and skills development program for green jobs and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
11. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the program, which must include the following information:
    • Name of the personnel,
    • Designation and contact information, and
    • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program.
12. The monitoring reports for the implementation of the strategies and activities in the program for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period.
13. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the program. The records must consist of the following:
    • Official receipts or sales invoices,
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
14. The report on the evaluation of the implementation of the program reflecting the following:
    • The recorded outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • The assessment on whether the program was implemented successfully during the performance period;
    • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • The actions identified to further improve the education and skills development program for green jobs after the performance period.

Back to credit

Additional Information

Terms and Definitions

In the context of this credit, the following terms and definitions apply.

Green jobs

refer to decent jobs that contributes to preserving or restoring the quality of the environment. (Philippine Green Jobs Act of 2016, 2016)

This include jobs that:

• Help to protect ecosystems and biodiversity;
• Reduce energy, materials and water consumption through high efficiency strategies;
• Decarbonize the economy; and
• Minimize or altogether avoid generation of all forms of waste and pollution.

Back to credit

Additional Readings

The following readings may guide the project team in complying with the requirements:

• Republic of the Philippines. (2016). Philippine Green Jobs Act of 2016 [Republic Act No. 10771]. https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/2016/04/29/republic-act-no-10771/.

Back to credit

SE-03 Local Labor

All Stages
All Project Types
All Occupancy Types
SDG 4Quality Education SDG 8Decent Work and Economic Growth

Content

• Purpose and Intent
• Requirements
  • S1 S2 S3
• Score Distribution
  • S1 S2 S3
• Compliance Notes
  • S1 S2 S3
• Additional Information

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

• Prioritize the employment of local labor during design, construction and operations; and
• Improve the education and skills of hired local labor for the benefit of the project.

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Establish a policy for prioritizing the employment of local labor in the project.
2. Engage a professional qualified and competent in:
   • Conducting an assessment on the employment opportunities for local labor; and
   • Identifying and implementing strategies for increasing local labor opportunities in the project.
3. Conduct an assessment on the local labor opportunities in the project for design and construction. The assessment must include:
   • The activities in the project that require local labor during design and construction;
   • The local labor requirements for each activity;
   • The employment opportunities for local labor;
   • The necessary education and skills required to qualify for each employment opportunity; and
   • The recommendations to increase the local labor opportunities.
4. Hire at least twenty percent (20%) of the total employment requirements of the project from the permanent residents of the region where the project is located. The total employment requirement must be the total workforce involved in the design development up to the planning period of the project.
5. Establish an education and skills development program for local labor. The program must contain:
   • The identified activities to improve the education and skills of employed local labor for the benefit of the project; and
   • The policies and procedures for prioritizing the employment of local labor in the project.
6. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the education and skills development program for local labor. The action plan must contain:
   • The roles necessary for the implementation of the program, including the responsibilities for each role;
   • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation;
   • The policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each strategy once implemented; and
   • The communication of the education and skills development program for local labor and its action plan to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Hire at least twenty percent (20%) of the total employment requirements of the project from the permanent residents of the region where the project is located. The total employment requirements must be the total workforce involved in the site development up to the construction period of the project.
2. Implement the education and skills development program for local labor. The project team must:
   • Assign the roles and responsibilities to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the program;
   • Implement the activities to improve the education and skills of employed local labor for the benefit of the project;
   • Monitor and record the implementation of each strategy and its progress;
   • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the program to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project; and
   • Confirm the policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each implemented strategy.
3. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the education and skills development program for local labor. The project team must:
   • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the program;
   • Review if the program was implemented successfully;
   • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
   • Identify actions to further improve the education and skills development program for local labor once the project starts its operations.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Establish a policy for increasing local labor opportunities and for prioritizing the employment of local labor in the project.
2. Engage a professional qualified and competent in:
   • Conducting an assessment on the employment opportunities for local labor; and
   • Identifying and implementing strategies for increasing local labor opportunities in the project.
3. Conduct an assessment on the local labor opportunities in the project for operations. The assessment must include:
   • The activities in the project that require local labor during operations;
   • The local labor requirements for each each activity;
   • The employment opportunities for local labor;
   • The necessary education and skills required to qualify for each employment opportunity; and
   • The recommendations to increase the local labor opportunities.
4. Hire at least twenty percent (20%) of the total employment requirements of the project from the permanent residents of the region where the project is located. The total employment requirement must be the total workforce involved in the operations and maintenance of the project during the performance period.
5. Establish an education and skills development program for local labor. The program must contain:
   • The identified activities to improve the education and skills of employed local labor for the benefit of the project; and
   • The policies and procedures for prioritizing the employment of local labor in the project.
6. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the education and skills development program for local labor. The action plan must contain:
   • The roles necessary for the implementation of the program, including the responsibilities for each role;
   • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation during the performance period;
   • The policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each strategy once implemented; and
   • The communication of the education and skills development program for local labor and its action plan to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
7. Implement the education and skills development program for local labor. The project team must:
   • Assign the roles and responsibilities to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the program;
   • Implement the activities to improve the education and skills of employed local labor for the benefit of the project;
   • Monitor and record the implementation of each strategy for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period;
   • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the program to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project; and
   • Confirm the policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each implemented strategy.
8. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the education and skills development program for local labor. The project team must:
   • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the program;
   • Review if the program was implemented successfully during the performance period;
   • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
   • Identify actions to further improve the education and skills development program for local labor after the performance period.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the requirements of this credit.

All Stages

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Hired forty percent (40%) or more of the total employment requirements in the project from the permanent residents of the region where the project is located.
2 points	Hired thirty percent (30%) to less than forty percent (<40%) of the total employment requirements in the project from the permanent residents of the region where the project is located.
1 point	Hired twenty percent (20%) to less than thirty percent (<30%) of the total employment requirements in the project from the permanent residents of the region where the project is located.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The documented policy reflecting the project owner's commitment to prioritize the employment of local labor in the project.
2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional, which must include the following information:
   • Relevant qualifications and competency of the professional in:
     • Conducting an assessment on the employment opportunities for local labor; and
     • Identifying and implementing strategies for increasing local labor opportunities in the project
   • Responsibilities of the professional in the design and construction of the project; and
   • Period of engagement with the professional.
3. An assessment report on the local labor opportunities in the project for operations. The report must include the following information:
   • Activities in the project that require local labor during design and construction;
   • Local labor requirements to implement each activity;
   • Employment opportunities for local labor;
   • Necessary education and skills required to qualify for each employment opportunity; and
   • Recommendations to increase the local labor opportunities.
4. The list of all workers and staff hired during the design development up to the planning period of the project, which must include the following information:
   • Employee's name,
   • Employee's nature of work, and
   • Employee's permanent address.
5. The list of local labor hired during the design development up to the planning period of the project, which must include the following information:
   • Employee's name,
   • Employee's nature of work, and
   • Employee's permanent address, which must be from the region where the project is located.
6. The proof of residency of all workers and staff. The proof of residency must:
   • Be a valid government-issued certification or identification,
   • Reflect the employee's full name, and
   • Reflect the employee's complete address.
7. The report on the calculation of the percentage of local labor hired during design. The report must include the following information:
   • Total number of workers and staff hired,
   • Total number of local labor amongst all the workers and staff hired, and
   • Percentage of local labor hired during design.
8. The education and skills development program for local labor reflecting the following:
   • The regular activities identified to improve the education and skills of employed local labor for the benefit of the project;
   • The schedule for conducting regular activities to improve the education and skills of employed local labor;
   • The resources allocated for the implementation of the program; and
   • The documented policies and procedures for prioritizing the employment of local labor in the project.
9. The action plan for the implementation of the education and skills development program for local labor reflecting the following:
   • The roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the program;
   • The methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation; and
   • The documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies.
10. The purchase orders as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the strategies.
11. The communication records as proof that the education and skills development program for local labor and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The list of all workers and staff hired during the site development up to the construction period of the project, which must include the following information:
   • Employee's name,
   • Employee's nature of work, and
   • Employee's permanent address.
2. The list of local labor hired during the site development up to the construction period of the project, which must include the following information:
   • Employee's name,
   • Employee's nature of work, and
   • Employee's permanent address, which must be from the region where the project is located.
3. The proof of residency of all workers and staff. The proof of residency must:
   • Be a valid government-issued certification or identification,
   • Reflect the employee's full name, and
   • Reflect the employee's complete address.
4. The report on the calculation of the percentage of local labor hired during construction. The report must include the following information:
   • Total number of workers and staff hired,
   • Total number of local labor amongst all the workers and staff hired, and
   • Percentage of local labor hired during construction.
5. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the program, which must include the following information:
   • Name of the personnel,
   • Designation and contact information, and
   • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program.
6. The monitoring reports for the implementation of the strategies and activities in the program.
7. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the program. The records must consist of the following:
   • Official receipts or sales invoices,
   • Delivery receipts,
   • Installation records, and
   • Photographs.
8. The report on the evaluation of the implementation of the program reflecting the following:
   • The recorded outcomes of the implementation of the program;
   • The assessment on whether the program was implemented successfully;
   • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
   • The actions identified to further improve the education and skills development program for local labor once the project starts its operations.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The documented policy reflecting the project owner's commitment to prioritize the employment of local labor in the project.
2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional, which must include the following information:
   • Relevant qualifications and competency of the professional in:
     • Conducting an assessment on the employment opportunities for local labor; and
     • Identifying and implementing strategies for increasing local labor opportunities in the project
   • Responsibilities of the professional in the operations of the project; and
   • Period of engagement with the professional.
3. An assessment report on the local labor opportunities in the project for operations. The report must include the following information:
   • Activities in the project that require local labor during operations;
   • Local labor requirements to implement each activity;
   • Employment opportunities for local labor;
   • Necessary education and skills required to qualify for each employment opportunity; and
   • Recommendations to increase the local labor opportunities.
4. The list of all workers and staff hired during the performance period of the project, which must include the following information:
   • Employee's name,
   • Employee's nature of work, and
   • Employee's permanent address.
5. The list of local labor hired during the performance period of the project, which must include the following information:
   • Employee's name,
   • Employee's nature of work, and
   • Employee's permanent address, which must be from the region where the project is located.
6. The proof of residency of all workers and staff. The proof of residency must:
   • Be a valid government-issued certification or identification,
   • Reflect the employee's full name, and
   • Reflect the employee's complete address.
7. The report on the calculation of the percentage of local labor hired during operations. The report must include the following information:
   • Total number of workers and staff hired,
   • Total number of local labor amongst all the workers and staff hired, and
   • Percentage of local labor hired during operations.
8. The education and skills development program for local labor reflecting the following:
   • The regular activities identified to improve the education and skills of employed local labor for the benefit of the project;
   • The schedule for conducting regular activities to improve the education and skills of employed local labor;
   • The resources allocated for the implementation of the program; and
   • The documented policies and procedures for prioritizing the employment of local labor in the project.
9. The action plan for the implementation of the education and skills development program for local labor reflecting the following:
   • The roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the program;
   • The methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation; and
   • The documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies.
10. The purchase orders as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the strategies.
11. The communication records as proof that the education and skills development program for local labor and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
12. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the program, which must include the following information:
    • Name of the personnel,
    • Designation and contact information, and
    • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program.
13. The monitoring reports for the implementation of the strategies and activities in the program for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period.
14. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the program. The records must consist of the following:
    • Official receipts or sales invoices,
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
15. The report on the evaluation of the implementation of the program reflecting the following:
    • The recorded outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • The assessment on whether the program was implemented successfully;
    • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • The actions identified to further improve the education and skills development program for local labor after the performance period.

Back to credit

Additional Information

Terms and Definitions

In the context of this credit, the following terms and definitions apply.

Local labor

refers to employees, laborers or craftsmen whose permanent home address is within the region where the project is located.

Region

refers to the highest level among the four (4) hierarchical levels of geographical-political subdivisions of the Philippines. (Philippine Standard Geographic Code, 2023)

There are seventeen (17) regions in the Philippines, which are the following:

• National Capital Region (NCR);
• Cordillera Administrative Region (CAR);
• Region I (Ilocos Region);
• Region II (Cagayan Valley);
• Region III (Central Luzon);
• Region IV-A (CALABARZON);
• Region IV-B (MIMAROPA);
• Region V (Bicol Region);
• Region VI (Western Visayas);
• Region VII (Central Visayas);
• Region VIII (Eastern Visayas);
• Region IX (Zamboanga Peninsula);
• Region X (Northern Mindanao);
• Region XI (Davao Region);
• Region XII (SOCCSKSARGEN);
• Region XIII (Caraga Administrative Region); and
• Bangsamoro Autonomous Region in Muslim Mindanao (BARMM).

Back to credit

Additional Readings

The following readings may guide the project team in complying with the requirements:

• Philippine Statistics Authority. (2023). Philippine Standard Geographic Code (PSGC). https://psa.gov.ph/classification/psgc/.

Back to credit

SE-04 Women Empowerment

All Stages
All Project Types
All Occupancy Types
SDG 4Quality Education SDG 5Gender Equality SDG 8Decent Work and Economic Growth

Content

• Purpose and Intent
• Requirements
  • S1 S2 S3
• Score Distribution
  • S1 S2 S3
• Compliance Notes
  • S1 S2 S3
• Additional Information

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

• Ensure equal access of women to employment opportunities and equal pay in the design construction and operations of the project; and
• Increase the awareness of workers and staff on gender equality and diversity.

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Establish a policy for ensuring equal access of women to employment opportunities and to increase the awareness of workers and staff on gender equality and diversity.
2. Hire women for at least twenty percent (20%) of the total employment requirements of the project. The total employment requirements must be the total workforce during design development up to the planning period.
3. Establish a gender equality program for all workers and staff. The program must contain:
   • The identified activities to increase the awareness of all workers and staff on gender equality and diversity, which should include topics on:
     • Gender diversity and sensitivity, and
     • Gender equality competence.
   • The policies and procedures for increasing the employment of women in the project.
4. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the gender equality program for all workers and staff. The action plan must contain:
   • The roles necessary for the implementation of the program, including the responsibilities for each role;
   • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation;
   • The policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each strategy once implemented; and
   • The communication of the gender equality program for all workers and staff and its action plan to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Hire women for at least ten percent (10%) of the total employment requirements of the project. The total employment requirements must be the total workforce during site development up to the construction period.
2. Implement the gender equality program for all workers and staff. The project team must:
   • Assign the roles and responsibilities to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the program;
   • Implement the activities to increase the awareness of all workers and staff on gender equality and diversity;
   • Monitor and record the implementation of each strategy and its progress;
   • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the program to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project; and
   • Confirm the policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each implemented strategy.
3. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the gender equality program for all workers and staff. The project team must:
   • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the program;
   • Review if the program was implemented successfully;
   • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
   • Identify actions to further improve the gender equality program for all workers and staff once the project starts its operations.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Establish a policy for ensuring equal access of women to employment opportunities and to increase the awareness of workers and staff on gender equality and diversity.
2. Hire women for at least twenty percent (20%) of the total employment requirements of the project. The total employment requirements must be the total workforce during the performance period.
3. Establish a gender equality program for all workers and staff. The program must contain:
   • The identified activities to increase the awareness of all workers and staff on gender equality and diversity, which should include topics on:
     • Gender diversity and sensitivity, and
     • Gender equality competence.
   • The policies and procedures for increasing the employment of women in the project.
4. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the gender equality program for all workers and staff. The action plan must contain:
   • The roles necessary for the implementation of the program, including the responsibilities for each role;
   • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation during the performance period;
   • The policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each strategy once implemented; and
   • The communication of the gender equality program for all workers and staff and its action plan to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
5. Implement the gender equality program for all workers and staff. The project team must:
   • Assign the roles and responsibilities to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the program;
   • Implement the activities to increase the awareness of all workers and staff on gender equality and diversity;
   • Monitor and record the implementation of each strategy for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period;
   • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the program to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project; and
   • Confirm the policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each implemented strategy.
6. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the gender equality program for all workers and staff. The project team must:
   • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the program;
   • Review if the program was implemented successfully during the performance period;
   • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
   • Identify actions to further improve the gender equality program for all workers and staff after the performance period.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the requirements of this credit.

Stage 1 — Design

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Hired women for forty percent (40%) or more of the total employment requirements of the project during design.
2 points	Hired women for thirty percent (30%) to less than forty percent (<40%) of the total employment requirements of the project during design.
1 point	Hired women for twenty percent (20%) to less than thirty percent (<30%) of the total employment requirements of the project during design.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Hired women for fifteen percent (15%) or more of the total employment requirements in the project during construction.
2 points	Hired women for twelve percent (12%) to less than fifteen percent (<15%) of the total employment requirements in the project during construction.
1 point	Hired women for ten percent (10%) to less than twelve percent (<12%) of the total employment requirements in the project during construction.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
3 points	Hired women for forty percent (40%) or more of the total employment requirements in the project during operations.
2 points	Hired women for thirty percent (30%) to less than forty percent (<40%) of the total employment requirements in the project during operations.
1 point	Hired women for twenty percent (20%) to less than thirty percent (<30%) of the total employment requirements in the project during operations.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The documented policy reflecting the project owner's commitment to ensure equal access of women to employment opportunities and to increase the awareness of workers and staff on gender equality and diversity.
2. The list of all workers and staff hired during the design development up to the planning period of the project, which must include the following information:
   • Employee's name,
   • Employee's nature of work,
   • Employee's gender, and
   • Employment duration.
3. The report on the calculation of the percentage of women hired during design. The report must include the following information:
   • Total number of workers and staff hired,
   • Total number of women amongst all the workers and staff hired, and
   • Percentage of women hired during design.
4. The gender equality program for all workers and staff reflecting the following:
   • The regular activities identified to increase the awareness of all workers and staff on gender equality and diversity;
   • The schedule for conducting regular activities to increase the awareness of all workers and staff;
   • The resources allocated for the implementation of the program; and
   • The documented policies and procedures for increasing the employment of women in the project.
5. The action plan for the implementation of the gender equality program for all workers and staff reflecting the following:
   • The roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the program;
   • The methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation; and
   • The documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies.
6. The purchase orders as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the strategies.
7. The communication records as proof that the gender equality program and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The list of all workers and staff hired during the site development up to the construction period of the project, which must include the following information:
   • Employee's name,
   • Employee's nature of work,
   • Employee's gender, and
   • Employment duration.
2. The report on the calculation of the percentage of women hired during construction. The report must include the following information:
   • Total number of workers and staff hired,
   • Total number of women amongst all the workers and staff hired, and
   • Percentage of women hired during construction.
3. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the program, which must include the following information:
   • Name of the personnel,
   • Designation and contact information, and
   • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program.
4. The monitoring reports for the implementation of the strategies and activities in the program.
5. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the program. The records must consist of the following:
   • Official receipts or sales invoices,
   • Delivery receipts,
   • Installation records, and
   • Photographs.
6. The report on the evaluation of the implementation of the program reflecting the following:
   • The recorded outcomes of the implementation of the program;
   • The assessment on whether the program was implemented successfully;
   • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
   • The actions identified to further improve the gender equality program once the project starts its operations.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The documented policy reflecting the project owner's commitment to ensure equal access of women to employment opportunities and to increase the awareness of workers and staff on gender equality and diversity.
2. The list of all workers and staff hired during the performance period of the project, which must include the following information:
   • Employee's name,
   • Employee's nature of work,
   • Employee's gender, and
   • Employment duration.
3. The report on the calculation of the percentage of women hired during operations. The report must include the following information:
   • Total number of workers and staff hired,
   • Total number of women amongst all the workers and staff hired, and
   • Percentage of women hired during operations.
4. The gender equality program for all workers and staff reflecting the following:
   • The regular activities identified to increase the awareness of all workers and staff on gender equality and diversity;
   • The schedule for conducting regular activities to increase the awareness of all workers and staff;
   • The resources allocated for the implementation of the program; and
   • The documented policies and procedures for increasing the employment of women in the project.
5. The action plan for the implementation of the gender equality program for all workers and staff reflecting the following:
   • The roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the program;
   • The methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation; and
   • The documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies.
6. The purchase orders as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the strategies.
7. The communication records as proof that the gender equality program and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
8. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the program, which must include the following information:
   • Name of the personnel,
   • Designation and contact information, and
   • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program.
9. The monitoring reports for the implementation of the strategies and activities in the program for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period.
10. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the program. The records must consist of the following:
    • Official receipts or sales invoices,
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
11. The report on the evaluation of the implementation of the program reflecting the following:
    • The recorded outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • The assessment on whether the program was implemented successfully during the performance period;
    • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • The actions identified to further improve the gender equality program after the performance period.

Back to credit

Additional Information

Additional Readings

The following readings may guide the project team in complying with the requirements:

• Republic of the Philippines. (1989). An act strengthening the prohibition on discrimination against women [Republic Act No. 6725]. https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/1989/05/12/republic-act-no-6725/.

Back to credit

Credit Alignment to PHILGBC Certification Programs

This credit is aligned with the requirements of the SOC-02 Diversity and Inclusion under the PHILGBC Health and Well-being for Buildings — Version 1.0.0.

Back to credit

SE-05 Community Facility

All Stages
All Project Types
All Occupancy Types
SDG 11Sustainable Cities and Communities

Content

• Purpose and Intent
• Requirements
  • S1 S2 S3
• Score Distribution
  • S1 S2 S3
• Compliance Notes
  • S1 S2 S3
• Additional Information

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to contribute to positive community engagement and public benefit by providing spaces within the project for non-commercial events and functions for the local community.

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Establish a policy for providing and maintaining a community facility in the project.
2. Identify and engage potential beneficiary communities or partner community organizations to use the community facility.
3. Consult the representatives of the potential beneficiary communities or partner community organizations. The project team must discuss the following during the consultation:
   • The project's background and its sustainability features;
   • The objective of providing a community facility in the project; and
   • The needs of the potential beneficiary communities or partner community organizations, including the potential uses of the community facility.
4. Design or designate a community facility in the project. The community facility must be:
   • 0.5% or more of the total gross floor area (TGFA) of the project, but must be at least 50 m² floor area;
   • For the shared use of the potential beneficiary community or partner community organization;
   • Used of non-commercial events or activities for public or social benefit; and
   • Used free-of-charge by the potential beneficiary community or partner community organization.

Educational buildings

For Educational buildings, the project team must:

1. Ensure that at least three (3) of the following spaces in the building are accessible to and available for the shared use of the public:
   • Auditorium,
   • Gymnasium,
   • Classrooms,
   • Playing fields and stadiums, and
   • Parking spaces.
2. Provide access to toilets in joint-use areas after normal school hours.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must construct or designate the community facility in the project.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

1. Establish a policy for providing and maintaining a community facility in the project.
2. Evaluate the existing programs for engaging the local community and community organizations near the project.
3. Establish a program for providing a community facility in the project. The program must contain:
   • The engagement of potential beneficiary communities or partner community organizations for the community facility;
   • The consultation with the representatives of the potential beneficiary communities or partner community organizations. The project team must discuss the following during the consultation:
     • The project's background and its sustainability features;
     • The objective of providing a community facility in the project; and
     • The needs of the potential beneficiary communities or partner community organizations, including the potential uses of the community facility;
   • The designation of a community facility in the project. The community facility must be:
     • 0.5% or more of the total gross floor area (TGFA) of the project, but must be at least 50 m² floor area;
     • For the shared use of the potential beneficiary community or partner community organization;
     • Used of non-commercial events or activities for public or social benefit; and
     • Used free-of-charge by the potential beneficiary community or partner community organization.
   • The policies and procedures for the use of the community facility.
4. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the program for providing a community facility in the project. The action plan must contain:
   • The roles necessary for the implementation of the program, including the responsibilities for each role;
   • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation during the performance period;
   • The policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each strategy once implemented; and
   • The communication of the program for providing a community facility and its action plan to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
5. Implement the program for providing a community facility in the project. The project team must:
   • Assign the roles and responsibilities to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the program;
   • Construct or designate the community facility in the project. If the project team designated an existing space within the project as a community facility, the project team must ensure that the space conforms with the same design requirements for the facility;
   • Monitor and record the implementation of each strategy for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period;
   • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the program to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project; and
   • Confirm the policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each implemented strategy.
6. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the program for providing a community facility in the project. The project team must:
   • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the program;
   • Review if the program was implemented successfully during the performance period;
   • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
   • Identify actions to further improve the program for providing a community facility in the project after the performance period.

Educational buildings

For Educational buildings, the project team must:

1. Ensure that at least three (3) of the following spaces in the building are accessible to and available for the shared use of the public:
   • Auditorium,
   • Gymnasium,
   • Classrooms,
   • Playing fields and stadiums, and
   • Parking spaces.
2. Provide access to toilets in joint-use areas after normal school hours.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the requirements of this credit.

Stage 1 — Design

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
1 point	Designed or designated a community facility in the project for potential beneficiary communities or partner community organizations.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
1 point	Constructed or designated a community facility in the project for potential beneficiary communities or partner community organizations.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

The project may be awarded:	if the project team:
1 point	Constructed or designated a community facility in the project for potential beneficiary communities or partner community organizations.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The documented policy reflecting the project owner's commitment to build and maintain a community facility in the project.
2. The proof of engagement with the beneficiary communities or partner community organizations for the use of the community facility, which must include the following information:
   • Name of the beneficiary community or partner community organization;
   • Name of the representative;
   • Contact information;
   • Agreement to use the community facility free-of-charge for non-commercial events or activities; and
   • Period of engagement with the beneficiary community or partner community organization.
3. The documentation on the stakeholder consultations conducted before finalizing the design of the project. The documentation must consist of:
   • Attendance list for each consultation;
   • Agenda and proceedings of each consultation;
   • Recommendations from the materially affected stakeholders during each consultation, which must be include the design or designation of a community facility; and
   • Photographs for each conducted stakeholder consultation.
4. The plans and specifications of the community facility reflecting the following:
   • The design and location of the community facility; and
   • The size of the community facility in m².
5. The documented policies and procedures for the use of the community facility.
6. The purchase orders as proof of the intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the strategies.

Educational buildings

For Educational buildings, if the project team will extend the use of the school facilities for the beneficiary communities or partner community organizations, the project team should also submit:

1. The plans of the school facilities reflecting the following:
   • The design and location of the school facility;
   • The use of the school facility, which may include:
     • Auditorium,
     • Gymnasium,
     • Classrooms,
     • Playing fields and stadiums, and
     • Parking spaces;
   • The size of the school facilities for shared use in m².
2. The proof of engagement with the beneficiary communities or partner community organizations for the shared use of the school facilities, which must include the following information:
   • Name of the beneficiary community or partner community organization;
   • Name of the representative;
   • Contact information;
   • Agreement to allow the shared use of the school facilities with the beneficiary communities or partner community organizations;
   • Period of engagement with the beneficiary community or partner community organization; and
   • Policies and procedures for the use of the shared facilities.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Construction

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The as-built plans and specifications of the community facility reflecting the following:
   • The implemented design and location of the community facility; and
   • The size of the community facility in m².
2. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies. The records must consist of the following:
   • Official receipts or sales invoices,
   • Delivery receipts,
   • Installation records, and
   • Photographs.

Back to credit

Stage 3 — Operations

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

1. The documented policy reflecting the project owner's commitment to build and maintain a community facility in the project.
2. The report on the evaluation of the existing programs for engaging the local community and community organizations near the project.
3. The proof of engagement with the beneficiary communities or partner community organizations for the use of the community facility, which must include the following information:
   • Name of the beneficiary community or partner community organization;
   • Name of the representative;
   • Contact information;
   • Agreement to use the community facility free-of-charge for non-commercial events or activities; and
   • Period of engagement with the beneficiary community or partner community organization.
4. The documentation on the stakeholder consultations conducted before finalizing the design of the project. The documentation must consist of:
   • Attendance list for each consultation;
   • Agenda and proceedings of each consultation;
   • Recommendations from the materially affected stakeholders during each consultation, which must be include the design or designation of a community facility; and
   • Photographs for each conducted stakeholder consultation.
5. The action plan for the implementation of the program for providing a community facility in the project reflecting the following:
   • The roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the program;
   • The methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation; and
   • The documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies.
6. The purchase orders as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the strategies.
7. The communication records as proof that the program for providing a community facility in the project and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
8. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the program, which must include the following information:
   • Name of the personnel,
   • Designation and contact information, and
   • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program.
9. The as-built plans and specifications of the community facility reflecting the following:
   • The implemented design and location of the community facility; and
   • The size of the community facility in m².
10. The monitoring reports for the implementation of the strategies and activities in the program for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period.
11. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the program. The records must consist of the following:
    • Official receipts or sales invoices,
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
12. The report on the evaluation of the implementation of the program reflecting the following:
    • The recorded outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • The assessment on whether the program was implemented successfully during the performance period;
    • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • The actions identified to further improve the program for providing a community facility in the project after the performance period.

Back to credit

Additional Information

Terms and Definitions

In the context of this credit, the following terms and definitions apply.

Community facility

refers to a space within the project provided for the shared use of a beneficiary community or a partner community organization for non-commercial events or activities for public or social benefits. Community facilities are used free-of-charge by the beneficiary community or partner community organization.

Back to credit

System Glossary

In the context of BERDE — Buildings, the following terms and definitions apply.

A to E

A

Acceptable Indoor Air Quality (IAQ)

refers to the air in which there are no known contaminants at harmful concentrations as determined by cognizant authorities and with which a substantial majority (80% or more) of the people exposed do not express dissatisfaction. (ASHRAE Standard 62.1, 2022)

Acceptable Thermal Environment

refers to a thermal environment that a substantial majority (80% or more) of the occupants find thermally acceptable. (ASHRAE Standard 55, 2023)

Accessibility

refers to the principle of giving equal access to everyone, including access to physical environment, to transportation, to information and communications, and to other facilities and services provided to the public. (UN Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities, 2006)

Accessible Parking Spaces

refers to parking spaces designated for the exclusive use of persons with disabilities (PWDs) and elderly.

Active Design

refers to design that encourages physical activity within indoor or outdoor spaces.

Ambient Air

refers to the air surrounding a building, the source of outdoor air brought into a building, etc. (ASHRAE Standard 62.1, 2022)

Ambient Air Quality

refers to the general amount of pollution present in a broad area; and refers to the atmosphere's average purity as distinguished from discharge measurements taken at the source of pollution. (Republic Act No. 8749, 1999)

Areas for Priority Development

refer to areas declared as priority for development under existing laws and relevant regulations.

As-built Case

refers to a model, calculation, or set of data after the implementation of strategies reflecting a project's projected or actual performance improvement compared to the base case.

As-built Plan

refers to the set of working drawings submitted by the contractor or service provider after project completion. It defines all of the changes made in the plans and specification during the construction stage, and it shows the exact dimensions, geometry and location of all elements of the work completed under the contract.

Asian Utility Vehicle (AUV)

see Utility Vehicle (UV) Express Service.

Assessment

refers to the process of verifying the compliance to specified requirements.

Assessor

refers to a qualified and competent professional duly assigned to a specific project undergoing certification to assess its compliance with the requirements of the rating scheme it is registered under.

B

Backlight, Uplight, and Glare (BUG) Rating

refers to the measurement used to evaluate luminaire optical performance related to light trespass, sky glow, and high angle brightness control. (IES TM-15-20, 2020)

• Backlight (B) refers to the light directed behind the luminaire;
• Uplight (U) refers to any light directed upward above the horizontal plane; and
• Glare (G) refers to the amount of light emitted from the luminaire at high angles.

Backlight

see Backlight, Uplight and Glare (BUG) Rating.

Barangay

refers to the basic political unit that serves as the primary planning and implementing unit of government policies, plans, programs, projects, and activities in the community. (Republic Act No. 7160, 1991)

Base Case

refers to a model, calculation, or set of data prior to the implementation of strategies that is used as the basis for comparison when measuring a project's performance.

Battery Electric Vehicle (BEV)

refers to an electrically propelled vehicle with only a traction battery as power source for vehicle propulsion. (Republic Act No. 11697, 2022)

BERDE Green Building Rating Scheme

refers to the document that outlines the credits and requirements for green building projects. Each rating scheme is designed to address a different scope, which may be based on the project’s development stage or building typology.

BERDE Green Building Rating System

refers to the system developed under the BERDE Program to measure, verify, monitor the performance of projects above and beyond building and environmental laws, regulations and mandatory standards.

BERDE (Building for Ecologically Responsive Design Excellence) Program

refers to the program established by the PHILGBC as the venue for the continuous development and improvement of the National Voluntary Green Building Rating System in the Philippines. The BERDE Program was established as an appropriate response to the Philippine building industry’s need to proactively address the negative impacts of climate change in the property sector.

Bill of Materials

refers to the list or tabulation of products, materials and equipment specified for the project, including the estimated cost per unit for each specified product, material or equipment. It must be duly signed by the relevant professional, and duly signed and approved by the project owner.

Biodiversity

refers to the variability among all living organisms from all sources including terrestrial, marine and other aquatic ecosystems and the ecological complexes of which they are part; this includes diversity within species, between species and of ecosystems. (UN Convention on Biological Diversity, 1992)

Biomass Resources

refers to non-fossilized, biodegradable organic material originating from naturally occurring or cultured plants, animals and microorganisms, including agricultural products, by-products and residues that can be used in bioconversion process and other processes, as well as gases and liquids recovered from the decomposition or extraction of non-fossilized and biodegradable organic materials. (Republic Act No. 9513, 2008)

Blackwater

refers to wastewater or sewage which originates from toilets and kitchens that has gross fecal coliform contamination and generally has high concentrations of organic matter.

Brownfield

refers to areas that have site contamination, and must be remediated prior to its use.

Building Automation System (BAS)

refers to an energy management system, usually with additional capabilities, relating to the overall operation of the building in which it is installed, such as equipment monitoring, protection of equipment against power failure, and building security. It may also be a direct digital control (DDC) system where the mode of control uses digital outputs to control processes or elements directly. (ASHRAE Terminologies, n.d.)

Building Envelope

refers to the exterior (the elements of a building that separate conditioned spaces from the exterior) plus semi-exterior (the elements of a building that separate conditioned space from unconditioned space) portions of a building. (ASHRAE Standard 90.1, 2022)

Building water systems

refers to potable and non-potable water systems in the building or on the site. (ASHRAE Standard 188, 2021)

Building Management System (BMS)

see Building Automation System (BAS).

Built Heritage

refers to architectural and engineering structures, such as bridges, government buildings, houses of ancestry, traditional dwellings, quartels, train stations, lighthouses, small ports, educational, technological and industrial complexes, and their settings, and landscapes with notable historical and cultural significance. (Republic Act No. 10066, 2010)

C

Carpooling

refers to an arrangement in which a group of people commute together by car.

Category

refers to each priority area for green buildings that forms part of the Core Framework of BERDE.

Certification Manager (CM)

refers to a staff directly employed by the PHILGBC, which has managerial and technical background and experience, that facilitates the assessment and certification process for the project. The CM is responsible for:

• Managing the administrative end of the certification process for the project;
• Communicating administrative matters to the MR and the GBP; and
• If necessary, coordinating with Consulting Assessors and Subject Matter Experts for the assessment of the project.

Certified Energy Conservation Officer (CECO)

refers to a professional who obtains a certification as a CECO after demonstrating high levels of experience, competence, proficiency and ethical fitness in the energy management profession, and who shall be responsible for the supervision and maintenance of the facilities of Type 1 designated establishments for the proper management of energy consumption and such other functions deemed necessary for the efficient and judicious utilization of energy. (Republic Act No. 11285, 2019)

Certified Energy Manager (CEM)

refers to a licensed engineer who obtains a certification as a CEM after demonstrating high levels of experience, competence, proficiency and ethical fitness in the energy management profession, and who shall be chosen by Type 2 designated establishments to plan, lead, manage, coordinate, monitor, evaluate the implementation of sustainable energy management within their organizations. (Republic Act No. 11285, 2019)

Certified green buildings

refer to green building projects that were certified under one of the following:

• BERDE — Buildings; or
• Green building rating system for buildings and tenants developed or duly recognized by a member National Green Building Council of the World Green Building Council.

Certified green districts

refer to green district projects that were certified under one of the following:

• BERDE — Districts; or
• Green building rating system for communities or campuses developed or duly recognized by a member National Green Building Council of the World Green Building Council.

Certified BERDE Assessor (CBA)

refers to a qualified and competent professional certified by the PHILGBC as an assessor or a peer reviewer for projects undergoing BERDE certification.

Certified BERDE Professional (CBP)

refers to a qualified and competent professional certified by PHILGBC as a green building professional for projects undergoing BERDE certification.

Charette

refers to meetings or workshops with members of the project team to collaboratively contribute to the project's design, construction and operations in line with the project's sustainability goals and performance targets.

Circular Economy

refers to an economy that is restorative and regenerative by design, and which aims to keep products, components and materials at their highest utility and value at all times, distinguishing between technical and biological cycles. (ISO Standard 20400, 2017)

Clutter

refers to the bright, confusing and excessive groupings of light sources. (International Dark Sky Association, n.d.)

Collection (Waste)

refers to the act of removing solid waste from the source or from a communal storage point. (Republic Act No. 9003, 2001)

Commissioning (Cx)

see Commissioning Process.

Commissioning Process (Cx Process)

refers to a quality-focused process for enhancing the delivery of a project. The process focuses upon verifying and documenting that all of the commissioned systems and assemblies are planned, designed, installed, tested, operated, and maintained to meet the Owner's Project Requirements. (ASHRAE Standard 202, 2018)

Community Facilities

refer to facilities or structures intended to serve common needs and for the benefit of the community. (Revised IRR for Presidential Decree No. 957, 2009)

Community Garden

refers to the land cultivated by a group of individuals and planted with various high value crops. (DA Memorandum Circular No. 42, 2020)

Community-based Enterprise

refers to businesses formed by communities to engage in business activities to improve their social welfare. Products made by these enterprises are made by sustainable and upcycled materials.

Compliance Notes

refers to the section in each credit under BERDE that outlines the documentation that project teams should submit during the assessment process to demonstrate compliance with the requirements and satisfy the intent of each target credit.

Composting

refers to controlled decomposition of organic matter by microorganisms, mainly bacteria and fungi, into a humus-like product. (Republic Act No. 9003, 2001)

Compressed Natural Gas (CNG)

refers to natural gas which has been compressed and stored for use as a vehicle fuel. (ISO Standard 15500-1, 2015)

Construction Activity Pollution Prevention and Control

refers to measures aimed at preventing or reducing pollution caused by construction activities on the project site. These measures may include erosion and sediment controls, best management practices, and stormwater pollution prevention plans, among others.

Construction Waste

refers to waste generated as a result from construction activities, including wastes from building materials and site preparation activities.

Contingency Planning

refers to a management process that analyzes specific potential events or emerging situations that might threaten society or the environment and establishes arrangements in advance to enable timely, effective and appropriate responses to such events and situations. (Republic Act No. 10121, 2010)

Contractor

refers to any person or entity, including a cooperative, engaged in a legitimate contracting or subcontracting arrangement providing either services, skilled workers, temporary workers, or a combination of services to a principal under a service agreement. (DOLE Department Order No. 18-02, 2011)

Cooling Capacity

refers to the designed maximum rate at which equipment removes heat from a fluid under specified conditions of operation. (ASHRAE Terminologies, n.d.)

Cooling Load

refers to the amount of cooling per unit time required by the conditioned space or product. It may also refer to the heat that a cooling system must remove from a controlled system over time. (ASHRAE Terminologies, n.d.)

Credit

refers to the specific objectives a project may pursue under each Category in BERDE. Credits include the specific purpose and intent addressing the environmental, economic, or social aspects of the project, and the requirements reflecting the compliance pathways towards these objectives.

Cultural Heritage

refers to the totality of cultural property preserved and developed through time and passed on to posterity. (Republic Act No. 10066, 2010)

Cultural Property

refers to all products of human creativity by which a people and a nation reveal their identity, including churches, mosques and other places of religious worship, schools and natural history specimens and sites, whether public or privately-owned, movable or immovable, and tangible or intangible. (Republic Act No. 10066, 2010)

D

Daylight

refers to direct, diffuse, and/or reflected light that originates at the sun. (IES LS-1-22, 2022)

Daylight Area

refers to the floor area substantially illuminated by daylight. (ASHRAE Standard 90.1, 2022)

Deconstruction

refers to the process of systematically dismantling buildings and structures to maximize the reuse and recycling potential of their components. Deconstruction significantly reduces the amount of construction waste that goes into landfills by salvaging materials for future use.

Demolition

refers to the systematic dismantling or destruction of a building, in whole or in part. (Philippine Green Building Code, 2015)

Design Case

refers to a model, calculation, or set of data prior to the implementation of strategies reflecting a project's projected performance improvement compared to the base case.

Designated Smoking Area (DSA)

refers to an area where smoking is permitted. DSAs may be open spaces or separate enclosed areas with proper ventilation. (Executive Order No. 26, 2017)

Disabled Persons

see Person with disability (PWD).

Disaster

refers to a serious disruption of the functioning of a community or a society involving widespread human, material, economic or environmental losses and impacts, which exceeds the ability of the affected community or society to cope using its own resources. (Republic Act No. 10121, 2010)

Disaster Mitigation

refers to the lessening or limitation of the adverse impacts of hazards and related disasters. Mitigation measures encompass engineering techniques and hazard-resistant construction as well as improved environmental policies and public awareness. (Republic Act No. 10121, 2010)

Disaster Preparedness

refers to the knowledge and capacities developed by governments, professional response and recovery organizations, communities and individuals to effectively anticipate, respond to, and recover from, the impacts of likely, imminent or current hazard events or conditions. Preparedness action is carried out within the context of disaster risk reduction and management and aims to build the capacities needed to efficiently manage all types of emergencies and achieve orderly transitions from response to sustained recovery. (Republic Act No. 10121, 2010)

Disaster Prevention

refers to the outright avoidance of adverse impacts of hazards and related disasters. It expresses the concept and intention to completely avoid potential adverse impacts through action taken in advance. (Republic Act No. 10121, 2010)

Disaster Response

refers to the provision of emergency services and public assistance during or immediately after a disaster in order to save lives, reduce health impacts, ensure public safety and meet the basic subsistence needs of the people affected. Disaster response is predominantly focused on immediate and short-term needs and is sometimes called “disaster relief”. (Republic Act No. 10121, 2010)

Disaster Risk Reduction

refers to the concept and practice of reducing disaster risks through systematic efforts to analyze and manage the causal factors of disasters, including through reduced exposures to hazards, lessened vulnerability of people and property, wise management of land and the environment, and improved preparedness for adverse events. (Republic Act No. 10121, 2010)

Disposal (Waste)

refers to the discharge, deposit, dumping, spilling, leaking or placing any solid waste into or in any land. (Republic Act No. 9003, 2001)

Diversion (Waste)

refers to activities which reduce or eliminate the amount of solid wastes from waste disposal facilities. (Republic Act No. 9003, 2001)

Drinking Water

refers to water intended for direct human consumption or for use in food preparation and related processes. (DOH Administrative Order No. 2017-0010, 2017)

E

Early Warning System

refers to the set of capacities needed to generate and disseminate timely and meaningful warning information to enable individuals, communities and organizations threatened by a hazard to prepare and to act appropriately and in sufficient time to reduce the possibility of harm or loss. (Republic Act No. 10121, 2010)

Ecological Features

refer to features with significant ecological value and contributes to the biodiversity of the area, and are essential for providing ecosystem services to the area. Ecological features may include:

• Key biodiversity areas;
• Protected areas;
• Vegetation;
• Forests;
• Inland water or wetlands; and
• Floras and faunas.

Effluent

refers to discharges from known sources which is passed into a body of water or land, or wastewater flowing out of a manufacturing plant, industrial plant including domestic, commercial and recreational facilities. (Republic Act No. 9275, 2004)

Elderly

refers to individuals belonging to the age group 60 years and over. (Philippine Statistics Authority, n.d.)

Electric Vehicle (EV)

refers to a vehicle with at least one (1) electric drive for vehicle propulsion. EVs include battery electric vehicles (BEVs), hybrid-electric vehicles (HEVs), and plug-in hybrid-electric vehicles (PHEV). (Adapted: Republic Act No. 11697, 2022)

Electric Vehicle Charging Station (EVCS)

Refers to a facility with equipment for the delivery of electrical energy to electric vehicles or its battery, installed in an enclosure with special control functions and communications, and may be located off the vehicle. EVCS should also include battery swapping stations. (Republic Act No. 11697, 2022)

EVCS Service Provider

Refers to a natural or juridical person, duly accredited by the Department of Energy, who sells, constructs, installs, maintains, owns or operates EVCS or any of its components for a fee. (Republic Act No. 11697, 2022)

Emergency Management

refers to the organization and management of resources and responsibilities for addressing all aspects of emergencies, in particular preparedness, response and initial recovery steps. (Republic Act No. 10121, 2010)

Emissions

refers to any contaminant, pollutant, gas stream or unwanted sound from a known source which is passed into the atmosphere. (Republic Act No. 8749, 1999)

Energy

refers to all types of energy available commercially, including natural gas (liquid natural gas and liquid oil gas), all heating and cooling fuels (including district heating and district cooling), coal, transport fuels, and renewable energy sources. (Republic Act No. 11285, 2019)

Energy Audit

refers to the evaluation of energy consumption and review of current energy cost to determine appropriate intervention measures and efficiency projects in which energy can be judiciously and efficiently used to achieve savings. It may refer to a walk-through audit, a preliminary audit, or a detailed audit. (Republic Act No. 11285, 2019)

Energy Auditor

refers to certified individuals or entities who have proven credibility and competence to conduct an energy audit. (Republic Act No. 11285, 2019)

Energy Conservation

refers to the reduction of losses and wastage of various energy stages from energy production to energy consumption through the adoption of appropriate measures that are technologically feasible, economically sound, environmentally friendly, and socially affordable. (Republic Act No. 11285, 2019)

Energy Efficiency

refers to the way of managing and restraining the growth in energy consumption resulting in the delivery of more services for the same energy input or the same services for less energy input. (Republic Act No. 11285, 2019)

Environmentally Critical Areas (ECAs)

refer to areas delineated as environmentally sensitive such that significant environmental impact are expected if certain type of proposed projects or programs are located, developed or implement in it. (IRR for Presidential Decree No. 1586, 2003)

Experiential Learning

refers to a method of learning involving first-hand experiences for a specific subject.

Exposure

refers to the degree to which the elements at risk are likely to experience hazard events of different magnitudes. (Republic Act No. 10121, 2010)

F to J

F

Fit-out

refers to the process of providing the tenants within a building with building services, including heating, lighting, water supply, drainage services, gas supply, electrical supply, fire protection, garbage disposal services, waste disposal services, air conditioning, and security protection. (Dictionary of Architecture and Construction (4th Ed.), 2006)

Flood

refers to a progressive abnormal increase in the elevation of the surface level of stream flow until it reaches a maximum height from which the level slowly drops to what is its normal level. (Philippine Atmospheric, Geophysical, and Astronomical Services Administration, n.d.)

Food crops

refer to subsistence crops that are meant for human consumption. These include fruits, vegetables, grains and tubers.

G

Geothermal Resources

refer to mineral resources, classified as renewable energy source, in the form of all products of geothermal processes, embracing indigenous steam, hot water and hot brines, heat or associated energy found in geothermal formations, and any by-product derived from them. (Republic Act No. 9513, 2008)

Glare

refers to the intense and blinding light that reduces visibility. It also refers to a light within the field of vision that is brighter than the brightness to which the eyes are adapted. (International Dark Sky Association, n.d.)

Global Warming Potential (GWP)

refers to an index developed to provide a simplified means of describing the relative ability of a chemical compound to affect radiative forcing, if emitted to the atmosphere, over its lifetime in the atmosphere, and thereby to affect the global climate. Radiative forcing reflects the factors that affect the balance between the energy absorbed by the earth and the energy emitted by it in the form of longwave infrared radiation. The GWP is defined on a mass basis relative to carbon dioxide. The GWP for a compound must be calculated up to a particular integrated time horizon, for example, 20, 100, or 500 years. The time horizon most widely accepted is 100 years. (ASHRAE Terminologies, n.d.)

Graywater

refers to water that is not intended for potable use. Graywater is treated to ensure effluent quality is within acceptable levels prior to discharge or reuse.

Green Building

refers to (i) (n) a certified project that is conceptualized, planned, designed, constructed, and operated in an environmentally, economically, and socially sustainable manner; or (ii) (v) the process of planning, designing, constructing, and operating a building in the most resource-efficient manner, with the least environmental impact.

Green Building Professional (GBP)

refers to a qualified and competent professional trained on green buildings and green building rating systems, and are certified or accredited under a green building certification program for professionals. GBPs support projects teams in facilitating the efficient delivery of the green building certification of projects.

Green Cleaning

refers to the use of cleaning methods and products which are designed to preserve human health and well-being, and to lessen, if not eliminate, negative environmental impact.

Green Jobs

refer to decent jobs that contributes to preserving or restoring the quality of the environment, this include jobs that help to protect ecosystems and biodiversity, reduce energy, materials and water consumption through high efficiency strategies, decarbonize the economy, and minimize or altogether avoid generation of all forms of waste and pollution. (Republic Act No. 10771, 2016)

Green Materials

refer to materials that are environmentally responsible, and consider the life cycle of products.

Green Procurement

refers to the activity of acquiring goods or services from suppliers that has the most positive environmental, social and economic impacts possible over the entire life cycle. It involves the sustainability aspects related to the goods or services and the suppliers along the supply chain. Sourcing is a part of the procurement process that includes planning, defining specifications and selecting suppliers. (ISO Standard 20400, 2017)

Green Roof

see Vegetative Roof System.

Greenhouse farming

refers to the use of technology for crops in framed or inflated structures covered with translucent or transparent materials that are large enough to grow crops under partial or fully controlled environmental conditions to get optimum growth and productivity. (DA Memorandum Circular No. 42, 2020)

Greenhouse Gas (GHG)

refers to gases that can potentially or can reasonably be expected to induce global warming, which include carbon dioxide, oxides of nitrogen, chlorofluorocarbons, and the like. (Republic Act No. 8749, 1999)

Gross Floor Area (GFA)

refers to the total floor space within the perimeter of the permanent external building walls such as office areas, residential areas, corridors, lobbies and mezzanine levels. (Revised IRR for Presidential Decree No. 1096, 2005)

H

Hardscapes

refers to site paved areas, including roads, driveways, parking lots, walkways, courtyards, and plazas. (ASHRAE Standard 189.1, 2023)

Hazard

refers to a dangerous phenomenon, substance, human activity or condition that may cause loss of life, injury or other health impacts, property damage, loss of livelihood and services, social and economic disruption, or environmental damage. (Republic Act No. 10121, 2010)

Heat Island Effect

refers to the tendency of urban areas to be at a warmer temperature than surrounding rural areas. (ASHRAE Standard 189.1, 2023)

Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning (HVAC) System

refers to the equipment, distribution systems, and terminals that provide, either collectively or individually, the processes of heating, ventilating, or air conditioning to a building or portion of a buildings. (ASHRAE Standard 90.1, 2022)

Heritage

refers to the totality of cultural property preserved and developed through time and passed on to posterity. (Republic Act No. 10066, 2010)

Heritage Zones

refers to the historical, anthropological, archaeological, artistic geographical areas and settings that are culturally significant to the country, as declared by the National Museum and by the National Historical Institute. (Republic Act No. 10066, 2010)

Hot Spots

refer to specific areas within the site that has a temperature higher than the ambient temperature.

Hybrid-electric Vehicles (HEV)

refers to a vehicle with both a rechargeable energy storage system and a fueled power source for propulsion. (Republic Act No. 11697, 2022)

Hydropower Resources

refer to water resources found technically feasible for development of hydropower projects which include rivers, lakes, waterfalls, irrigation canals, springs, ponds, and other water bodies. (Republic Act No. 9513, 2008)

I

Idle Lands

refer to areas within the project that are for non-agricultural uses and without any improvements made by the owner. (Republic Act No. 7279, 1992)

Illumination

refers to the application of light to a scene, objects, or their surroundings so that they may be seen. (IEC 60050-845, 1987)

Illumination Level

refers to the quantitative illuminance on a specific area within the project. It is expressed in Lux. (Adapted: IES LS-1-22, 2022)

Indigenous Cultural Community (ICC)

refers to a group of people sharing common bonds of language, customs, traditions, and other distinctive cultural traits, and who have, since time immemorial occupied, possessed and utilized a territory. (Republic Act No. 11038, 2018)

Indigenous People (IP)

see Indigenous Cultural Community (ICC).

Indoor Air Quality (IAQ)

refers to the attributes of the respirable air inside a building (indoor climate), including gaseous composition, humidity, temperature, and contaminants. (ASHRAE Terminologies, n.d.)

Indoor Environment Quality (IEQ)

a perceived indoor experience of the building indoor environment that includes aspects of design, analysis, and operation of energy efficient, healthy, and comfortable buildings. Fields of specialization include architecture, HVAC design, thermal comfort, indoor air quality (IAQ), lighting, acoustics, and control systems. (ASHRAE Terminologies, n.d.)

J

K to O

K

Key Establishments

refers to establishments that offer products or services that caters to the necessities of people within the vicinity.

L

Landfill

refers to a waste disposal site designed, constructed, operated and maintained in a manner that exerts engineering control over significant potential environment impacts arising from the development and operation of the facility. (Republic Act No. 9003, 2001)

Landscape

refers to a land area distinguished by differences in land forms, vegetation, land, use, cultural additional-reading, and aesthetic characteristics within a geographical region. (FMB Forest-related Terms and Definitions, 2006)

Leasable Space

refers to the total floor area designed for tenant occupancy and tenant use. (Dictionary of Architecture and Construction (4th Ed.), 2006)

Legionella

refers to the name of the genus of bacteria that was subsequently identified as the causative pathogen associated with the 1976 outbreak of disease at the American Legion convention in Philadelphia. Legionella are common aquatic bacteria found in natural and building water systems, as well as in some soils. (ASHRAE Standard 188, 2022)

Light Fixture

see Luminaire.

Light Trespass

refers to the encroachment of light, typically across property boundaries, causing annoyance, loss of privacy, or other nuisance. (IES LS-1-22, 2022)

Lighting Zone (Indoor Lighting)

refers to any number of individual luminaires in a space that, when combined, form a logical control group. (IES LS-1-22, 2022)

Lighting Zone (Outdoor Lighting)

refers to one of several categories (descriptive or prescriptive) that designate outdoor ambient light levels in a particular space. (IES LS-1-22, 2022)

Lighting zones are categorized as follows:

• LZ0: No ambient lighting are areas where the natural environment will be seriously and adversely affected by lighting. When not needed, lighting should be extinguished.
• LZ1: Low ambient lighting are areas where lighting might adversely affect flora and fauna or disturb the character of the area. Lighting may be used for safety and convenience but it is not necessarily uniform or continuous.
• LZ2: Moderate ambient lighting are areas of human activity where the vision of human residents and users is adapted to moderate light levels. Lighting may typically be used for safety and convenience but it is not necessarily uniform or continuous.
• LZ3: Moderately high ambient lightingare areas of human activity where the vision of human residents and users is adapt to moderately high light levels. Lighting is generally desired for safety, security and convenience and it is often uniform or continuous.
• LZ4: High ambient lightingare areas of human activity where the vision og human residents and users is adapted to high light levels. Lighting is generally considered necessary for safety, security and convenience and it is mostly uniform or continuous.

Local Labor

refers to employees, staff members, laborers or craftsmen whose permanent residence is within at least the region where the project is located.

Local Procurement

refers to the activity of acquiring goods from suppliers, which are manufactured locally. Sourcing is a part of the procurement process that includes planning, defining specifications and selecting suppliers.

Locally Manufactured Materials

refer to products, materials and equipment that are manufactured locally. Locally manufactured materials must be permanently installed in the project.

Luminaire

refers to complete lighting unit consisting of a light source(s) and ballast(s) or driver(s) (when applicable), together with the parts designed to distribute the light, to position and protect the light source(s), and to connect the light source(s) to the power supply. (IES-LS-1-22, 2022)

M

Management Representative (MR)

refers to the official representative of the project owner for the BERDE Certification of the project. The MR must:

• Be employed by the project owner and part of the senior management;
• Coordinate and communicate with the Certification Manager (CM) for the process; and
• Provide timely decision making for the efficient implementation of the process.

Materially Affected Stakeholders

refer to individuals or organizations that have a significant impact on or are significantly impacted by the project. These stakeholders may influence the project's sustainability performance and may be influenced by the project team's actions and the outcomes of the strategies implemented for the green building project. Understanding and managing stakeholders' interests and expectations is often crucial for the successful delivery and effective operations of the green building project.

Materials Recovery Facility (MRF)

refers to a facility with a solid waste transfer station or sorting station, drop-off center, a composting facility, and a recycling facility. (Republic Act No. 9003, 2001)

Mechanical Ventilation

refers to the ventilation provided by mechanically powered equipment such as motor-driven fans and blowers but not by devices such as wind-driven turbine ventilators and mechanically operated windows. (ASHRAE Standard 62.1, 2022)

Microbes

refers to a microorganism, especially a pathogenic one such as a bacterium, protozoan, or fungus. (Encyclopedia and Dictionary of Medicine, 2005)

Microbial Contamination

refers to the exposure to biological agents that pollute indoor air and water systems and are hazards to human health. Exposure to microbial contaminants is clinically associated with respiratory symptoms, allergies, asthma and immunological reactions, and generally associated with health risks due to water quality.

Microclimate

refers to the temperature of a specific area that differs from the ambient temperature of its surroundings.

N

Natural Gas Vehicle (NGV)

refers to a road vehicle powered by natural gas. (ISO Standard 15500-1, 2015)

Natural Grade

refers to the elevation of the original or undisturbed natural surface of the ground. (Dictionary of Architecture and Construction (4th Ed.), 2006)

Natural Ventilation

refers to the ventilation provided by thermal, wind, or diffusion effects through doors, windows, or other intentional openings in the building. (ASHRAE Standard 62.1, 2022)

Net Zero Energy

refers to the conservation and optimization of the energy use in projects, and the use of the renewable energy for the project's remaining operational energy demand. A project may be recognized as a Net Zero Energy project when it:

• Achieves a minimum of BERDE 4-Star rating;
• Achieves a perfect score under the Energy category; and
• Use 100% renewable energy for its operational energy demand.

Noise

refers to any disagreeable or undesired sound. (ASHRAE Terminologies, n.d.)

O

Occupancy Profile

refers to the maximum number of users in a project at a defined period and shift.

Occupant Load

refers to the number of persons for which the means of egress of a building or portion thereof is designed. (ASHRAE Standard 189.1, 2023)

Occupational Health (OH) Personnel

refers to a qualified first aider, nurse, dentist or physician engaged by the employer to provide occupational health services in the establishment, project, site or workplace. (Republic Act No. 11058, 2018)

Occupational Safety and Health (OSH)

refers to the area of public health that focuses on illness and injury trends in the workplace.

On-loan Artworks

refer to artworks that are temporarily installed in the project as agreed by the project owner and the local Filipino artist for a specified duration.

On-site Renewable Energy System

refers to photovoltaic, solar thermal, geothermal energy, and wind systems used to generate energy and located on the building project. (ASHRAE Standard 189.1, 2023)

Open Space

refers to areas reserved for parks, playgrounds and recreational use. It must be non-alienable public lands, and non-buildable. (Presidential Decree No. 1216, 1977)

Open-grid Pavement System

refers to the form of pervious paving that allows space for vegetation. The vegetation’s evapotranspiration reduces heat island effect caused by pavement. (Illustrated Dictionary of Architecture, 2012)

see also Porous Pavers (Open-grid Pavers).

Ozone Depleting Substances (ODS)

refers to the substances that significantly deplete or otherwise modify the ozone layer in a manner that is likely to result in adverse effects on human health and the environment such as, but not limited to, chlorofluorocarbons, halons, and the like. (Republic Act No. 8749, 1999)

P to T

P

Pedestrian Mobility

refers to the how walkable the pedestrian environment in the project is for all types of pedestrians. A good pedestrian mobility means that the pedestrian environment within the project is passable, accessible, safe, convenient, comfortable and enjoyable for all pedestrians. (Pedestrian Mobility for Urban Growth, 2019)

Permeable Pavement

refers to pervious concrete or porous asphalt that allows the movement of water and air through the paving material and which is primarily used as paving for roads, parking lots, and walkways. Permeable paving materials have an open-graded coarse aggregate with interconnected voids. (ASHRAE Standard 189.1, 2023)

Permeable Pavers

refers to units that present a solid surface but allow natural drainage and migration of water into the base below by permitting water to drain through the spaces between the pavers

Persistent Organic Pollutants (POPs)

refer to organic compounds that can resist (in varying degree) chemical, biological and photolytic degradations. These are toxic chemicals that originate from man-mad sources associated with the production, use, and disposal of certain organic chemicals. Many of the chemicals were produced commercially for pest and disease control, crop production and industrial use. (EMB Memorandum Circular No. 2017-004, 2017)

Person with disability (PWD)

refers to those suffering from restriction or lack of ability to perform an activity in the manner or within the range considered normal for a human being as a result of a mental, physical, or sensory impairment. (Batas Pambansa Blg. 344, 1983)

Places of Respite

refer to areas that connects healthcare patients, visitors, and staff to health benefits of the natural environment.

Plan

refers to the set of working drawings submitted by the contractor or service provider during design development. It defines all of the construction layouts and specifications for the project.

Policy

refers to the general statement of the project owner reflecting its commitment to the quality and performance required for the project's design, construction or operations. It must be approved by top management of the project owner.

Pollution

refers to the discharge of solid, liquid, or gaseous substances or any forms of energy, such as heat, sound, and light, into the environment, resulting in adverse effects on the environment, public health, and safety. Pollution can manifest in various forms, such as:

• Air pollution,
• Water pollution,
• Land pollution,
• Noise pollution, and
• Light pollution.

Porous Pavers (Open-grid Pavers)

refers to units where at least 40% of the surface area consists of holes or openings that are filled with sand, gravel, other porous materials, or vegetation. (ASHRAE Standard 189.1, 2023)

Post-consumer Recycled Content

refers to a proportion of recycled material in a product generated by households or by commercial, industrial, and institutional facilities in their role as end-users of the product, which can no longer be used for its intended purpose. This includes returns of material from the distribution chain. (ASHRAE Standard 189.1, 2023)

Post-disaster Recovery

refers to the restoration and improvement where appropriate, of facilities, livelihood and living conditions. of disaster-affected communities, including efforts to reduce disaster risk factors, in accordance with the principles of “build back better”. (Republic Act No. 10121, 2010)

Potable Water

refers to a water from public drinking water systems or from natural freshwater sources, such as lakes, streams, and aquifers, where water from such natural sources would or could meet drinking water standards. (ASHRAE Standard 189.1, 2023)

Potential Beneficiary

refers to a qualified individual or organization engaged by the project owner to use the designated community facility for non-commercial events or activities.

Preferred Parking Space

refers to parking spaces designated for the exclusive use of fuel-efficient and low-emitting vehicles (FELEVs), electric vehicles (EVs), or as an additional accessible parking space.

Previously Developed Land

refers to areas that are:

• Previously used for residential, commercial, industrial, or institutional applications; and
• Used for at least the past twenty (20) years.

Procedure

refers to the specific activities necessary to complete a process and achieve the objectives stated in the policy. It must be prepared by the project team and approved by the top management of the project owner. (Adapted: ISO Standard 9001, 2015)

Professional

refers to a person who is registered and licensed to practice a regulated profession in the Philippines. A qualified professional must hold a valid Certificate of Registration and a Professional ID Card (PIC) from the Professional Regulatory Commission (PRC). (Republic Act No. 10912, 2016)

Project Documentation

refers to the compiled information about the project prepared by the project team that shows robust evidence for demonstrating compliance with the requirements of a target credit.

Project User Guide

refers to a composite project documentation that includes the operation manual, maintenance manual, and additional information of use to the owner during the occupancy and operations phase. (Adapted: ASHRAE Terminologies, n.d.)

Project Team

refers to a group of individuals or organizations that supports the project owner in the design, construction, or operations of the project. The members of the project team may include the project owner, designers, engineers, contractors, suppliers and other individuals or organizations involved in the design, construction and operations of a project.

Protected Area

refers to identified portions of land and water set aside by reason of their unique physical and biological significance, managed to enhance biological diversity and protected against destructive human exploration. (Republic Act No. 7586, 1992)

Public Utility Jeepney (PUJ)

refers to PUVs that are used as feeder services operating in arterial, collector, and local roads, linking neighborhoods and communities to mass transit lines and bus routes, and traversing commercial, industrial, recreational, or residential area. (DOTr Department Order No. 2017-011, 2017)

Public Utility Vehicle (PUV)

refers to vehicles that carry passengers and/or cargo for a fee, offering services to the public, which may include, but are not limited to, UV express service, PUBs, and PUJs. (Adapted: DOTr Department Order No. 2017-011, 2017)

Purpose and Intent

refers to the sustainability objectives that a credit is addressing.

Q

Qualified and Competent Instructors

refer to instructors that have:

• Recognized degree, certification, or professional registration and license related to the subject matter; and
• Training and experience indicating extensive knowledge related to the subject matter.

R

Rating

refers to the overall performance of a certified green building represented by the number of stars which is equivalent to the awarded score after BERDE certification.

Record

refers to a project documentation providing information on the outcomes of the implementation and monitoring of the strategies for the project. This can be a scanned copy of a physical document or an electronically generated document.

Recycled Material

refers to any waste material retrieved from the waste stream and free from contamination that can still be converted into suitable beneficial use or for other purposes, including, but not limited to, newspaper, ferrous scrap metal, non-ferrous scrap metal, used oil, corrugated cardboard, aluminum, glass, office paper, tin cans and other materials. (Republic Act No. 9003, 2001)

Recycling

refers to the treating of used or waste materials through a process of making the suitable for beneficial use and for other purposes, and includes any process by which solid waste materials are transformed into new products in such a manner that the original products may lose their identity, and which may be used as raw materials for the production of other goods or services. (Republic Act No. 9003, 2001)

Recommissioning

refers to an application of the commissioning process requirements to a project that has been delivered using the commissioning process. This may be a scheduled recommissioning developed as part of an ongoing commissioning process or it may be triggered by use change, operations problems, or other needs. (ASHRAE Standard 202, 2018)

Refrigerant

refers to the fluid used for heat transfer in a refrigerating system, which absorbs heat at a low temperature and a low pressure of the fluid and rejects heat at a higher temperature and a higher pressure of the fluid, usually involving changes of the state of the fluid. (ASHRAE Terminologies, n.d.)

Refurbishment

refers to the process of improvement by cleaning, decorating and re-equipping. It may also include elements of retrofitting with the aim of making a building more sustainable.

Region

refers to the highest level among the four (4) hierarchical levels of geographical-political subdivisions of the Philippines. (Philippine Standard Geographic Code, 2023)

Regularly Occupied Spaces

refers to areas within the project where users spend most of their time, and where activities are regularly conducted.

Regulatory Compliance Review

refers to the project teams' adherence or compliance with existing national and local building laws, environmental laws, regulations, and mandatory standards.

Renewable Energy Systems

refers to energy systems which convert renewable energy resources into useful energy forms, like electrical, mechanical, etc. technologies. (Republic Act No. 9513, 2008)

Requirement

refers to the criteria on how a project should satisfy the intent of each credit.

Requirement Levels

refer to the modals used in the rating tool to ensure clarity and consistency in writing and interpreting the requirements.

• Must refers to requirements that are absolute or mandatory;
• Should refers to requirements that are highly recommended; and
• May refers to requirements that are optional. It also denotes examples.

Retail Electricity Supplier (RES)

refers to any person or entity authorized by the Energy Regulatory Commission (ERC) to sell, broker, market, or aggregate electricity to the end-users. (ERC Resolution No. 01, 2011)

Retrocommissioning

refers to the commissioning process applied to an existing facility that was not previously commissioned. (ASHRAE Standard 202, 2018)

Reverberation

refers to the persistence of sound to bounce around in an enclosed space after the sound source has stopped. (ASHRAE Terminologies, n.d.)

Reverberation Time

refers to the time in seconds for sound energy to decay 60 decibels (dB). A common reference is often the time for the sound in the 500 Hz octave band to decay 60 dB. (ASHRAE Terminologies, n.d.)

Risk

refers to the combination of the probability of an event and its negative consequences. (Republic Act No. 10121, 2010)

S

Score Distribution

refers to the section in each credit under BERDE that outlines the level of conformity that projects must achieve to be awarded certain amount of points.

Segregation (Waste)

refers to a solid waste management practice of separating different materials found in solid waste in order to promote recycling, and reuse of resources and to reduce the volume of waste for collection and disposal. (Republic Act No. 9003, 2001)

Sewage

refers to water-borne human or animal wastes, excluding oil or oil wastes, removed from residences, buildings, institutions, industrial and commercial establishments together with such groundwater, surface water and stormwater as maybe present including such waste from vessels, offshore structures, other receptacles intended to receive or retain wastes, or other places or the combination thereof. (Republic Act No. 9275, 2004)

Sewage Treatment Plant (STP)

refers to an industrial structure designed to remove biological or chemical waste products from water, thereby permitting the treated water to be used for other purposes. (Philippine Green Building Code, 2015)

Shared On-site Building Systems and Utilities

refer to building systems and utilities that are shared by multiple tenants and occupants of a building project, or shared by multiple buildings or locators in a district project. These building systems may include HVAC, plumbing, electrical systems, and other related building systems and utilities.

Simulation Model

refers to a computer model that provides information on the energy-using systems in a building (e.g., HVAC, lighting, occupancy, plug loads, building envelope). The model serves as the input data for a specific computer building energy simulation program, along with weather data. When run, the computer simulation program will predict the energy use and demand in the described building for a time interval specified in the simulation model. Depending on the kind of simulation program and how it is set up to run, various kinds of output may be produced. (ASHRAE Terminologies, n.d.)

Site Assessment

refers to the evaluation of the area’s characteristics including its groundwater points, geology, and hydrology so that one can fully evaluate the true risk of the facility to human health and the environment. (Site Assessment and Remediation Handbook, 2003)

Site Remediation

refers to activities and measures for evaluating risks, monitoring quality, imposing institutional controls, constructing engineering controls, removing pollutants and contaminants, and generally designing and operating cleanup systems to isolate, remove, reduce or destroy pollutants and contaminants. (Adapted: ASTM Standard E1527, 2021)

Sky Glow

refers to the diffused and scattered sky light attributable to scattered light from sources on the ground. (International Dark Sky Association, n.d.)

Small Power

refers to plug loads connected to the electrical system of the project.

Social Enterprise

refers to a non-stock, non-profit, or a stock, close corporation duly registered with Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), with the primary purpose of accomplishing a charitable mission for the benefit of marginalized social sector by simultaneously implementing a poverty reduction strategy, as well as engaging in transactional and transformative business activities.

Solar Energy

refers to the energy derived from solar radiation that can be converted into useful thermal or electrical energy. (Republic Act No. 9513, 2008)

Solar Reflectance (SR)

refers to the ratio of the light reflected by a surface to the light incident upon it. (ASHRAE Standard 90.1, 2022)

Solar Reflectance Index (SRI)

refers to a measure of a constructed surface's ability to reflect solar heat, as shown by a small temperature rise. A standard black surface (reflectance 0.05, emittance 0.90) is 0, and a standard white surface (reflectance 0.80, emittance 0.90) is 100. (ASHRAE Standard 189.1, 2023)

Solid Waste

refers to all discarded household, commercial waste, nonhazardous institutional and industrial waste, street sweepings, construction debris, agricultural waste, and other nonhazardous/nontoxic solid waste. (Republic Act No. 9003, 2001)

Spatial Daylight Autonomy (sDA)

refers to the percent of an analysis area that meets a minimum daylight illuminance level for a specified fraction of the hours per year. sDA is a metric quantifying annual sufficiency of ambient daylight levels in indoor spaces. (ASHRAE Standard 189.1, 2023)

Specification

refers to the detailed description of work to be done or materials to be used in a project. It also contains the products, materials or equipment specified for the project. It must be duly signed by the relevant professional, and duly signed and approved by the project owner.

Staff

refers to the personnel employed by an organization involved in the project. This may be staff directly employed by the project owner, or the staff employed by the members of the project team that is directly involved in the design, construction or operations of the project.

Stormwater

refers to the water obtained from precipitation and over land flow that enters sewers. (UN Glossary of Environment Statistics, n.d.)

Strategies

refer to the actions or methods the project team may incorporate in the design, construction or operations of the project to achieve the sustainability objectives of each credit.

Systems Manual

see Project User Guide.

T

Task Lighting

refers to the lighting directed to a specific surface or area that provides illumination for visual tasks. (ASHRAE Standard 90.1, 2022)

Thermal Comfort

refers to the condition of mind which expresses satisfaction with the surrounding thermal environment and is assessed by subjective evaluation. Thermal comfort is affected by heat conduction, convection, radiation, evaporative heat loss, and relative air motion. (ASHRAE Standard 55, 2023)

Third-party Commissioning Body

refers to a party, independent of other parties involved in the design, construction or operations of the project, responsible for implementing the testing and commissioning process for the project.

Total Gross Floor Area (TGFA)

refers to all areas that will be included in the scope of the assessment and certification of the project. This should include the main and auxiliary building areas, including open spaces, utilities, services, parking and enclosed driveways.

Only areas declared during the Registration process will be part of the assessment scope.

Traffic

refers to the movement of vehicles, people, or animals along a way. (ISO Standard 6707-1, 2020)

Traffic Congestion

refers to the condition on road networks that occurs when traffic demand is great enough that the interaction between vehicles slows the speed of the traffic stream.

Transportation Impact Assessment (TIA)

refers to the process of compiling and analyzing information on the impacts that the project is likely to have on the operation of roads and transport networks. The assessment also serves as a basis for the development and implementation of sustainable transportation programs for the project.

U to Z

U

Urban Agriculture

refers to food production that occurs in urban areas. Such production takes place in backyards, on rooftops, in community vegetable and fruit gardens or on unused or public spaces. It includes commercial operations that products food in greenhouses and on open spaces. (DA Memorandum Circular No. 42, 2020)

Urban Land Reform Zones

see Areas for priority development.

User

refers to any person, group or organization who use the property, land or building as an owner, tenant, occupant, visitor, staff, etc.

User Guide

refers to the comprehensive guide for BERDE GBRS. It shows detailed explanation for the Minimum System Requirements and for each credit in the Core Framework.

Utility Vehicle (UV) Express Service

refers to a form of paratransit system, which uses air-conditioned utility vehicles or vans that ferry passengers directly from an authorized origin and destination. (DOTr Department Order No. 2017-011, 2017)

V

Vegetation

refers to the total mass of plant life that occupies a given area. (FMB Forest-related Terms and Definitions, 2006)

Vegetative Roof System

refers to vegetation, growth media, drainage system, and waterproof over a roof deck. (ASHRAE Standard 90.1, 2022)

Vertical Farming

refers to a means of urban food production that grows crops vertically, either stacked in layers, shelves, or modified pallets against walls. It is usually combined with techniques like hydroponics in a climate-controlled environment. (DA Memorandum Circular No. 42, 2020)

Volatile Organic Compound (VOC)

refer to organic chemicals with high vapor pressure at ordinary room temperature that are dangerous to human health or cause harm to the environment. (Philippine Green Building Code, 2015)

Vulnerability

refers to the characteristics and circumstances of a community, system or asset that make it susceptible to the damaging effects of a hazard. Vulnerability may arise from various physical, social, economic, and environmental factors such as poor design and construction of buildings, inadequate protection of assets, lack of public information and awareness, limited official recognition of risks and preparedness measures, and disregard for wise environmental management. (Republic Act No. 10121, 2010)

W

Walkway

refers to a narrow circulation space bounded on both sides and intended for pedestrians. (ISO Standard 6701-1, 2020)

Waste

refers to any material either solid, liquid, semisolid, contained gas or other forms resulting industrial, commercial, mining or agricultural operations, or from community and household activities that is devoid of usage and discarded. (Republic Act No. 9275, 2004)

Waste Management

refers to the systematic administration of activities which provide for segregation at source, segregated transportation, storage, transfer, processing, treatment, and disposal of solid waste and all other waste management activities which do not harm the environment. (Republic Act No. 9003, 2001)

Wastewater

refers to waste in liquid state containing pollutants. (Republic Act No. 9275, 2004)

Watercourse

refers to a system of surface waters and groundwater constituting by virtue of their physical relationship a unitary whole and normally flowing into a common terminus. (UN Watercourses Convention, 1997)

Wetland

refer to those areas that are inundated or saturated by surface or groundwater at a frequency and duration sufficient to support, and that under normal circumstances do support, a prevalence of vegetation adapted for life in saturated soil conditions. (ASHRAE Standard 189.1, 2023)

Wind Energy

refers to the energy that can be derived from wind that is converted into useful electrical or mechanical energy. (Republic Act No. 9513, 2008)

Workplace

refers to any site, or location where workers need to be or to go to by reason of their work, and which are under the direct or indirect control of the employer. (Republic Act No. 11058, 2018)

Workstation

refers to a space in a building, all or part of a work place, where an assigned task is performed. (Dictionary of Architecture and Construction (4th Ed.), 2006)

X

Y

Z

Annexes

Annex 1: Building and Environmental Laws, Regulations, Mandatory Standards

The following are the relevant building and environmental laws, regulations, and mandatory standards for the project's design, construction, or operations.

Laws

• Republic of the Philippines. (1950). An Act to Regulate the Practice of Civil Engineering in the Philippines [Republic Act No. 544]. https://elibrary.judiciary.gov.ph/thebookshelf/showdocs/2/13018.
• Republic of the Philippines. (1955). An Act to Regulate the Practice of Sanitary Engineering in the Philippines [Republic Act No. 1364]. https://elibrary.judiciary.gov.ph/thebookshelf/showdocs/2/11254.
• Republic of the Philippines. (1955). An Act to Regulate the Trade of Master Plumber (Republic Act No. 1378). https://elibrary.judiciary.gov.ph/thebookshelf/showdocs/2/8601.
• Republic of the Philippines. (1956). An Act to Repeal Section 24 of Republic Act No. 544, Entitled "An Act to Regulate the Practice of Civil Engineering in the Philippines" [Republic Act No. 1582].
• Republic of the Philippines. (1966). An Act Creating the Laguna Lake Development Authority Prescribing its Powers, Functions and Duties, Providing Funds Thereof, and for Other Purposes [Republic Act No. 4850]. https://llda.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/dox/laws/ra4850.pdf.
• Republic of the Philippines. (1975). Amending Certain Sections of Republic Act No. 4850, Otherwise Known as the "Laguna Lake Development Authority Act of 1966" [Presidential Decree No. 813]. https://llda.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/dox/laws/pd813.pdf.
• Republic of the Philippines. (1975). Code on Sanitation of the Philippines [Presidential Decree No. 856]. https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/1975/12/23/presidential-decree-no-856-s-1975/.
• Republic of the Philippines. (1976). A Decree Instituting a Water Code, Thereby Revising and Consolidating the Laws Governing the Ownership, Appropriation, utilization, Exploitation, Development, Conservation and Protection of Water Resources [Presidential Decree No. 1067]. https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/1976/12/31/presidential-decree-no-1067-s-1976/.
• Republic of the Philippines. (1977). Adopting a National Building Code of the Philippines (NBCP) Thereby Revising Republic Act Numbered Sixty-five Hundred Forty-one (R.A. No. 6541) [Presidential Decree No. 1096]. https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/1977/02/19/presidential-decree-no-1096-s-1977/.
• Republic of the Philippines. (1977). Philippine Environmental Policy [Presidential Decree No. 1151]. https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/1977/06/06/presidential-decree-no-1151-s-1977/.
• Republic of the Philippines. (1977). Philippine Environmental Code [Presidential Decree No. 1152]. https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/1977/06/06/presidential-decree-no-1152-s-1977/.
• Republic of the Philippines. (1978). Establishing an Environmental Impact Statement System. [Presidential Decree No. 1586]. https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/1978/06/11/presidential-decree-no-1586-s-1978/.
• Republic of the Philippines. (1983). An Act to Enhance the Mobility of Disable Persons by Requiring Certain Buildings, Institutions, Establishments, and Public Utilities to Install Facilities and Other Devices [Batas Pambansa Blg. 344]. https://elibrary.judiciary.gov.ph/thebookshelf/showdocs/2/32306.
• Republic of the Philippines. (1990). An Act to Control Toxic Substances and Hazardous and Nuclear Wastes, Providing Penalties for Violations Thereof, and for Other Purposes [Republic Act No. 6969]. https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/1990/10/26/republic-act-no-6969/.
• Republic of the Philippines. (1995). An Act Providing for a More Responsive and Comprehensive Regulation for the Practices, Licensing, and Registration of Electrical Engineers and Electricians [Republic Act No. 7920]. https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/1995/02/24/republic-act-no-7920/.
• Republic of the Philippines. (1998). An Act Regulating the Practice of Mechanical Engineering in the Philippines [Republic Act No. 8495]. https://elibrary.judiciary.gov.ph/thebookshelf/showdocs/2/4670.
• Republic of the Philippines. (1999). An Act Providing for a Comprehensive Air Pollution Control Policy, and for Other Purposes [Republic Act No. 8749]. https://emb.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/RA-8749.pdf.
• Republic of the Philippines. (2001). An Act Providing for an Ecological Solid Waste Management Program, Creating the Necessary Institutional Mechanisms and Incentives, Declaring Certain Acts Prohibited and Providing Penalties, Appropriating Funds Therefor, and for Other Purposes. [Republic Act No. 9003]. https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/2001/01/26/republic-act-no-9003-s-2001/.
• Republic of the Philippines. (2004). An Act Providing for a More Responsive and Comprehensive Regulation for the Registration, Licensing and Practice of Architecture, Repealing for the Purpose Republic Act No. 545, as Amended, Otherwise Known as "An Act to Regulate the Practice of Architecture in the Philippines," and for Other Purposes [Republic Act No. 9266]. https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/2004/03/17/republic-act-no-9266-2/.
• Republic of the Philippines. (2004). An Act Providing for a Comprehensive Water Quality Management [Republic Act No. 9275]. https://emb.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/PD-1067-IRR.pdf.
• Republic of the Philippines. (2004). An Act Providing for a More Responsive and Comprehensive Regulation for the Registration, Licensing and Practice of Professional Electronics Engineers, Electronics Engineers And Electronics Technicians, Repealing Republic Act No. 5734, Otherwise Known as “The Electronics and Communications Engineering Act of the Philippines,” and for Other Purposes [Republic Act No. 9292]. https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/2004/04/17/republic-act-no-9292/.
• Republic of the Philippines. (2007). An Act Creating the Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines, Authorizing the Appropriation of Funds Therefor, and for Other Purposes [Republic Act No. 9497]. https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/2008/03/04/republic-act-no-9497/.
• Republic of the Philippines. (2008). An Act Establishing a Comprehensive Fire Code of the Philippines, Repealing Presidential Decree No. 1185 and for Other Purposes [Republic Act No. 9514]. https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/2008/12/19/republic-act-no-9514/.
• Republic of the Philippines. (2018). An Act Strengthening Compliance with Occupational Safety and Health Standards and Providing Penalties for Violations Thereof [Republic Act No. 11058]. https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/2018/08/17/republic-act-no-11058/.
• Republic of the Philippines. (2019). Energy Efficiency and Conservation Act [Republic Act No. 11285]. https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/downloads/2019/04apr/20190412-RA-11285-RRD.pdf.

Regulations

• Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines. (2008). Implementing Rules and Regulations of the Civil Aviation Authority Act of 2008 [CAAP Board Resolution No. 08-001]. https://caap.gov.ph/download/151/.
• Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines. (n.d.). CAAP Critical Areas. https://apps.caap.gov.ph/.
• Department of Energy. (2019). Implementing Rules and Regulations of Republic Act No. 11285 [DOE Department Circular No. DC2019-11-0014]. https://www.doe.gov.ph/sites/default/files/pdf/issuances/dc2019-11-0014-updated.PDF.
• Department of Energy. (2020). Adoption of the Guidelines on Energy Conserving Design of Building [DOE Department Circular No. DC2020-12-0026]. https://www.doe.gov.ph/sites/default/files/pdf/issuances/dc2020-12-0026.PDF.
• Department of Environment and Natural Resources. (2000). Implementing Rules and Regulations for RA 8749 [DENR Administrative Order No. 2000-81]. https://emb.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/DAO-2000-81.pdf.
• Department of Environment and Natural Resources. (2003). Implementing Rules and Regulations (IRR) for the Philippine Environmental Impact Statement (IES) System [DENR Administrative Order No. 2003-30]. https://emb.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/DAO-2003-30.pdf.
• Department of Environment and Natural Resources. (2004). Amending Chapter V, Article I of the Implementing Rules and Regulations of PD 984 by Deleting the Authority to Construct and Conversion of Permit to Operate to Discharge Permit for Water Pollution Source /Control Facilities [DENR Administrative Order No. 2004-25]. https://emb.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2016/04/DAO-2004-25.pdf.
• Department of Environment and Natural Resources. (2004). Amending Rule XIX of DENR Administrative Order No. 2000-81 (Implementing Rules and Regulations of RA 8749) [DENR Administrative Order 2004-26]. https://emb.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/DAO-2004-26.pdf.
• Department of Environment and Natural Resources. (2005). Implementing Rules and Regulations of the Philippine Clean Water Act of 2004 (Republic Act No. 9275) [DENR Administrative Order No. 2005-10]. https://emb.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/DAO-2005-10-pdf.pdf.
• Department of Environment and Natural Resources. (2016). Water Quality Guidelines and General Effluent Standards of 2016 [DENR Administrative Order No. 2016-08]. https://emb.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/DAO-2016-08_WATER-QUALITY-GUIDELINES-AND-GENERAL-EFFLUENT-STANDARDS.pdf.
• Department of Environment and Natural Resources. (2021). Updated Water Quality Guidelines (WQG) and General Effluent Standard (GES) for Selected Parameters [DENR Administrative Order No. 2021-19]. https://emb.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/DAO-2021-19-UPDATED-WQG-AND-GES-FOR-SELECTED-PARAM.pdf.
• Department of Health. (2017). Philippine National Standards for Drinking Water of 2017 [DOH Administrative Order No. 2017-0010]. https://dmas.doh.gov.ph:8083/Rest/GetFile?id=337128.
• Department of Labor and Employment. (1989). Occupational Safety and Health Standards (As Amended). https://www.dole.gov.ph/php_assets/uploads/2019/04/OSH-Standards-2017-2.pdf.
• Department of Labor and Employment. (1998). Guidelines Governing Occupational Safety and Health in the Construction Industry [DOLE Department Order No. 13]. https://oshc.dole.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/DO_13.pdf.
• Department of Labor and Employment. (2018). Implementing Rules and Regulations of Republic Act No. 11058 Entitled "An Act Strengthening Compliance with Occupational Safety and Health Standards and Providing Penalties for Violations Thereof" [DOLE Department Order No. 198]. https://oshc.dole.gov.ph/implementing-rules-and-regulation-of-ra-11058/.
• Department of Public Works and Highways. (2005). Implementing Rules and Regulations of the National Building Code of the Philippines (PD 1096) (Revised Ed.). https://www.dpwh.gov.ph/DPWH/files/nbc/IRR.pdf.
• Department of Public Works and Highways, Department of Transportation, and National Council for on Disability Affairs. (2008). Amended Implementing Rules and Regulations of Batas Pambansa Bilang 344 (Accessibility Law). https://www.dpwh.gov.ph/dpwh/sites/default/files/laws_codes_orders/BP_344_IRR_0.pdf.
• Department of Public Works and Highways. (2016). The Philippine Green Building Code [DPWH NBCDO Memorandum Circular No. 1].https://www.dpwh.gov.ph/DPWH/files/NBCDO%20MC/16-NBCDO%20MC/NBCDO%20MC_01_s2016.pdf.
• Environmental Management Bureau. (2007). Revised Procedural Manual for DENR Administrative Order No. 30, Series of 2003 (DAO 03-30) [EMB Memorandum Circular No. 2007-002]. EMB.
• Environmental Management Bureau. (2007). Policy on Compliance and Permitting for Industrial Facilities Relating to Air Quality [EMB Memorandum Circular No. 2007-003]. https://air.emb.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/MC-2007-003.pdf.
• Environmental Management Bureau. (2016). Clarificatory Guidelines on the Conduct of Stack Emission Tests by DENR-EMB and its Accredited Third Party Source Emission Testing Firms (TPSETF) [EMB Memorandum Circular No. 2016-008]. https://air.emb.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2016/04/EMB-MC-2016-008.pdf.
• Environmental Management Bureau. (2022). Amending Section 5 of MC 2016-008 Relative to the Issuance of Permit to Operate (PTO) to All Standby Generator Sets (G.S.) Without Requiring Source Emission Testing [EMB Memorandum Circular No. 2022-003]. https://emb.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2022/05/EMB-MC-2022-003_ISSUANCE-OF-PERMIT-TO-OPERATE-PTO-TO-ALL-STANDBY-GENERATOR-SETS-GS.pdf.

Referral Codes to the National Building Code of the Philippines

• Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines. (2015). National Structural Code of the Philippines (Vol. 1). ASEP.
• Bureau of Fire Protection. (2019). Revised Implementing Rules and Regulations (RIRR) of Republic Act No. 9514, Otherwise Known as the Fire Code of the Philippines of 2008. https://bfp.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2019/10/RA9514-RIRR-rev-2019.pdf.
• Department of Energy. (2020). Guidelines on Energy Conserving Design of Buildings (2020 Ed.). https://www.doe.gov.ph/sites/default/files/pdf/issuances/dc2020-12-0026%20guidelines.PDF.
• Department of Public Works and Highways. (2015). Philippine Green Building Code. https://www.dpwh.gov.ph/DPWH/sites/default/files/laws_codes_orders/PgbcBooklet23March.pdf.
• Institute of Electronics Engineers of the Philippines. (2014). Philippine Electronics Code Book 2: Fire Detection and Alarm System (1st Ed.). IECEP.
• Institute of Integrated Electrical Engineers of the Philippines. (2017). Philippine Electrical Code (Part 1). IIEE.
• National Master Plumbers Association of the Philippines. (1999). _Revised National Plumbing Code of the Philippines. NAMPAP.
• Philippine Society of Mechanical Engineers. (2012). Philippine Mechanical Engineering Code. PSME.
• Philippine Society of Sanitary Engineers, and International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials. (2013). Uniform Plumbing Code of the Philippines (1st Ed.). PSSE.
• United Architects of the Philippines. (1999). Architectural Code of the Philippines. UAP.

Annex 2: Green Building Rating Systems

The following are the green building rating system developed or duly recognized by the World Green Building Council (WorldGBC).

Green building rating system	Organization
BERDE Green Building Rating System	Philippine Green Building Council (PHILGBC)
Advancing Net Zero Philippines (ANZ/PH) Net Zero Energy	Philippine Green Building Council (PHILGBC)
PHILGBC Health and Well-being (H+W) for Buildings	Philippine Green Building Council (PHILGBC)
ARZ 2.0 Green Building Rating System	Lebanon Green Building Council (LGBC)
BEAM Plus	Hong Kong Green Building Council (HKGBC)
B.E.S.T Residential Certificate	Turkish Green Building Council (ÇEDBİK)
B.E.S.T - Commercial Buildings Certificate	Turkish Green Building Council (ÇEDBİK)
BREEAM-NOR	Norweigian Green Building Council
BREEAM-NL	Dutch Green Building Council (DGBC)
BREEAM-SE	Sweden Green Building Council (SGBC)
BREEAM	BRE Group
CASA Colombia	Consejo Colombiano de Construcción Sostenible (CCCS)
CASBEE	Japan Sustainable Building Consortium (JSBC) and Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
Citylab	Sweden Green Building Council (SGBC)
DGNB System	German Sustainable Building Council (DGNB – Deutsche Gesellschaft für Nachhaltiges Bauen e.V.)
DGBC Woonmerk	Dutch Green Building Council (DGBC)
EDGE	International Finance Corporation (IFC)
GreenBuilding	Sweden Green Building Council (SGBC)
GBC Brasil CASA	Green Building Council Brasil (GBC Brasil)
Greenship	Green Building Council Indonesia (GBCI)
Green Building Index	Pertubuhan Akitek Malaysia (PAM) and the Association of Consulting Engineers Malaysia (ACEM)
Green Key	Foundation for Environmental Education (FEE)
Green Key Global
GreenSL	Green Building Council of Sri Lanka
Green Star	Green Building Council of Australia (GBCA)
GBC Home	Green Building Council Italia (GBC Italia)
GBC Historic Building	Green Building Council Italia (GBC Italia)
GBC Quartieri	Green Building Council Italia (GBC Italia)
GBC Condomini	Green Building Council Italia (GBC Italia)
Green Mark	Building Construction Authority (BCA) Singapore
Green Star SA	Green Building Council South Africa (GBCSA)
Green Star SA Kenya	Kenya Green Building Society (KGBS)
GRESB
Home Performance Index	Irish Green Building Council (IGBC)
Homestar	New Zealand Green Building Council (NZGBC)
HQE	Certivéa
IGBC Rating System	Indian Green Building Council (IGBC)
ILFI Zero Energy and Zero Carbon	International Living Future Institute (ILFI)
INSIDE/INSIDE	Dutch Green Building Council (DGBC)
Korea Green Building Certification
LOTUS	Vietnam Green Building Council (VGBC)
LEED	U.S. Green Building Council (USGBC)
Miljöbyggnad	Sweden Green Building Council (SGBC)
NABERSNZ	New Zealand Green Building Council (NZGBC)
OMIR	Kazakhstan Green Building Council
Pakistan Green Building Guidelines (PGBG) BD+C	Pakistan Green Building Council (PGBC)
Estidama Pearl Building Rating System (PBRS)
Swiss DGNB System	Swiss Sustainable Building Council (SGNI)
TARSHEED	Egypt Green Building Council (Egypt GBC)
VERDE	Green Building Council España (GBCe)
WELL Building Standard	International WELL Building Institute (IWBI)

Annex 3: Building Systems Commissioning – Guidance Note

The process of building commissioning (Cx) is a comprehensive and systematic approach that involves the verification and assurance of a building or facility's design, construction, and operation to meet the owner's requirements and intended purpose. This methodical review and verification of building systems and components ensure that they function correctly and efficiently.

The primary objective of building commissioning is to identify and rectify any issues or deficiencies in the design, installation, or operation of building systems before occupancy. This proactive approach guarantees that the building performs as intended, is energy-efficient, and provides a comfortable and safe environment for its occupants. Furthermore, commissioning can aid in identifying and resolving any operational issues that may arise during the building's lifecycle, further enhancing its performance and longevity.

Recognizing that each project is unique and may necessitate varying activities, this Guidance Note aims to provide concise guidance and promote the use of best practices to project teams undertaking Philippine Green Building Council (PHILGBC) green building certification.

It is essential to engage qualified and competent professionals who possess relevant experience and expertise in building commissioning to ensure a seamless and successful Cx process.

Process in Brief

Building commissioning typically includes several stages, which may vary depending on the project, but generally include:

Pre-Design Phase: In this initial stage, the Cx team, consisting of qualified and competent professionals, is engaged to establish the owner's requirements, develop a building Cx plan, and assemble the necessary team members. This may include conducting interviews with the owner, developing commissioning goals and objectives, and identifying critical systems and components to be commissioned.

Design Phase: During the design phase, the Cx team reviews the design documents to ensure they comply with the owner's requirements, relevant codes and standards, and industry best practices. This may involve conducting design reviews, performing systems modeling, and developing commissioning specifications. The Cx team works closely with the project team to ensure that the design of building systems and components is optimal for performance, efficiency, and sustainability.

Construction Phase: Once construction begins, the Cx team monitors the installation and performance of building systems to ensure they are installed correctly, commissioned, and tested in accordance with the building Cx plan. This may involve conducting site visits, witnessing tests and inspections, and reviewing documentation to verify that the systems are installed and operating as intended. The Cx team also works with the project team to address any issues or deficiencies that may arise during construction.

Post-Construction Phase: After the construction is completed, the Cx team conducts functional performance testing to ensure that all building systems are operating correctly and meeting the performance goals and objectives. They also review operation and maintenance manuals, provide training to building operators, and develop a final building Cx report that documents the results and recommendations. This report serves as a valuable resource for ongoing operation and maintenance of the building.

Ongoing Monitoring and Verification: In some cases, building commissioning may also include ongoing monitoring and verification of building performance after occupancy. This may involve periodic inspections, testing, and performance evaluations to ensure that the building continues to perform optimally and efficiently over time.

Throughout the entire Cx process, the Cx team maintains close communication and coordination with the project team, owner, and other stakeholders to ensure that the building is commissioned successfully and meets the owner's requirements and intended purpose. The process is executed meticulously, following industry standards, codes, and best practices, and the findings and recommendations are documented in comprehensive reports for reference and future maintenance.

Pre-Design Phase

The pre-design phase of building commissioning is a pivotal stage that serves as the cornerstone for a successful Cx process. It encompasses several key processes that are essential to laying the groundwork for an effective and efficient commissioning effort. These processes typically include:

Establishing Owner's Requirements: The Cx team collaborates closely with the building owner or owner's representative to clearly define the owner's requirements, objectives, and expectations for the building's performance. This entails thoroughly understanding the intended use of the building, systems efficiency goals, indoor environmental quality requirements, and any specific operational or maintenance needs.

Developing a Commissioning Plan: The Cx team formulates a comprehensive Cx plan that outlines the scope, objectives, and strategies for the Cx process. This includes defining the roles and responsibilities of team members, identifying the systems and components to be commissioned, establishing commissioning schedules and milestones, and defining the documentation and reporting requirements.

Assembling a Commissioning Team: The Cx team is meticulously assembled during the pre-design phase and typically includes representatives from the owner, design professionals (such as architects and engineers), contractors, and other stakeholders. The team works collaboratively to ensure that the Cx process is seamlessly integrated into the project from the outset, and that all team members fully understand their roles and responsibilities.

Reviewing Design Documents: The Cx team diligently reviews the design documents, including drawings, specifications, and other relevant documents, to ensure that they comply with the owner's requirements and industry standards. This may involve conducting comprehensive design reviews to identify potential issues, conflicts, or deficiencies in the design, and working closely with the design professionals to resolve them.

Developing Commissioning Specifications: The Cx team formulates detailed commissioning specifications that outline the requirements for the design, installation, and testing of building systems. These specifications are incorporated into the project documents and serve as a crucial reference for contractors during construction and testing.

Developing Test Procedures: The Cx team formulates test procedures that provide step-by-step instructions and criteria for testing and verifying the performance of building systems and components. These test procedures are utilized during the construction and post-construction phases to ensure that the systems are installed and operating in accordance with the intended design.

Establishing Documentation and Reporting Requirements: The Cx team establishes comprehensive documentation and reporting requirements to ensure that all commissioning activities are thoroughly documented and reported to the owner and other stakeholders. This may include requirements for Cx reports, record-keeping, and other documentation to provide a comprehensive record of the Cx process.

The pre-design phase plays a crucial role in establishing the foundation for the entire Cx process. It ensures that the owner's requirements are clearly defined, the Cx plan is developed, and the necessary documentation and procedures are established to guide the subsequent stages of the Cx process. Attention to detail and meticulous planning during this phase is critical to ensure a successful commissioning effort that meets the owner's expectations and project objectives.

Design Phase

The design phase of building commissioning involves reviewing the design documents and ensuring that they comply with the owner's requirements and industry standards. The following processes are typically included in the design phase:

Design Document Review: The Cx team conducts a comprehensive review of the design documents, including drawings, specifications, and other relevant documents, to ensure that they comply with the owner's requirements and industry standards. This includes verifying that the design documents accurately reflect the intended design and that they are coordinated and compatible with each other.

Design Review Meetings: The Cx team may conduct design review meetings with the design professionals, contractors, and other stakeholders to discuss the design documents, identify potential issues or conflicts, and seek resolutions. These meetings provide an opportunity to clarify design intent, review design calculations, and address any concerns related to the building systems' efficiency and performance, and indoor environmental quality.

Systems Modeling and Analysis: The Cx team may perform systems modeling and analysis to assess the building's systems performance, identify opportunities for savings, and optimize the building’s system design for efficiency. This may involve using simulation tools and software to analyze various design options and make recommendations for efficient design strategies.

Commissioning Specifications Verification: The Cx team verifies that the commissioning specifications developed during the pre-design phase are incorporated correctly into the design documents. This includes ensuring that the specified commissioning requirements are clearly defined and that the design includes provisions for commissioning activities, such as access points for testing and verification of system performance.

Coordination with Design Professionals: The Cx team works closely with the design professionals, such as architects, engineers, and other design team members, to provide feedback on the design documents and ensure that the building systems are designed to meet the owner's requirements and commissioning objectives. This may involve providing recommendations for design improvements or modifications to enhance the performance and operability of the building systems.

Development of Commissioning Test Procedures: Based on the reviewed design documents, the Cx team further develops and refines the commissioning test procedures that outline the steps and criteria for testing and verifying the performance of building systems. These test procedures are used during the construction and post-construction phases to ensure that the systems are installed and operating as intended.

Documentation and Reporting: The Cx team ensures that all design phase commissioning activities are documented thoroughly and reported to the owner and other stakeholders. This may include documenting the results of design reviews, systems modeling analysis, and other relevant information in Cx reports, which serve as a record of the Cx process.

The design phase is a critical stage in the building Cx process as it ensures that the design documents align with the owner's requirements and commissioning objectives. It involves close coordination with design professionals, verification of commissioning specifications, and documentation of design review activities and recommendations. This helps ensure that the building systems are designed to perform as intended, meet systems efficiency goals, and comply with the owner's requirements throughout the construction and operation phases.

Construction Phase

The construction phase of building commissioning involves verifying that the building systems are installed, tested, and balanced according to the design documents and commissioning specifications. The following processes are typically included in the construction phase:

Construction Observation: The Cx team conducts site visits and observes the construction progress to verify that the building systems are being installed as per the design documents and commissioning specifications. This includes checking the installation of equipment, control devices, sensors, and other components and ensuring they comply with the manufacturer's recommendations, industry standards, and good engineering practices.

Installation Verification: The Cx team verifies that the installed systems and components meet the design intent, performance criteria, and commissioning requirements. This may involve checking the quality of workmanship, verifying that equipment is installed correctly, and reviewing installation documentation, such as equipment submittals, shop drawings, and test reports.

Functional Testing: The Cx team conducts functional testing of the building systems to ensure that they are operating as intended and meeting the performance criteria specified in the design documents and commissioning specifications. This may involve testing individual system components and integrated testing of system interactions and operation sequences.

System Balancing: The Cx team verifies that the HVAC, electrical, plumbing, and other building systems are properly balanced and calibrated to ensure optimal performance. This includes verifying that air and water flow rates, temperature and pressure differentials, and other system parameters are within specified tolerances and operating as intended.

Issue Identification and Resolution: During construction observation and functional testing, the Cx team identifies and documents any issues or deficiencies in the installation or operation of building systems. These issues are reported to the responsible parties, such as the contractors, design professionals, and owner, for resolution. The Cx team may also provide technical expertise and recommendations for resolving issues related to system performance and efficiency, and indoor environmental quality.

Training Verification: The Cx team verifies that the contractor provides adequate training to the building operators and maintenance staff on the operation, maintenance, and troubleshooting of the building systems. This includes verifying that the training is conducted as per the commissioning specifications and that the operators are knowledgeable about the system operation and maintenance requirements.

Documentation and Reporting: The CX team documents all construction phase commissioning activities, including observations, functional testing results, issue identification and resolution, and training verification. This information is compiled in commissioning reports, which serve as a record of the construction phase Cx process.

The construction phase is a critical stage in the building Cx process as it ensures that the building systems are installed correctly, tested, and balanced to meet the design intent and performance criteria. It involves close observation, functional testing, and issue resolution to ensure that the systems are operating as intended and ready for the next phase of the Cx process, which is the post-construction phase.

Post-Construction Phase

The post-construction phase of building commissioning involves verifying that the building systems are operating as intended and meeting the performance criteria specified in the design documents and commissioning specifications. The following processes are typically included in the post-construction phase:

System Performance Verification: The Cx team conducts performance verification of the building systems to ensure that they are operating as intended and meeting the design intent. This may involve checking system parameters such as temperature, humidity, air and water flow rates, systems resource consumption, and other performance indicators to verify that they are within specified tolerances and meeting the desired performance criteria.

Functional Testing: The Cx team conducts additional functional testing of the building systems to ensure that they are still operating as intended after construction is completed. This may involve re-testing of system components, integrated testing of system interactions and sequences of operation, and verification of control strategies.

Issue Resolution Verification: The Cx team verifies that the issues and deficiencies identified during the construction phase have been resolved as per the recommendations provided. This includes reviewing documentation, conducting field inspections, and verifying that the recommended corrective actions have been implemented and are effective in resolving the identified issues.

Ongoing Monitoring: The Cx team may set up ongoing monitoring of the building systems to track their performance over time and identify any performance deviations or issues that may arise after construction is completed. This may involve installing monitoring equipment, collecting and analyzing data, and providing recommendations for addressing any performance deviations.

Recommissioning: The Cx team may conduct recommissioning of the building systems at regular intervals to ensure that they continue to operate at peak performance throughout the building's lifecycle. This may involve repeating some or all the Cx processes, such as functional testing, system performance verification, and issue resolution verification, to identify and address any performance deficiencies that may have arisen over time.

Documentation and Reporting: The Cx team documents all post-construction phase commissioning activities, including performance verification results, functional testing results, issue resolution verification, ongoing monitoring data, and recommissioning activities. This information is compiled in Cx reports, which serve as a record of the post-construction phase Cx process.

The post-construction phase is crucial in ensuring that the building systems continue to operate at optimal performance levels and that any issues or deficiencies identified during construction are resolved. It involves ongoing monitoring, verification of system performance, and recommissioning to maintain the desired performance criteria and ensure the long-term success of the building Cx process.

Acknowledgement

The PHILGBC would like to acknowledge the contributions of the organizations and individuals to the development of the BERDE — Buildings — Version 5.0.0 and the User Guide.

Board of Trustees

We acknowledge the leadership of the PHILGBC Board of Trustees for initiating the development of BERDE.

• Chair, Ramon D. Rufino, NEO
• Vice Chair, Rowena C. Ramos, Ecotektonika, Inc.
• Secretary, Elizabeth G. Rabuy, FPD Asia Property Services, Inc.
• Treasurer, Elizabeth T. Mendoza, Monocrete Construction Philippines, Inc.
• Members of the Board:
  • Marco De Guzman, Filinvest Alabang, Inc.
  • Leilani G. Kanapi, Arthaland Corporation
  • Gener D. Liwanag, GFP Architects
  • Carlos Pedro C. Salonga, First Balfour, Inc.
  • Luis Fernando Chamon, Saint-Gobain Philippines Co. Ltd., Inc.
  • Roel C. Gonzales, Pioneer Adhesives, Inc.
  • Araceli G. Barlam
  • Gabriel Ma. Angelo B. Cascante
  • Marlo D. Ocleasa

BERDE Committee

The development of this rating scheme was finalized with the review and recommending approval from the BERDE Committee.

• Chair, Rowena C. Ramos, Ecotektonika, Inc.
• Members of the Committee:
  • Carlos Pedro C. Salonga, First Balfour, Inc.
  • Gener D. Liwanag, GFP Architects
  • Catherine S. Co, WaterCare International Sales, Inc.
  • Raul V. Manlapig
  • Chona E. Ponce
  • Kim Paulo L. Quizon
  • Justin Aaron A. Sy

PHILGBC General Membership

The development of this rating scheme was possible through the generosity of the PHILGBC General Membership.

PHILGBC National Secretariat

The development of this rating scheme was with the support of the BERDE Program Secretariat.

• Christopher C. de la Cruz, Executive Director, BERDE Program
• Rowena G. Elayda, Program Manager, BERDE Program
• Mario Lawrence C. Suelto, Technical Coordinator
• John Reniel S. Englis, Technical Staff
• Perry P. Panlilio, Technical Staff
• Gian Paolo M. Pastrano, Technical Staff